__________

HIGHLIGHTS

REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11

Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHAPTER 25
__________

L.E.P. 1-15 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 39
25-00-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
801- 830 TASK TITLE UPDATED
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

25-11-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

601- 602 TITLE OF TOPIC UPDATED ALL

25-11-41 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

601- 602

25-11-42 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

401, 405-
406

25-11-42 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

601

25-11-51 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

601- 602

25-13-14 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

401, 403-
416

25-20-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

701, 703,
705- 706,
708, 710,
712, 714,
716- 717,
719, 722,
724, 726,

25-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 5
REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11

SYR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

728, 730,
732, 734,
736, 738-
739

25-20-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

802, 807,
828, 835,
839

25-21-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

1, 3,
10

25-22-41 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

402, 404,
407- 409

25-23-41 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

401- 402, NEW REFERENCE
404- 407

25-23-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 402, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
404- 405, MINOR TEXT CHANGES
408- 410,
415- 420

25-23-46 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 403,
407, 414,
419, 425-
426

25-23-47 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

409- 417
241LW, (242CW)
CHANGED TO
241LW, (242LW)

LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

25-28-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

1, 4- TEXT REVISED
5

25-28-41 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

411- 413 NOTES REVISED

25-30-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

301- 302 REFERENCE TO 25-35-00-010-001 ADDED

25-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 5
REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11

SYR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-31-41 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

401- 404,
408, 411-
414, 417-
428

25-33-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 404,
408- 409,
411- 412,
414, 418-
428

25-35-00 MOD.20019K0008 INCORPORATED ALL

201- 203 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS- DEFINE STANDARD
CABIN INTERIOR-
MOD.27194K5397 INCORPORATED ALL
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT-
INSTL 144 SEATS TWO CLASS/156 SEATS ALL
TOURIST CABIN LAYOUT FOR SYR01 VERSION
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION ALL

25-35-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

503- 504,
506- 514

25-35-19 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

404- 405

25-35-25 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

401- 409

25-40-00 MOD.20017K0011 INCORPORATED ALL

609- 610, WATER/WASTE - DEFINE A320 BASIC SYSTEM
612- 613 MOD.20109K0082 INCORPORATED ALL
WATER/WASTE- INSTALL VACUUM TOILET
SYSTEM -
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

25-40-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

820, 827 MAT.NO. 05-109 DELETED AND MATERIAL
LN 40606-40 ADDED.

25-41-41 02 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

422- 425,
431- 434

25-50-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-HIGHLIGHTS Page 3 of 5
REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11

SYR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

605- 607, CROSS REF. UPDATED

609 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

25-50-00 MOD.20019K0008 INCORPORATED ALL

701- 709 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS- DEFINE STANDARD
CABIN INTERIOR-
MOD.20033K0028 INCORPORATED ALL
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS- INSTALL CARGO
COMPARTMENT FURNISHING-
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION ALL

25-50-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

813- 816, SB 25-1224 03 INCORPORATED 004-099,
818- 819, EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - CARGO COMPARTMENT - I
823- 830, NSTALL PROTECTION DEVICES IN FORWARD CARGO CO
850, 854, MPARTMENT.
857- 859, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
863, 866, PROCEDURE REVISED
872, 877, LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
880, 882,
887, 892,
A801,A807,
A810-A816

25-54-11 SIL20-0006 02 INCORPORATED ALL

401, 404- INTRODUCTION OF NEW NON-OZONE DEPLETING
407 CLEANING SOLVENTS.
TITLE OF TOPIC UPDATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

25-54-12 SIL20-0006 02 INCORPORATED ALL

407- 410, INTRODUCTION OF NEW NON-OZONE DEPLETING
414- 418, CLEANING SOLVENTS.
422- 426 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

25-55-11 SIL20-0006 02 INCORPORATED ALL

406- 410, INTRODUCTION OF NEW NON-OZONE DEPLETING
414- 418, CLEANING SOLVENTS.
424- 426 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

25-55-12 SIL20-0006 02 INCORPORATED ALL

406- 411, INTRODUCTION OF NEW NON-OZONE DEPLETING
415- 420, CLEANING SOLVENTS.
424- 428 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

25-61-41 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

401, 403-
404

25-HIGHLIGHTS Page 4 of 5
REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11

SYR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-42 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

417- 419, TOOL QUANTITY SET TO 0
421- 422 (LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER)

25-62-43 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

413- 414 REFERENCED STEPS IN STEPS (2).(C) AND (3) ADA
PTED

25-65-00 TITLE OF TOPIC UPDATED ALL

401- 403 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
MPD/MMEL/CDL DATA AMENDED ALL

25-65-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

503, 509, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
514, 520 CAUTION DELETED

25-HIGHLIGHTS Page 5 of 5
REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11

SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD T. of C. R 38 Aug01/11 25-10-00 806 May01/11

OF TEMP. T. of C. R 39 Aug01/11 25-10-00 807 May01/10
REVISION 25-10-00 808 May01/11
25-00-00 1 Nov01/05 25-10-00 809 May01/98
L.E.P. R 1-15 Aug01/11 25-00-00 2 May01/98 25-10-00 810 May01/11
T. of C. R 1 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 801 Aug01/11 25-10-00 811 May01/98
T. of C. R 2 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 802 Aug01/11 25-10-00 812 May01/11
T. of C. R 3 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 803 Aug01/11
T. of C. R 4 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 804 Aug01/11 25-11-00 1 Nov01/04
T. of C. R 5 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 805 Aug01/11 25-11-00 2 May01/98
T. of C. R 6 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 806 Aug01/11 25-11-00 3 May01/98
T. of C. R 7 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 807 Aug01/11 25-11-00 4 Nov01/00
T. of C. R 8 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 808 Aug01/11 25-11-00 5 Nov01/00
T. of C. R 9 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 809 Aug01/11 25-11-00 6 May01/98
T. of C. R 10 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 810 Aug01/11 25-11-00 7 May01/98
T. of C. R 11 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 811 Aug01/11 25-11-00 8 Nov01/10
T. of C. R 12 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 812 Aug01/11 25-11-00 9 May01/98
T. of C. R 13 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 813 Aug01/11 25-11-00 10 May01/98
T. of C. R 14 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 814 Aug01/11 25-11-00 11 Nov01/10
T. of C. R 15 Aug01/11 25-00-00 R 815 Aug01/11 25-11-00 12 May01/98
T. of C. R 16 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 816 Aug01/11 25-11-00 13 Nov01/10
T. of C. R 17 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 817 Aug01/11 25-11-00 14 May01/98
T. of C. R 18 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 818 Aug01/11 25-11-00 15 May01/98
T. of C. R 19 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 819 Aug01/11 25-11-00 16 May01/98
T. of C. R 20 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 820 Aug01/11 25-11-00 17 May01/98
T. of C. R 21 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 821 Aug01/11 25-11-00 18 May01/98
T. of C. R 22 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 822 Aug01/11 25-11-00 19 May01/98
T. of C. R 23 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 823 Aug01/11 25-11-00 401 May01/11
T. of C. R 24 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 824 Aug01/11 25-11-00 402 May01/07
T. of C. R 25 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 825 Aug01/11 25-11-00 403 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 26 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 826 Aug01/11 25-11-00 404 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 27 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 827 Aug01/11 25-11-00 405 May01/11
T. of C. R 28 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 828 Aug01/11 25-11-00 406 May01/11
T. of C. R 29 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 829 Aug01/11 25-11-00 407 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 30 Aug01/11 25-00-00 N 830 Aug01/11 25-11-00 408 May01/11
T. of C. R 31 Aug01/11 25-11-00 409 May01/11
T. of C. R 32 Aug01/11 25-10-00 1 Nov01/04 25-11-00 410 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 33 Aug01/11 25-10-00 801 May01/98 25-11-00 411 May01/11
T. of C. R 34 Aug01/11 25-10-00 802 May01/11 25-11-00 412 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 35 Aug01/11 25-10-00 803 May01/98 25-11-00 413 May01/11
T. of C. R 36 Aug01/11 25-10-00 804 May01/98 25-11-00 414 Nov01/07
T. of C. R 37 Aug01/11 25-10-00 805 May01/98 25-11-00 415 May01/11

25-L.E.P. Page 1
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-11-00 416 Nov01/07 25-11-63 404 Nov01/02 25-13-00 401 May01/11

25-11-00 501 May01/06 25-11-63 405 Nov01/02 25-13-00 402 May01/11
25-11-00 502 May01/06 25-11-63 406 May01/10 25-13-00 403 May01/11
25-11-00 503 May01/01 25-11-63 407 May01/10 25-13-00 404 May01/11
25-11-00 504 May01/01 25-11-63 408 May01/10 25-13-00 701 May01/11
25-11-00 R 601 Aug01/11 25-11-64 401 Nov01/02 25-13-00 702 May01/11
25-11-00 R 602 Aug01/11 25-11-64 402 Nov01/02 25-13-00 703 May01/98
25-11-00 603 Nov01/07 25-11-64 403 Nov01/02 25-13-00 704 Nov01/02
25-11-41 401 May01/11 25-11-64 404 Nov01/02 25-13-00 705 Nov01/02
25-11-41 402 May01/98 25-11-64 405 Nov01/02 25-13-11 401 Nov01/06
25-11-41 403 May01/11 25-11-65 401 Nov01/02 25-13-11 402 May01/08
25-11-41 404 May01/11 25-11-65 402 Nov01/02 25-13-11 403 May01/08
25-11-41 405 May01/11 25-11-65 403 Nov01/02 25-13-11 404 Nov01/06
25-11-41 R 601 Aug01/11 25-11-65 404 Nov01/02 25-13-14 201 Nov01/08
25-11-41 R 602 Aug01/11 25-11-65 405 Nov01/02 25-13-14 202 Nov01/08
25-11-42 R 401 Aug01/11 25-11-65 406 Nov01/10 25-13-14 203 Nov01/08
25-11-42 402 May01/98 25-11-65 407 Nov01/02 25-13-14 204 Nov01/08
25-11-42 403 May01/98 25-11-65 408 May01/04 25-13-14 R 401 Aug01/11
25-11-42 404 May01/98 25-11-65 409 Nov01/02 25-13-14 402 May01/98
25-11-42 R 405 Aug01/11 25-11-65 410 Nov01/02 25-13-14 R 403 Aug01/11
25-11-42 R 406 Aug01/11 25-11-65 501 May01/06 25-13-14 R 404 Aug01/11
25-11-42 R 601 Aug01/11 25-11-65 502 May01/06 25-13-14 R 405 Aug01/11
25-11-51 401 May01/05 25-11-66 401 May01/04 25-13-14 R 406 Aug01/11
25-11-51 402 May01/05 25-11-66 402 May01/04 25-13-14 R 407 Aug01/11
25-11-51 403 Nov01/00 25-11-66 403 May01/04 25-13-14 R 408 Aug01/11
25-11-51 404 Nov01/00 25-11-66 404 Nov01/10 25-13-14 R 409 Aug01/11
25-11-51 405 May01/05 25-11-66 405 Nov01/03 25-13-14 R 410 Aug01/11
25-11-51 406 May01/06 25-11-66 406 Nov01/03 25-13-14 R 411 Aug01/11
25-11-51 407 May01/06 25-11-66 501 May01/06 25-13-14 R 412 Aug01/11
25-11-51 408 May01/06 25-11-66 502 May01/06 25-13-14 R 413 Aug01/11
25-11-51 409 May01/06 25-11-67 401 Nov01/02 25-13-14 R 414 Aug01/11
25-11-51 R 601 Aug01/11 25-11-67 402 Nov01/02 25-13-14 R 415 Aug01/11
25-11-51 R 602 Aug01/11 25-11-67 403 Nov01/02 25-13-14 N 416 Aug01/11
25-11-51 603 May01/10 25-11-67 404 Nov01/02 25-13-14 601 May01/01
25-11-51 604 May01/10 25-11-67 405 Nov01/02 25-13-14 602 May01/01
25-11-51 605 Nov01/06 25-11-68 401 Nov01/02 25-13-14 603 May01/01
25-11-51 606 May01/10 25-11-68 402 Nov01/02 25-13-41 401 May01/07
25-11-51 607 Nov01/06 25-11-68 403 May01/04 25-13-41 402 May01/98
25-11-61 401 Nov01/02 25-11-68 404 Nov01/02 25-13-41 403 May01/98
25-11-61 402 Nov01/02 25-11-68 405 Nov01/02 25-13-41 404 May01/07
25-11-61 403 Nov01/02 25-11-69 401 Nov01/02 25-13-41 405 Nov01/07
25-11-61 404 Nov01/02 25-11-69 402 Nov01/02 25-13-41 406 Nov01/00
25-11-62 401 May01/04 25-11-69 403 Nov01/02 25-13-41 407 Nov01/00
25-11-62 402 May01/04 25-11-69 404 Nov01/02 25-13-41 408 Nov01/00
25-11-62 403 Nov01/02 25-11-69 405 Nov01/08 25-13-41 409 Nov01/00
25-11-62 404 Nov01/02 25-11-69 406 Nov01/02 25-13-41 410 Nov01/00
25-11-62 405 Nov01/02 25-11-69 407 Nov01/02 25-13-41 411 Nov01/00
25-11-62 406 Nov01/02 25-13-41 412 Nov01/00
25-11-63 401 Nov01/02 25-13-00 1 May01/98 25-13-41 413 Nov01/00
25-11-63 402 May01/08 25-13-00 2 May01/98 25-13-41 414 Nov01/00
25-11-63 403 Nov01/02 25-13-00 3 May01/98 25-13-41 415 Nov01/00

25-L.E.P. Page 2
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-13-41 416 Nov01/00 25-20-00 R 708 Aug01/11 25-20-00 818 May01/10

25-13-41 417 Nov01/00 25-20-00 709 Nov01/08 25-20-00 819 May01/10
25-13-42 401 May01/98 25-20-00 R 710 Aug01/11 25-20-00 820 May01/10
25-13-42 402 May01/98 25-20-00 711 Nov01/08 25-20-00 821 Nov01/10
25-13-42 403 May01/98 25-20-00 R 712 Aug01/11 25-20-00 822 Nov01/10
25-13-42 404 May01/98 25-20-00 713 Nov01/08 25-20-00 823 May01/10
25-13-43 401 May01/98 25-20-00 R 714 Aug01/11 25-20-00 824 May01/10
25-13-43 402 May01/98 25-20-00 715 Nov01/08 25-20-00 825 May01/10
25-13-43 403 May01/98 25-20-00 R 716 Aug01/11 25-20-00 826 May01/10
25-13-44 401 Nov01/05 25-20-00 R 717 Aug01/11 25-20-00 827 May01/10
25-13-44 402 Nov01/05 25-20-00 718 Nov01/08 25-20-00 R 828 Aug01/11
25-13-44 403 Nov01/05 25-20-00 R 719 Aug01/11 25-20-00 829 May01/10
25-13-44 404 May01/10 25-20-00 720 Nov01/08 25-20-00 830 May01/10
25-13-44 405 May01/10 25-20-00 721 Nov01/08 25-20-00 831 May01/10
25-13-44 406 Nov01/05 25-20-00 R 722 Aug01/11 25-20-00 832 May01/10
25-13-45 401 Nov01/07 25-20-00 723 Nov01/08 25-20-00 833 May01/10
25-13-45 402 Nov01/07 25-20-00 R 724 Aug01/11 25-20-00 834 May01/10
25-13-45 403 Nov01/07 25-20-00 725 Nov01/08 25-20-00 R 835 Aug01/11
25-13-45 404 Nov01/07 25-20-00 R 726 Aug01/11 25-20-00 836 May01/10
25-13-45 405 Nov01/07 25-20-00 727 Nov01/08 25-20-00 837 May01/10
25-13-45 406 Nov01/07 25-20-00 R 728 Aug01/11 25-20-00 838 May01/10
25-13-45 407 Nov01/07 25-20-00 729 Nov01/08 25-20-00 R 839 Aug01/11
25-13-45 408 Nov01/07 25-20-00 R 730 Aug01/11 25-20-00 840 Nov01/10
25-13-45 409 Nov01/07 25-20-00 731 Nov01/08 25-20-00 841 Nov01/10
25-13-46 401 May01/08 25-20-00 R 732 Aug01/11 25-20-00 842 Nov01/10
25-13-46 402 May01/08 25-20-00 733 Nov01/08 25-20-00 843 Nov01/10
25-13-46 403 May01/08 25-20-00 R 734 Aug01/11 25-20-00 844 Nov01/10
25-13-46 404 May01/08 25-20-00 735 Nov01/08 25-20-00 845 Nov01/10
25-13-46 405 May01/08 25-20-00 R 736 Aug01/11 25-20-00 846 Nov01/10
25-13-46 406 May01/08 25-20-00 737 Nov01/08 25-20-00 847 May01/11
25-13-46 407 May01/08 25-20-00 R 738 Aug01/11 25-20-00 848 May01/11
25-20-00 R 739 Aug01/11 25-20-00 849 May01/11
25-14-00 1 May01/98 25-20-00 740 Nov01/08 25-20-00 850 May01/11
25-14-00 2 May01/98 25-20-00 741 Nov01/08 25-20-00 851 May01/11
25-14-00 3 May01/98 25-20-00 801 May01/10 25-20-00 852 May01/11
25-14-00 4 May01/98 25-20-00 R 802 Aug01/11 25-20-00 853 May01/11
25-20-00 803 May01/10 25-20-00 854 May01/11
25-20-00 1 May01/04 25-20-00 804 May01/10 25-20-00 855 May01/11
25-20-00 2 Nov01/98 25-20-00 805 May01/10 25-20-00 856 May01/11
25-20-00 3 May01/04 25-20-00 806 May01/10 25-20-00 857 May01/11
25-20-00 401 May01/11 25-20-00 R 807 Aug01/11
25-20-00 402 May01/11 25-20-00 808 May01/10 25-21-00 R 1 Aug01/11
25-20-00 403 May01/11 25-20-00 809 May01/10 25-21-00 2 May01/99
25-20-00 404 May01/11 25-20-00 810 May01/10 25-21-00 R 3 Aug01/11
25-20-00 R 701 Aug01/11 25-20-00 811 May01/10 25-21-00 4 May01/01
25-20-00 702 Nov01/10 25-20-00 812 May01/10 25-21-00 5 May01/01
25-20-00 R 703 Aug01/11 25-20-00 813 May01/11 25-21-00 6 May01/01
25-20-00 704 Nov01/08 25-20-00 814 May01/10 25-21-00 7 May01/01
25-20-00 R 705 Aug01/11 25-20-00 815 May01/10 25-21-00 8 May01/01
25-20-00 R 706 Aug01/11 25-20-00 816 May01/10 25-21-00 9 May01/01
25-20-00 707 Nov01/08 25-20-00 817 May01/10 25-21-00 R 10 Aug01/11

25-L.E.P. Page 3
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-21-00 601 May01/09 25-22-41 410 May01/11 25-23-00 10 May01/04

25-21-00 602 May01/09 25-22-41 411 Nov01/10 25-23-00 11 May01/04
25-21-00 603 May01/01 25-22-41 412 Nov01/10 25-23-00 12 May01/04
25-21-00 604 Nov01/98 25-22-41 413 Nov01/10 25-23-00 13 May01/04
25-21-41 401 May01/07 25-22-41 414 Nov01/10 25-23-00 14 May01/06
25-21-41 402 Nov01/08 25-22-41 415 Nov01/10 25-23-00 15 May01/06
25-21-41 403 May01/10 25-22-41 416 Nov01/10 25-23-00 16 May01/06
25-21-41 404 May01/05 25-22-41 417 May01/11 25-23-00 17 May01/06
25-21-41 405 May01/08 25-22-41 418 Nov01/10 25-23-00 18 May01/06
25-21-41 406 May01/07 25-22-42 401 May01/10 25-23-00 19 May01/06
25-21-41 407 May01/10 25-22-42 402 May01/10 25-23-00 20 May01/06
25-21-41 408 May01/10 25-22-42 403 Nov01/09 25-23-00 21 May01/06
25-21-41 409 Nov01/08 25-22-42 404 May01/11 25-23-00 22 May01/06
25-21-41 410 May01/05 25-22-42 405 May01/11 25-23-41 R 401 Aug01/11
25-21-41 411 May01/10 25-22-42 406 May01/11 25-23-41 R 402 Aug01/11
25-21-41 412 May01/10 25-22-42 407 May01/11 25-23-41 403 May01/98
25-21-41 413 May01/10 25-22-42 408 May01/11 25-23-41 R 404 Aug01/11
25-21-41 414 May01/10 25-22-42 409 Nov01/03 25-23-41 R 405 Aug01/11
25-21-41 415 Nov01/08 25-22-42 410 Nov01/03 25-23-41 R 406 Aug01/11
25-22-42 411 Nov01/03 25-23-41 N 407 Aug01/11
25-22-00 1 May01/11 25-22-42 412 Nov01/03 25-23-42 R 401 Aug01/11
25-22-00 2 May01/03 25-22-42 413 Feb01/99 25-23-42 R 402 Aug01/11
25-22-00 3 May01/11 25-22-42 414 Feb01/99 25-23-42 403 Nov01/02
25-22-00 4 May01/03 25-22-42 415 Feb01/99 25-23-42 R 404 Aug01/11
25-22-00 5 May01/03 25-22-42 416 Feb01/99 25-23-42 R 405 Aug01/11
25-22-00 6 May01/11 25-22-43 401 May01/06 25-23-42 406 Nov01/04
25-22-00 7 May01/11 25-22-43 402 May01/11 25-23-42 407 Nov01/04
25-22-00 8 May01/11 25-22-43 403 May01/06 25-23-42 R 408 Aug01/11
25-22-00 9 May01/11 25-22-43 404 May01/11 25-23-42 R 409 Aug01/11
25-22-00 10 May01/11 25-22-43 405 May01/10 25-23-42 R 410 Aug01/11
25-22-00 11 May01/11 25-22-43 406 May01/10 25-23-42 411 May01/10
25-22-00 401 May01/11 25-22-43 407 May01/11 25-23-42 412 Nov01/04
25-22-00 402 May01/11 25-22-43 408 May01/11 25-23-42 413 Nov01/04
25-22-00 403 May01/11 25-22-43 409 May01/11 25-23-42 414 May01/10
25-22-00 601 Nov01/10 25-22-43 410 May01/11 25-23-42 R 415 Aug01/11
25-22-00 602 May01/98 25-22-43 411 May01/11 25-23-42 R 416 Aug01/11
25-22-00 603 Nov01/06 25-22-43 412 May01/11 25-23-42 R 417 Aug01/11
25-22-00 604 Nov01/07 25-22-43 413 May01/11 25-23-42 R 418 Aug01/11
25-22-00 605 Nov01/07 25-22-43 414 May01/11 25-23-42 R 419 Aug01/11
25-22-00 606 Nov01/01 25-22-43 415 Nov01/00 25-23-42 R 420 Aug01/11
25-22-00 607 Nov01/01 25-22-43 416 Feb01/99 25-23-42 421 Nov01/04
25-22-00 608 Nov01/01 25-23-42 422 Nov01/04
25-22-41 401 Nov01/09 25-23-00 1 May01/04 25-23-42 423 May01/10
25-22-41 R 402 Aug01/11 25-23-00 2 May01/04 25-23-42 424 May01/10
25-22-41 403 May01/06 25-23-00 3 May01/04 25-23-42 425 Nov01/07
25-22-41 R 404 Aug01/11 25-23-00 4 May01/06 25-23-42 426 May01/10
25-22-41 405 May01/10 25-23-00 5 May01/04 25-23-42 427 May01/10
25-22-41 406 Nov01/10 25-23-00 6 May01/04 25-23-42 428 May01/10
25-22-41 R 407 Aug01/11 25-23-00 7 May01/04 25-23-42 429 May01/10
25-22-41 R 408 Aug01/11 25-23-00 8 May01/04 25-23-43 401 Nov01/00
25-22-41 R 409 Aug01/11 25-23-00 9 May01/04 25-23-43 402 Nov01/05

25-L.E.P. Page 4
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-23-43 403 May01/98 25-23-45 428 May01/07 25-23-47 404 May01/04

25-23-43 404 May01/98 25-23-45 429 May01/07 25-23-47 405 May01/07
25-23-43 405 Nov01/05 25-23-45 430 May01/07 25-23-47 406 May01/04
25-23-43 406 May01/98 25-23-45 431 May01/07 25-23-47 407 Nov01/10
25-23-43 407 May01/98 25-23-45 432 May01/07 25-23-47 408 May01/04
25-23-43 408 May01/09 25-23-45 433 May01/07 25-23-47 R 409 Aug01/11
25-23-43 409 May01/09 25-23-45 434 Nov01/10 25-23-47 R 410 Aug01/11
25-23-43 410 May01/10 25-23-45 435 May01/07 25-23-47 R 411 Aug01/11
25-23-43 411 May01/09 25-23-45 436 May01/07 25-23-47 R 412 Aug01/11
25-23-43 412 May01/10 25-23-45 437 May01/04 25-23-47 R 413 Aug01/11
25-23-43 413 May01/10 25-23-45 438 May01/04 25-23-47 R 414 Aug01/11
25-23-43 414 May01/10 25-23-45 439 May01/04 25-23-47 R 415 Aug01/11
25-23-43 415 May01/09 25-23-45 440 May01/04 25-23-47 R 416 Aug01/11
25-23-43 416 May01/09 25-23-45 441 May01/04 25-23-47 R 417 Aug01/11
25-23-43 417 May01/09 25-23-45 442 May01/04 25-23-48 401 Nov01/10
25-23-43 418 May01/09 25-23-45 443 May01/07 25-23-48 402 May01/98
25-23-44 401 May01/98 25-23-45 444 May01/07 25-23-48 403 May01/05
25-23-44 402 May01/98 25-23-45 445 Nov01/10 25-23-48 404 May01/98
25-23-44 403 May01/98 25-23-45 446 May01/04 25-23-48 405 Nov01/06
25-23-44 404 May01/98 25-23-46 R 401 Aug01/11 25-23-48 406 May01/11
25-23-44 405 May01/98 25-23-46 R 402 Aug01/11 25-23-48 407 May01/11
25-23-44 601 May01/09 25-23-46 R 403 Aug01/11 25-23-48 408 Nov01/06
25-23-44 602 Nov01/09 25-23-46 404 Nov01/10 25-23-48 409 Nov01/06
25-23-44 603 May01/98 25-23-46 405 Nov01/10
25-23-45 401 Nov01/10 25-23-46 406 Nov01/10 25-24-00 1 Nov01/04
25-23-45 402 Nov01/10 25-23-46 R 407 Aug01/11 25-24-00 2 May01/98
25-23-45 403 May01/03 25-23-46 408 May01/06 25-24-00 3 May01/98
25-23-45 404 May01/03 25-23-46 409 May01/06 25-24-00 501 Nov01/01
25-23-45 405 May01/03 25-23-46 410 May01/06 25-24-00 502 Nov01/01
25-23-45 406 May01/03 25-23-46 411 May01/06 25-24-00 503 May01/05
25-23-45 407 May01/07 25-23-46 412 May01/06 25-24-00 504 Nov01/01
25-23-45 408 Nov01/10 25-23-46 413 May01/11 25-24-00 505 May01/05
25-23-45 409 Nov01/10 25-23-46 R 414 Aug01/11 25-24-00 506 May01/05
25-23-45 410 Nov01/10 25-23-46 415 May01/11 25-24-00 507 May01/05
25-23-45 411 May01/05 25-23-46 416 May01/11 25-24-41 401 Nov01/10
25-23-45 412 Nov01/10 25-23-46 417 May01/11 25-24-41 402 Nov01/08
25-23-45 413 May01/03 25-23-46 418 May01/11 25-24-41 403 May01/03
25-23-45 414 May01/03 25-23-46 R 419 Aug01/11 25-24-41 404 May01/11
25-23-45 415 Nov01/02 25-23-46 420 May01/06 25-24-41 405 May01/11
25-23-45 416 May01/03 25-23-46 421 May01/06 25-24-41 406 May01/03
25-23-45 417 May01/03 25-23-46 422 May01/06 25-24-41 407 Nov01/02
25-23-45 418 May01/03 25-23-46 423 Nov01/10 25-24-41 408 Nov01/02
25-23-45 419 May01/07 25-23-46 424 Nov01/10 25-24-41 409 May01/03
25-23-45 420 May01/07 25-23-46 R 425 Aug01/11 25-24-41 410 Nov01/02
25-23-45 421 May01/07 25-23-46 R 426 Aug01/11 25-24-41 411 Nov01/10
25-23-45 422 May01/05 25-23-46 427 May01/10 25-24-41 412 Nov01/08
25-23-45 423 Nov01/10 25-23-46 428 May01/11 25-24-41 413 Nov01/05
25-23-45 424 May01/03 25-23-46 429 May01/11 25-24-41 414 Nov01/05
25-23-45 425 May01/07 25-23-47 401 May01/04 25-24-41 415 Nov01/08
25-23-45 426 May01/07 25-23-47 402 May01/04 25-24-41 416 Nov01/08
25-23-45 427 May01/07 25-23-47 403 May01/07 25-24-41 417 Nov01/02

25-L.E.P. Page 5
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-24-41 418 Nov01/02 25-26-43 405 May01/07 25-28-41 R 411 Aug01/11

25-24-41 419 May01/05 25-26-43 406 Nov01/00 25-28-41 R 412 Aug01/11
25-24-41 420 Nov01/02 25-26-43 407 May01/08 25-28-41 R 413 Aug01/11
25-24-41 421 Nov01/05 25-26-43 408 May01/08 25-28-41 414 May01/07
25-24-41 422 Nov01/05 25-26-43 409 May01/08 25-28-42 401 Nov01/09
25-24-41 423 Nov01/05 25-26-43 410 May01/08 25-28-42 402 Nov01/05
25-24-41 424 Nov01/05 25-28-42 403 Nov01/09
25-24-41 425 Nov01/05 25-27-00 1 Nov01/04 25-28-42 404 Nov01/08
25-24-41 426 Nov01/05 25-27-00 2 Feb01/99 25-28-42 405 Nov01/08
25-24-41 427 May01/11 25-27-15 401 May01/98 25-28-42 406 Nov01/08
25-24-41 428 May01/11 25-27-15 402 May01/98 25-28-42 407 Nov01/01
25-24-41 429 May01/11 25-27-15 403 May01/98 25-28-42 408 Nov01/08
25-27-15 404 May01/98 25-28-42 409 Nov01/08
25-25-00 1 May01/07 25-27-15 405 May01/98 25-28-42 410 Nov01/08
25-25-00 2 May01/98 25-27-44 401 May01/11 25-28-42 411 May01/11
25-25-00 3 May01/98 25-27-44 402 Nov01/10 25-28-42 412 May01/11
25-25-00 4 May01/98 25-27-44 403 May01/11 25-28-42 413 May01/11
25-25-00 5 May01/04 25-27-44 404 Nov01/02 25-28-42 414 May01/11
25-25-00 6 May01/07 25-27-44 405 Nov01/02 25-28-42 415 May01/11
25-25-00 7 May01/07 25-27-44 406 Nov01/10 25-28-42 416 May01/10
25-25-11 401 Nov01/08 25-27-44 407 Nov01/10 25-28-42 417 May01/10
25-25-11 402 May01/00 25-27-44 408 May01/10 25-28-42 418 May01/11
25-25-11 403 Nov01/00 25-27-44 409 May01/10 25-28-42 419 May01/11
25-25-11 404 Nov01/08 25-27-44 410 May01/10 25-28-42 420 May01/11
25-25-11 405 Nov01/09 25-27-44 411 May01/10 25-28-42 421 May01/11
25-25-11 406 Nov01/09 25-27-44 412 Nov01/02 25-28-42 422 May01/11
25-27-44 413 Nov01/02 25-28-42 423 May01/11
25-26-00 1 Nov01/07 25-27-44 414 Nov01/08 25-28-42 424 May01/11
25-26-00 2 Nov01/07 25-27-44 415 May01/07 25-28-42 425 May01/11
25-26-00 3 Nov01/07 25-27-44 416 May01/10 25-28-42 426 May01/10
25-26-41 401 May01/07 25-27-44 417 Nov01/07 25-28-42 427 May01/10
25-26-41 402 Nov01/03 25-27-44 418 May01/10 25-28-42 428 May01/10
25-26-41 403 Nov01/06 25-27-46 401 Nov01/03 25-28-42 429 May01/10
25-26-41 404 May01/07 25-27-46 402 Nov01/03 25-28-42 430 May01/10
25-26-41 405 Nov01/06 25-27-46 403 Nov01/03 25-28-42 431 May01/10
25-26-41 406 May01/03 25-28-42 432 May01/10
25-26-41 407 May01/07 25-28-00 R 1 Aug01/11 25-28-42 433 May01/10
25-26-41 408 Nov01/03 25-28-00 2 Nov01/05 25-28-42 434 May01/10
25-26-41 409 May01/07 25-28-00 3 Nov01/05 25-28-42 435 May01/10
25-26-41 410 May01/07 25-28-00 R 4 Aug01/11 25-28-42 436 May01/11
25-26-41 411 May01/07 25-28-00 R 5 Aug01/11 25-28-42 437 May01/10
25-26-41 412 May01/07 25-28-41 401 Nov01/05 25-28-42 438 May01/10
25-26-41 413 Nov01/06 25-28-41 402 May01/07 25-28-42 439 May01/11
25-26-41 414 May01/03 25-28-41 403 May01/07 25-28-42 440 May01/10
25-26-41 415 May01/03 25-28-41 404 Nov01/09 25-28-42 441 May01/10
25-26-41 416 May01/07 25-28-41 405 May01/07 25-28-42 442 May01/10
25-26-41 417 Nov01/06 25-28-41 406 Nov01/09 25-28-42 443 May01/10
25-26-43 401 May01/04 25-28-41 407 May01/07 25-28-42 444 May01/11
25-26-43 402 May01/04 25-28-41 408 Nov01/08 25-28-42 445 May01/11
25-26-43 403 May01/07 25-28-41 409 Nov01/08 25-28-42 446 May01/11
25-26-43 404 May01/08 25-28-41 410 May01/07 25-28-42 447 May01/11

25-L.E.P. Page 6
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-28-42 448 May01/11 25-31-00 3 Nov01/05 25-33-41 417 May01/11

25-28-42 449 May01/10 25-31-00 4 Nov01/05 25-33-41 R 418 Aug01/11
25-28-42 450 May01/10 25-31-41 R 401 Aug01/11 25-33-41 R 419 Aug01/11
25-28-42 451 May01/11 25-31-41 R 402 Aug01/11 25-33-41 R 420 Aug01/11
25-28-42 452 May01/10 25-31-41 R 403 Aug01/11 25-33-41 R 421 Aug01/11
25-28-42 453 May01/10 25-31-41 R 404 Aug01/11 25-33-41 R 422 Aug01/11
25-28-42 454 May01/10 25-31-41 405 Nov01/03 25-33-41 R 423 Aug01/11
25-28-42 455 May01/10 25-31-41 406 May01/00 25-33-41 R 424 Aug01/11
25-28-42 456 May01/10 25-31-41 407 May01/00 25-33-41 R 425 Aug01/11
25-28-42 457 May01/10 25-31-41 R 408 Aug01/11 25-33-41 R 426 Aug01/11
25-28-43 401 Nov01/10 25-31-41 409 May01/07 25-33-41 R 427 Aug01/11
25-28-43 402 Nov01/10 25-31-41 410 May01/00 25-33-41 R 428 Aug01/11
25-28-43 403 Nov01/10 25-31-41 R 411 Aug01/11 25-33-41 D 429
25-28-43 404 May01/11 25-31-41 R 412 Aug01/11 25-33-41 D 430
25-28-43 405 May01/11 25-31-41 R 413 Aug01/11 25-33-41 D 431
25-28-43 406 Nov01/09 25-31-41 R 414 Aug01/11
25-28-43 407 Nov01/05 25-31-41 415 May01/07 25-34-00 1 Nov01/05
25-28-43 408 Nov01/09 25-31-41 416 May01/07 25-34-00 2 May01/01
25-28-43 409 May01/07 25-31-41 R 417 Aug01/11 25-34-00 3 Nov01/05
25-28-43 410 May01/07 25-31-41 R 418 Aug01/11 25-34-00 4 Nov01/05
25-31-41 R 419 Aug01/11 25-34-00 701 Nov01/10
25-29-00 1 May01/09 25-31-41 R 420 Aug01/11 25-34-00 702 Nov01/10
25-29-00 2 May01/02 25-31-41 R 421 Aug01/11 25-34-00 703 May01/06
25-29-00 3 Nov01/09 25-31-41 R 422 Aug01/11 25-34-00 704 May01/11
25-29-00 4 May01/09 25-31-41 R 423 Aug01/11 25-34-00 705 Nov01/10
25-29-00 501 May01/10 25-31-41 R 424 Aug01/11 25-34-00 706 Nov01/10
25-29-00 502 May01/10 25-31-41 R 425 Aug01/11 25-34-00 707 May01/11
25-31-41 R 426 Aug01/11 25-34-00 708 May01/06
25-30-00 1 Nov01/05 25-31-41 R 427 Aug01/11 25-34-00 709 May01/07
25-30-00 2 Nov01/05 25-31-41 R 428 Aug01/11 25-34-00 710 May01/07
25-30-00 R 301 Aug01/11 25-34-51 401 Nov01/10
25-30-00 R 302 Aug01/11 25-33-00 1 Nov01/06 25-34-51 402 Nov01/10
25-30-00 303 Nov01/09 25-33-00 2 Nov01/06 25-34-51 403 Nov01/10
25-30-00 304 Nov01/09 25-33-00 3 Nov01/05 25-34-51 404 May01/01
25-30-00 305 Nov01/10 25-33-00 4 Nov01/05 25-34-51 405 Nov01/10
25-30-00 306 Nov01/10 25-33-41 R 401 Aug01/11 25-34-51 406 Nov01/10
25-30-00 307 May01/10 25-33-41 R 402 Aug01/11 25-34-51 407 Nov01/10
25-30-00 308 Nov01/09 25-33-41 R 403 Aug01/11 25-34-51 408 Nov01/10
25-30-00 309 Nov01/10 25-33-41 R 404 Aug01/11 25-34-51 409 Nov01/10
25-30-00 310 Nov01/10 25-33-41 405 Nov01/03 25-34-51 410 Nov01/10
25-30-00 311 Nov01/10 25-33-41 406 May01/00 25-34-51 411 Nov01/06
25-30-00 601 May01/11 25-33-41 407 May01/00
25-30-00 602 Nov01/06 25-33-41 R 408 Aug01/11 25-35-00 1 May01/04
25-30-00 603 May01/03 25-33-41 R 409 Aug01/11 25-35-00 2 Aug01/99
25-30-00 604 May01/11 25-33-41 410 Nov01/07 25-35-00 3 May01/04
25-30-00 605 Nov01/06 25-33-41 R 411 Aug01/11 25-35-00 N 201 Aug01/11
25-30-00 801 Nov01/10 25-33-41 R 412 Aug01/11 25-35-00 N 202 Aug01/11
25-30-00 802 Nov01/10 25-33-41 413 Nov01/07 25-35-00 N 203 Aug01/11
25-33-41 R 414 Aug01/11 25-35-00 401 May01/11
25-31-00 1 Nov01/06 25-33-41 415 Nov01/07 25-35-00 402 Nov01/10
25-31-00 2 Nov01/06 25-33-41 416 Nov01/07 25-35-00 403 May01/08

25-L.E.P. Page 7
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-35-00 404 May01/11 25-40-00 201 Nov01/08 25-40-00 816 May01/11

25-35-00 405 May01/08 25-40-00 202 Nov01/08 25-40-00 817 May01/11
25-35-00 501 Nov01/03 25-40-00 203 May01/98 25-40-00 818 May01/10
25-35-00 502 Nov01/09 25-40-00 204 May01/98 25-40-00 819 Nov01/10
25-35-00 R 503 Aug01/11 25-40-00 205 Nov01/08 25-40-00 R 820 Aug01/11
25-35-00 R 504 Aug01/11 25-40-00 206 May01/11 25-40-00 821 May01/10
25-35-00 505 May01/05 25-40-00 207 May01/11 25-40-00 822 May01/10
25-35-00 R 506 Aug01/11 25-40-00 208 Nov01/02 25-40-00 823 May01/10
25-35-00 R 507 Aug01/11 25-40-00 209 Nov01/02 25-40-00 824 May01/10
25-35-00 R 508 Aug01/11 25-40-00 210 Nov01/02 25-40-00 825 May01/10
25-35-00 R 509 Aug01/11 25-40-00 211 May01/11 25-40-00 826 May01/10
25-35-00 R 510 Aug01/11 25-40-00 401 May01/11 25-40-00 R 827 Aug01/11
25-35-00 R 511 Aug01/11 25-40-00 402 Nov01/10 25-40-00 828 May01/10
25-35-00 R 512 Aug01/11 25-40-00 403 May01/07 25-40-00 829 May01/10
25-35-00 R 513 Aug01/11 25-40-00 404 May01/11
25-35-00 N 514 Aug01/11 25-40-00 501 Nov01/08 25-41-00 1 Nov01/05
25-35-15 401 Nov01/03 25-40-00 502 Nov01/08 25-41-00 2 May01/05
25-35-15 402 Nov01/03 25-40-00 503 May01/08 25-41-00 3 May01/98
25-35-19 401 Nov01/10 25-40-00 504 May01/08 25-41-00 4 Nov01/05
25-35-19 402 May01/11 25-40-00 505 May01/08 25-41-41 02 401 Nov01/10
25-35-19 403 Nov01/01 25-40-00 506 May01/08 25-41-41 02 402 Nov01/10
25-35-19 R 404 Aug01/11 25-40-00 507 May01/08 25-41-41 02 403 Nov01/10
25-35-19 R 405 Aug01/11 25-40-00 508 May01/08 25-41-41 02 404 Nov01/10
25-35-19 406 May01/11 25-40-00 601 May01/05 25-41-41 02 405 Nov01/10
25-35-25 R 401 Aug01/11 25-40-00 602 May01/05 25-41-41 02 406 Nov01/06
25-35-25 R 402 Aug01/11 25-40-00 603 May01/05 25-41-41 02 407 Nov01/06
25-35-25 R 403 Aug01/11 25-40-00 604 May01/05 25-41-41 02 408 Nov01/06
25-35-25 R 404 Aug01/11 25-40-00 605 May01/05 25-41-41 02 409 Nov01/09
25-35-25 R 405 Aug01/11 25-40-00 606 May01/05 25-41-41 02 410 Nov01/10
25-35-25 R 406 Aug01/11 25-40-00 607 May01/05 25-41-41 02 411 Nov01/10
25-35-25 R 407 Aug01/11 25-40-00 608 May01/05 25-41-41 02 412 Nov01/10
25-35-25 R 408 Aug01/11 25-40-00 R 609 Aug01/11 25-41-41 02 413 May01/10
25-35-25 N 409 Aug01/11 25-40-00 R 610 Aug01/11 25-41-41 02 414 May01/10
25-35-27 401 Nov01/10 25-40-00 611 Nov01/08 25-41-41 02 415 May01/10
25-35-27 402 May01/11 25-40-00 R 612 Aug01/11 25-41-41 02 416 May01/10
25-35-27 403 Nov01/01 25-40-00 N 613 Aug01/11 25-41-41 02 417 May01/10
25-35-27 404 Nov01/10 25-40-00 801 Nov01/10 25-41-41 02 418 Nov01/10
25-35-27 405 May01/11 25-40-00 802 May01/10 25-41-41 02 419 Nov01/10
25-35-27 406 May01/11 25-40-00 803 May01/10 25-41-41 02 420 May01/10
25-35-34 401 Nov01/99 25-40-00 804 May01/10 25-41-41 02 421 May01/10
25-35-34 402 Nov01/09 25-40-00 805 Nov01/10 25-41-41 02 R 422 Aug01/11
25-35-34 403 Nov01/99 25-40-00 806 May01/10 25-41-41 02 R 423 Aug01/11
25-35-34 404 Nov01/99 25-40-00 807 May01/10 25-41-41 02 R 424 Aug01/11
25-35-34 405 Nov01/09 25-40-00 808 May01/10 25-41-41 02 R 425 Aug01/11
25-35-34 406 Nov01/09 25-40-00 809 May01/10 25-41-41 02 426 Nov01/09
25-35-34 407 Nov01/09 25-40-00 810 May01/10 25-41-41 02 427 May01/07
25-35-34 408 Nov01/07 25-40-00 811 May01/10 25-41-41 02 428 May01/10
25-40-00 812 Nov01/10 25-41-41 02 429 May01/07
25-40-00 1 Nov01/10 25-40-00 813 Nov01/10 25-41-41 02 430 May01/10
25-40-00 2 Aug01/99 25-40-00 814 Nov01/10 25-41-41 02 R 431 Aug01/11
25-40-00 3 Aug01/99 25-40-00 815 May01/10 25-41-41 02 R 432 Aug01/11

25-L.E.P. Page 8
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-41-41 02 R 433 Aug01/11 25-43-42 02 411 Nov01/09 25-45-14 403 May01/05

25-41-41 02 R 434 Aug01/11 25-43-42 02 412 Nov01/09 25-45-14 404 May01/05
25-41-41 02 435 May01/11 25-43-42 02 413 May01/10 25-45-14 405 Nov01/98
25-41-41 02 436 May01/11 25-43-42 02 414 Nov01/09 25-45-14 406 May01/05
25-41-41 02 D 437 25-43-42 02 415 Nov01/09 25-45-15 401 Nov01/02
25-43-42 02 416 Nov01/10 25-45-15 402 Nov01/02
25-43-00 1 Nov01/05 25-43-42 02 417 May01/11 25-45-15 403 Nov01/02
25-43-00 2 Nov01/03 25-43-42 02 418 May01/11 25-45-15 404 Nov01/10
25-43-00 3 May01/98 25-43-42 02 419 Nov01/10 25-45-15 405 Nov01/10
25-43-00 4 Nov01/05 25-43-42 02 420 Nov01/10 25-45-16 401 May01/98
25-43-41 02 401 Nov01/10 25-43-42 02 421 May01/10 25-45-16 402 May01/05
25-43-41 02 402 Nov01/10 25-43-42 02 422 May01/10 25-45-16 403 May01/98
25-43-41 02 403 Nov01/09 25-43-42 02 423 May01/10 25-45-16 404 May01/98
25-43-41 02 404 Nov01/09 25-43-42 02 424 Nov01/10 25-45-17 401 May01/09
25-43-41 02 405 Nov01/10 25-43-42 02 425 May01/11 25-45-17 402 May01/98
25-43-41 02 406 Nov01/10 25-43-42 02 426 May01/11 25-45-17 403 May01/09
25-43-41 02 407 Nov01/10 25-45-17 404 May01/09
25-43-41 02 408 Nov01/10 25-44-00 1 Nov01/07 25-45-17 405 May01/09
25-43-41 02 409 Nov01/09 25-44-00 2 Nov01/05 25-45-18 401 May01/98
25-43-41 02 410 Nov01/10 25-44-00 3 May01/98 25-45-18 402 May01/98
25-43-41 02 411 Nov01/10 25-44-00 4 Nov01/07 25-45-18 403 May01/98
25-43-41 02 412 Nov01/10 25-44-00 501 Nov01/07 25-45-18 404 May01/98
25-43-41 02 413 Nov01/10 25-44-00 502 Nov01/07 25-45-18 405 May01/98
25-43-41 02 414 May01/11 25-44-41 401 May01/04 25-45-18 406 May01/98
25-43-41 02 415 May01/11 25-44-41 402 Nov01/07 25-45-18 407 May01/98
25-43-41 02 416 May01/11 25-44-41 403 May01/04 25-45-18 408 May01/98
25-43-41 02 417 Nov01/10 25-44-41 404 May01/05 25-45-19 401 May01/08
25-43-41 02 418 Nov01/10 25-44-41 405 Nov01/07 25-45-19 402 May01/08
25-43-41 02 419 Nov01/10 25-44-41 406 Nov01/07 25-45-19 403 May01/08
25-43-41 02 420 Nov01/10 25-45-19 404 May01/08
25-43-41 02 421 May01/11 25-45-00 1 May01/07 25-45-19 405 Nov01/08
25-43-41 02 422 May01/11 25-45-00 2 Aug01/98 25-45-19 406 Nov01/08
25-43-41 02 423 Nov01/10 25-45-00 3 May01/05 25-45-19 407 Nov01/08
25-43-41 02 424 Nov01/10 25-45-00 4 May01/05 25-45-19 408 May01/04
25-43-41 02 425 May01/11 25-45-00 5 May01/07 25-45-19 409 Nov01/08
25-43-41 02 426 Nov01/10 25-45-00 6 May01/07 25-45-19 410 May01/08
25-43-41 02 427 May01/11 25-45-00 7 May01/05 25-45-19 411 May01/04
25-43-41 02 428 Nov01/10 25-45-00 8 May01/05 25-45-19 412 May01/04
25-43-41 02 429 May01/11 25-45-00 9 May01/05 25-45-19 413 May01/04
25-43-41 02 430 May01/11 25-45-12 401 May01/10 25-45-21 401 May01/05
25-43-41 02 431 Nov01/10 25-45-12 402 May01/10 25-45-21 402 May01/08
25-43-42 02 401 Nov01/10 25-45-12 403 May01/10 25-45-21 403 May01/07
25-43-42 02 402 Nov01/10 25-45-12 404 May01/10 25-45-21 404 May01/05
25-43-42 02 403 Nov01/09 25-45-12 405 May01/10 25-45-21 405 May01/05
25-43-42 02 404 May01/10 25-45-12 406 May01/10 25-45-21 406 May01/05
25-43-42 02 405 Nov01/10 25-45-13 401 May01/98 25-45-21 407 May01/07
25-43-42 02 406 May01/10 25-45-13 402 May01/98 25-45-21 408 May01/07
25-43-42 02 407 Nov01/10 25-45-13 403 May01/98 25-45-21 409 May01/07
25-43-42 02 408 Nov01/09 25-45-13 404 May01/98 25-45-21 410 May01/07
25-43-42 02 409 Nov01/09 25-45-14 401 Feb01/00 25-45-21 411 May01/07
25-43-42 02 410 May01/10 25-45-14 402 Feb01/00 25-45-21 412 May01/07

25-L.E.P. Page 9
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-45-21 413 May01/07 25-50-00 4 May01/98 25-50-00 821 Nov01/10

25-45-22 401 Nov01/09 25-50-00 5 May01/98 25-50-00 822 Nov01/10
25-45-22 402 Nov01/09 25-50-00 6 May01/11 25-50-00 R 823 Aug01/11
25-45-22 403 May01/05 25-50-00 7 May01/98 25-50-00 R 824 Aug01/11
25-45-22 404 Nov01/09 25-50-00 8 May01/98 25-50-00 R 825 Aug01/11
25-45-22 405 Nov01/09 25-50-00 9 May01/98 25-50-00 R 826 Aug01/11
25-45-22 406 Nov01/09 25-50-00 10 May01/98 25-50-00 R 827 Aug01/11
25-45-23 401 May01/98 25-50-00 11 May01/98 25-50-00 R 828 Aug01/11
25-45-23 402 May01/98 25-50-00 12 May01/98 25-50-00 R 829 Aug01/11
25-45-23 403 May01/98 25-50-00 13 May01/98 25-50-00 R 830 Aug01/11
25-45-23 404 May01/98 25-50-00 601 May01/11 25-50-00 831 Nov01/10
25-45-24 401 May01/98 25-50-00 602 May01/11 25-50-00 832 Nov01/10
25-45-24 402 May01/98 25-50-00 603 Nov01/04 25-50-00 833 Nov01/10
25-45-24 403 May01/98 25-50-00 604 Nov01/04 25-50-00 834 Nov01/10
25-45-24 404 May01/98 25-50-00 R 605 Aug01/11 25-50-00 835 Nov01/10
25-45-25 401 Nov01/02 25-50-00 R 606 Aug01/11 25-50-00 836 Nov01/10
25-45-25 402 Nov01/02 25-50-00 R 607 Aug01/11 25-50-00 837 Nov01/10
25-45-25 403 May01/00 25-50-00 608 Nov01/10 25-50-00 838 May01/11
25-45-25 404 Nov01/02 25-50-00 R 609 Aug01/11 25-50-00 839 Nov01/10
25-45-25 405 May01/00 25-50-00 610 Nov01/10 25-50-00 840 Nov01/10
25-45-25 406 May01/00 25-50-00 611 Nov01/10 25-50-00 841 Nov01/10
25-45-25 407 Nov01/02 25-50-00 612 Nov01/10 25-50-00 842 Nov01/10
25-45-25 408 Nov01/02 25-50-00 N 701 Aug01/11 25-50-00 843 Nov01/10
25-45-25 409 May01/00 25-50-00 N 702 Aug01/11 25-50-00 844 Nov01/10
25-45-25 410 Nov01/02 25-50-00 N 703 Aug01/11 25-50-00 845 Nov01/10
25-45-25 411 May01/00 25-50-00 N 704 Aug01/11 25-50-00 846 Nov01/10
25-45-26 401 Nov01/05 25-50-00 N 705 Aug01/11 25-50-00 847 Nov01/10
25-45-26 402 Nov01/05 25-50-00 N 706 Aug01/11 25-50-00 848 Nov01/10
25-45-26 403 Nov01/05 25-50-00 N 707 Aug01/11 25-50-00 849 Nov01/10
25-45-26 404 Nov01/05 25-50-00 N 708 Aug01/11 25-50-00 R 850 Aug01/11
25-45-26 405 Nov01/05 25-50-00 N 709 Aug01/11 25-50-00 851 Nov01/10
25-45-33 401 May01/98 25-50-00 801 May01/11 25-50-00 852 Nov01/10
25-45-33 402 Nov01/07 25-50-00 802 Nov01/10 25-50-00 853 Nov01/10
25-45-33 403 May01/98 25-50-00 803 Nov01/04 25-50-00 R 854 Aug01/11
25-45-33 404 May01/98 25-50-00 804 Nov01/04 25-50-00 855 Nov01/10
25-45-33 405 Nov01/07 25-50-00 805 Nov01/10 25-50-00 856 Nov01/10
25-45-33 406 Nov01/07 25-50-00 806 Nov01/10 25-50-00 R 857 Aug01/11
25-45-38 401 Aug01/98 25-50-00 807 Nov01/10 25-50-00 R 858 Aug01/11
25-45-38 402 Aug01/98 25-50-00 808 May01/11 25-50-00 R 859 Aug01/11
25-45-38 403 Aug01/98 25-50-00 809 Nov01/04 25-50-00 860 Nov01/10
25-45-38 404 Aug01/98 25-50-00 810 Nov01/04 25-50-00 861 Nov01/10
25-45-38 405 Aug01/98 25-50-00 811 Nov01/10 25-50-00 862 Nov01/10
25-45-38 406 May01/07 25-50-00 812 Nov01/10 25-50-00 R 863 Aug01/11
25-45-38 407 Aug01/98 25-50-00 R 813 Aug01/11 25-50-00 864 Nov01/10
25-45-38 408 Aug01/98 25-50-00 R 814 Aug01/11 25-50-00 865 Nov01/10
25-45-38 409 Aug01/98 25-50-00 R 815 Aug01/11 25-50-00 R 866 Aug01/11
25-45-38 410 Aug01/98 25-50-00 R 816 Aug01/11 25-50-00 867 Nov01/10
25-50-00 817 Nov01/10 25-50-00 868 Nov01/10
25-50-00 1 Nov01/04 25-50-00 R 818 Aug01/11 25-50-00 869 Nov01/10
25-50-00 2 May01/98 25-50-00 R 819 Aug01/11 25-50-00 870 Nov01/10
25-50-00 3 May01/98 25-50-00 820 Nov01/10 25-50-00 871 Nov01/10

25-L.E.P. Page 10
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-50-00 R 872 Aug01/11 25-54-00 1 May01/08 25-54-17 405 May01/05

25-50-00 873 Nov01/10 25-54-00 2 May01/98 25-54-17 406 May01/05
25-50-00 874 Nov01/10 25-54-00 3 May01/98 25-54-41 401 May01/11
25-50-00 875 Nov01/10 25-54-00 4 Nov01/04 25-54-41 402 May01/01
25-50-00 876 Nov01/10 25-54-00 5 May01/98 25-54-41 403 May01/01
25-50-00 R 877 Aug01/11 25-54-00 6 May01/98 25-54-41 404 May01/01
25-50-00 878 Nov01/10 25-54-11 R 401 Aug01/11 25-54-41 405 May01/01
25-50-00 879 Nov01/10 25-54-11 402 May01/07 25-54-41 406 May01/01
25-50-00 R 880 Aug01/11 25-54-11 403 Nov01/99 25-54-41 407 May01/11
25-50-00 881 Nov01/10 25-54-11 R 404 Aug01/11 25-54-41 408 May01/11
25-50-00 R 882 Aug01/11 25-54-11 R 405 Aug01/11 25-54-41 409 May01/11
25-50-00 883 Nov01/10 25-54-11 R 406 Aug01/11 25-54-41 410 May01/01
25-50-00 884 Nov01/10 25-54-11 N 407 Aug01/11 25-54-41 411 May01/01
25-50-00 885 Nov01/10 25-54-12 401 May01/11 25-54-41 412 May01/01
25-50-00 886 Nov01/10 25-54-12 402 May01/11 25-54-41 413 May01/01
25-50-00 R 887 Aug01/11 25-54-12 403 May01/98 25-54-41 414 May01/01
25-50-00 888 Nov01/10 25-54-12 404 May01/11
25-50-00 889 Nov01/10 25-54-12 405 May01/11 25-55-00 1 May01/08
25-50-00 890 Nov01/10 25-54-12 406 May01/11 25-55-00 2 May01/00
25-50-00 891 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 407 Aug01/11 25-55-00 3 May01/00
25-50-00 R 892 Aug01/11 25-54-12 R 408 Aug01/11 25-55-00 4 Nov01/04
25-50-00 893 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 409 Aug01/11 25-55-00 5 May01/00
25-50-00 894 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 410 Aug01/11 25-55-00 6 May01/98
25-50-00 895 Nov01/10 25-54-12 411 May01/11 25-55-11 401 May01/11
25-50-00 896 Nov01/10 25-54-12 412 May01/11 25-55-11 402 May01/04
25-50-00 897 Nov01/10 25-54-12 413 May01/11 25-55-11 403 May01/98
25-50-00 898 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 414 Aug01/11 25-55-11 404 May01/98
25-50-00 899 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 415 Aug01/11 25-55-11 405 May01/98
25-50-00 A800 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 416 Aug01/11 25-55-11 R 406 Aug01/11
25-50-00 R A801 Aug01/11 25-54-12 R 417 Aug01/11 25-55-11 R 407 Aug01/11
25-50-00 A802 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 418 Aug01/11 25-55-11 R 408 Aug01/11
25-50-00 A803 Nov01/10 25-54-12 419 May01/11 25-55-11 R 409 Aug01/11
25-50-00 A804 Nov01/10 25-54-12 420 May01/11 25-55-11 R 410 Aug01/11
25-50-00 A805 Nov01/10 25-54-12 421 May01/11 25-55-11 411 May01/11
25-50-00 A806 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 422 Aug01/11 25-55-11 412 Nov01/09
25-50-00 R A807 Aug01/11 25-54-12 R 423 Aug01/11 25-55-11 413 Nov01/10
25-50-00 A808 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 424 Aug01/11 25-55-11 R 414 Aug01/11
25-50-00 A809 Nov01/10 25-54-12 R 425 Aug01/11 25-55-11 R 415 Aug01/11
25-50-00 R A810 Aug01/11 25-54-12 R 426 Aug01/11 25-55-11 R 416 Aug01/11
25-50-00 R A811 Aug01/11 25-54-12 801 May01/11 25-55-11 R 417 Aug01/11
25-50-00 N A812 Aug01/11 25-54-12 802 May01/11 25-55-11 R 418 Aug01/11
25-50-00 N A813 Aug01/11 25-54-12 803 May01/11 25-55-11 419 Nov01/09
25-50-00 N A814 Aug01/11 25-54-12 804 May01/11 25-55-11 420 May01/11
25-50-00 N A815 Aug01/11 25-54-12 805 May01/11 25-55-11 421 Nov01/09
25-50-00 N A816 Aug01/11 25-54-12 806 May01/11 25-55-11 422 Nov01/10
25-54-12 807 May01/11 25-55-11 423 May01/11
25-52-00 1 Nov01/04 25-54-12 808 May01/11 25-55-11 R 424 Aug01/11
25-52-00 2 May01/04 25-54-17 401 May01/05 25-55-11 R 425 Aug01/11
25-52-00 3 Nov01/03 25-54-17 402 May01/05 25-55-11 R 426 Aug01/11
25-52-00 4 May01/04 25-54-17 403 May01/05 25-55-11 427 May01/11
25-54-17 404 May01/05 25-55-11 801 May01/11

25-L.E.P. Page 11
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-55-11 802 May01/11 25-55-41 404 May01/01 25-62-00 202 May01/11

25-55-11 803 May01/05 25-55-41 405 May01/01 25-62-00 203 Feb01/99
25-55-11 804 May01/05 25-55-41 406 May01/01 25-62-00 204 May01/11
25-55-11 805 May01/05 25-55-41 407 May01/01 25-62-00 205 May01/11
25-55-11 806 May01/11 25-55-41 408 May01/01 25-62-00 206 May01/11
25-55-11 807 May01/05 25-55-41 409 May01/01 25-62-00 207 May01/11
25-55-12 401 Nov01/10 25-55-41 410 May01/01 25-62-00 208 May01/08
25-55-12 402 Nov01/10 25-55-41 411 May01/01 25-62-00 209 Nov01/10
25-55-12 403 May01/98 25-55-41 412 May01/01 25-62-00 210 May01/11
25-55-12 404 Nov01/10 25-55-41 413 May01/01 25-62-00 211 Nov01/03
25-55-12 405 Nov01/10 25-55-41 414 May01/01 25-62-00 212 May01/11
25-55-12 R 406 Aug01/11 25-55-41 415 May01/11 25-62-00 301 Nov01/09
25-55-12 R 407 Aug01/11 25-55-41 416 May01/11 25-62-00 302 Nov01/09
25-55-12 R 408 Aug01/11 25-55-41 417 May01/11 25-62-00 303 Nov01/09
25-55-12 R 409 Aug01/11 25-55-41 418 May01/01 25-62-00 304 Nov01/09
25-55-12 R 410 Aug01/11 25-55-41 419 May01/01 25-62-00 305 Nov01/09
25-55-12 R 411 Aug01/11 25-55-41 420 May01/01 25-62-00 306 Nov01/09
25-55-12 412 Nov01/10 25-55-41 421 May01/01 25-62-00 307 Nov01/09
25-55-12 413 Nov01/10 25-55-41 422 May01/01 25-62-00 308 Nov01/09
25-55-12 414 Nov01/10 25-55-41 423 May01/01 25-62-00 401 May01/11
25-55-12 R 415 Aug01/11 25-55-41 424 May01/01 25-62-00 402 May01/11
25-55-12 R 416 Aug01/11 25-55-41 425 May01/01 25-62-00 403 Nov01/08
25-55-12 R 417 Aug01/11 25-62-00 404 Nov01/08
25-55-12 R 418 Aug01/11 25-60-00 1 May01/04 25-62-00 405 Nov01/08
25-55-12 R 419 Aug01/11 25-62-00 406 May01/11
25-55-12 R 420 Aug01/11 25-61-00 1 Aug01/98 25-62-00 407 Nov01/08
25-55-12 421 Nov01/10 25-61-00 2 May01/98 25-62-00 408 May01/11
25-55-12 422 Nov01/10 25-61-00 3 May01/98 25-62-00 409 Nov01/08
25-55-12 423 Nov01/10 25-61-00 4 May01/98 25-62-00 410 May01/11
25-55-12 R 424 Aug01/11 25-61-41 R 401 Aug01/11 25-62-00 411 Nov01/08
25-55-12 R 425 Aug01/11 25-61-41 402 May01/98 25-62-00 412 May01/11
25-55-12 R 426 Aug01/11 25-61-41 R 403 Aug01/11 25-62-00 501 Nov01/10
25-55-12 R 427 Aug01/11 25-61-41 R 404 Aug01/11 25-62-00 502 Nov01/10
25-55-12 R 428 Aug01/11 25-61-41 601 May01/98 25-62-00 503 Nov01/08
25-55-12 801 May01/11 25-61-41 602 May01/98 25-62-00 504 Nov01/08
25-55-12 802 May01/11 25-61-41 603 May01/98 25-62-00 505 Nov01/08
25-55-12 803 May01/05 25-62-00 506 Nov01/10
25-55-12 804 May01/05 25-62-00 1 May01/11 25-62-00 507 Nov01/08
25-55-12 805 May01/05 25-62-00 2 Nov01/05 25-62-00 508 Nov01/10
25-55-12 806 May01/11 25-62-00 3 May01/11 25-62-00 509 Nov01/08
25-55-12 807 May01/05 25-62-00 4 May01/98 25-62-00 510 Nov01/10
25-55-17 401 Nov01/10 25-62-00 5 May01/98 25-62-00 511 Nov01/10
25-55-17 402 Nov01/10 25-62-00 6 May01/10 25-62-00 512 Nov01/08
25-55-17 403 Nov01/10 25-62-00 7 May01/10 25-62-00 513 Nov01/10
25-55-17 404 Nov01/10 25-62-00 8 May01/07 25-62-00 514 Nov01/10
25-55-17 405 Nov01/10 25-62-00 9 May01/98 25-62-00 515 Nov01/10
25-55-17 406 Nov01/10 25-62-00 10 May01/98 25-62-00 516 Nov01/08
25-55-17 407 May01/05 25-62-00 11 May01/98 25-62-00 517 Nov01/10
25-55-41 401 May01/11 25-62-00 12 May01/11 25-62-00 518 Nov01/10
25-55-41 402 May01/11 25-62-00 13 May01/11 25-62-00 519 Nov01/08
25-55-41 403 May01/01 25-62-00 201 May01/11 25-62-00 601 May01/11

25-L.E.P. Page 12
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-62-00 602 May01/11 25-62-43 423 May01/11 25-62-44 410 May01/11

25-62-00 603 Nov01/08 25-62-43 424 May01/11 25-62-44 411 May01/11
25-62-00 604 Nov01/08 25-62-43 425 May01/03 25-62-44 412 May01/11
25-62-00 605 Nov01/08 25-62-43 426 May01/02 25-62-44 413 May01/11
25-62-00 606 Nov01/08 25-62-43 427 May01/02 25-62-44 414 May01/11
25-62-00 607 Nov01/08 25-62-43 428 May01/02 25-62-44 415 May01/11
25-62-00 608 Nov01/08 25-62-43 429 May01/02 25-62-44 416 May01/11
25-62-42 401 May01/11 25-62-43 430 May01/02 25-62-44 417 May01/11
25-62-42 402 May01/11 25-62-43 431 May01/02 25-62-44 418 May01/11
25-62-42 403 May01/11 25-62-43 432 May01/02 25-62-44 419 May01/11
25-62-42 404 May01/98 25-62-43 433 May01/02 25-62-44 420 May01/11
25-62-42 405 May01/98 25-62-43 434 May01/02 25-62-44 421 May01/11
25-62-42 406 May01/11 25-62-43 435 May01/02 25-62-44 422 May01/11
25-62-42 407 May01/11 25-62-43 436 May01/02 25-62-44 423 May01/11
25-62-42 408 Nov01/10 25-62-43 437 May01/02 25-62-44 424 May01/11
25-62-42 409 Nov01/10 25-62-43 438 May01/02 25-62-44 425 May01/11
25-62-42 410 Nov01/10 25-62-43 439 May01/02 25-62-44 426 May01/11
25-62-42 411 May01/11 25-62-43 440 May01/11 25-62-44 427 May01/11
25-62-42 412 Nov01/04 25-62-43 441 May01/11 25-62-44 428 May01/11
25-62-42 413 Nov01/10 25-62-43 442 May01/11 25-62-44 429 May01/11
25-62-42 414 Nov01/10 25-62-43 443 May01/11 25-62-44 430 May01/11
25-62-42 415 May01/10 25-62-43 444 May01/11 25-62-44 431 May01/11
25-62-42 416 May01/10 25-62-43 445 May01/11 25-62-44 432 May01/11
25-62-42 R 417 Aug01/11 25-62-43 446 May01/02 25-62-44 433 May01/11
25-62-42 R 418 Aug01/11 25-62-43 447 May01/02 25-62-44 434 May01/11
25-62-42 R 419 Aug01/11 25-62-43 448 May01/02 25-62-44 435 May01/11
25-62-42 420 Nov01/10 25-62-43 449 May01/02 25-62-44 436 May01/11
25-62-42 R 421 Aug01/11 25-62-43 450 May01/11 25-62-44 437 May01/11
25-62-42 R 422 Aug01/11 25-62-43 451 May01/11 25-62-46 401 May01/11
25-62-43 401 Nov01/10 25-62-43 452 May01/11 25-62-46 402 May01/11
25-62-43 402 Nov01/10 25-62-43 453 May01/11 25-62-46 403 May01/10
25-62-43 403 Nov01/10 25-62-43 454 May01/11 25-62-46 404 Nov01/08
25-62-43 404 Nov01/10 25-62-43 455 May01/11 25-62-46 405 Nov01/08
25-62-43 405 Nov01/10 25-62-43 456 May01/11 25-62-46 406 Nov01/08
25-62-43 406 Nov01/10 25-62-43 457 May01/11 25-62-46 407 May01/10
25-62-43 407 Nov01/10 25-62-43 458 May01/11 25-62-46 408 May01/10
25-62-43 408 Nov01/10 25-62-43 459 May01/11 25-62-46 409 May01/11
25-62-43 409 Nov01/10 25-62-43 460 May01/11 25-62-46 410 May01/11
25-62-43 410 Nov01/10 25-62-43 461 May01/11 25-62-46 411 May01/11
25-62-43 411 Nov01/10 25-62-43 462 May01/11 25-62-46 412 May01/11
25-62-43 412 Nov01/10 25-62-43 463 May01/11 25-62-46 413 May01/10
25-62-43 R 413 Aug01/11 25-62-43 464 May01/11 25-62-46 414 May01/10
25-62-43 R 414 Aug01/11 25-62-44 401 May01/10 25-62-46 415 May01/11
25-62-43 415 May01/02 25-62-44 402 May01/10 25-62-46 416 May01/11
25-62-43 416 May01/02 25-62-44 403 May01/10 25-62-46 417 May01/11
25-62-43 417 May01/02 25-62-44 404 May01/10 25-62-46 418 May01/11
25-62-43 418 Nov01/08 25-62-44 405 May01/11 25-62-46 419 May01/11
25-62-43 419 Nov01/08 25-62-44 406 May01/11 25-62-46 420 May01/10
25-62-43 420 Nov01/10 25-62-44 407 May01/11 25-62-46 421 May01/11
25-62-43 421 May01/02 25-62-44 408 May01/11 25-62-46 422 May01/10
25-62-43 422 May01/02 25-62-44 409 May01/11

25-L.E.P. Page 13
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-63-00 1 Nov01/05 25-65-00 515 Nov01/10 25-65-52 402 Nov01/09

25-63-00 2 Nov01/03 25-65-00 516 Nov01/10 25-65-52 403 Nov01/09
25-63-00 3 Nov01/03 25-65-00 517 Nov01/10 25-65-52 404 Nov01/09
25-63-00 4 Nov01/03 25-65-00 518 May01/10
25-63-00 5 May01/98 25-65-00 519 May01/11 25-66-00 1 Nov01/05
25-63-00 6 Nov01/05 25-65-00 R 520 Aug01/11 25-66-00 2 May01/98
25-63-00 7 Nov01/05 25-65-00 D 521 25-66-00 3 Nov01/05
25-63-00 8 Nov01/05 25-65-14 401 May01/11 25-66-00 601 Nov01/07
25-63-00 9 Nov01/05 25-65-14 402 May01/11 25-66-00 602 Nov01/07
25-65-14 403 May01/07 25-66-52 401 Nov01/00
25-64-00 1 May01/05 25-65-14 404 May01/11 25-66-52 402 May01/10
25-64-00 601 Nov01/07 25-65-14 405 May01/11
25-64-00 602 Nov01/07 25-65-14 406 May01/11 25-68-00 1 Nov01/02
25-65-14 407 May01/11 25-68-00 2 May01/02
25-65-00 1 Nov01/09 25-65-14 408 May01/11 25-68-00 3 May01/02
25-65-00 2 Nov01/00 25-65-14 409 May01/11 25-68-00 4 May01/02
25-65-00 3 May01/05 25-65-14 410 May01/11 25-68-00 5 May01/02
25-65-00 4 May01/05 25-65-14 411 May01/11 25-68-00 6 May01/02
25-65-00 5 Nov01/09 25-65-14 412 May01/11 25-68-00 7 May01/04
25-65-00 6 May01/05 25-65-18 401 Nov01/09 25-68-00 8 May01/05
25-65-00 7 May01/05 25-65-18 402 Nov01/09 25-68-00 9 May01/05
25-65-00 8 Nov01/09 25-65-18 403 May01/05 25-68-00 10 Nov01/02
25-65-00 9 Nov01/09 25-65-18 404 Nov01/09 25-68-00 11 Nov01/02
25-65-00 10 Nov01/09 25-65-18 405 Nov01/09 25-68-00 12 May01/04
25-65-00 11 Nov01/09 25-65-35 401 May01/11 25-68-00 13 May01/05
25-65-00 12 Nov01/09 25-65-35 402 May01/11 25-68-00 14 Nov01/02
25-65-00 13 May01/05 25-65-35 403 May01/05 25-68-00 15 Nov01/02
25-65-00 14 May01/05 25-65-35 404 May01/11 25-68-41 401 Nov01/08
25-65-00 15 Nov01/09 25-65-35 405 May01/11 25-68-41 402 Nov01/08
25-65-00 16 Nov01/09 25-65-35 406 May01/11 25-68-41 403 Nov01/08
25-65-00 17 Nov01/09 25-65-35 407 May01/11 25-68-41 404 Nov01/08
25-65-00 201 Nov01/09 25-65-35 408 May01/11 25-68-41 405 Nov01/08
25-65-00 202 Nov01/09 25-65-35 409 May01/11 25-68-41 406 Nov01/08
25-65-00 R 401 Aug01/11 25-65-35 410 May01/11 25-68-41 407 Nov01/08
25-65-00 R 402 Aug01/11 25-65-35 411 May01/11 25-68-41 408 Nov01/08
25-65-00 R 403 Aug01/11 25-65-35 412 May01/11 25-68-41 409 Nov01/08
25-65-00 404 May01/10 25-65-35 413 May01/11 25-68-41 410 Nov01/08
25-65-00 501 Nov01/09 25-65-41 401 May01/11 25-68-41 411 Nov01/08
25-65-00 502 Nov01/09 25-65-41 402 Nov01/09 25-68-41 412 Nov01/08
25-65-00 R 503 Aug01/11 25-65-41 403 Nov01/09 25-68-41 413 Nov01/08
25-65-00 504 May01/05 25-65-41 404 Nov01/09 25-68-41 414 May01/02
25-65-00 505 May01/05 25-65-41 405 Nov01/09 25-68-41 415 Nov01/08
25-65-00 506 Nov01/09 25-65-41 406 Nov01/09 25-68-41 416 Nov01/08
25-65-00 507 Nov01/09 25-65-51 201 Nov01/01 25-68-41 417 Nov01/08
25-65-00 508 Nov01/09 25-65-51 202 Nov01/10
25-65-00 R 509 Aug01/11 25-65-51 203 Nov01/98 25-70-00 1 May01/98
25-65-00 510 Nov01/09 25-65-51 204 Nov01/10 25-70-00 2 May01/98
25-65-00 511 May01/11 25-65-51 205 Nov01/10 25-70-00 3 May01/98
25-65-00 512 May01/11 25-65-51 206 Nov01/10 25-70-00 4 May01/98
25-65-00 513 Nov01/09 25-65-51 207 Nov01/01 25-70-00 5 May01/98
25-65-00 R 514 Aug01/11 25-65-52 401 Nov01/09 25-70-00 6 May01/98

25-L.E.P. Page 14
Aug 01/11

SYR
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

25-71-00 1 May01/98
25-71-00 2 May01/98
25-71-00 3 May01/98
25-71-00 4 May01/98
25-71-00 5 May01/98
25-71-00 6 May01/98
25-71-00 7 May01/98
25-71-00 8 May01/98
25-71-00 9 May01/98
25-71-00 601 May01/11
25-71-00 602 May01/11
25-71-00 603 May01/11
25-71-00 604 May01/11
25-71-00 605 May01/11
25-71-00 606 May01/11
25-71-00 607 May01/09
25-71-00 608 May01/09
25-71-00 609 May01/09
25-71-00 610 May01/11
25-71-00 611 May01/11
25-71-00 612 May01/11
25-71-00 613 May01/11
25-71-00 614 May01/11
25-71-00 615 May01/11

25-80-00 1 May01/10
25-80-00 2 Nov01/03
25-80-00 3 Nov01/03
25-80-00 4 Nov01/03
25-80-00 5 Nov01/03
25-80-00 6 May01/10
25-80-00 201 May01/11
25-80-00 202 May01/11
25-80-00 203 Nov01/06
25-80-00 204 May01/10
25-80-00 205 May01/11
25-80-00 206 May01/11
25-80-00 207 May01/11
25-80-00 208 May01/11
25-80-00 209 May01/10
25-80-00 801 May01/10
25-80-00 802 May01/10
25-80-00 803 May01/10
25-80-00 804 May01/10
25-80-00 805 May01/10
25-80-00 806 May01/10
25-80-00 807 May01/11
25-80-00 808 May01/11
25-80-00 809 May01/10
25-80-00 810 May01/10

25-L.E.P. Page 15
Aug 01/11

SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL
_______________________________ 25-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL

________________________________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL 25-00-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair Task Cross Reference Data 801 ALL
Repairs of Nonstructural 803 ALL
Components (not in the Cargo
Compartments)
Repairs of Surface Damage of 812 ALL
Composite Components (not in the
Cargo Compartments)
Repairs of Cabin Polycarbonate 818 ALL
(PC) Sheet Components
Repairs of Cabin Polycarbonate 824 ALL
(PC) Composite Components with
Honeycomb Core

_______
COCKPIT 25-10-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General Description 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL

________
COCKPIT 25-10-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Flight-Compartment 801 ALL
Ceiling Panels
Repair of the Flight-Compartment 805 ALL
Side Panels
Repair of the Flight-Compartment 810 ALL
Rear Panels

COCKPIT SEATS 25-11-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Captain and First Officer Seats 1 ALL
Third Occupant Seat 1 ALL
Fourth Occupant Seat 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Captain and First Officer Seats 1 ALL
Third Occupant Seat 1 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 1
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Fourth Occupant Seat 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Captain and First Officer Seats 3 ALL
Third Occupant Seat 6 ALL
Fourth Occupant Seat 8 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 8 ALL
Captain and First Officer Seats 8 ALL
Third Occupant Seat 15 ALL
Fourth Occupant Seat 18 ALL

COCKPIT SEATS 25-11-00

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Defective 401 ALL
Recline System of the CAPT (F/O)
Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
25-11-03-A)
Reactivation of the Defective 405 ALL
Recline System of the CAPT (F/O)
Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 405 ALL
25-11-03-A)
Deactivation of the Inoperative 406 ALL
Adjustment System of the CAPT
(F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 406 ALL
25-11-05-A)
Reactivation of the Inoperative 408 ALL
Adjustment System of the CAPT
(F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 408 ALL
25-11-05-A)
Deactivation of the Third Occupant 409 ALL
Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 409 ALL
25-12-01-B)
Reactivation of the Third Occupant 411 ALL
Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 411 ALL
25-12-01-B)
Deactivation of the Fourth 413 ALL
Occupant Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 413 ALL
25-12-05-B)
Reactivation of the Fourth 415 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 2
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Occupant Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 415 ALL
25-12-05-B)

COCKPIT SEATS 25-11-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Captain 501 ALL
and First Officer Seats (3MS, 4MS)

COCKPIT SEATS 25-11-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Cockpit 601 ALL
Seats
Inspection/Check of the Shoulder 602 ALL
Harness and Seat Belt
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT 25-11-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Third Occupant Seat 401 ALL
Installation of the Third Occupant 404 ALL
Seat
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT 25-11-41
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Third 601 ALL
Occupant Seat
SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT 25-11-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Fourth Occupant 401 ALL
Seat (13MM)
Installation of the Fourth 405 ALL
Occupant Seat (13MM)
SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT 25-11-42
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Fourth 601 ALL
Occupant Seat
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain/First 401 ALL
Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
Installation of the Captain/First 406 ALL
Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-51
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the 601 ALL
Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS,

25-CONTENTS Page 3
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
4MS)
Check of Adjustment of Seat 603 ALL
Control Cables
CUSHIONS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-61
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Cushion
Installation of the Captain (First 403 ALL
Officer) Seat Cushion
SHROUD ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-62
OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 404 ALL
Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
SAFETY HARNESS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST 25-11-63
OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Harness Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 406 ALL
Officer) Seat Harness Assy
HEADREST - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-64
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 404 ALL
Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-65
OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 406 ALL
Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-65
OFFICER
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Captain 501 ALL
(First Officer) Seat Inboard
Armrest-Assy
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST 25-11-66
OFFICER SEAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 4
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 404 ALL
Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST 25-11-66
OFFICER SEAT
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Captain 501 ALL
(First Officer) Seat Side Stick
Armrest-Assy
LUMBAR REST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ 25-11-67
FIRST OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
Installation of the Captain (First 404 ALL
Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
CYLINDER ASSY - SEAT CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-68
OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 404 ALL
Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
ACCESSORIES - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-69
SEAT PAN AND BASE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Pan and Base
Accessories
Installation of the Captain (First 405 ALL
Officer) Seat Pan and Base
Accessories

LINING AND FURNISHINGS 25-13-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Linings 1 ALL
Floor covering 1 ALL

LINING AND FURNISHINGS 25-13-00

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Captain and/or 401 ALL
First Officer Sliding-Tables
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 5
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
25-13-01-B)
Reactivation of the Captain and/or 402 ALL
First Officer Sliding-Tables
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 402 ALL
25-13-01-B)
Deactivation of the Captain and/or 403 ALL
First Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 403 ALL
25-13-02-B)
Reactivation of the Captain and/or 404 ALL
First Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 404 ALL
25-13-02-B)

LINING AND FURNISHINGS 25-13-00

CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of Foam Plastic 701 ALL
(Polyurethane) Parts
Painting of the Internal Cockpit 704 ALL
Surfaces
SUNVISOR - WINDSHIELD 25-13-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Windshield Sunvisor 401 ALL
(9MM, 10MM)
Installation of the Windshield 403 ALL
Sunvisor (9MM, 10MM)
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY 25-13-14
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Adjustment of the Cockpit Table 201 ALL
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY 25-13-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Foot Rest and 401 ALL
Sliding Table Assembly
Installation of the Foot Rest and 403 ALL
Sliding Table Assembly
Removal of the Sliding Table 405 ALL
Installation of the Sliding Table 407 ALL
Removal of the Actuator on the 408 ALL
Foot Rest Assembly
Installation of the Actuator on 411 ALL
the Foot Rest Assembly
Removal of the Captain and 413 ALL
First-Officer Retractable

25-CONTENTS Page 6
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Foot-Rests
Installation of the Captain and 415 ALL
First-Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY 25-13-14
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest 601 ALL
Actuator
LINING PANELS 25-13-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Ceiling Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 404 ALL
Removal of the Sidewall Panels 406 ALL
Installation of the Sidewall 414 ALL
Panels
ROLLER BLIND - SLIDING WINDOW 25-13-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Sliding Window 401 ALL
Roller-Blind
Installation of the Sliding Window 403 ALL
Roller-Blind
ROLLER BLIND - FIXED WINDOW 25-13-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Fixed Window 401 ALL
Roller-Blind
Installation of the Fixed Window 403 ALL
Roller-Blind
CARPET - COCKPIT 25-13-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Cockpit Textile 401 ALL
Floor Covering (Carpet)
Installation of the Cockpit 404 ALL
Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)
COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS 25-13-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Foam Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Foam Panels 406 ALL
COAT STOWAGE 25-13-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Coat Stowage 401 ALL
Installation of the Coat Stowage 406 ALL

COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS 25-14-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 7
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Description 1 ALL
Rack Lower Section 1 ALL
Rack Center Section 1 ALL
Rack Upper Section 4 ALL
Access to the various components 4 ALL

_____________________
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 25-20-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
The cabin is divided into 1 ALL
utility areas and seating areas.
The passenger/crew doors and
emergency exits are also
included in the cabin

______________________
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 25-20-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of Overhead Stowage 401 ALL
Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage
Compartment
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-28-01 401 ALL
Reactivation of Overhead Stowage 403 ALL
Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage
Compartment
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-28-01 403 ALL

______________________
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 25-20-00
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Refurbishment of the Handrail, 701 ALL
Interiors and the Doors of the
Overhead Stowage Compartments
Refurbishment of the Cabin 710 ALL
Sidewall Panel, Cabin Ceiling
Panel, Cove Light Panel and the
Passenger Service Unit Panel
Refurbishment of the Lavatory Wall 722 ALL
and Lavatory Interior Parts
Refurbishment of the Exit Ceiling 728 ALL
and the Overwing Emergency
Exit/Hatch Cover
Refurbishment of the Partition and 734 ALL
the Door/Doorframe Panel

25-CONTENTS Page 8
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

______________________
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 25-20-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of Insert Nut Attachments 801 ALL
in Components with Honeycomb Core
Repair of the Non-Textile Floor 808 ALL
Covering (NTF)
Repair of the Moisture Barrier 821 ALL
Foil (MYLAR)
Replacement of the Aluminum 823 ALL
Profile on the Lower
Sidewall-Panel
Repair of an Overhead Stowage 827 ALL
Compartment (OHSC)
Repair of the Paint Coat on 840 ALL
Components
Repair/Replacement of Decor Foil 847 ALL
Repair of the Vacuum-Cleaner 855 ALL
Outlet Door

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS 25-21-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Seat Layout 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Passenger Seats 1 ALL
Special Passenger Seats 1 ALL
Emergency Facilities 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Passenger Seats 3 ALL

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS 25-21-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of Seat to 601 ALL
Floor Attachment and General
Visual Inspection of Seats
Structure
Detailed Visual Inspection of Seat 603 ALL
Belts Attachment, Seat Belts and
Locks Check of Locks
SEAT - PASSENGER 25-21-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Passenger Seats 401 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 9
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Passenger 407 ALL
Seats

CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS 25-22-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
The cabin-attendant seats have: 3 ALL

CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS 25-22-00

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of a Defective Cabin 401 ALL
Attendant Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-20-03 401 ALL
Reactivation of a Defective Cabin 403 ALL
Attendant Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-20-03 403 ALL

CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS 25-22-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of Seat 601 ALL
Attachment and General Visual
Inspection of Seat Structure
Detailed Inspection of Seat Belt 603 ALL
Attachment, Seat Belt and Lock.
Check of Lock
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT, WALL MOUNTED 25-22-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Wall-Mounted 401 ALL
Cabin-Attendant Seats
Installation of the Wall-Mounted 406 ALL
Cabin-Attendant Seats
Removal of the Restraint System 411 ALL
Installation of the Restraint 415 ALL
System
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT FREE STANDING 25-22-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Free-Standing 401 ALL
Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
Installation of the Free-Standing 404 ALL
Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)

25-CONTENTS Page 10
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Restraint System 409 ALL
Installation of the Restraint 413 ALL
System
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT SWIVEL 25-22-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Cabin Attendant 401 ALL
Swivel-Seat
Installation of the Cabin 404 ALL
Attendant Swivel-Seat
Removal of the Restraint System 409 ALL
Installation of the Restraint 412 ALL
System

LININGS AND FURNISHINGS 25-23-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Ceiling Panels 1 ALL
Sidewall Panels 5 ALL
Door and Door Frame Linings 13 ALL
PANELS - CEILING 25-23-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Ceiling Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 405 ALL
PANELS - CEILING UTILITY AREA 25-23-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - 401 ALL
Forward Utility Area
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - 409 ALL
Aft Utility Area
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 415 ALL
- Forward Utility Area
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 422 ALL
- Aft Utility Area
Replacement of the Entry Light 426 ALL
Cover
PANELS - UPPER SIDEWALL 25-23-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Upper Sidewall 401 ALL
Panel(s)
Installation of the Upper Sidewall 408 ALL
Panel(s)
Removal of the Blinds on the 415 ALL
Sidewall Panel(s)
Installation of the Blinds on the 417 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 11
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Sidewall Panel(s)
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL 25-23-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lower Sidewall 401 ALL
Panels
Installation of the Lower Sidewall 404 ALL
Panels
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL 25-23-44
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Lower Sidewall Panel and of the
Area Behind the Lower Sidewall
Panel for Foreign Material
Accumulation.
LINING - DOOR FRAME 25-23-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 401 ALL
at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Installation of the Door Frame 408 ALL
Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 414 ALL
at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Installation of the Door Frame 420 ALL
Linings at the Right FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 425 ALL
at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Installation of the Door Frame 431 ALL
Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 437 ALL
at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Installation of the Door Frame 443 ALL
Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
LINING - DOOR 25-23-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Linings at the 401 ALL
FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Removal of the Blinds on the 408 ALL
Passenger/Crew Doors

25-CONTENTS Page 12
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Blinds on the 411 ALL
Passenger/Crew Doors
Installation of the Door Linings 413 ALL
at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Removal of the Door Linings at the 418 ALL
AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
Installation of the Door Linings 425 ALL
at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT 25-23-47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lining from the 401 ALL
Emergency Exit Hatches
Installation of the Lining on the 403 ALL
Emergency Exit Hatches
Removal of the Upper Sidewall 408 ALL
Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW,
(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
Installation of the Upper Sidewall 413 ALL
Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW,
(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
PANEL - COVE LIGHT 25-23-48
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Cove Light Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Cove Light 404 ALL
Panels
Replacement of the Light Screen 406 ALL

OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS 25-24-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL

OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS 25-24-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Overhead 501 ALL
Stowage-Compartment Doors
Adjustment of the Overhead 505 ALL
Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
COMPARTMENT - SIDEWALL OVERHEAD 25-24-41
STOWAGE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Overhead Stowage 401 ALL
Compartments
Installation of the Overhead 411 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 13
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Stowage Compartments
Removal of the Door of the 417 ALL
Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Installation of the Door of the 419 ALL
Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Removal of the Latch Assembly of 421 ALL
the Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Door
Installation of the Latch Assembly 425 ALL
of the Overhead
Stowage-Compartment Door
Replacement of the Handrail 427 ALL

PASSENGER SERVICE INFORMATION UNITS 25-25-00

(PSIU)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Component Description 6 ALL
Passenger Service Units (PSUs) 6 ALL
Passenger Information Units 7 ALL
(PIUs) (Ref. 23-73-00)
Operation/Control and Indication 7 ALL
Attendant Call 7 ALL
Lighted Signs and Loudspeakers 7 ALL
Fresh Air Outlets 7 ALL
Reading Lights 7 ALL
PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNIT 25-25-11
(PSIU)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of 401 ALL
the Passenger Service/Information
Unit(s) (PSIU)
Installation of the Filler 404 ALL
Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)

CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS 25-26-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Curtains 1 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 14
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Partitions (if installed) 1 ALL
Movable Class Divider (if 1 ALL
installed)
CURTAINS 25-26-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Forward Curtain 401 ALL
Rail
Installation of the Forward 404 ALL
Curtain Rail
Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail 407 ALL
Installation of the Aft Curtain 410 ALL
Rail
Removal of the Curtains 413 ALL
Installation of the Curtains 416 ALL
DIVIDER - CLASS 25-26-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lateral Class 401 ALL
Divider
Installation of the Lateral Class 404 ALL
Divider
Removal of the Center Class 408 ALL
Divider
Installation of the Center Class 410 ALL
Divider

ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT 25-27-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Stowages 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Stowages 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Stowages 1 ALL
STOWAGE - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT L AND R 25-27-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of an Emergency Equipment 401 ALL
Stowage
Installation of an Emergency 404 ALL
Equipment Stowage
STOWAGE 25-27-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of a Stowage FWD LH (Zone 401 ALL
231)
Installation of a Stowage FWD LH 406 ALL
(Zone 231)
Removal of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 412 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 15
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
232)
Installation of a Stowage FWD RH 414 ALL
(Zone 232)
DOG HOUSE 25-27-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of a Doghouse 401 ALL
Installation of a Doghouse 402 ALL

FLOOR COVERING 25-28-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
The floor covering gives 1 ALL
passenger-comfort, soundproofing
and is the protection for the
floor panels and the floor
structure. The floor
Passenger Area 1 ALL
Utility (Wet) Area 4 ALL
COVERING - FLOOR, TEXTILE 25-28-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Textile 401 ALL
Floor-Covering
Installation of the Textile 404 ALL
Floor-Covering
COVERING - FLOOR NON TEXTILE 25-28-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Non-Textile Floor 401 ALL
Covering (NTF)
Installation of the Non-Textile 411 ALL
Floor Covering (NTF)
Removal of NTF (Welding Procedure) 426 ALL
Installation of NTF (Welding 436 ALL
Procedure)
Replacement of the Non-Textile 453 ALL
Floor Covering (NTF) in the
Lavatories
PROTECTION - FLOOR, MOISTURE BARRIER 25-28-43
FOIL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of Moisture Barrier Foil 401 ALL
(MYLAR)
Installation of Moisture Barrier 406 ALL
Foil (MYLAR)

25-CONTENTS Page 16
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY 25-29-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
The FWD Cabin System 1 ALL
The AFT Cabin System 1 ALL
Power Supply 3 ALL

ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY 25-29-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Electrical 501 ALL
Service Supply System

_________________
BUFFET AND GALLEY 25-30-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Forward Galleys (Ref. 25-31-00) 1 ALL
Aft Galleys (Ref. 25-33-00) 1 ALL
Galley Equipment (Ref. 25-35-00) 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL

__________________
BUFFET AND GALLEY 25-30-00
SERVICING 301 ALL
Discard the Galley Air-Extraction 301 ALL
Filter Elements
Replacement of the Galley 305 ALL
Water-Filter Elements (if
installed)

__________________
BUFFET AND GALLEY 25-30-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Galley Attachment Points

__________________
BUFFET AND GALLEY 25-30-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of Linings, Decor Panels 801 ALL
and Equipment

25-CONTENTS Page 17
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

FORWARD GALLEY 25-31-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Wet Unit Galley 1 ALL
Dry Unit Galley 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Galley 3 ALL
Pelmet 3 ALL
GALLEY UNIT 25-31-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Forward Galley Unit 401 ALL
(6475MM)
Installation of the Forward Galley 417 ALL
Unit (6475MM)

AFT GALLEY 25-33-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Wet Unit Galley 1 ALL
Dry Unit Galley 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Galley 3 ALL
Pelmet 3 ALL
GALLEY UNIT 25-33-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Aft Galley Unit 401 ALL
(6481MM or 6483MM)
Installation of the Aft Galley 417 ALL
Unit (6481MM or 6483MM)

GALLEY COOLING 25-34-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 18
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Component Description 3 ALL

GALLEY COOLING 25-34-00

CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of the Chilled Air In and 701 ALL
Chilled Air Out Grilles/Filters
Cleaning of the Condenser 705 ALL
Air-Filter of the Air-Chiller Unit
AIR CHILLER 25-34-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Air Chiller Unit - 401 ALL
Aft Galley
Installation of the Air Chiller 405 ALL
Unit - Aft Galley

GALLEY EQUIPMENT 25-35-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Storage Galleys 1 ALL
Preparation Galleys 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Oven 3 ALL
Water Heater 3 ALL
Hot Jug 3 ALL
Hot Cup 3 ALL
Coffee Maker 3 ALL
Trolley 3 ALL
Waste Trolley 3 ALL
Container 3 ALL

GALLEY EQUIPMENT 25-35-00

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Removal of the Galley Equipment 201 ALL
Installation of the Galley 203 ALL
Equipment

GALLEY EQUIPMENT 25-35-00

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the 401 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 19
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Galley-Waste-Compartment
Flapper-Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
25-35-01-A)
Reactivation of the 404 ALL
Galley-Waste-Compartment
Flapper-Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 404 ALL
25-35-01-A)

GALLEY EQUIPMENT 25-35-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Steam Oven 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Hot-Cup 505 ALL
Operational Test of the Hot-Jug 508 ALL
Operational Test of the 511 ALL
Water-Heater/Boiler
COFFEE MAKER 25-35-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Coffee Maker 401 ALL
OVEN 25-35-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Steam-Oven 401 ALL
Installation of the Steam-Oven 404 ALL
HOT CUP 25-35-25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Hot-Cup 401 ALL
Installation of the Hot-Cup 403 ALL
Removal of the Hot-Jug 405 ALL
Installation of the Hot-Jug 408 ALL
WATER BOILER 25-35-27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Water Boiler/Heater 401 ALL
Installation of the Water 404 ALL
Boiler/Heater
CONTROL PANEL - GALLEY 25-35-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Galley 401 ALL
Control-Panel
Installation of the Galley 405 ALL
Control-Panel

__________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 20
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Lavatory Identification 1 ALL
Quantity of Lavatories 1 ALL
Lavatory Equipment 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Each lavatory is assembled as a 1 ALL
modular unit with a ceiling,
rearwall, sidewalls and
floorpan. The floorpan has a
slip-resistant floor covering.
Lavatory Installation 3 ALL

___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors 201 ALL
Shimming Procedure for Lavatory 206 ALL
Installation

___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Toilet 401 ALL
Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
25-40-01-A)
Reactivation of the Toilet 404 ALL
Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 404 ALL
25-40-01-A)

___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Lavatory Door 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Lavatory 505 ALL
Door

___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of the Waste 601 ALL
Compartment Including Waste Flap
and Operational Check of Waste

25-CONTENTS Page 21
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Flap
Detailed Inspection of the 604 ALL
Lavatory Attachment Points
Detailed Visual Inspection of 609 ALL
Lavatory Floor Pan
Detailed Inspection of Lavatory 612 ALL
Wall

___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Plastic Wash Basin 801 ALL
Toilet Shroud - Installation of a 812 ALL
Spacer
Repair of the Toilet Seat 816 ALL
Repair of the Lavatory Floor Pan 820 ALL

FORWARD LAVATORIES 25-41-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
General Characteristics 1 ALL
Structure 1 ALL
Lavatory Equipment 1 ALL
Lavatory Doors 1 ALL
LAVATORY A 25-41-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 401 ALL
Removal of the Lavatory A 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory A 422 ALL

AFT LAVATORIES 25-43-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
General Characteristics 1 ALL
Structure 1 ALL
Lavatory Equipment 1 ALL
Lavatory Doors 1 ALL
LAVATORY D 25-43-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 401 ALL
Removal of the Lavatory D 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory D 414 ALL
LAVATORY E 25-43-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 401 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 22
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Lavatory E 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory E 416 ALL

RAZOR SUPPLY 25-44-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Static Inverter 1 ALL

RAZOR SUPPLY 25-44-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Razor 501 ALL
Supply System
STATIC INVERTER 25-44-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal af the Static Inverter - 401 ALL
Razor Supply
Installation af the Static 404 ALL
Inverter - Razor Supply

LAVATORY EQUIPMENT 25-45-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Lavatory Interior Equipment 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Toilet Unit Shroud 3 ALL
Mirror 3 ALL
Washbasin Cabinet 3 ALL
Auxiliary Light Unit. 3 ALL
Light Unit. 3 ALL
Handgrip 3 ALL
Coat Hook 3 ALL
Ashtrays 3 ALL
Service Cabinet 4 ALL
Baby Nursing Table 4 ALL
Lavatory Doors 4 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 7 ALL
Lavatory Doors - Emergency 7 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 23
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Opening (from the outside of the
lavatory)
CABINET - SERVICE 25-45-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door of the Service 401 ALL
Cabinet
Installation of the Door of the 404 ALL
Service Cabinet
MIRROR 25-45-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lavatory Mirror 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory 403 ALL
Mirror
DISPENSER - SOAP 25-45-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Soap Dispenser 401 ALL
Installation of the Soap Dispenser 403 ALL
FLAP - WASTE CHUTE 25-45-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Waste Chute Flap 401 ALL
Installation of the Waste Chute 404 ALL
Flap
ASH TRAY 25-45-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Ash Tray 401 ALL
Installation of the Ash Tray 403 ALL
WASTE BOX 25-45-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Waste Box 401 ALL
Installation of the Waste Box 404 ALL
ACCESS DOOR 25-45-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Access Door on the 401 ALL
Lavatory Front Wall
Installation of the Access Door on 403 ALL
the Lavatory Front Wall
Removal of the Access Door Inside 405 ALL
the Lavatory
Installation of the Access Door 407 ALL
Inside the Lavatory
DOOR - LAVATORY 25-45-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lavatory Door 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory Door 405 ALL
Replacement of a Lavatory Door 411 ALL
Damper

25-CONTENTS Page 24
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
LOCK - DOOR 25-45-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Lock 401 ALL
Installation of the Door Lock 405 ALL
Removal of the Door Latch 407 ALL
Installation of the Door Latch 411 ALL
SHROUD - TOILET 25-45-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Toilet Shroud and 401 ALL
the Seat
Installation of the Toilet Shroud 404 ALL
and the Seat
HAND GRIP 25-45-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Hand Grip 401 ALL
Installation of the Hand Grip 403 ALL
DISPENSER - SEAT COVER 25-45-24
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Seat Cover 401 ALL
Dispenser
Installation of the Seat Cover 403 ALL
Dispenser
TABLE - BABY NURSING 25-45-25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Baby Nursing Table 401 ALL
Installation of the Baby Nursing 407 ALL
Table
LINING 25-45-26
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lining 401 ALL
Installation of the Lining 404 ALL
MICROSWITCH - DOOR 25-45-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Microswitch 401 ALL
Installation of the Door 404 ALL
Microswitch
WASH BASIN 25-45-38
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Wash Basin 401 ALL
Installation of the Wash Basin 406 ALL

__________________
CARGO COMPARTMENTS 25-50-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
FWD and AFT Lower Holds 1 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 25
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Cargo Compartments 6 ALL
Bulk Loading 6 ALL
Bulk Cargo Compartment 12 ALL
Linings and Floor Panels 12 ALL
Cargo Compartment Lighting 12 ALL
Loading Area Lights 12 ALL

___________________
CARGO COMPARTMENTS 25-50-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Inspection of the Cargo 601 ALL
Compartment and the Components of
the Cargo Loading System
General Visual Inspection of Cargo 605 ALL
Compartment Decompression, Lining,
Floor Panels and Pressure
Compensation Valve
Detailed Inspection of Divider 610 ALL
Nets, Door Nets and Net Attachment
Points

___________________
CARGO COMPARTMENTS 25-50-00
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Refurbishment of Cargo Compartment 701 ALL
Linings

___________________
CARGO COMPARTMENTS 25-50-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Door Nets and the 801 ALL
Divider Nets
Cargo Compartment Linings with 813 ALL
Honeycomb Core - General
Repair/Protection Information
Protection of Cargo Compartment 827 ALL
Linings with S-Glass Patch - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Repair of the Flanges of the 837 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Decompression
Panels
Filler Repair Method (Damage Not 849 ALL
Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core
Patch and Filler Repair Method 853 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 26
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
(Damage Not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
Speed Patches (on Both Sides) 858 ALL
Repair Method (Damage Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Speed Patches (on View Side) 862 ALL
Repair Method (Damage Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling
Panels
Replacement of Cargo Compartment 867 ALL
Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and
Partition Panel
Patches and Filler Repair Method 871 ALL
(Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Inings with Honeycomb
Core
Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage 876 ALL
Not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
Speed Patches and Filler Repair 881 ALL
Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core, but Not Ceiling
Panels
Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair 886 ALL
Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Speed Patches and Filler Repair 891 ALL
Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Stainless Steel-Patch Repair 895 ALL
Method (Damage Not Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge A800 ALL
Repair Method (Damage Not Through
from the Edge) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
Repair of the Flame Retardant A805 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 27
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Strip - All Cargo Compartment
Ceiling Panel with Honeycomb Core
Speed Patches and Filler Repair A806 ALL
Method (Damage not Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Repair of the Protection Panel A811 004-099,
with Honeycomb Core at FR24A

CARGO LOADING/RESTRAINT 25-52-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 004-099,
Component Location 1 004-099,
FWD Cargo Compartment 1 004-099,
AFT Cargo Compartment 1 004-099,
BULK Cargo Compartment 1 004-099,
Component Description 1 004-099,
Description of the Components of 1 004-099,
the Bulk Restraint System in the
BULK Cargo Compartment

LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FORWARD CARGO 25-54-00

COMPARTMENT
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 4 ALL
Sidewall Linings and Ceiling 4 ALL
Panels
Bulk Loading Placards 4 ALL
Smoke Detector Panel 4 ALL
Air Conditioning Inlets and 5 ALL
Outlet
Rapid Decompression Panels 5 ALL
Divider Net and Door Net 5 ALL
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 5 ALL
Points
Loading Area Light 5 ALL
Cargo Compartment Lighting 6 ALL
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO 25-54-11
COMPARTMENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the FWD 401 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
Installation of the FWD 404 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO 25-54-12

25-CONTENTS Page 28
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
COMPARTMENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Forward 401 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34
Installation of the Forward 406 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in 411 ALL
the Forward Cargo-Compartment
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 414 ALL
in the Forward Cargo-Compartment
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in 419 ALL
the Forward Cargo-Compartment
Installation of the Sidewall 422 ALL
Panels in the Forward Cargo-
Compartment
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO 25-54-12
COMPARTMENT
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Fasteners Missing from the Lining 801 ALL
Panels of the FWD Cargo
Compartment
STANCHION - DOOR NET 25-54-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Net Stanchions in 401 ALL
the FWD Cargo Compartment
Installation of the Net Stanchions 404 ALL
in the FWD Cargo Compartment
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - FWD 25-54-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net 401 ALL
Attachment Fittings of the FWD
Cargo- Compartment
Installation of the Tie-Down and 407 ALL
Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD
Cargo- Compartment

LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO 25-55-00

COMPARTMENT
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description and Operation 4 ALL
Sidewall Linings and Ceiling 4 ALL
Panels
Bulk Loading Placards 5 ALL
Smoke Detector Panels 5 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 29
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Access Panels 5 ALL
Rapid Decompression Panels 5 ALL
Divider Net and Door Net 6 ALL
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 6 ALL
Points
Loading Area Light 6 ALL
Cargo Compartment Lighting 6 ALL
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO 25-55-11
COMPARTMENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the AFT Cargo 401 ALL
Compartment Partition FR47
Installation of the AFT Cargo 406 ALL
Compartment Partition FR47
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in 411 ALL
the AFT Cargo Compartment -
FR47/FR59
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 414 ALL
in the AFT Cargo Compartment
-FR47/FR59
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in 420 ALL
the Aft Cargo Compartment -
FR47/FR59
Installation of the Sidewall 423 ALL
Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO 25-55-11
COMPARTMENT
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Fasteners Missing from the Lining 801 ALL
Panels of the AFT Cargo
Compartment
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO 25-55-12
COMPARTMENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Aft 401 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65
Installation of the Aft 406 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in 412 ALL
the Aft Cargo Compartment -
FR59/FR65
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 415 ALL
in the Aft Cargo Compartment -
FR59/FR65
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in 421 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 30
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
the Aft Cargo Compartment -
FR59/FR65
Installation of the Sidewall 424 ALL
Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO 25-55-12
COMPARTMENT
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Fasteners Missing from the Lining 801 ALL
Panels of the BULK Cargo
Compartment
STANCHION - DOOR NET 25-55-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Net Stanchions in 401 ALL
the AFT and/or BULK Cargo
Compartment
Installation of the Net Stanchions 404 ALL
in the AFT and/or BULK Cargo
Compartment
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - AFT 25-55-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Tie Down and Net 401 ALL
Attachment Fittings of the AFT and
BULK Cargo- Compartments
Installation of the Tie Down and 415 ALL
Net Attachment Fittings of the AFT
and BULK Cargo-Compartments

_________
EMERGENCY 25-60-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL

ESCAPE FACILITIES - COCKPIT 25-61-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY 25-61-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain/First 401 ALL
Officer Emergency Descent Device
Installation of the Captain/First 403 ALL
Officer Emergency Descent Device
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY 25-61-41
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 31
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Inspection/Check of the 601 ALL
Captain/First Officer Emergency
Descent Device

ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN 25-62-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Door Escape Facilities 1 ALL
Offwing Escape Facilities 1 ALL
Warning Systems 1 ALL
Directional Guidance Lights 3 ALL
Inflation Reservoir - Low 3 ALL
Pressure Indication (Optional)
Interface 3 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Door Escape Facilities 3 ALL
Offwing Escape Facilities 12 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 13 ALL
Door Escape Facilities 13 ALL
Offwing Escape Facilities 13 ALL

ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN 25-62-00

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Special Precautions before Work on 201 ALL
the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems
Special Precautions after Work on 204 ALL
the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems
Adjustment Procedure to Install 207 ALL
the Lockpin in the Regulator Valve
Assembly of the Inflation
Reservoir - Offwing Escape-Slide

ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN 25-62-00

SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Flexible 301 ALL
Control Assembly

ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN 25-62-00

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Emergency Exit Slide Bottle 401 ALL
Pressure Indication (on PTP) -

25-CONTENTS Page 32
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Pressure Check
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
25-62-07-A)
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication 406 ALL
(on PTP) - Pressure Check
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 406 ALL
25-62-06-A)
Pre-Flight Installation of the 408 ALL
Enclosure Door, when the
Escape-Slide is Removed
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 408 ALL
25-62-02-B)
Reactivation of the Enclosure 412 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 412 ALL
25-62-02-B)

ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN 25-62-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the 501 ALL
Escape-Slide Deployment, FWD/AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
Operational Test of the Offwing 510 ALL
Escape-Slide Deployment
Gage System Test 519 ALL

ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN 25-62-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check Pressure at Door 601 ALL
Escape-Slide/Slide Raft Pressure
Gage (if not connected to CIDS)
Hydrostatic Test of the 607 ALL
Escape-Slide/Slide Raft
Inflation-Reservoir
Hydrostatic Test of the Offwing 608 ALL
Escape-Slide Inflation Reservoir
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING 25-62-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal 401 ALL
after Inflation
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal 411 ALL
Offwing Escape-Slide - Remove for 415 ALL
Restoration
Offwing Escape-Slide - 417 ALL
Installation

25-CONTENTS Page 33
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
RELEASE MECHANISM - OFFWING ESCAPE 25-62-43
SLIDE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Flexible Control 401 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Flexible 407 ALL
Control Assembly
Removal of the Rigid Control 415 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Rigid Control 418 ALL
Assembly
Removal of the Emergency 423 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Assembly
Installation of the Emergency 440 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Assembly
SLIDE - ESCAPE, FWD AND AFT 25-62-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Escape-Slide 401 ALL
Pack-Assembly
Installation of the Escape-Slide 409 ALL
Pack-Assembly
Removal of the Inflated 430 ALL
Escape-Slide
Remove the Pack-Assembly for 437 ALL
Restoration
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, OFFWING ESCAPE 25-62-46
SLIDE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Inflation Reservoir, Offwing 401 ALL
Escape-Slide - Removal
Inflation Reservoir, Offwing 411 ALL
Escape-Slide - Installation

EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT 25-63-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Evacuation Signaling Components 1 ALL
- Cockpit
Evacuation Signaling Components 1 ALL
- FWD Utility Area
Evacuation Signaling Components 6 ALL
- AFT Utility Area

25-CONTENTS Page 34
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) Components 6 ALL
- Avionics Compartment
Interface 6 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 7 ALL
Evacuation Signaling Equipment 7 ALL
Control
Cockpit Controls and Indications 7 ALL
Controls and Indications in the 9 ALL
Cabin

FIRST AID EQUIPMENT 25-64-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
First Aid Kit 1 ALL

FIRST AID EQUIPMENT 25-64-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Inspection of the First Aid 601 ALL
Equipment (7600MM/7602MM)

MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 25-65-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Emergency Locator Transmitter 1 ALL
(ELT) System
Interface 1 ALL
Component Description 5 ALL
Megaphone (7570MM) 5 ALL
Flashlight (7640MM) 5 ALL
Crash Axe (Cockpit - 19MM), 5 ALL
(Cabin - 7620MM)
Emergency Locator Transmitter 5 ALL
ELT (7559MM, 7560MM)
Safety On Board Card 9 ALL
ELT System 9 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 12 ALL
ELT System 12 ALL

MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 25-65-00

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 35
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Procedure after a Change of 201 ALL
Aircraft Registration Number

MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 25-65-00

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Emergency 401 ALL
Locator Transmitter (ELT) 110MX
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
25-61-01-2)
Reactivation of the Emergency 403 ALL
Locator Transmitter (ELT) 110MX
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 403 ALL
25-61-01-2)

MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 25-65-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Emergency Locator Transmitter 501 ALL
(ELT) System - BITE Test
Operational Check of Emergency 508 ALL
Locator Transmitter (ELT) System
by Manual Activation
Remove the Emergency Locator 512 ALL
Transmitter for Workshop Test
(Battery Check and Functional
Check)
Remove ELT for Battery Replacement 515 ALL
and a subsequent BITE Test
including Automatic Activation in
Shop then Reinstall ELT and do the
BITE Test Again
Functional Test of the Emergency 517 ALL
Locator Transmitter (ELT) Antenna
(112MX)
ANTENNA - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT 25-65-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator 401 ALL
Transmitter) - Removal
Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator 405 ALL
Transmitter) - Installation
CONTROL PANEL - REMOTE, AIRCRAFT 25-65-18
EMERGENCY LOCATOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX 401 ALL
(Emergency Locator Transmitter) -

25-CONTENTS Page 36
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Removal
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX 404 ALL
(Emergency Locator Transmitter) -
Installation
TRANSMITTER - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, 25-65-35
AIRCRAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Emergency Locator 401 ALL
Transmitter (ELT)
Installation of the Emergency 404 ALL
Locator Transmitter (ELT)
Removal of the Programming Dongle 408 ALL
141MX
Installation of the Programming 411 ALL
Dongle 141MX
STRAP - SAFETY BARRIER 25-65-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Safety Barrier Strap - Removal 401 ALL
Safety Barrier Strap - 404 ALL
Installation
MEGAPHONE 25-65-51
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Replacement of the Megaphone 201 ALL
Batteries
Operational Test of the Megaphone 205 ALL
FLASHLIGHT - COCKPIT 25-65-52
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Cockpit Flashlight 401 ALL
Installation of the Cockpit 403 ALL
Flashlight

FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 25-66-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Life Vest 1 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 3 ALL
Life Vests 3 ALL

FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 25-66-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Floatation 601 ALL
and Survival Equipment
LIFE VEST 25-66-52

25-CONTENTS Page 37
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Remove Life Vests for Restoration 401 ALL

RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM 25-68-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Rapid-Decompression Panels 1 ALL
Dado Panels 8 ALL
Air Grills 8 ALL
Cockpit Door 9 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 9 ALL
Rapid-Decompression Panels 9 ALL
Dado Panels 9 ALL
Air Grills 13 ALL
Cockpit Door 13 ALL
DECOMPRESSION PANEL 25-68-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Replacement of the Decompression 401 ALL
Panels

______________________
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS 25-70-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Avionics Compartments 1 ALL
Landing Gear 4 ALL
Equipment Compartments 4 ALL

AVIONICS COMPARTMENT 25-71-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
TITLE OF GENERATED PARAGRAPH 1 ALL
MISSING
Component Location 2 ALL
TITLE OF GENERATED PARAGRAPH 2 ALL
MISSING
Description 4 ALL
Avionics Compartment - Forward 4 ALL
Part
Avionics Compartment - Lateral 4 ALL
Right Part
Avionics Compartment - Lateral 4 ALL
Left Part.

25-CONTENTS Page 38
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 CHAPTER 25
__________

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Avionics Compartment - Aft Part. 8 ALL

AVIONICS COMPARTMENT 25-71-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack 601 ALL
Lower Lateral Fittings
Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack 610 ALL
Lower Central Fittings

___________________________________
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) 25-80-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Types of Thermal and Acoustical 1 ALL
Insulation

____________________________________
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) 25-80-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Removal of the Insulation Blankets 201 ALL
Installation of the Insulation 205 ALL
Blankets
Visual inspection of the 208 ALL
Insulation Blankets or the
Insulation and the Junction Panel

____________________________________
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) 25-80-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
General Repair Information 801 ALL
Repair of the Wrapper 804 ALL
Repair with Rework Patch 807 ALL
Replacement/Local Manufacturing 808 ALL

25-CONTENTS Page 39
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________

1. General
_______
R
R The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the aircraft give
R comfort to passengers and crew.
R The equipment and furnishings are installed in the cargo compartments for
R handling and safety of the cargo.
R The emergency equipment is installed in the aircraft for the safety of the
R passengers and the crew.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. System
__________________
Description
The different areas of the equipment and furnishings are:
- The cockpit (Ref. 25-10-00),
- The passenger compartment (Ref. 25-20-00),
- The buffet and galleys (Ref. 25-30-00),
- The lavatories (Ref. 25-40-00),
- The cargo compartments (Ref. 25-50-00),
- The emergency equipment (Ref. 25-60-00),
- The accessory compartments (Ref. 25-70-00),
- The thermal and acoustic insulation (Ref. 25-80-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 1
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Compartments - Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - REPAIRS
_________________________________________

TASK 25-00-00-350-011

R Repair Task Cross Reference Data

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To inform you that the repair procedures for specified areas or components,
before found in this page block, are transferred to the related AMM sections
as identified in para 4.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-20-00-340-002 Repair of an Overhead Stowage Compartment (OHSC)

25-20-00-340-003 Repair/Replacement of Decor Foil
25-20-00-340-004 Repair of the Vacuum-Cleaner Outlet Door
R 25-20-00-340-005 Repair of Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels
25-20-00-350-001 Repair of Insert Nut Attachments in Components with
Honeycomb Core
25-20-00-350-003 Repair of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
25-20-00-350-004 Repair of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
25-20-00-350-005 Replacement of the Aluminum Profile on the Lower
Sidewall-Panel
25-20-00-370-006 Repair of the Paint Coat on Components
25-30-00-340-001 Repair of Linings, Decor Panels and Equipment
25-40-00-340-001 Repair of the Plastic Wash Basin
25-40-00-340-002 Toilet Shroud - Installation of a Spacer
25-40-00-340-003 Repair of the Toilet Seat
25-40-00-340-004 Repair of the Lavatory Floor Pan
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-00-00-860-050

A. There is no special job set-up for this task.


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 801
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-00-00-350-075

A. Repair of Cabin Items

(1) For the repair of the:

- Insert nut connections (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-350-001)
- Non textile floor covering (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-350-003)
- Moisture barrier foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-350-004)
- Dado panels (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-350-005)
- Overhead stowage compartments (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-002)
R - Sidewall linings and ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-005)
- Decor foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-003)
- Paint coat (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006)
- Door Frame Linings (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-004)

Subtask 25-00-00-350-078

B. Repair of Galley Items

R (1) For the repair of the:

R - Linings, decor panels and equipment (Ref. TASK 25-30-00-340-001).

Subtask 25-00-00-350-076

C. Repair of Lavatory Items

(1) For the repair of the:

- Plastic wash basin (Ref. TASK 25-40-00-340-001)
- Toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-40-00-340-002)
- Toilet seat (Ref. TASK 25-40-00-340-003)
- Floor pan (Ref. TASK 25-40-00-340-004).

Subtask 25-00-00-350-077

D. Repair of Cargo Compartment Linings

R (1) For the repair of the:

R - Cargo compartment linings (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 802
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-00-00-330-002

R Repairs of Nonstructural Components (not in the Cargo Compartments)

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280)

R No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
R No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320)
R No specific 2 CUTTER - THIN BLADE
R No specific 2 KNIFE - TRIM
R No specific 1 SYRINGE

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 05-033 FR AMS-C-9084 CLAS S 2 TYPE III

R GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-035 D LN29898-5.1360. 2
R RIGID FOAM SHEET (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-057 C Z-18.903
R MICROBALLOONS (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-001 D DAN 1284-01
R EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-001C D DAN 1193-01
R LAMINATION RESIN AND HARDENER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-025 D DA-4-653-3P2
R TWO COMPONENT POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 803
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 20-003 USA AMS 3711

R ARAMID PHENOLIC HONEYCOMB CORES 1/8-3.0
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-20-00-370-006 Repair of the Paint Coat on Components
R 25-00-00-991-004 Fig. 801
R 25-00-00-991-005 Fig. 802
R 25-00-00-991-006 Fig. 803

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-00-00-861-054

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R Subtask 25-00-00-010-099

R B. Get Access

R (1) If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
R (refer to the related AMM chapter).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 804
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
R WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
R IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
R SKIN IRRITANTS.

R Subtask 25-00-00-330-053

R A. Repair of a Damage with a minimum Depth of 1 mm (0.04 in.) and a maximum

R Diameter of 50 mm (2.0 in.)

R (1) Preparation:
R (Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-00-00-991-004)

R (a) Cut out the damaged skin with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

R (b) Cut out the damaged core up to a maximum of 50 mm (2.0 in.)

R diameter with a KNIFE - TRIM.

R (c) Make the repair area rough with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320).

R (d) Make a patch (1) of glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.

R 05-033).

R NOTE : The patch must be 50 mm (2.0 in.) larger than the repair
____
R area in all directions.

R (e) Clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).

R (2) Do the repair procedure:

R (a) Fill the repair area with a mixture of 85 parts of BONDING AND
R ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) and 15 parts of the
R microballoons SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-057) by volume
R
R or


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 805
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Filler and Patch Repair Solution
R Figure 801/TASK 25-00-00-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 806
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (b) Install a plug (2) made of a rigid foam sheet SPECIAL MATERIALS
R (Material No. 05-035) in the repair area:
R - Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) to
R the mating surfaces and put the plug (2) in position.

R (c) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
R mating surfaces and put the patch (1) with a light pressure in
R position.

R (d) Remove the unwanted adhesive with a lint-free cotton cloth

R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (3) If necessary apply a layer of paint coat (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-

R 006).

R Subtask 25-00-00-330-062

R B. Repair of a Damage with a Diameter of more than 50 mm (2.0 in.)

R (1) Preparation:
R (Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 25-00-00-991-005)

R (a) Cut out the damaged skin with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

R (b) Cut out the damaged core with a KNIFE - TRIM.

R (c) Make a patch (1) of glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.

R 05-033).

R NOTE : The patch must be 50 mm (2.0 in.) larger than the repair
____
R area in all directions.

R (d) Make a repair plug (2) of REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE

R STRUCTURES (Material No. 20-003) that has the correct dimensions.

R (e) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (2) Do the repair procedure:

R (a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) to

R the mating surfaces and put the plug (2) in position.

R (b) Fill the space around the plug (2) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 807
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Honeycomb Core Plug and Patch Repair Solution
R Figure 802/TASK 25-00-00-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 808
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (c) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
R mating surfaces and put the patch (1) with a light pressure in
R position.

R (d) Remove the unwanted adhesive with a lint-free cotton cloth

R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (3) If necessary apply a layer of paint coat (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-

R 006).

R Subtask 25-00-00-330-063

R C. Repair of an Area with debonded Honeycomb

R NOTE : The damage area that can be repaired has a maximum diameter of 30
____
R mm (1.2 in.). If the damage is larger, it is necessary to repair
R the damage with a patch.

R (1) Preparation:
R (Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-00-00-991-006)

R (a) Drill 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) holes as necessary in the area that is
R damaged.

R (b) Make a mixture of 85 parts of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-001C) and 15 parts of the microballoons SPECIAL
R MATERIALS (Material No. 05-057) by volume.

R (2) Do the repair procedure:

R (a) Use a SYRINGE to fill the damaged area with the mixture.

R (b) Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

R (c) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (d) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001).

R (e) If necessary, make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY

R (GRADE 280).

R (f) If necessary, clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS

R (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 809
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Debonded Area Repair Solution
R Figure 803/TASK 25-00-00-991-006


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 810
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) If necessary apply a layer of paint coat (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-
R 006).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-00-00-410-092

R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

R (1) If removed before, install the repaired component in the aircraft

R (refer to the related AMM chapter).

R Subtask 25-00-00-942-073

R B. Close-up

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.

R Subtask 25-00-00-862-055

R C. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 811
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-00-00-330-003

R Repairs of Surface Damage of Composite Components (not in the Cargo

R Compartments)

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 3 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)

R No specific 1 DRILL DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN)
R No specific 2 SPATULA - NON METALLIC

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 05-033 FR AMS-C-9084 CLAS S 2 TYPE III

R GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-057 C Z-18.903
R MICROBALLOONS (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-010A D DAN 1199-01
R EPOXY RESIN AND HARDENER ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-025 D DA-4-653-3P2
R TWO COMPONENT POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-036 D DAN 1090
R POLYESTER FILLER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 812
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-20-00-370-006 Repair of the Paint Coat on Components
R 25-00-00-991-003 Fig. 804

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-00-00-861-055

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R Subtask 25-00-00-010-100

R B. Get Access

R (1) If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
R (refer to the related AMM chapter).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
R WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
R IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
R SKIN IRRITANTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 813
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-00-00-340-054

R A. Repair of a Damage with a minimum Depth of 1.0 mm (0.04 in.)

R (1) Preparation:

R (a) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (b) Prepare the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-036).

R NOTE : Refer to the manufacturers instructions for the correct

____
R mixture.

R (2) Do the repair procedure:

R (a) Apply the compound to the repair area with a SPATULA - NON
R METALLIC.

R (b) Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

R (c) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (3) If necessary apply a layer of paint coat (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-

R 006).

R Subtask 25-00-00-340-113

R B. Repair of a damage with a minimum depth of 1 mm (0.04 in.) and a maximum

R diameter of 50 mm (2.0 in.)

R (1) Preparation:

R (a) Make a basic mixture of 90 parts of BONDING AND ADHESIVE

R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A) (Araldite AW134) and 10 parts of
R the microballoons SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-057) by
R volume.

R (b) Mix 40 parts of the hardener BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-010A) with 100 parts of the basic mixture by
R weight.

R (2) Do the repair procedure:

R (a) Apply the prepared mixture to the repair area with a SPATULA -
R NON METALLIC.


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 814
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (b) Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

R (3) If necessary apply a layer of paint coat (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-

R 006).

R Subtask 25-00-00-340-114

R C. Repair of a Damage with a minimum depth of 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) and a

R minimum Diameter of 50 mm (2.0 in.):
R (Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 25-00-00-991-003)

R (1) Preparation:

R (a) If the component is cracked, you must stop-drill the ends of the
R cracks with a DRILL DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN).

R (b) Make the edges of the damage smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320
R - 400).

R (c) Make 3 patches (1), (2) and (3) of glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS
R (Material No. 05-033).

R (2) Do the repair procedure:

R (a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
R repair area and put the patch (3) in position.

R (b) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
R patch (3) and put the patch (2) in position.

R (c) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
R repair area and put the patch (1) in position.

R (d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
R patch (1).

R (e) When the repair area is dry, make it smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY
R (GRADE 320 - 400).

R (f) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A).

R (g) Make the area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

R (h) Clean the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 815
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Three Patches Repair Solution
R Figure 804/TASK 25-00-00-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 816
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) If necessary apply a layer of paint coat (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-
R 006).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-00-00-410-093

R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

R (1) If removed before, install the repaired component in the aircraft

R (refer to the related AMM chapter).

R Subtask 25-00-00-942-074

R B. Close-up

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.

R Subtask 25-00-00-862-056

R C. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 817
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-00-00-340-002

R Repairs of Cabin Polycarbonate (PC) Sheet Components

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)

No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific 1 PLATE - BASE, RUBBER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific separating foil

Material No. 05-033 FR AMS-C-9084 CLAS S 2 TYPE III
GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-025 D DA-4-653-3P2
TWO COMPONENT POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 818
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-20-00-370-006 Repair of the Paint Coat on Components
R 25-00-00-991-001 Fig. 805

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-00-00-861-057

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-00-00-020-063

B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 25-00-00-991-001)

Subtask 25-00-00-340-052

A. Repair of the Component

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 819
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Single Sheet of PC
R Figure 805/TASK 25-00-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 820
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) If the component is cracked, you must stop-drill the ends of the
crack.

(2) Remove the damage that has gone through the component with a CUTTER -
THIN BLADE.

(3) Clean the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Repair the damage that is less than 10 mm (0.4 in.) in diameter:

NOTE : Only do this repair when the distance from the damaged area to
____
a support or attachment point is more than 40 times the
component thickness.

(a) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(3).

(b) Put the component (3), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).

(c) Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025) (4).

(d) Let the adhesive cure for 1 hour.

(e) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (3).

(f) Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).

(g) If necessary, make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY

(GRADE 320 - 400).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 821
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (5) Repair to a damaged area that is 10 mm (0.4 in.) or larger in
diameter:

(a) Make an insert from the applicable PC material.

(b) Chamfer the edges of the component (5) to 45 degrees.

(c) Chamfer the edges of the insert (7) to 45 degrees.

(d) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(5).

(e) Put the component (5), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).

(f) Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

(g) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(h) Bond the insert (7) to the component (5) with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).

(i) Make a stiffener from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033)

(6).

(j) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to
the repair area.

(k) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033), (6) to the
repair area.

NOTE : The thickness of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-

____
033) (6) must equal 0.5 times the component thickness. The
minimum distance from the edge of the stiffener to the
insert must equal 20 times the component thickness.

NOTE : With flat components, a polycarbonate sheet equal to the

____
component thickness is bonded to the component as an
alternative to the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
033).

(l) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (5).

(m) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 822
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (n) If necessary, make the area of the repair smooth with a CLOTH-
EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

NOTE : Allow the bonding and adhesive compounds to harden before

____
you use the emery cloth.

(6) If necessary, apply a top layer (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006).

Subtask 25-00-00-420-065

B. Installation of the removed Component

(1) If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the
component in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-00-00-942-072

A. Close-up

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-00-00-862-058

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 823
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-00-00-340-007

R Repairs of Cabin Polycarbonate (PC) Composite Components with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)

No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific 1 DRILL DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN)
No specific 1 PLATE - BASE, RUBBER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific separating foil

Material No. 05-033 FR AMS-C-9084 CLAS S 2 TYPE III
GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-075 F ASNA 4335 ASNA 5072
POLYMETHACRYLIMID RIGID FOAM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-025 D DA-4-653-3P2
TWO COMPONENT POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 20-003 USA AMS 3711
ARAMID PHENOLIC HONEYCOMB CORES 1/8-3.0
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 824
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-20-00-370-006 Repair of the Paint Coat on Components
R 25-00-00-991-012 Fig. 806

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-00-00-861-062

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-00-00-020-065

B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-00-00-340-060

A. Repair of the PC Component

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 825
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R (Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 25-00-00-991-012)

NOTE : The clearance to edges must be more than 300 times of SPECIAL
____
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033) thickness or 100 times of damaged
PC surface layer thickness.
The distance from the adjacent attach or support point of the
component, or from the connection to another component:
- Must be more than 800 times of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-033) thickness,
- Must be more than 250 times of damaged PC surface layer
thickness.
The distance between two repairs must be more than 500 times of
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033) thickness or 150 times
of damaged PC surface layer thickness.

(1) Make the crack in the PC surface layer larger.

NOTE : The maximum width of the crack must be equal to the component
____
thickness.

(2) Stop-drill the ends of the crack with a DRILL DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN).

(3) Remove the damage that has gone through the component with a CUTTER -
THIN BLADE.

(4) Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

(5) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 826
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Polycarbonate Composite Components
R Figure 806/TASK 25-00-00-991-012


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 827
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (6) Repair the damage that is less than 10 mm (0.4 in.) in diameter at
upper surface and at core material on flat and rounded components:

(a) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(5).

(b) Put the component (5), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).

(c) Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025).

(d) Let the adhesive cure for 1 hour.

(e) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (5).

(f) Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).

(g) If necessary, make the repair smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE

320 - 400).

NOTE : Allow the bonding and adhesive compounds to harden before

____
you use the emery cloth.

(7) Repair the damage that is 10 mm (0.4 in.) or larger in diameter at

upper surface and at core material on flat components:

NOTE : The minimum distance from the edge of the stiffener (7) to the
____
damaged area must equal 20 times component thickness.

(a) Make a repair plug (3) from the applicable PC material.

(b) Make a stiffener (7) from the applicable PC material.

NOTE : Use stiffeners from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-

____
033) if the component is rounded.

(c) Make a stiffener (9) from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
033).

NOTE : If the rear side of the component is made of PC material

____
use a stiffener from the same material.
Chamfer the edges of the PC stiffener to 45 degrees.

(d) Make an insert of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-075) or

REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURES (Material No. 20-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 828
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (e) Chamfer the edges of the PC surface layer (4) to 45 degrees.

(f) Chamfer the edges of the repair plug (3) to 45 degrees.

(g) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(5).

(h) Put the component (5), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).

(i) Bond the repair plug (3) to the component (5) with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).

(j) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair area.

(k) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
stiffener (7), the insert (8) and the honeycomb.

(l) Bond the stiffener (7) and the insert (8) with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).

(m) Let the adhesive cure for 1 hour.

(n) Make the repair smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

(o) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(p) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair area.

(q) Apply the stiffener (9) to the repair area.

NOTE : The total thickness of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-

____
033) (9) must equal the initial PC layer (6).The minimum
distance from the edge of the stiffener (9) to the insert
(8) must equal 40 times the thickness of the PC layer (6).

(r) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (5).

(s) Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 829
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (t) If necessary, make the area of the repair smooth with a CLOTH-
EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

NOTE : Allow the bonding and adhesive compounds to harden before

____
you use the emery cloth.

(8) If necessary, apply a top layer (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006).

Subtask 25-00-00-420-062

B. If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the component
in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-00-00-942-068

A. Close-up

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-00-00-862-062

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-00-00

Page 830
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________

R 1. General
___________________
Description
R The cockpit comprises the area above the floor structure between frames 1
R and 12. Access to the cockpit is gained via the left forward passenger/crew
R door and the cockpit door. The cockpit is equipped with adjustable seats for
R two crew members, a third occupant seat and a folding seat for a fourth
R occupant. Various furnishings and equipment are fitted in the cockpit for
R the comfort, convenience and safety of the occupants.

A. Description
The cockpit, furnishings consist of :
- crew members seats
- heat and sound insulation panels
- lining and furnishing panels
- equipment racks.


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 COCKPIT - REPAIRS
_________________

TASK 25-10-00-330-001

Repair of the Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-00-00-330-002 Repairs to Nonstructural Components (not in the Cargo

Compartments)
25-00-00-330-003 Repairs to Surface Damage of Composite Components
(not in the Cargo Compartments)
25-13-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-13-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
25-10-00-991-001 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job set up

Subtask 25-10-00-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 801
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-10-00-010-050

B. Removal of the Ceiling Panels

(1) If necessary remove the panel from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-
000-001).

(2) List of the ceiling panels.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-10-00-991-001)

R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | |PANEL | | | IPC | |
R |ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 1 |211GC | COVER ASSY | Laminate | 25130103 |Non repairable|
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 2 |211HC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130103 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 3 |211JC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 4 |211FC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 | |
R | |212FC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130102 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 5 |211EC | DOOR ASSY | Laminate | 25130101 |Non repairable|
R | |212EC | DOOR ASSY | Laminate | 25130102 |Non repairable|
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 6 |211DC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130101 | |
R | |212DC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130102 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 7 |211CC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130101 | |
R | |212CC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130102 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 8 |211BC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 | |
R | |212BC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130102 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 9 |211AC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 | |
R | |212AC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130102 | |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 802
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels
Figure 801/TASK 25-10-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 803
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-10-00-330-050

A. Damage to the Lining Panel

(1) Superficial Damage

(a) If the damage diameter is less than or equal to 50 mm (1.9685

in.) and if the honeycomb core is not damaged, do the repair of
the panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-330-003).

(2) Significant Damage

(a) If the honeycomb core is damaged and/or if the damage diameter is

more than 50 mm (1.9685 in.) or if the honeycomb structure is
debonded, do the repair of the panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-330-
002).

5. ________
Close up

Subtask 25-10-00-410-050

A. Installation of the Ceiling Panels

(1) If necessary, install the panel in the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-
400-001).

Subtask 25-10-00-865-051

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1LE, 3LE.


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 804
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-10-00-330-002

Repair of the Flight-Compartment Side Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-00-00-330-002 Repairs to Nonstructural Components (not in the Cargo

Compartments)
25-00-00-330-003 Repairs to Surface Damage of Composite Components
(not in the Cargo Compartments)
33-12-12-000-001 Removal of the Reading Light (25LE, 26LE, 29LE)
33-12-12-400-001 Installation of the Reading Light (25LE, 26LE, 29LE)
33-12-15-000-001 Removal of the Console and Briefcase Light (17LE,
18LE, 19LE, 20LE, 21LE, 22LE, 23LE, 24LE)
33-12-15-400-001 Installation of the Console and Briefcase Light
(17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 20LE, 21LE, 22LE, 23LE, 24LE)
25-10-00-991-002 Fig. 802


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 805
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job set up

Subtask 25-10-00-865-052

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04

Subtask 25-10-00-010-051

B. Removal of Equipment and Side Panels.

(1) If necessary, remove the reading lights 17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 20LE, 21LE,
22LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-15-000-001) and 25LE, 26LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-12-
000-001).

(2) If necessary, remove the panel from the aircraft.

(3) List of lining panels.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 25-10-00-991-002)

R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | |PANEL | | | IPC | |
R |ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 1 |211MW | LINING ASSY | Laminate | 25130110 |Non repairable|
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 2 |211LW | PANEL ASSY | Laminate | 25130111 |Non repairable|
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 3 |211LC | OUTLET ASSY | Joggling | 25130106 | |
R | |212LC | OUTLET ASSY | Joggling | 25130106 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 4 |211PW | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130111 | |
R | |212PW | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130111 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 5 |211NW | LINING ASSY | Laminate | 25130110 |Non repairable|
R | |212NW | LINING ASSY | Laminate | 25130110 |Non repairable|
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 6 |211DW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 | |
R | |212DW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 806
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Flight-Compartment Side Panels
Figure 802/TASK 25-10-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 807
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |PANEL | | | IPC | |
|ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS |
|----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 7 |211KL | OUTLET ASSY | Foam | 25130105 |Non repairable|
R | |212KL | OUTLET ASSY | Foam | 25130105 |Non repairable|
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 8 |211GW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 | |
R | |212GW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 9 |211EW | PLATE ASSY-COVER| Foam | 25130116 |Non repairable|
R | |212EW | PLATE ASSY-COVER| Foam | 25130117 |Non repairable|
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 10 |211FW | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130116 | |
R | |212FW | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130117 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 11 |211BW | PANEL ASSY-REAR | Joggling | 25130114 | |
R | |212BW | PANEL ASSY-REAR | Joggling | 25130114 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 12 |211CW | PANEL ASSY-UPPER| Polycarbon/Foam| 25130114 |Non repairable|
R | |212CW | PANEL ASSY-UPPER| Polycarbon/Foam| 25130114 |Non repairable|
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. procedure
_________

Subtask 25-10-00-330-051

A. Damage to the Lining Panel

(1) Superficial Damage

(a) If the damage diameter is less than or equal to 50 mm (1.9685

in.) and if the honeycomb core is not damaged, do the repair of
the panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-330-003).

(2) Significant Damage

(a) If the honeycomb core is damaged and/or if the damage diameter is

more than 50 mm (1.9685 in.) or if the honeycomb structure is
debonded, do the repair of the panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-330-
002).


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 808
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. ________
Close up

Subtask 25-10-00-410-051

A. Installation of the Lateral Panels and Equipment

(1) If necessary, install the reading lights 17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 21LE, 22LE
(Ref. TASK 33-12-15-400-001) and 25LE, 26LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-12-400-
001).

Subtask 25-10-00-865-053

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1LE, 2LE, 4LE, 5LE.


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 809
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-10-00-330-003

Repair of the Flight-Compartment Rear Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-00-00-330-002 Repairs to Nonstructural Components (not in the Cargo

Compartments)
25-00-00-330-003 Repairs to Surface Damage of Composite Components
(not in the Cargo Compartments)
25-10-00-991-003 Fig. 803

3. __________
Job set up

Subtask 25-10-00-010-052

A. Removal of the Rear Panels

(1) If necessary, remove the panel from the aircraft.

(2) List of the rear/panels.

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-10-00-991-003)

R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | |PANEL | | | IPC | |
R |ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 1 |212JW | PANEL-UPPER | Foam | 25130119 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 2 |212HW | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130119 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 3 | | PANEL ASSY | Laminate | 25130112 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 4 | | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130122 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 5 | | PANEL-FRONT | Sandwich | 25130122 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 810
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Flight-Compartment Rear Panels
Figure 803/TASK 25-10-00-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 811
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |PANEL | | | IPC | |
|ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS |
|----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 6 | | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130122 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 7 | | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130113 | |
R |----|------|------------------|----------------|-------------|--------------|
R | 8 |212KW | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130112 | |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-10-00-330-052

A. Damage to the Lining Panel

(1) Superficial Damage

(a) If the damage diameter is less than or equal to 50 mm (1.9685

in.) and if the honeycomb core is not damaged, do the repair of
the panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-330-003).

(2) Significant Damage

(a) If the honeycomb core is damaged and/or if the damage diameter is

more than 50 mm (1.9685 in.) or if the honeycomb structure is
debonded, do the repair of the panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-330-
002).

5. ________
Close up

Subtask 25-10-00-410-052

A. Installation of the Rear Panels

(1) If necessary, install the panels in the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  25-10-00

Page 812
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 COCKPIT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________

1. _______
General
The cockpit is equipped with four seats :
- a Captain seat
- a First Officer seat
- a Third Occupant seat located against the right aft panel.
- a folding seat for the Fourth Occupant located in the cockpit left aft
section.

A. Captain and First Officer Seats

The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical and have the same
function.

B. Third Occupant Seat

The Third Occupant seat is a folding seat attached to the right rear
panel in the cockpit.

C. Fourth Occupant Seat

The Fourth Occupant seat is of the folding type and has no adjustment.

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
(Ref. Fig. 001)

A. Captain and First Officer Seats

The Captain and First Officer seats are equidistant from the aircraft
centerline:
Y +/- 530 mm (Y +/- 20.88 in.)
The base of the seats is attached to the floor by means of eight
hexagonal head screws.

B. Third Occupant Seat

The Third Occupant seat stands apart from the aircraft centerline:
Y -86 mm (Y -3.39 in.) but can move to Y -35 mm (Y - 1.38 in.).

C. Fourth Occupant Seat

The Fourth Occupant seat forms an angle of 22.8 degrees with respect to
the cockpit aft partition.
The base of the seat is attached to the floor by means of four hexagonal
head screws located inside the life vest compartment.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 Cockpit Seats - Component Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL| ZONE| ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3MS SEAT-CAPTAIN 211 25-11-51
4MS SEAT-FIRST OFFICER 212 25-11-51
14MM SEAT-THIRD OCCUPANT 212 25-11-41
13MM SEAT-FOURTH OCCUPANT 212 25-11-42

3. _____________________
Component Description

A. Captain and First Officer Seats

(1) General
The Captain and First Officer seats are secured to the cockpit floor.
The seat moves longitudinally and vertically. In the rearmost
position the seat moves sidewise towards the console, which increases
the space between the pedestal and the seat and therefore enables
passage of the seat occupant. This is the seat stowed position.

(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)

(3) Controls
Manual controls are fitted to the seats. They serve to unlock the
seat and allow to position it in different configurations.
Electrical controls are also available. They consist of a motor
coupled to two reduction gears. The motor is controlled by two
three-position switches. The gear motor assembly is overriden by the
manual controls.
Additional manual controls are used to adjust the backrest and lumbar
rest positions. All the controls are of easy access and enable the
occupant to select the desired position.

(4) Seat equipment

The backrest incorporates a life vest fitted in a housing closed by
means of two magnets.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
A lumbar rest adjustable in the vertical and horizontal directions
enables adaptation of the seat to the occupant. It is possible to
adjust the pedestal side armrest by means of a knurled knob located
in the front.
The armrest is hinged to the backrest. It is therefore possible to
lift it vertically and stow it behind the backrest.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R Captain/First Officer Seat - Front View
R Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 4
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R Captain/First Officer Seat - Rear View
R Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 5
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
 The sidestick armrest located on the outboard side of the seat is
provided with two adjustment knobs. These knobs are used to adjust
the height and the tilt angle of the side stick armrest so that the
pilot can rest his arm in its optimum position with respect to the
side stick controller. Two position indicators show the selected
position. The armrest is fixed to the seat pan structure and is not
affected by backrest movements. It can be folded back to a vertical
position to enable easy access to the crew briefcase or console.
The safety harness comprises five straps and an inertia reel. The
inertia reel can be locked by a control lever located behind the seat
on the right side.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
Four lamps which serve to light the floor are located under the
Captain and First Officer seats (one under each corner of the seat
pan). This lighting is controlled from the instrument panel.

NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical and their
____
operation is identical.

B. Third Occupant Seat

(1) General
The 3rd Occupant seat is a folding seat attached to the right rear
panel in the cockpit.
It can slide along the Y-axis to take up a position on the aircraft
centerline. No longitudinal adjustment is provided.
The seat pan unfolds and locks only in the unfolded position, in the
aircraft centerline.

(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 004)

(3) Controls
A manual control enables the seat to be moved from its stowage
position to its utilization position on the aircraft centerline.
A second control serves to unlock the headrest.
A third control serves to lock the inertia reel.

(4) Seat equipment

The headrest can be folded down so that the circuit breaker panel can
be opened while the seat is in its stowed position.
A compartment closed by VELCRO tapes and containing a life vest is
provided in the lower part of the seat.
The safety harness includes five straps and an inertia reel
controlled by a handle located on the left of the seat. This handle
serves to lock and unlock the inertia reel.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 6
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Third Occupant Seat
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 7
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 C. Fourth Occupant Seat

(1) General
The Fourth Occupant seat is a folding seat located against the left
rear partition in the cockpit. The seat cushion is folded down into
place. It is returned to its stowed position by pressing upwards and
against the partition.
The lower section of the seat is provided with a compartment
containing a life vest and closed by VELCRO tapes.
The straps of the safety harness can be clicked into the buckle in
any order. Turning the unlocking control through a 1/4 turn, either
clockwise or anticlockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the
lap belt.
Pressing the control located on the top of the buckle releases the
shoulder straps alone.
The inertial reel locking control is located in the coat storage
compartment.

(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 005)

4. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

A. Captain and First Officer Seats

R

R (1) Vertical travel

R (a) Manual control

R (Ref. Fig. 006)

R 1
_ Up travel
R To move the seat in the up direction pull the control handle,
R marked V and located on the inboard side of the seat pan,
R upwards in order to unlock the seat. Then, by taking your
R weight off the seat, adjust the seat to required position,
R then release the handle. A gas cylinder compensates for the
R weight of the seat (2 grasp handles are located above each
R pilot seat).

R 2
_ Down travel
R To move the seat in the down direction, pull the control
R handle upwards in order to unlock the seat. The weight of the
R occupant is sufficient to move the seat downwards. To lock the
R seat in position, release the handle. The down movement is
R slowed down by means of a gas cylinder.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 8
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Fourth Occupant Seat
Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 9
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Manual Control
Figure 006


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 10
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R NOTE : The control handle V acts on a ball-nut/screw system
____
R ensuring vertical movement of the seat.

(b) Vertical electrical control

(Ref. Fig. 007)
If the circuit is supplied with power, place the control switch
located on the inner side of the seat pan in the up or down
position until the seat reaches the required position. Seat
movements are obtained by the gear motor associated with the
ball-nut/screw system. The movements are limited by stops and an
overtorque detector integrated in the gear motor assembly.

(2) Horizontal travel

(a) Manual control

(Ref. Fig. 006)
To move the seat forwards or backwards, pull the control handle
marked H, located on the pedestal side of the seat, upwards to
unlock the system. When the desired position is reached, release
the handle to lock the system. If the H handle is faulty, operate
the small lever under the seat, on the center pedestral side.
Lift the handle upwards to move the seat, release the handle to
lock the seat in the selected position.
Horizontal travel indicators, located on the pedestal side of the
seat, give the longitudinal position of the seat.
The seat is held in the required position by means of a locking
pin which slides into a drilled fitting attached to the seat pan.

(b) Electrical control

(Ref. Fig. 007)
The three-position switch controls the gear motor connected to a
rack and pinion system located under the seat pan. When the seat
reaches its limit position, overtorque is detected and the motor
power supply is cut off. The detector is integrated in the gear
motor. The gear motor assembly locks the seat on the rack.

(3) Backrest adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The position of the backrest can be adjusted from 7 deg. to 34 deg.
with respect to the vertical by pulling the control handle marked R,
located on the pedestal side of the seat. The lever acts on two locks
by means of a control and 2 cables. A gas cylinder damps the
backwards movement of the backrest and acts as return spring when the
backrest is raised to the 7 deg. position.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 11
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Seat - Functional Diagram
Figure 007


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 12
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (4) Lumbar rest adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 006)
Two coaxial knobs, located on the pedestal side of the backrest
enable the lumbar rest adjustment in the vertical and horizontal
directions.
The round serrated control knob ensures the vertical lumbar rest
adjustment by means of a rack and pinion system.
The triangular knob ensures the depth adjustment of the lumbar rest
by means of a cam-mounted rack and pinion assembly.

(5) Armrest adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 006)

(a) Inboard armrest

The inboard armrest (pedestal side) can be raised vertically and
stowed behind the backrest.
A knob located on the front of the armrest ensures height
adjustment by means of a screw-nut system and associated stop
(continuous adjustment from 15 deg. downwards to 10 deg.
upwards).

(b) Side stick armrest

(Ref. Fig. 008)
The side stick armrest is composed of three main sections. These
are the fixed arm, the carrier arm and the side stick table.
The fixed arm supports the carrier arm and side stick table
assembly and is attached to the seat pan.
R The carrier arm, by a rotation of 18 deg. max. upwards, with
R respect to the horizontal, around a hinge pin, located on the
R fixed arm, enables height adjustment of the side stick table. The
R movement is given by a knob located on the outboard side of the
R armrest. This knob transfers the rotary movement to a screw-nut
R system. The nut is connected to a link and 2 rollers which
R transform the translation movement of the nut into a rotary
R movement of the carrier arm around the fixed arm. The tilt angle
R of the armrest table can be adjusted. A knob located on the front
R of the armrest enables this adjustment. The principle of the
R adjustment mechanism is the same as the one described above
R except that the rotation hinge pin is located on the carrier arm.
R Adjustment is up to 30 deg. downwards with respect to the
R horizontal. A position indicator including two scales is
R integrated in the table. The scale on the seat side shows the
R tilt angle adjustment of the table.
R The scale on the outboard side shows the table height.
R A wheel, located on the front of the table, serves to avoid
R interference between the armrest and the lateral console when the
R seat is moved forwards with the table fully inclined.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 13
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Side stick Armrest
Figure 008


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 14
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (6) Safety harness
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The straps can be clicked into the buckle in any order. Turning the
unlocking control through a 1/4 turn, either clockwise or
counterclockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the lap belt.
Pressing the control located on the top of the buckle releases the
shoulder straps alone.
A control lever, located on the pedestal side of the seat backrest,
serves to lock the inertia reel. To lock the mechanism the lever must
be in the down position. To unlock the mechanism the lever must be in
the up position.

B. Third Occupant Seat

(1) Deployment from stowage position to utilization position on aircraft

centerline.
To move the seat to its utilization position on the aircraft
centerline, the handle called SEAT UNLOCK, located on the left of the
seat, must be pulled upwards in order to unlock the system and enable
the seat to slide sidewise into its utilization position. When
utilization position is reached, the system locks.
The translation movement is given by two guide tubes attached to the
rear upper and lower sections of the seat. The tubes are guided by
ball-sleeves attached to the rear panel. The seat is held in position
by a locking pin which engages in the upper guide tube (Part 1).
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The seat bottom folds down and locks automatically in the low
position. The opening of the seat bottom can be done only when the
seat is in utilization position on the aircraft centerline.
Locking is achieved by a hook attached to the right upright of the
seat which locks one of the rollers guiding the seat bottom movement.
The headrest is folded up into its extended position where it
automatically locks in place. It is held in position by two locking
pins which engage in lateral holes.

(2) Return to stowed position

(Ref. Fig. 010)
To fold down the headrest, simultaneously operate the two controls
located in the center of bottom section of the headrest. When the
system unlocks, fold down the headrest into its stowed position.
To return the assembly to its stowed position:
- move the control handle marked SEAT UNLOCK upwards and move the
seat to stowed position. As soon as the seat detects this movement
and if the seat is not occupied, the seat bottom will then rise
automatically. This prevents any interference with the First
Officer seat when it is moved backwards.
or


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 15
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Safety Harness
Figure 009


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 16
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat
Figure 010


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 17
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 - pull up the seat bottom to override the locking force then the seat
bottom will rise automatically. Move the control handle marked SEAT
UNLOCK upwards and move the seat to the stowed position.

(3) Safety harness

(Ref. Fig. 011)
The straps can be clipped into the buckle in any order. Turning the
unlocking control through a 1/4 turn, either clockwise or
anticlockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the lap belt.
Pressing the control located on the top of the buckle releases the
shoulder straps alone.
A control lever, located behind the seat on the left side, serves to
lock the inertia reel. To lock the mechanism, the lever must be the
in up position.

C. Fourth Occupant Seat

The Fourth Occupant Seat is of the folding type. It is attached to the
floor and has no adjustment device.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 18
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Safety Harness.
Figure 011


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 19
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 COCKPIT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________________

TASK 25-11-00-040-001

Deactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-11-03-A)

Pilot Seat Recline Adjustment
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-11-01-A)-c))

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion

25-11-61-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Cushion
25-11-64-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest
Assy
25-11-64-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer)
Seat-Headrest Assy
25-11-00-991-002 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-00-991-002)

Subtask 25-11-00-040-050

A. Deactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

(1) If installed, remove the headrest (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-000-001).

NOTE : Only do the step (1) in Para. 4.A.

____

(2) Remove the fourteen screws (2).

(3) Remove the upper back shroud (1) from the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest
(3).

(4) Loosen the screw (4) on the left and right lock levers (6).

(5) Remove the cable (5) from the left and right lock levers (6).

(6) Push on the left and right lock levers (6) at the same time and push
the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest (3) to the vertical position.

(7) Release the left and right lock levers (6).

(8) Make sure that the seat backrest (3) is correctly locked in the
vertical position.

(9) Put the upper back shroud (1) in position on the CAPT (F/O) seat
backrest (3).

(10) Install and tighten the fourteen screws (2).

(11) If necessary, install the headrest (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-400-001).

NOTE : Only do the step (11) in Para. 4.A.

____


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 402
May 01/07
R  
SYR 
R Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 403
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-00-860-057

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
R 400-001).

R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 404
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-00-440-001

Reactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-11-03-A)

Pilot Seat Recline Adjustment
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-11-01-A)-c))

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R TSM 25 (for corrective action)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-058

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-440-050

A. Reactivation of the Defective Recline System of the Captain/First Officer

Seat

(1) Do the trouble shooting procedure of the Captain/First Officer seat

R (Ref. TSM 25).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-00-860-059

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 405
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-00-040-002

Deactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

(Electrical Control)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-11-05-A)

Pilot Seat Electrical Adjustment
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-11-01-B)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-060

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-040-051

A. Deactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

(Electrical Control)

(1) If the adjustment system electrical-control of the CAPT (F/O) seat is

inoperative:


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-11-00-865-052

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-00-860-061

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 407
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-00-440-002

Reactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

(Electrical Control)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-11-05-A)

Pilot Seat Electrical Adjustment
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-11-01-B)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R TSM 25 (for corrective action)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-062

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-440-051

A. Reactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

(Electrical Control)

(1) Do the trouble shooting procedure of the Captain/First Officer seat

R (Ref. TSM 25).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-00-860-063

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 408
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-00-040-003

Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-12-01-B)

Third Occupant Seat
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-11-06-A)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-11-41-000-001 Removal of the Third Occupant Seat

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-064

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-040-052

A. Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat

(1) If the Third Occupant seat is inoperative:

- Remove it (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 409
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-11-00-860-065

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 410
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-00-440-003

Reactivation of the Third Occupant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-12-01-B)

Third Occupant Seat
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-11-06-A)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R TSM 25 (for corrective action)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-066

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-440-052

A. Reactivation of the Third Occupant Seat

R (1) Do the trouble shooting of the Third Occupant seat (Ref. TSM 25).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 411
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-11-00-860-067

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 412
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-00-040-004

Deactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-12-05-B)

Fourth Occupant Seat
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-11-07-A)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-11-42-000-001 Removal of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-068

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-040-053

A. Deactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat

(1) If the Fourth Occupant seat is inoperative:

- Remove it (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 413
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-11-00-860-069

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 414
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-00-440-004

Reactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-12-05-B)

Fourth Occupant Seat
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-11-07-A)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R TSM 25 (for corrective action)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-070

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-440-053

A. Reactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat

R (1) Do the trouble shooting of the Fourth Occupant seat (Ref. TSM 25).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 415
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-11-00-860-071

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 416
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
R SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS, 4MS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-00-710-001

Operational Test of the Captain and First Officer Seats (3MS, 4MS)

R WARNING : DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERS BELOW THE SEAT BOTTOM WHEN YOU OPERATE THE V
_______
R (VERTICAL) CONTROL LEVER.
R SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE SEAT IN THE DOWN DIRECTION CAN CATCH YOUR
R FINGERS BETWEEN THE SEAT BOTTOM AND THE SEAT BASE.
R THIS CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Captain and/or the First Officer seat(s) operate(s)
correctly.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002)

Subtask 25-11-00-865-050

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 501
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-710-050-B

A. Operational test of the manual controls.

R WARNING : DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERS BELOW THE SEAT BOTTOM WHEN YOU OPERATE
_______
R THE V (VERTICAL) CONTROL LEVER.
R SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE SEAT IN THE DOWN DIRECTION CAN CATCH
R YOUR FINGERS BETWEEN THE SEAT BOTTOM AND THE SEAT BASE.
R THIS CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Test of the horizontal movement

A. With the seat in the stowed

position:

- Operate the H control lever - The seat moves slowly and smoothly.
and put the seat in the
maximum forward position.

- Release the H control lever. - The seat stays locked in this

position.

- Operate the H control lever - The seat must move by 8 in. (203.1996
and put the seat in the mm).
maximum rearward position.

- Operate the H control lever - The seat stays locked in the stowed
and put the seat in the position.
stowed position.
Release the H control lever.

2. Test of the vertical movement

A. With the seat in the down

position:

- Operate the V control lever. - The seat moves freely by 6.5 in.
- Let the seat move up. (165.0997 mm) to the maximum up
position.

- Release the V control lever. - The seat stays locked in this

position.

- Operate the V control lever - The seat moves back to the maximum
and push the seat to move it down position.
down.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 502
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. Test of the backrest reclining
R adjustment

R - Operate the R control lever and - The maximum angle is 34 deg.C from
R slowly put the backrest at an the vertical.
R angle.

R - Release the R control lever. - The backrest stays locked in its

R position.

R - Operate the R control lever. - The backrest goes back automatically

R to 7 deg.C from the vertical.

Subtask 25-11-00-710-051

B. Operational test of the electrical controls

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Test of the horizontal movement

A. Seat movement

- Set the control switch S2 to - The seat moves forward.

forward.

- Release the control switch - The seat stays locked in this

S2. position.

- Set the control switch S2 to - The seat moves rearward.

rearward.

- Release the control switch. - The seat stays locked in this

position.

B. Test of the maximum forward

and rearward positions

- Set the control switch S2 to - Make sure that the motor stops when
the forward position until the seat gets to the maximum forward
the seat is in the maximum position.
forward position.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 503
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Set the control switch S2 to - Make sure that the motor stops when
the rearward position until the seat gets to the maximum rearward
the seat gets to the maximum position.
rearward position.

2. Test of the vertical movement

A. Seat movement

- Set the control switch S1 to - The seat moves up.

up.

- Release the control switch. - The seat stays locked in this

position.

- Set the control switch S1 to - The seat moves down.

down.

- Release the control switch. - The seat stays locked in this

position.

B. Test of the maximum up and

down positions

- Set the control switch S1 to - Make sure that the motor stops when
up until the seat is in the the seat gets to the maximum up
maximum up position. position.

- Set the control switch S1 to - Make sure that the motor stops when
down until the seat gets to the seat gets to the maximum down
the maximum down position. position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-00-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the seat in the stowed position.

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 504
May 01/01
R  
SYR 
R COCKPIT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________

TASK 25-11-00-200-001

Inspection/Check of the Cockpit Seats

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 251100-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-11-41-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Third Occupant Seat

25-11-42-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Fourth Occupant Seat
25-11-51-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Seat
(3MS,4MS)

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-11-00-860-072

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-210-050

A. Inspection/check of the Cockpit Seats

- for the Captain and First Officer seats, (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-200-001)
- for Third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-200-001)
- for Fourth Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-200-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 601
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-00-200-002

Inspection/Check of the Shoulder Harness and Seat Belt

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-00-860-053

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-00-210-051

A. Do a visual inspection of the shoulder harness and seat belt.

(1) Replace the belt if you find one of these conditions:

(a) For lap belt and inertia reel web:

- fraying across the full width of the web.

NOTE : Fraying is when the web has broken fibers from the
____
longitudinal or transversal yarns.

NOTE : Replacement of the belt is not necessary if you find

____
felting. Felting is when the web becomes less compact and
has a soft texture. This causes the thickness of the web
to increase.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 602
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
R

(b) Cuts or tears at the edge of the web.

(c) Fraying across more than 10 % of the web width.

R (d) Fraying more than 203.2 mm (8 in.) of the web length.

R (e) More than 15 broken yarns (strands) which are not on the edges.

R (f) Web damage which causes incorrect operation of the restraint

system.

R (g) More than 30 torn stitches on a stitch pattern.

NOTE : You find stitch patterns at the belt ends and near the
____
buckles where there are two thicknesses of web.

(2) Make sure that the lap buckle is installed on the outboard side of
the seat to prevent damage to the center pedestal.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-00-860-052

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-00

Page 603
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT (14MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-41-000-001

Removal of the Third Occupant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-11-41-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-11-41-860-059

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-41-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-41-020-050

A. Removal of the Third Occupant Seat

(1) Remove the retaining pins (1).

(2) Pull up on seat release lever to disengage lockpin from upper guide
tube before removal.

R (3) Hold the seat (2) and remove the guide tubes (4) from the lower and
R upper sleeves (3) and (5).

(4) Remove the seat (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-41

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Third Occupant Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-11-41

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-11-41-020-053

R B. Removal of the Upper and Lower Bearings

R (1) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7).

R (2) Remove the upper bearings (3).

R (3) Remove the screws (8) and the washers (9).

R (4) Remove the lower bearings (5).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-41

Page 403
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-41-400-001

Installation of the Third Occupant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN

R (2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.67 to 13.50 m.daN
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)

R B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-11-41-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-11-41-860-060

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-41-991-001)

R Subtask 25-11-41-420-053

R A. Installation of the Upper and Lower Bearings

R (1) Put in position the upper bearings (3).

R (2) Install the screws (6) and the washers (7) and TORQUE the bolts to
R between 3.87 and 4.64 m.daN (28.53 and 34.21 lbf.ft).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-41

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) Put in position the lower bearings (5).

R (4) Install the screws (8) and the washers (9) and TORQUE the bolts to
R between 2.69 and 3.22 m.daN (19.83 and 23.74 lbf.ft).

Subtask 25-11-41-420-050

R B. Installation of the Third Occupant Seat

(1) Put the seat (2) in the correct position.

NOTE : Hold the seat in the vertical position, not unfolded.

____

(2) Install the guide tubes (4).

(3) Install the retaining pins (1).

R 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-41-942-050

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-41

Page 405
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT (14MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________

TASK 25-11-41-200-001

Inspection/Check of the Third Occupant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Visual inspection of seat structure and attachment.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-11-41-860-061

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-41-210-050

A. Inspection/Check of the Third Occupant Seat

(1) Make sure that the upholstery of the seat is not worn or damaged.

(2) Make sure that the cushion of the back of the seat is in the correct
condition.

(3) Make sure that the seat is not loose and that the fittings are in the
correct condition.

(4) Make sure that the holes for the bolts are in the correct condition
and have no corrosion.

(5) Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct
condition.

(6) Make sure that the seat assembly is not loose.

(7) Make sure that the nuts that attach the seat to the partition are in
the correct position and have no corrosion.

(8) Make sure that clearance is correct at the control levers.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-41

Page 601
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (9) Make sure that the sideways movement is correct.

(10) Make sure that the headrest operation is correct.

(11) Make sure that the operation of the locking/unlocking system is

correct.

(12) Make sure that the retaining pins are not damaged.

(13) Make sure that the seat bottom closes automatically in the vertical
position when:
- the SEAT UNLOCK control handle is moved up, and
- the seat is moved from the utilization position on the aircraft
centerline to the stowed position.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-41

Page 602
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT (13MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-42-000-001

Removal of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-11-42-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-42-991-001)

R Subtask 25-11-42-860-053

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-42-020-050

A. Removal of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)

(1) Removal of the seat (10).

(a) Hold the seat (10), loosen the two screws (11).

(b) Turn the seat (10) so that you can release the rollers (15) from
their guides, remove the seat (10).

(2) Removal of the back

(a) Remove the cover (7) attached with velcro tapes.

(b) Loosen the screws (9), remove the back frame (8).

(3) Removal of the headrest

(a) Remove the cover (1) attached with velcro tapes.

(b) loosen the screws (3), remove the headrest frame (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-42

Page 401
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Fourth Occupant Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-42-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-11-42

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Fourth Occupant Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-42-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-11-42

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (4) Removal of the safety belt

(a) Remove the two circlips (13), remove the two pins (14), remove
the safety belt (12).

(b) When you have removed the headrest, loosen the screws (4),
disconnect the cable (5) and remove the reel (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-42

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-42-400-001

Installation of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-11-42-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-42-991-001)

R Subtask 25-11-42-860-054

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-42-420-050

A. Installation of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)

(1) Installation of the seat (10).

(a) Install the seat (10) so that you can engage the rollers (15) in
their guides.

(b) Install the screws (11) and tighten them.

(2) Installation of the back frame and cover

(a) Install the back frame (8), install the screws (9) and tighten
them.

(b) Install the cover (7) and push it to get correct attachment of
the velcro tapes.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-42

Page 405
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Installation of the safety harness

(a) Install the reel (6), install the screws (4) and tighten them.
Connect the cable (5).

(b) Install the safety belt (12), install the two pins (14) and the
circlips (13).

(4) Installation of the headrest

(a) Install the headrest frame (2), install the screws (3) and
tighten them.

(b) Install the cover (1) and push it to get correct attachment of
the velcro tapes.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-42-942-050

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-42

Page 406
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT (13MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-42-200-001

Inspection/Check of the Fourth Occupant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Detailed Inspection of seat structure and attachment

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-11-42-860-055

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-42-210-050

A. Inspection Check of the Fourth Occupant Seat

(1) Make sure that the upholstery of the seat is not worn or damaged.

(2) Make sure that the velcro pads on the cushions of the back of the
seat and the headrest are in the correct condition.

(3) Make sure that all the bolts that attach the seat have no corrosion
and are correctly installed.

(4) Make sure that the seat is not loose and that the fittings are in the
correct condition.

(5) Make sure that the control cable of the seat belt is not worn.

(6) Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct
condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-42

Page 601
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-51-000-001

Removal of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking cap

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.60 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-11-51-991-001-A Fig. 401

25-11-51-991-002-A Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 401
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-51-865-053

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06

Subtask 25-11-51-010-050

B. Get access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put an access platform near the access door 811 of the avionics
compartment.

(2) Open the access door 811.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-51-991-001-A, 402/TASK 25-11-51-991-002-A)

Subtask 25-11-51-020-051

A. Removal of the Seat

(1) In the avionics compartment, disconnect the electrical connector (5).

(2) Put a blanking cap on the electrical connectors (5) and (6).

NOTE : It is necessary to remove the armrest on the side stick side

____
to enable passage of the seat in the cockpit.

(3) Remove the bolts (7). Remove the armrest (1) from the seat.

NOTE : Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you remove
____
the bolts (7).

(4) In the cockpit, remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the
seat base (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 402
May 01/05
R  
SYR 
R Captain Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-51-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 403
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R First Officer Seat
R Figure 402/TASK 25-11-51-991-002-A


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 404
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
 (5) Remove the seat. Move the seat out of the cockpit.

(6) Install the armrest (1) on the seat. Install the bolts (7) and TORQUE
the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 405
May 01/05
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-51-400-001

Installation of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-007

COATING ELASTOMERIC, ULTRA LOW GLOSS (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R 25-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Captain and First Officer
R Seats (3MS, 4MS)
25-11-51-991-001-A Fig. 401
25-11-51-991-002-A Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 406
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-51-010-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is near the access door 811 of the
avionics compartment.

(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 25-11-51-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-51-991-001-A, 402/TASK 25-11-51-991-002-A)

Subtask 25-11-51-420-051

A. Installation of the Seat

NOTE : It is necessary to remove the armrest on the side stick side to

____
enable passage of the seat in the cockpit.

(1) Remove the bolts (7). Remove the armrest (1) from the seat.

NOTE : Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you remove
____
the bolts (7).

(2) Put the seat on the floor.

(3) Install the washers (4) and the bolts (3) and tighten them.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 407
May 01/06
R  
SYR 
 (4) Install the armrest (1) on the seat. Install the bolts (7) and TORQUE
the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64 lbf.in)

R (5) Paint the head of the bolts (3) with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No.
16-007).

(6) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (5) and (6).

(7) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the electrical connector (6).

Subtask 25-11-51-865-055

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3MS
1MS1, 5LE
FOR 4MS
1MS2, 4LE.

Subtask 25-11-51-861-051

R C. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

R Subtask 25-11-51-710-055

R D. Operational Test of the Captain and First Officer Seats

R (1) Do the operational test of the Captain and First Officer seats
R (Ref. TASK 25-11-00-710-001).

R Subtask 25-11-51-710-050-A

R E. Operational Test of the Lights of the Captain/First Officer Seats

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. On the panel 301VU (500VU):

R - Put the CONSOLE/FLOOR switch in - Below the Captain/First Officer seat,

R the BRT position the four lamps come on.

R - Put the CONSOLE/FLOOR switch in - The four lamps go off.

R the OFF position.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 408
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-51-862-051

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

Subtask 25-11-51-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 811.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 409
May 01/06
R  
SYR 
 SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-51-200-001

Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS,4MS)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Visual inspection of seat structure and attachment.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-11-00-200-002 Inspection/Check of the Shoulder Harness and Seat

Belt

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-11-51-860-055

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-51-210-050

A. Inspection Check of the Captain/First Officer Seat

(1) Make sure that the upholstery of the seat is not worn or damaged.

(2) Make sure that the cushion of the seat is in the correct condition.

(3) Make sure that the structure of the seat has no damage or cracks.

(4) Make sure that the paint is not damaged.

(5) Make sure that you can read the identification plates. Make sure that
the identification plates and the position indicator are attached
correctly.

(6) Make sure that the welded and riveted sections are in the correct
condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 601
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (7) Make sure that the clearance is correct at the manual mode
control-levers.

(8) Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct
condition (Ref. TASK 25-11-00-200-002).

(9) Make sure that the electrical bundle is in the correct condition.

(10) Make sure that the 8 bolts that attach the seat to the floor have no
corrosion and that they are installed correctly.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 602
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-51-200-002

Check of Adjustment of Seat Control Cables

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ITEMS IN THE
FIXTURES, TOOLS, TEST AND SUPPORT
_______
EQUIPMENT
PARAGRAPH ARE APPLICABLE TO YOUR AIRCRAFT (THIS LIST IS
NOT CUSTOMIZED). REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SUBTASKS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 251100-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 81100ST1-015003 1 ADJUSTMENT GAGE - LEVERS, CAPT, F.O. SEATS

81700SB3-002051 1 GAGE,ADJUSTMENT-LEVERS,CAPT,F.O. SEATS
R 81700ST1-015003 1 ADJUSTMENT GAGE - LEVERS, CAPT, F.O. SEATS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied

from the External Power
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-11-51-000-001 Removal of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-61-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Cushion
25-11-51-991-003 Fig. 601


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 603
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-51-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Remove the backrest cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).

(3) Remove the two screws (10).

(4) Remove the four screws (13) and the four washers (12).

(5) Remove the shroud (14).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-11-51-991-003)

Subtask 25-11-51-220-050-A

A. Check of the Control Lever Travel (Horizontal and Vertical):

NOTE : This task gives the instructions for inspection of the control
____
levers on the Captain seat. Do the same procedure for the F/O
seat.

NOTE : This task includes a check of the operations of the vertical and
____
horizontal (V and H) mechanical control levers. Do not use the
electrical switches during the check procedure.

(1) Move the seat to the maximum rearward position and to the maximum
down position.

(2) Make sure that the control levers H (1) and V (2) turn freely. Make
sure that there are no points of friction.

R (3) Turn the ADJUSTMENT GAGE - LEVERS, CAPT, F.O. SEATS (81700ST1-015003)
to the correct side for the seat (Captain or F/O). Install the
adjustment gage (3) behind one lever. The gage is the same for the V
and H control levers.

(4) Align the A axis with the lever axis. The lever is in the normal
position.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 604
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Installation of Adjustment Tool
Figure 601/TASK 25-11-51-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 605
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 (5) Attach the adjustment gage (3) in position with a small spring-clip
(4).

(6) Move the control lever from the A axis to the B axis. The lever
travel must not cause disengagement of the seat locking mechanism.
The B axis position is the start of the unlocking phase.

(7) Move the lever from the B axis to the C axis. You must unlock the
actuator.In this position (C axis), the lever must touch the stop
screw installed in the control box.

(8) Release the lever. The lever must move back to the normal position.

(9) If the results of the above checks are correct, the seat is
serviceable. If the results are incorrect, remove the seat(Ref. TASK
25-11-51-000-001).

Subtask 25-11-51-220-051

B. Check of the Control Lever Travel (Reclining):

NOTE : This task gives the instructions for inspection of the control
____
lever on the Captain seat. Do the same procedure for the F/O seat.

NOTE : Do not use the electrical switches during the check procedure.
____

(1) Move the seat to the maximum rearward position and to the maximum
down position.

(2) Make sure that the control lever R (5) turns freely. Make sure that
there are no points of friction.

R (3) Turn the GAGE,ADJUSTMENT-LEVERS,CAPT,F.O. SEATS (81700SB3-002051) or

R the ADJUSTMENT GAGE - LEVERS, CAPT, F.O. SEATS (81100ST1-015003) to
R the correct side for the seat (Captain or F/O). Install the
R adjustment gage (3) behind the lever.

(4) Align the A axis with the lever axis. The lever is in the normal
position.

(5) Attach the adjustment gage (3) in position with a small spring-clip
(4).

(6) Move the control lever from the A axis to the B axis. The lever
travel must not cause disengagement of the seat locking mechanism.
The B axis position is the start of the unlocking phase.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 606
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (7) Move the lever from the B axis to the C axis. You must unlock the
actuator. In this position (C axis), the lever must touch the stop
screw installed in the control box.

(8) Release the lever. The lever must move back to the normal position.

(9) If the results of the above checks are correct, the seat is
serviceable. If the results are incorrect, remove the seat(Ref. TASK
25-11-51-000-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-51-860-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

R

R (1) Put the shroud (14) in position.

R (2) Install the four washers (12) and the four screws (13).

R (3) Install the two screws (10).

R (4) Tighten the screws (10) and (13).

R (5) Install the backrest cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-400-001).

R (6) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)


EFF :

ALL  25-11-51

Page 607
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 CUSHIONS - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-61-000-001

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-61-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-61-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-61-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-61-020-050

A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion

NOTE : Velcro tapes attach the seat cushion to the seat.

____

NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____

(1) Remove the bottom cushion (3) from the seat (2).

(2) Remove the backrest cushion (1) from the seat (2).

NOTE : If necessary, keep the seat cushions in a dry and clean area.
____


EFF :

ALL  25-11-61

Page 401
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-61-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-11-61

Page 402
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-61-400-001

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-11-61-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-61-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-61-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-61-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion

NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____

NOTE : To install the seat cushion, find the position of the velcro
____
tapes.

(1) Put the backrest cushion (1) in position.

(2) Push the backrest cushion (1) to attach it to the velcro tapes.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-61

Page 403
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (3) Move the crotch strap through the slot of the bottom cushion (3).

(4) Put the bottom cushion (3) in position.

(5) Push the bottom cushion (3) down to attach it to the velcro tapes.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-61-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-61

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 SHROUD ASSY - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-62-000-001

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
R 25-11-62-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-62-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-11-62-010-050

B. Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-
001).

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-62-991-001-A)

Subtask 25-11-62-020-050

A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy

NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The
____
removal/installation procedures of the shroud assy of the Captain
and First Officer seats are the same.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-62

Page 401
May 01/04
 
SYR 
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-62-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-11-62

Page 402
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 (1) Remove the screw (24) and the knob (25) from the control lever (8).

(2) Turn the lower lumbar-rest control-knob (19) counterclockwise to

adjust the lumbar rest assy to the maximum forward position.

(3) Turn the upper lumbar-rest control-knob (19) clockwise to adjust the
lumbar rest assy to the lowest position.

(4) Remove the retainer rings (17).

(5) Pull the lumbar rest control-knobs (19) with force to remove them.

(6) Remove the fourteen screws (18) and the upper back shroud (23) of the
backrest from the seat (1).

(7) Remove the four screws (22), the washers (21) and the nuts (16).

(8) Remove the lower back shroud (20) of the backrest from the seat (1).

(9) Remove the two screws (28), the washers (29), the nuts (26) and
retain the stops (27).

(10) Remove the two screws (9) and the control lever (8) from the control
lever support (10).

(11) Remove the two screws (6), the washers (7) and the control lever
support (10) from the front metal sheet (3).

(12) Remove the two screws (11), the washers (12) and the front cross beam
(13).

(13) Remove the six screws (5), the washers (4) and the front metal sheet
(3) from the main front shroud (2).

(14) Remove the four screws (14), the washers (15) and the main front
shroud (2) from the seat (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-62

Page 403
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-62-400-001

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-61-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Cushion

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-62-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-62-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy

NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The
____
removal/installation procedures of the shroud assy of the Captain
and First Officer seats are the same.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-62

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (1) Put the main front shroud (2) in position on the seat (1) and install
the four screws (14) and the washers (15) on the main front shroud
(2).

(2) Tighten the screws (14).

(3) Put the front metal sheet (3) in position on the main front shroud
(2) and install the six screws (5) and the washers (4) on the front
metal sheet (3).

(4) Install the front cross beam (13), the two screws (11) and the
washers (12).

(5) Tighten the screws (5) and (11).

(6) Put the control lever support (10) in position on the front metal
sheet (3) and install the two screws (6) and the washers (7).

(7) Tighten the screws (6).

(8) Put the control lever (8) in position on the control lever support
(10) and install and tighten the two screws (9).

(9) Put the two stops (27) in position and install the lower back shroud
(20) of the backrest on the seat (1).

(10) Install the two screws (28), the washers (29) and the nuts (26).

(11) Install the four screws (22), the washers (21) and the nuts (16).

(12) Tighten the screws (22) and (28).

(13) Put the upper back shroud (23) of the backrest in position on the
seat (1).

(14) Install the fourteen screws (18) and tighten them.

(15) Push the lumbar rest control-knobs (19) and install the retainer
rings (17).

(16) Install the knob (25) on the control lever (8) and install the screw
(24).

(17) Tighten the screw (24).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-62

Page 405
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-62-410-050

A. Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-400-
001).

Subtask 25-11-62-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-62

Page 406
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 SAFETY HARNESS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-63-000-001

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Harness Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
R 25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
R 25-11-64-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest
R Assy
25-11-63-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-63-861-050

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-11-63-020-050-A

R A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
R 000-001).

R Subtask 25-11-63-020-051-A

R B. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Headrest Assy (Ref. TASK 25-
R 11-64-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-63

Page 401
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-11-63-020-052

R C. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Harness Assy

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001)

NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.

NOTE : Lock the harness to remove it.

____

(1) Remove the screw (18), the washer (17) and the reel cover (19).

(2) Remove the screw (7), the washer (8), the self-locking nut (9) and
the abdominal strap (6) with the buckle.

(3) Remove the screw (12), the washer (11), the self-locking nut (10) and
the abdominal strap (13) with the connector.

(4) Discard the self-locking nuts (9) and (10).

(5) Remove the roll pin (15) from the cable end (16) and disconnect the
cable (14) from the reel assy (5).

(6) Remove the screw (30) and the knob (31).

(7) Remove the two screws (26), the washers (27), the nuts (29) and then
the control lever (28).

(8) Remove the six nuts (4), the washers (3), the screws (2) and then the
reel assy (5).

Subtask 25-11-63-020-053

D. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Crotch Strap

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001)

NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.

NOTE : Lock the harness to remove it.

____

(1) Remove the screws (20), the washers (21) and (22) and the
self-locking nuts (23).

(2) Discard the self-locking nuts (23).

(3) Remove the crotch strap (25) from the seat pan (24).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-63

Page 402
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-11-63

Page 403
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Safety Harness
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-11-63

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Safety Harness
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-11-63

Page 405
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-63-400-001

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Harness Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 9 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03C-190

R 10 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03C-190

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-61-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Cushion
25-11-64-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest
Assy
25-11-64-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer)
Seat-Headrest Assy
25-11-63-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-63-861-051

A. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-63

Page 406
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-11-63-410-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).

(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat headrest assy is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-63-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Crotch Strap

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Put the crotch strap (25) in position on the seat pan (24).

R (3) Install the screws (20), the washers (21) and (22) and new self-
R locking nuts (23).

(4) Tighten the self-locking nuts (23).

Subtask 25-11-63-420-051

B. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Harness Assy

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Put the reel assy (5) in position on the backrest structure and
install the six screws (2), the washers (3) and the nuts (4).

(3) Tighten the six nuts (4).

(4) Put the control lever (28) in position and install the two screws
(26), the washers (27) and the nuts (29).

(5) Tighten the two nuts (29).

(6) Put the knob (31) in position and install the screw (30).

(7) Tighten the screw (30).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-63

Page 407
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (8) Connect the cable (14) to the reel assy (5) and install the roll pin
(15) in the cable end (16).

(9) Put the abdominal strap (6) with the buckle in position, and install
R the screw (7), the washer (8) and a new self-locking nut (9).

NOTE : Make sure that the abdominal strap with the buckle is
____
installed as follows:
- on the left side on the Captain seat
- on the right side on the First Officer seat.

(10) Tighten the self-locking nut (9).

(11) Put the abdominal strap (13) with the connector in position, and
R install the screw (12), the washer (11) and a new self-locking nut
R (10).

(12) Tighten the self-locking nut (10).

(13) Put the reel cover (19) in position and install the screw (18) and
the washer (17).

(14) Tighten the screw (18).

Subtask 25-11-63-420-052-A

C. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Headrest Assy (Ref. TASK
25-11-64-400-001).

Subtask 25-11-63-420-053-A

D. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion (Ref. TASK 25-
11-61-400-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-63-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-63

Page 408
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 HEADREST - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-64-000-001

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-64-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-64-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-64-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-64-020-050

A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy

(1) Push the two pushbuttons (15) of the headrest clips (7) and pull the
headrest (6) up to remove it from the seat (1).

(2) Remove the retainer rings (2).

(3) Pull with force to remove the lumbar rest control-knobs (3).

(4) Remove the fourteen screws (5) and the upper back shroud (4) of the
backrest from the seat (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-64

Page 401
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-64-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-11-64

Page 402
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (5) Remove the headrest clip (7) from the upper strap guide (8).

(6) Remove the three screws (12), the washers (13) and the reinforcement
fitting (14).

(7) Remove the upper strap guide (8), the two inserts (9) and the lower
strap guide (10) from the harness support (11).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-64

Page 403
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-64-400-001

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-11-64-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-64-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-64-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-64-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Put the lower strap guide (10) in position on the harness support
(11).

(3) Put the two inserts (9) in position on the lower strap guide (10).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-64

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (4) Put the upper strap guide (8) in position and install the three
screws (12), the washers (13) and the reinforcement fitting (14).

(5) Tighten the three screws (12).

(6) Install the headrest clips (7) on the upper strap guide (8).

(7) Push the lumbar rest control-knobs (3) to install them.

(8) Install the retainer rings (2).

(9) Put the upper back shroud (4) of the backrest in position on the seat
(1) and install the fourteen screws (5).

(10) Tighten the fourteen screws (5).

(11) Put the headrest (6) in position in the guides of the seat (1) and
push it in.

(12) Make sure it is only necessary to push or pull the headrest (6) to
adjust it to the correct position (up, down or reclined).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-64-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-64

Page 405
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-65-000-001

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific magnetic finger

No specific screwdriver

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-62-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud
Assy
25-11-65-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-65-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 401
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-11-65-010-050

B. Removal of the Seat Equipment

NOTE : Velcro tapes attach the seat cushion to the seat.

____

NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____

NOTE : If necessary, keep the seat cushion in a dry and clean area.
____

(1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion (Ref. TASK
25-11-61-000-001).

(2) Remove the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud from the seat
(Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-65-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-65-020-050

A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy

(1) Remove the screw (7), the washer (1) and the nut (2).

(2) Remove the retainer (6) and the ball (5) with a screwdriver or a
magnetic finger.

(3) Disengage the armrest (3) from the armrest fitting (4).

(4) Use a screwdriver to disengage the armcap (8) from the armrest (3).

(5) Carefully disengage the rear part of the lower shroud (11) from the
armrest structure (10).

(6) Push the lower shroud (11) forward to disengage the button of the
equipped lever (9) and remove the lower shroud (11).

(7) Remove the screw (15) and the spacer (14) from the bellcrank (13) of
the armrest structure (10).

(8) Remove the equipped lever (9) from the armrest structure (10).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 402
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 25-11-65

Page 403
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-65-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-65-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 405
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-65-400-001

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-013 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE I MIL-S-22473

R THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-61-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Cushion
25-11-62-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud
Assy
25-11-62-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Shroud Assy
25-11-65-991-001 Fig. 401
25-11-65-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 406
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-65-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).

(3) Make sure that the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-65-991-001, 402/TASK 25-11-65-991-002)

Subtask 25-11-65-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Install the equipped lever (9) on the armrest structure (10).

(3) Install the spacer (14) and the screw (15) on the bellcrank (13) of
the armrest structure (10).

(4) Tighten and safety the screw (15) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-013).

(5) Engage the lower shroud (11) on the button of the equipped lever (9).

(6) Engage the rear part of the lower shroud (11) on the armrest
structure (10).

(7) Engage the armrest (3) on the armrest fitting (4) and install the
ball (5) and the retainer (6).

(8) Install the screw (7), the washer (1) and the nut (2).

(9) Tighten the screw (7).

NOTE : Adjust the force of the screw (7) on the ball (5) to hold the
____
armrest back when it moves down.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 407
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Adjustment of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Figure 402/TASK 25-11-65-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 408
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 (10) Do the steps that follow to adjust the armrest locking device:

(a) Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest
(3).

(b) Make sure that the button of the equipped lever has a travel of 7
mm (0.27 in.) to unlock the armrest (3).

(c) If necessary, adjust this travel to 7 mm (0.27 in.) with the

setscrew (12).

(11) Do the steps that follow to adjust the armrest (3) on the seat:

(a) Move the seat to the lowest position.

(b) Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest
(3).

(c) Move the armrest (3) to the lowest position.

(d) Make sure that the clearance between the armrest (3) and the
floor is between 405 and 427 mm (15.95 and 16.81 in.).

(e) If necessary, adjust this clearance to between 405 and 427 mm

(15.95 and 16.81 in.) with the two nuts (16) and tighten them.

(f) Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest
(3).

(g) Move the armrest (3) to the highest position.

(h) Make sure that the clearance between the armrest (3) and the
floor is between 570 and 590 mm (22.44 and 23.23 in.).

(i) If necessary, adjust this clearance to between 570 and 590 mm

(22.44 and 23.23 in.) with the two nuts (17) and tighten them.

(12) Engage the armcap (8) on the armrest (3) then push it vertically to
lock.


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 409
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-65-410-050

A. Installation of the Seat Equipment

NOTE : Velcro tapes attach the seat cushion to the seat.

____

NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____

(1) Install the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud on the seat
(Ref. TASK 25-11-62-400-001).

(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion (Ref. TASK
25-11-61-400-001).

Subtask 25-11-65-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 410
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-65-710-001

Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Inboard Armrest-Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat inboard armrest-assy
operates correctly.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-65-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 501
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-65-710-050

A. Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Inboard Seat Armrest-Assy

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the inboard armrest:

- Push the button and lift the - The armrest moves correctly.
armrest to a position less than
90 degrees.

- Release the button. - The armrest stays in position.

- Push the button, lift the - The armrest is in its stowage

armrest to the vertical position.
position and turn it behind the
backrest.

- Release the button. - The armrest stays in its stowage

position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-65-860-052

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-65

Page 502
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-66-000-001

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-66-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-66-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-66-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-66-020-050

A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy

NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.

(1) Remove the three screws (13), the washers (12) and the assist armrest
assy from the seat pan.

NOTE : Make sure that the seat is in the stowed position before you
____
remove the screws (13) and the washers (12).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-66

Page 401
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-66-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-11-66

Page 402
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 (2) Remove the cylinder (16):

(a) Remove the screw (18) and the washer (17) from the cylinder (16).

(b) Remove the cylinder (16) from the armrest (2).

(c) Remove the setscrew (23) to release the pin (15).

(d) Disengage the cylinder (16) and the pin (15) from the main pin
(21).

(e) Remove the pin (20), the washer (19), the pin (15) and the
shouldered pin (14).

(3) Remove the armrest from the fitting (11):

(a) Remove the screws (3), (5), (6) and the outer shroud (4).

(b) Remove the setscrews (22) and (8).

(c) Remove the two notched pins (7).

(d) Disengage the main pin (21) from the fitting (11).

(e) Remove the armrest (2) from the fitting (11).

NOTE : Retain the two shouldered bushes (9), (10) and the inner
____
shroud.

(f) Remove the screws (24) and the armcap (1) from the armrest (2).

(g) Remove the casing (25) from the armcap (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-66

Page 403
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-66-400-001

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-013 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE I MIL-S-22473

R THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-11-66-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-66-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-66

Page 404
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-66-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-66-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Install the armrest on the fitting (11):

(a) Install the casing (25) on the armcap (1).

(b) Install the armcap (1) on the armrest (2) and install the screws
(24).

(c) Tighten the screws (24).

(d) Install the armrest (2) on the fitting (11).

(e) Install the main pin (21) on the fitting (11).

(f) Install the two notched pins (7).

(g) Safety the setscrews (22) and (8) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-013) and install them in the main pin
(21).

(h) Tighten the setscrews (22) and (8).

(i) Install the outer shroud (4), the screws (3), (5) and (6).

(j) Tighten the screws (3), (5) and (6).

(3) Install the cylinder (16):

(a) Install the shouldered pin (14) through the cylinder (16) and the
pin (15).

(b) Install the washer (19) and the pin (20).

(c) Engage the cylinder (16) and the pin (15) into the main pin (21).

R (d) Safety the setscrew (23) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-013) and install it in the main pin (21).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-66

Page 405
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
R (e) Tighten the setscrew (23).

(f) Install the cylinder (16) on the armrest (2) and install the
screw (18) and the washer (17).

(g) Tighten the screw (18).

(4) Install the assist armrest assy on the seat pan.

(5) Safety the screws (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-013).

(6) Install the screws (13) and the washers (12) and tighten them.

R NOTE : Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you
____
R install the washers (13) and the screws (13).

(7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-66-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-66

Page 406
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-66-710-001

Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Side Stick Armrest-Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat side stick armrest-assy
operates correctly.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-66-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-66

Page 501
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-11-66-710-050

A. Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Side Stick

Armrest-Assy

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the side stick armrest:

- Turn the knurled knob installed - The armrest moves correctly.

at the end of the armrest to
tilt the armrest to the
necessary position.

- Turn the knurled knob installed - The armrest moves correctly.

at the side of the armrest to
tilt the top armrest to the
necessary position.

- Lift the armrest to the - The armrest stays in position.

vertical position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-66-860-052

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-66

Page 502
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 LUMBAR REST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-67-000-001

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-67-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-67-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-11-67-010-050

B. Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-
001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-67-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-67-020-050

A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest

NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.

(1) Remove the two retainer rings (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-67

Page 401
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-67-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-11-67

Page 402
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (2) Pull with force to remove the two lumbar rest control-knobs (5).

(3) Disengage the connectors (3) from the seat back structure (1).

(4) Disengage the lumbar rest (2) from the seat back structure (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-67

Page 403
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-67-400-001

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-61-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Cushion
25-11-67-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-67-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the Captain (Firt Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-67

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-67-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-67-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Engage the lumbar rest (2) on the seat back structure (1).

(3) Engage the connectors (3) in the seat back structure (1).

(4) Push the two lumbar rest control-knobs (5) to install them.

(5) Install the two retainer rings (4).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-67-410-050

A. Installation of the Seat Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
400-001).

Subtask 25-11-67-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-67

Page 405
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 CYLINDER ASSY - SEAT CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-68-000-001

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-62-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud
Assy
25-11-68-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-68-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-11-68-010-050

B. Removal of the Seat Equipment

(1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
000-001).

(2) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-11-
62-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-68

Page 401
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-68-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-68-020-050

A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy

NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.

(1) Move the backrest (1) to its maximum forward position.

(2) Remove the nut (14), the screw (9), the washers (10) and (13) and the
shouldered spacer (12) from the lower bracket (11) and the top end of
the cylinder (8).

(3) Hold the cylinder (8) and remove the cotter pin (3), the washer (7),
the pin (4) and the spacer (6) from the bottom end of the lock (2)
and the cylinder (8).

(4) Remove the cylinder (8) from the seat pan (5).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-68

Page 402
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-68-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-11-68

Page 403
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-68-400-001

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-61-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Cushion
25-11-62-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud
Assy
25-11-62-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Shroud Assy
25-11-68-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-68-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).

(3) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-68

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-68-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-68-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Put the bottom end of the cylinder (8) in position on the seat pan
(5).

(3) Install the pin (4), the spacer (6), the washer (7) and the cotter
pin (3) on the bottom end of the cylinder (8) and the lock (2).

(4) Put the top end of the cylinder (8) in position on the lower bracket
(11) and install the shouldered spacer (12), the screw (9), the
washers (10) and (13) and the nut (14).

(5) Tighten the nut (14).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-68-410-050

A. Installation of the Seat Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-
11-62-400-001).

(3) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
400-001).

Subtask 25-11-68-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-68

Page 405
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 ACCESSORIES - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER SEAT PAN AND BASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-11-69-000-001

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-69-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-69-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-69

Page 401
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-11-69-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06

Subtask 25-11-69-010-050

C. Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-
001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-69-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-69-020-050

A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories

(1) Remove the screws (4), (6), the washers (5), the nuts (15) and the
wiring cover (3).

(2) Remove the screws (7), the washers (8), the nuts (14) and the wiring
cover (9).

(3) Remove the screws (31), the washers (32) and the switch cover (30).

(4) Remove the screws (23) and the electrical control switches (24).

(5) Remove the nuts (22), the washers (21), (20) and the plate (19).

(6) Disconnect the switch lugs from the switches (16).

NOTE : Make marks on the switch lugs before disassembly to help you
____
and prevent errors during assembly.

(7) Remove the screw (10), the washer (12), the nut (13) and the bonding
lead (11).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-69

Page 402
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-69-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-11-69

Page 403
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (8) Remove the screw (28), the washer (17), the nut (18) and the bonding
lead (29).

(9) Remove the socket head screws (26) and the
H
,
V
and
R
control
levers (25).

(10) Pull the dust covers (1) up to remove them from the base assy (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-69

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-11-69-400-001

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II

R THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-001 Electrical Bonding of Components with Rivets

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-61-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Cushion
25-11-69-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-11-69-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-69

Page 405
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-11-69-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-69-991-001)

Subtask 25-11-69-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories

(1) Connect the switch lugs to the switches (16).

NOTE : Refer to the marks when you connect the switch lugs.
____

(2) Install the plate (19) on the switches (16).

(3) Install the washers (20), (21) and the nuts (22) and tighten them.

(4) Install the electrical control switches (24) and the screws (23) and
tighten them.

(5) Install the switch cover (30) on the seat pan (27) and on the plate
(19).

(6) Install the screws (31), the washers (32) and tighten them.

(7) Install the bonding lead (11), the screw (10), the washer (12) and
the nut (13).

(8) Safety the nut (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-007) and tighten the screw (10).

NOTE : Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install
____
the bonding lead (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-69

Page 406
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (9) Install the bonding lead (29), the screw (28), the washer (17) and
the nut (18).

(10) Safety the nut (18) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-007) and tighten the screw (28).

NOTE : Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install
____
the bonding lead (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).

(11) Install the wiring cover (3), the screws (4), (6), the washers (5)
and the nuts (15) and tighten them.

(12) Install the wiring cover (9), the screws (7), the washers (8) and the
nuts (14) and tighten them.

(13) Install the
H
,
V
and
R
control levers (25) and the socket head
screws (26) and tighten them.

(14) Push the dust covers (1) down to install them on the base assy (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-11-69-410-050

A. Installation of Seat Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
400-001).

Subtask 25-11-69-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3MS
1MS1, 5LE.
FOR 4MS
1MS2, 4LE.

Subtask 25-11-69-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-11-69

Page 407
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The heat and sound insulation blankets are covered by lining and furnishing
panels, which also provide cockpit decoration. The lining panels are easily
removable, so as to enable access to the installations behind these panels.
Various furnishings are fitted in the cockpit for the comfort, convenience
and safety of the crew.

2. Description
___________

A. Linings
The shapes and colors of the linings have been designed to provide a
harmonious and sound-insulated cockpit. All the elements located in the
areas near the pilots head have been protected by foam linings.
The linings are made from the following materials :

(1) Monolithic: fiber + resin

(2) Sandwich : fiber + resin + Nomex (Honeycomb)

(3) Imitation leather foam sections :

(a) Front and side strips

(b) Assist handles

(c) Top of glareshield

(d) Top of console

(4) Flocked sections :

Various stowages in the consoles and ceiling lining panels

B. Floor covering
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The cockpit floor is covered with easy-to-clean and sun-and
moisture-resistant carpet.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 1
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Cockpit Lining and Furnishings
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Cockpit Carpet Installation
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
__________________________________________________

TASK 25-13-00-040-001

Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-01-B)

Pilot Sliding Table
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-13-01)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-000-002 Removal of the Sliding Table

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-00-860-051

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-00-020-050

A. Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables

(1) Remove the defective Captain and/or First Officer sliding-tables

(Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-00-860-052

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-00-440-001

Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-01-B)

Pilot Sliding Table
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-13-01)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-400-002 Installation of the Sliding Table

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-00-860-053

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-00-420-050

A. Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables

(1) Install new Captain and/or First Officer sliding-tables (Ref. TASK
25-13-14-400-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-00-860-054

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-00-040-002

Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-02-B)

Pilot Retractable Footrest
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-13-02)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-000-005 Removal of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable

Foot-Rests

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-00-860-055

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-00-020-051

A. Deactivation of the Captain and/or First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

(1) Remove the defective Captain and/or First-Officer retractable

foot-rests (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-005).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-00-860-056

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 403
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-00-440-002

Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-02-B)

Pilot Retractable Footrest
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-13-02)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-400-005 Installation of the Captain and First-Officer

Retractable Foot-Rests

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-00-860-057

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-00-420-051

A. Reactivation of the Captain and/or First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

(1) Install new Captain and/or First-Officer retractable foot-rests

(Ref. TASK 25-13-14-400-005).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-00-860-058

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 LINING AND FURNISHINGS - CLEANING/PAINTING
__________________________________________

TASK 25-13-00-100-001

Cleaning of Foam Plastic (Polyurethane) Parts

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific soapy water
No specific soft brush

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-017 USA AMS 1550

INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 701
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-00-160-050

A. Cleaning

NOTE : If the foam plastic parts are damaged, send them to the vendor for
____
repair.

(1) If you find stains of mud, chocolate, fruit juice, blood or sweet
drinks on the parts:
- use a soft brush to clean them with soapy water (natural soap or 5
percent liquid detergent)
or
R - use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to clean them with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017)

(2) If you find stains of ink, tar, engine oil or grease on the parts:
R use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to clean them with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-017).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-00-410-050

A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 702
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-13-00-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 703
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R

TASK 25-13-00-370-001

Painting of the Internal Cockpit Surfaces

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific masking paper

No specific masking tape
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific Grade 220 - 240 emery cloth

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687

DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

R

EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 704
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-00-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-00-370-050

A. Painting Procedure

(1) Put masking paper and masking tape on the area adjacent to the
damage.

(2) Remove the damaged paint and primer coatings with Grade 220 - 240
emery cloth.

NOTE : Make sure that the surface is smooth and flat.

____

(3) Clean the prepared and adjacent areas with a vacuum cleaner to remove
particles of dust and dirt.

(4) Apply a thin layer of paint of the applicable color STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-047).

NOTE : Make sure that the thickness is not more than 25 micrometers.
____

(5) Remove the masking paper and masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-00-860-050

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-13-00-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-13-00

Page 705
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 SUNVISOR - WINDSHIELD (9MM,10MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________

TASK 25-13-11-000-001

Removal of the Windshield Sunvisor (9MM, 10MM)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-11-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-13-11-860-050-A

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R Not applicable.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-11-991-001)

R Subtask 25-13-11-020-050-A

R A. Removal of the Windshield Sunvisor

R (1) Remove the three screws (2) from the plate (3).

R (2) Remove the sunvisor (1).

R (3) Remove the screw (5).

R (4) Remove the clip (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-11

Page 401
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
R Windshield Sunvisor
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-11-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-13-11

Page 402
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-11-400-001

Installation of the Windshield Sunvisor (9MM, 10MM)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-11-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-11-860-051-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

Not applicable.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-11-991-001)

Subtask 25-13-11-420-050-A

A. Installation of the Windshield Sunvisor

R CAUTION : WHEN YOU PUT THE SUNVISOR IN THE STORED POSITION, MAKE SURE
_______
R THAT THE BENT PIN IS CORRECTLY ALIGNED WITH THE CUP NOTCH OF
R THE SUNVISOR SUPPORT.
R THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SUNVISOR.

(1) Install the sunvisor (1).

(2) Install the three screws (2) and tighten.

(3) Install the clip (4).

(4) Install the screw (5) and tighten.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-11

Page 403
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-13-11-860-052-A

R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-11

Page 404
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________

TASK 25-13-14-820-001

Adjustment of the Cockpit Table

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-13-14-991-010 Fig. 201

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-14-861-056

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-14-820-050

A. Adjustment of the Cockpit Table

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-13-14-991-010)

(1) Make sure that the handle (3) and the handle arms (2), (4) are in the
aligned position.

(a) If necessary, loosen or tighten the screw (6) of the stop (5).

(2) Open and close the table (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 201
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Adjustment of the Cockpit Table
Figure 201/TASK 25-13-14-991-010- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 202
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Adjustment of the Cockpit Table
Figure 201/TASK 25-13-14-991-010- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 203
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the table (1) does not touch the handle (3) and the
handle arms (2), (4).

(a) If necessary, loosen or tighten the screws (9) to adjust the

position of the sliders (8) in the fittings (7).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-14-942-056

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-13-14-862-051

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 204
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________

TASK 25-13-14-000-001

Removal of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-13-14-860-060

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-14-991-001)

Subtask 25-13-14-020-050

A. Removal of the Foot Rest and sliding Table Assembly

(1) Remove the thermoformed cover from the left (right) instrument panel.

(2) Remove the screws (2).

(3) Remove the screws (3).

(4) Remove the screws (4) and retain the slot flap (5).

(5) Remove the slot flap (5).

(6) Remove the foot rest and sliding table assembly (1) from the
framework (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 401
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly.
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-14-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-14-400-001

Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-13-14-860-062

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-14-991-001)

Subtask 25-13-14-420-050

A. Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly

(1) Install the foot rest and sliding table assembly (1) on the framework
(6).

(2) Install the screws (2).

(3) Install the slot flap (5) and the screws (4).

(4) Install the screws (3) and tighten them.

(5) Tighten the screws (4) and (2).

(6) Install the thermoformed cover on the left (right) instrument panel.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 403
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-14-942-050

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 404
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-14-000-002

Removal of the Sliding Table

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-991-002 Fig. 402

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-13-14-860-061

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-14-991-002)

Subtask 25-13-14-020-051

A. Removal of the Sliding Table

(1) Pull the table. Do not remove it fully from its housing.

(2) Remove the screws (8).

(3) Remove the sliding table (7).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 405
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Sliding Table.
Figure 402/TASK 25-13-14-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 406
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-14-400-002

Installation of the Sliding Table

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-991-002 Fig. 402

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-13-14-860-063

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-14-991-002)

Subtask 25-13-14-420-051

A. Installation of the Sliding Table

(1) Remove the arm (9).

(2) Install the sliding table.

(3) Install the screws (8) and tighten them.

R 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-14-942-051

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 407
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-14-000-003

Removal of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-13-14-000-001 Removal of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
25-13-14-991-003-A Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-14-861-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-13-14-991-003-A)

Subtask 25-13-14-020-052

A. Removal of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-
000-001)

Subtask 25-13-14-020-053-A

B. Removal of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly

(1) Put the foot rest assembly (10) on a bench, with the foot rest on the
top and in the stowed position.

(2) Remove the cotter pin (4) (on the actuator rod side) and discard it.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 408
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Actuator on the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 25-13-14-991-003-A


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 409
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (3) Remove the nut (3) and the washer (2).

(4) Lightly compress the actuator (5) and disengage the actuator rod from
the hinge pin (1).

(5) Remove the cotter pin (9) (on actuator body side) and discard it.

(6) Remove the nut (8) and the washer (7).

(7) Disengage the hinge pin (6).

(8) Remove the actuator.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 410
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-14-400-003

Installation of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-13-14-400-001 Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table
Assembly
25-13-14-991-003-A Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-14-861-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-13-14-991-003-A)

Subtask 25-13-14-420-052-A

A. Installation of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly

(1) Install the foot rest assembly (10) on a bench, with the foot rest on
the top and in the stowed position.

(2) Engage the actuator (5) (on actuator body side) in the clevis, engage
the hinge pin (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 411
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (3) Install the washer (7), the nut (8) and tighten it.

(4) Install a new cotter pin (9).

(5) Compress the actuator (5) (3 mm approximately) and engage the

actuator rod in its hinge pin (1).

(6) Install the washer (2), the nut (3) and tighten it.

(7) Install a new cotter pin (4).

Subtask 25-13-14-420-053

B. Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-
13-14-400-001)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-14-942-052

A. Removal of Equipement

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items

Subtask 25-13-14-861-053

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 412
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-14-000-005

Removal of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-000-003 Removal of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly

25-13-14-991-009-A Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-14-840-050

A. Preparation for the Removal

(1) Remove the actuator on the foot rest assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-
000-003).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-13-14-991-009-A)

Subtask 25-13-14-020-056-A

A. Removal of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

(1) Remove the cotter pin (2) and discard it.

(2) Remove the nut (3) and the washer (4).

(3) Disengage the hinge pin (7).

(4) Remove the washers (5), (6) when installed.

(5) Remove the retractable foot rest (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 413
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
Figure 404/TASK 25-13-14-991-009-A


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 414
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-14-400-005

Installation of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5 cotter pins 25-13-01 31F-010

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-14-000-003 Removal of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly

25-13-14-400-003 Installation of the Actuator on the Foot Rest
Assembly
25-13-14-991-009-A Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-14-860-059

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the actuator on the foot rest assembly is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 415
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-13-14-991-009-A)

Subtask 25-13-14-420-056-A

A. Installation of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

(1) Put the retractable foot rest (1) in position.

(2) Install the whashers (5) and (6).

(3) Engage the hinge pin (7).

(4) Install the washer (4) and the nut (3).

(5) Install new cotter pins (5).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-14-840-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Install the actuator on the foot rest assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-
400-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 416
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 FOOT REST ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________

TASK 25-13-14-200-002

Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-13-14-991-006 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-14-860-057

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-14-210-051

A. Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator

R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-13-14-991-006)

(1) On the foot rest assembly (1), push the foot rest (2) down.

(2) Release pressure and let the foot rest come back to its stowed
position.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 601
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator
R Figure 601/TASK 25-13-14-991-006

R

EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 602
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the foot rest (2) is against the stop (3).

(4) If the foot rest (2) is not against the stop (3), replace the
actuator (4).

(5) Do the same operation for each foot rest assembly.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-14-942-055

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-13-14-860-058

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-13-14

Page 603
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 LINING PANELS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________

TASK 25-13-41-000-001

Removal of the Ceiling Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-41-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-41-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 401
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-41-020-050

A. Removal of the Ceiling Panels

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-41-991-001)

(1) Disengage the clip (12). To do this, pull the panel (11).

(2) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(10).

(3) Remove the panel (10).

(4) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(9).

(5) Remove the panel (9).

(6) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(8).

(7) Remove the panel (8).

(8) Remove the panel (7).

(9) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(6).

(10) Remove the panel (6).

(11) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(5).

(12) Remove the panel (5).

(13) Remove the emergency descent device from its housing.

(14) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(4).

(15) Remove the panel (4) and disengage the emergency descent device.

(16) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(3).

(17) Remove the panel (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Ceiling panels.
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-41-400-001

Installation of the Ceiling Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-41-865-051

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-41-420-050

A. Installation of the Ceiling Panels

(1) Put the panel (3) in position.

(2) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (3).

(3) Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (3).

(4) Engage the emergency descent device in the panel (4).

(5) Put the panel (4) in position.

(6) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (4).

(7) Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (4).

(8) Put the panel (5) in position.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 404
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 (9) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (5).

(10) Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (5).

(11) Put the panel (6) in position.

(12) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (6).

(13) Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (6).

(14) Install the panel (7).

(15) Put the panel (8) in position.

(16) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (8).

(17) Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (8).

(18) Put the panel (9) in position.

(19) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (9).

(20) Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (9).

(21) Put the panel (10) in position.

(22) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (10).

(23) Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (10).

(24) Put the panel (11) in position and push it to engage the clip (12).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-41-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
R 122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06

Subtask 25-13-41-942-050

B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 405
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-13-41-000-002

R Removal of the Sidewall Panels

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 25-13-41-991-002 Fig. 402
R 25-13-41-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-13-41-991-004 Fig. 404
R 25-13-41-991-005 Fig. 405
R 25-13-41-991-006 Fig. 406

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-13-41-861-050

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-13-41-020-051

R A. Removal of the panels 211DW, 212DW, 211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-41-991-002)

R (1) Removal of the panel 211DW (212DW)

R (a) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3).

R (b) Loosen the fasteners (4).

R (c) Remove the panel (1), ((5)).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 406
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R Sidewall Panels (211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW, 211DW, 212DW)
R Figure 402/TASK 25-13-41-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 407
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R (2) Removal of the panel 211FW (212FW)

R (a) Remove the screws (12) and the washers (11).

R (b) Loosen the fasteners (4).

R (c) Disconnect the plug behind the panel 17VU (16VU) (13).

R (d) Remove the panel (14).

R (3) Removal of the panel 211EW (212EW)

R (a) Remove the screws (8) and the washers (9).

R (b) Remove the wastebin (7).

R (c) Remove the screw (11) and the washer (10).

R (d) Remove the panel (6).

R Subtask 25-13-41-020-052

R B. Removal of the Panels 211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-13-41-991-003)

R (1) Removal of the panel 211AW (212AW)

R (a) Loosen the fasteners (4).

R (b) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (1).

R (c) Remove the panel (3).

R (2) Removal of the panel 211BW (212BW)

R (a) Remove the screw (10) and the washer (11).

R (b) Remove the screw (6).

R (c) Remove the screw (7) and the washer (8).

R (d) Remove the ramp (9)

R (e) Remove the panel (5).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 408
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R Sidewall Panels (211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW)
R Figure 403/TASK 25-13-41-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 409
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-13-41-020-053

R C. Removal of the Panel 211LW

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-13-41-991-004)

R (1) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

R (2) Loosen the fastener (3).

R (3) Remove the panel (4).

R Subtask 25-13-41-020-054

R D. Removal of the Panels 212HW and 212JW

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-13-41-991-005)

R (1) Removal of the Panel 212HW

R (a) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7).

R (b) Loosen the fasteners (4).

R (c) Remove the panel (5).

R (2) Removal of the panel 212JW

R (a) Remove the panel 212DW.

R (b) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3).

R (c) Remove the panel (1).

R Subtask 25-13-41-020-055

R E. Removal of the Panel 212KW

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-13-41-991-006)

R (1) Loosen the fasteners (2).

R (2) Remove the panel (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 410
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R Sidewall Panel 211LW
R Figure 404/TASK 25-13-41-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 411
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R Sidewall Panels (212HW, 212JW)
R Figure 405/TASK 25-13-41-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 412
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R Sidewall Panel 212KW
R Figure 406/TASK 25-13-41-991-006


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 413
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-13-41-400-002

R Installation of the Sidewall Panels

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-13-41-991-002 Fig. 402
R 25-13-41-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-13-41-991-004 Fig. 404
R 25-13-41-991-005 Fig. 405
R 25-13-41-991-006 Fig. 406

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-13-41-861-051

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-13-41-210-050

R A. Preparation for installation

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 414
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-13-41-420-051

R B. Installation of the Panels 211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW, 211DW, 212DW

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-41-991-002)

R (1) Installation of the panel 211EW (212EW)

R (a) Put the panel (6) in position.

R (b) Install the washers (9) and the screws (8), tighten them.

R (c) Install the washer (10) and the screw (11), tighten it.

R (d) Install the wastebin (7).

R (2) Installation of the panel 211FW (212FW)

R (a) Put the panel (14) in position.

R (b) Connect the plug behind the panel 17VU (16VU) (13).

R (c) Install the washers (11) and the screws (12), tighten them.

R (d) Lock the fasteners (4).

R (3) Installation of the Panel 211DW (212DW)

R (a) Put the panel (1), ((5)) in position.

R (b) Install the washers (3) and the screws (2), tighten them.

R (c) Lock the fasteners (4).

R Subtask 25-13-41-420-052

R C. Installation of the Panels 211AWW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-13-41-991-003)

R (1) Installation of the panel 211AW (212AW)

R (a) Put the panel (3) in position.

R (b) Install the washers (1) and the screws (2). Tighten the screws.

R (c) Lock the fasteners (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 415
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R (2) Installation of the panel 211BW (212BW)

R (a) Put the panel (5) in position.

R (b) Install the washer (8), the screw (7) and the ramp (9). Tighten
R the screw.

R (c) Install the screw (10) and the washer (11). Tighten it.

R (d) Install the screw (6). Tighten it.

R Subtask 25-13-41-420-053

R D. Installation of the Panel 211LW

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-13-41-991-004)

R (1) Put the panel (4) in position.

R (2) Install the washers (2) and the screws (1). Tighten the screws.

R (3) Lock the fastener (3).

R Subtask 25-13-41-420-054

R E. Installation of the Panels 212HW and 212JW

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-13-41-991-005)

R (1) Installation of the panel 212HW

R (a) Put the panel (5) in position.

R (b) Install the washers (7) and the screws (6). Tighten the screws.

R (c) Lock the fasteners (4).

R (2) Installation of the panel 212JW

R (a) Put the panel (1) in position.

R (b) Install the washers (3) and the screws (2). Tighten the screws.

R (c) Install the panel 212DW.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 416
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-13-41-420-055

R F. Installation of the Panel 212KW

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-13-41-991-006)

R (1) Put the panel (1) in position.

R (2) Lock the fasteners (2).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-13-41-410-050

R A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R Subtask 25-13-41-862-050

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-41

Page 417
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
 ROLLER BLIND - SLIDING WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________

TASK 25-13-42-000-001

Removal of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-42-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-42-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Open the sliding window.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-42-991-001)

Subtask 25-13-42-020-050

A. Removal of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind

(1) Remove the screws (2).

(2) Remove the casing (3).

(3) Remove the screws (4).

(4) Remove the roller blind (1).

(5) Remove and discard the O-rings (5).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-42

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Sliding Window Roller-Blind
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-42-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-13-42

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-42-400-001

Installation of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5 O-rings 25-13-13 01 -080

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-42-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-42-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the sliding window is open.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-42-991-001)

Subtask 25-13-42-420-050

A. Installation of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind

(1) Put the new O-rings (5) in position.

(2) Put the roller blind (1) in position.

(3) Install the screws (4) and tighten them.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-42

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (4) Put the casing (3) in position.

(5) Install the screws (2) and tighten them.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-42-860-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Close the sliding window.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-42

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 ROLLER BLIND - FIXED WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________

TASK 25-13-43-000-001

Removal of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-43-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-43-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the fixed window remove the screws (2).

(2) Remove the cover (1).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-43-991-001)

Subtask 25-13-43-020-050

A. Removal of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind

(1) Remove the screws (3) and washers (4).

(2) Remove the roller blind (5).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-43

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Fixed Window Roller-Blind
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-43-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-13-43

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-43-400-001

Installation of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-43-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-43-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

Not applicable.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-43-991-001)

Subtask 25-13-43-420-050

A. Installation of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind

(1) Put the roller-blind (5) in position.

(2) Install the washer (4) and tighten the screws (3).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-43-860-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Put the cover (1) in position and tighten the screws (2).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-43

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 CARPET - COCKPIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________

TASK 25-13-44-000-001

Removal of the Cockpit Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-41-000-001 Removal of the Third Occupant Seat
25-11-42-000-001 Removal of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)
25-11-51-000-001 Removal of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
25-13-44-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-44-861-050

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-44-991-001)

Subtask 25-13-44-020-050

A. Removal of the Seats

(1) Remove the Fourth Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-000-001).

(2) Remove the Third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-000-001).

(3) Remove the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-
000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-44

Page 401
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Textile Floor Covering
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-44-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-13-44

Page 402
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-13-44-020-051

B. Removal of the Textile Floor Covering

(1) Remove the twelve screws (5).

(2) Remove the grid (3).

(3) Remove the cover strip (4).

(4) Remove the floor covering (1):

(a) Use a non-metallic scraper to release the carpet from the floor.

(b) Remove the remaining double-sided adhesive tape (2) with the
non-metallic scraper.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-44

Page 403
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-44-400-001

Installation of the Cockpit Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-118

R CARPET TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-11-41-000-001 Removal of the Third Occupant Seat
25-11-41-400-001 Installation of the Third Occupant Seat
25-11-42-000-001 Removal of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)
25-11-42-400-001 Installation of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)
25-11-51-000-001 Removal of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
25-11-51-400-001 Installation of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS,
4MS)
25-13-44-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-13-44

Page 404
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-44-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the Captain and the First Officer seats are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-51-000-001).

(3) Make sure that the Third Occupant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-
41-000-001).

(4) Make sure that the Fourth Occupant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-
42-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-44-991-001)

Subtask 25-13-44-420-050

A. Installation of the Textile Floor Covering

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

NOTE : Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to clean the floor
____
area.

R (2) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-118) (2).

(3) Apply pressure on the adhesive tapes with a ROLLER - RUBBER.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-44

Page 405
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Carefully put the floor covering (1) in position.

NOTE : Make sure that the installation is correct around the seat
____
bases.

(5) Apply pressure on the floor covering to put it in position.

NOTE : Make sure that the floor covering does not cause a blockage of
____
the holes for attachment of the seats.

(6) Install the grid (3).

(7) Install the cover strip (4).

(8) Install the twelve screws (5).

Subtask 25-13-44-420-051

B. Installation of the Seats

(1) Install the Fourth Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-400-001).

(2) Install the Third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-400-001).

(3) Install the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-
400-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-44-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

Subtask 25-13-44-862-050

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


EFF :

ALL  25-13-44

Page 406
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________

TASK 25-13-45-000-001

Removal of the Foam Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22-82-12-000-001 Removal of the MCDU (3CA1,3CA2,3CA3)

23-13-13-000-001 Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1,
1RG2, 1RG3)
23-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2,
2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
27-51-43-000-001 Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
27-92-14-000-001 Removal of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
(7CE)
31-35-22-000-001 Removal of the Printer (4TW)
34-41-12-000-001 Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
34-52-12-000-001 Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
25-13-45-991-001 Fig. 401
25-13-45-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-13-45

Page 401
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-45-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-45-020-050

A. Removal of the Adjacent Units

(1) Remove the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) (3CA1)
(Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001).

(2) Remove the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-
000-001).

(3) Remove the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-
001).

(4) Remove the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU.

(5) Remove the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-
001).

(6) Remove the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) (Ref. TASK 27-92-
14-000-001).

(7) Remove the MCDU (3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001).

(8) Remove the RMP (1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-001).

(9) Remove the ACP (2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-001).

(10) Remove the FLOOD LT panel 112VU.

(11) Remove the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-000-001).

(12) Remove the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-45

Page 402
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 (13) Remove the printer (4TW) (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-000-001).

Subtask 25-13-45-020-051

B. Removal of the Left Foam Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-45-991-001)

(1) Remove the five screws (4) and the five washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).

(2) Remove the three screws (5) and the three washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).

(3) Remove the two screws (3) and the two washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).

(4) Remove the left foam panel (6) from the center pedestal structure
(1).

Subtask 25-13-45-020-052

C. Removal of the Right Foam Panel

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-45-991-002)

(1) Remove the six screws (3) and the six washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).

(2) Remove the three screws (4) and the three washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).

(3) Remove the two screws (5) and the two washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).

(4) Remove the right foam panel (6) from the center pedestal structure
(1).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-45

Page 403
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 Left Foam Panel
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-45-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-13-45

Page 404
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 Right Foam Panel
Figure 402/TASK 25-13-45-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-13-45

Page 405
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-45-400-001

Installation of the Foam Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22-82-12-000-001 Removal of the MCDU (3CA1,3CA2,3CA3)

22-82-12-400-002 Installation of the MCDU (3CA1,3CA2,3CA3)
23-13-13-000-001 Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1,
1RG2, 1RG3)
23-13-13-400-001 Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
(1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
23-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2,
2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
23-51-12-400-001 Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1,
2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
27-51-43-000-001 Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
27-51-43-400-001 Installation of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
27-92-14-000-001 Removal of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
(7CE)
27-92-14-400-001 Installation of the Speedbrake Control Transducer
Unit (7CE)
31-35-22-000-001 Removal of the Printer (4TW)
31-35-22-400-001 Installation of the Printer (4TW)
34-41-12-000-001 Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
34-41-12-400-001 Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
34-52-12-000-001 Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
34-52-12-400-001 Installation of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
25-13-45-991-001 Fig. 401
25-13-45-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-13-45

Page 406
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-45-865-051

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04

Subtask 25-13-45-860-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the MCDU (3CA1) is removed (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-
001).

(2) Make sure that the RMP (1RG1) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-
001).

(3) Make sure that the ACP (2RN1) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-
001).

(4) Make sure that the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU is removed.

(5) Make sure that the weather radar control unit (3SQ) is removed
(Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-001).

(6) Make sure that the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) is
removed (Ref. TASK 27-92-14-000-001).

(7) Make sure that the MCDU (3CA2) is removed (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-
001).

(8) Make sure that the RMP (1RG2) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-
001).

(9) Make sure that the ACP (2RN2) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-
001).

(10) Make sure that the FLOOD LT panel 112VU is removed.

(11) Make sure that the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) is removed (Ref. TASK
34-52-12-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-45

Page 407
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 (12) Make sure that the flap and slat control lever is removed (Ref. TASK
27-51-43-000-001).

(13) Make sure that the printer (4TW) is removed (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-000-
001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-45-420-050

A. Installation of the Left Foam Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-45-991-001)

(1) Put and hold in position the left foam panel (6) on the center
pedestal structure (1).

(2) Install the two screws (3), the two washers (2) and tighten them.

(3) Install the three screws (5), the three washers (2) and tighten them.

(4) Install the five screws (4), the five washers (2) and tighten them.

Subtask 25-13-45-420-051

B. Installation of the Right Foam Panel

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-45-991-002)

(1) Put and hold in position the right foam panel (6) on the center
pedestal structure (1).

(2) Install the two screws (5), the two washers (2) and tighten them.

(3) Install the three screws (4), the three washers (2) and tighten them.

(4) Install the six screws (3), the six washers (2) and tighten them.

Subtask 25-13-45-420-052

C. Installation of the Adjacent Units

(1) Install the MCDU (3CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-400-002).

(2) Install the RMP (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-400-001).

(3) Install the ACP (2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-400-001).

(4) Install the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-45

Page 408
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 (5) Install the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-400-
001).

(6) Install the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) (Ref. TASK 27-
92-14-400-001).

(7) Install the MCDU (3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-400-002).

(8) Install the RMP (1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-400-001).

(9) Install the ACP (2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-400-001).

(10) Install the FLOOD LT panel 112VU.

(11) Install the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-400-001).

(12) Install the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-400-001).

(13) Install the printer (4TW) (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-400-001).

Subtask 25-13-45-865-052

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-45-860-051

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-13-45

Page 409
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 COAT STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________

TASK 25-13-46-000-001

Removal of the Coat Stowage

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-13-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-13-41-000-002 Removal of the Sidewall Panels
25-13-46-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-46-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-13-46-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) If necessary, remove the ceiling panels that are against the coat
stowage (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-001).

(2) If necessary, remove the sidewall panels that are against the coat
stowage (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-46

Page 401
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-46-020-050

A. Removal of the Coat Stowage

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-46-991-001)

(1) Remove the setscrews (16) and the bar (17).

(2) Remove the bolts (1) and (6), the washers (7), the screws (13) and
(14) and the panel (12).

(3) Remove the screws (9), the covers (8) and (10).

(4) Remove the bolts (5), the washers (4) and the panel (11).

(5) Remove the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the panel (15).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-46

Page 402
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 25-13-46

Page 403
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 Coat Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-46-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-13-46

Page 404
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 Coat Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-46-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-13-46

Page 405
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-13-46-400-001

Installation of the Coat Stowage

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-13-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
25-13-41-400-002 Installation of the Sidewall Panels
25-13-46-000-001 Removal of the Coat Stowage
25-13-46-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-13-46-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the removal task is completed before you do the
installation task (Ref. TASK 25-13-46-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-13-46-420-050

A. Installation of the Coat Stowage

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-46-991-001)

(1) Put the panel (15) in position and install the washers (3) and the
bolts (2). Tighten the bolts (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-46

Page 406
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 (2) Put the panel (11) in position and install the washers (4) and the
bolts (5). Tighten the bolts (5).

(3) Put the covers (8) and (10) in position, install and tighten the
screws (9).

(4) Put the panel (12) in position and install the washers (7), the bolt
(1) and (6) and the screws (13) and (14). Tighten the bolts (1) and
(6) and then screws (13) and (14).

(5) Install and tighten the setscrews (16) and put the bar (17) in
position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-13-46-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) If removed, install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-001).

(2) If removed, install the sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-002).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-13-46-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-13-46

Page 407
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The Rear Panel 120VU is installed in the cockpit, it is located on the right
hand side, behind the First Officer seat. This rack houses:
- in the lower section, the AC and DC electrical power centers,
- in the center section, the primary circuit breakers and the power
circuits,
- in the upper section, the system circuit breakers requiring no action in
flight.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
120VU REAR PNL

3. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)

A. Rack Lower Section

This section of the rack is divided into several compartments. Each
compartment houses electrical generation equipment such as contactors,
TRs, etc. associated with the corresponding systems:
- system 1 AC compartment associated with engine 1 generator,
- system 2 AC compartment associated with engine 2 generator,
- APU system and ground power unit AC compartment associated with the APU
generators and the ground power unit,
- system 1 DC compartment,
- system 2 DC compartment.

B. Rack Center Section

This section of the rack houses the primary circuit breakers associated
with the electrical generation systems installed in the lower section of
the rack and some primary circuit breakers.
These circuit breakers are grouped per system, their functional
designation is given and they are geographically located by means of
placards.


EFF :

ALL  25-14-00

Page 1
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Rear Panel 120VU - Component Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-14-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Rear Panel 120VU
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-14-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 C. Rack Upper Section
This section of the rack houses, split over two panels, all the
distribution circuit breakers protecting the electrical lines supplying
the systems.
These circuit breakers are grouped per system, their functional
designation is given and they are geographically located by means of
placards.

D. Access to the various components

Access to the AC and DC electrical power centers is gained by removing
the cover plates.
Access to the inside of the circuit breaker panels is gained by opening
the hinged panels.


EFF :

ALL  25-14-00

Page 4
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The passenger compartment is in the upper fuselage section. It is between
R the partition on FR12/13 of the flight compartment and the aft pressure
R bulkhead on FR70.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. __________________
System Description

R A. The cabin is divided into utility areas and seating areas. The
R passenger/crew doors and emergency exits are also included in the cabin
R area.
R The utility areas are adjacent to the cabin entrances.
R The passenger seating area is between the forward utility area and the
R aft utility area.
R Partitions and curtains divide the utility areas from the seating areas.

R (1) Seating area

R The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the passenger
R seating area are:
R - Passenger seats (Ref. 25-21-00).
R - Cabin attendant seats (Ref. 25-22-00).
R - Linings and furnishings that cover the compartment structure (Ref.
R 25-23-00).
R - Overhead stowage compartments are for stowage of passenger carry-on
R baggage and other equipment (Ref. 25-24-00).
R - Passenger service/information units (Ref. 25-25-00).
R - Textile floor coverings (Ref. 25-28-00).

R (2) Utility area

R The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the utility
R areas are:
R - Cabin attendant seats (Ref. 25-22-00).
R - Passenger Service Units (PSUs) are installed at passenger and
R attendant locations throughout the cabin (Ref. 25-25-00).
R - Curtains and partitions are used to divide the utility areas and
R the seating sections (Ref. 25-26-00).
R - Ancillary equipment has different stowage units (Ref. 25-27-00).
R - Nontextile floor coverings (Ref. 25-28-00).
R - Vacuum cleaner sockets give electrical power to clean the cabin
R interior (Ref. 25-29-00).
R - Galleys (Ref. 25-30-00).
R - Lavatories (Ref. 25-40-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 1
May 01/04
 
SYR 
R Cabin Layout - (RB1/SYR) - Syrian
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 2
Nov 01/98
 
SYR 
R (3) Additional equipment
R Additional equipment also installed in the cabin is:
R - Emergency escape slide/slide rafts (Ref. 25-62-00).
R - First aid equipment (Ref. 25-64-00).
R - Miscellaneous emergency equipment (Ref. 25-65-00).
R - Flotation and survival Equipment (Ref. 25-66-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 3
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________________________

TASK 25-20-00-040-001

Deactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-28-01

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin and
Galley Storage Compartment/Closets
(FAA only)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-038

FABRIC TAPE PRESSURE SENSITIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 11-00-00-400-021 Installation of the Cabin Placards

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-20-00-040-050

A. Deactivation of the Compartment(s)

(1) Attach the compartment door(s) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-038) to the compartment bin(s) to make sure that the
compartment(s) stays(stay) closed.

R (2) Install placards
UNSERVICEABLE
or
DO NOT USE
on the

R compartment(s) (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-021).

R NOTE : The compartment(s) must not be used for storage. Only items
____
R that are permanently installed can be stowed.

NOTE : The compartment(s) must not be used for the storage of

____
emergency equipment.

5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-20-00-410-051

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Make an applicable entry in the cabin logbook.

Subtask 25-20-00-862-050

R B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-440-001

Reactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-28-01

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin and
Galley Storage Compartment/Closets
(FAA only)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 11-00-00-000-003 Removal of the Cabin Placards

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-24-41-000-002 Removal of the Door of the Overhead
R Stowage-Compartment
R 25-24-41-400-002 Installation of the Door of the Overhead
R Stowage-Compartment

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-20-00-440-050

A. Reactivation of the Compartment(s)

(1) Remove the placards
UNSERVICEABLE
or
DO NOT USE
from the
R compartment(s) (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-000-003).

(2) Remove the pressure sensitive tape from the compartment(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 403
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) Replace the overhead stowage-compartment door, (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-
R 000-002) and (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-400-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-20-00-862-051

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - CLEANING/PAINTING
_________________________________________

TASK 25-20-00-370-001

Refurbishment of the Handrail, Interiors and the Doors of the Overhead Stowage
Compartments

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 3 GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
No specific 3 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific emery cloth 320-400 grade

Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047A F ABS5650B
TOPCOAT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047B AIB AIMS 04-08-002
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047C AIB AIMS 04-08-002
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 701
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-24-41-000-002 Removal of the Door of the Overhead
Stowage-Compartment
25-24-41-400-002 Installation of the Door of the Overhead
Stowage-Compartment
R 25-24-41-960-001 Replacement of the Handrail
25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-20-00-910-050

B. General

CAUTION : MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE

_______
SURE THAT THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS.
IF THIS DATA IS MISSING, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT
REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE HEAT RELEASE
REQUIREMENTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 702
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)

Subtask 25-20-00-370-051

A. Painting of the Handrail

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Remove the handrail(s) (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-960-001).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the handrail.

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(3) Do a check if a paint layer is applied.

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(4) If a paint layer is applied:

(a) Do a check if the paint layer thickness is more than 25

micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518, or
equivalent.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 703
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Component Location
R Figure 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 704
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:
- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
grade until the layer thickness is not more than 25
micrometers.

(5) Prepare the surface for paint application:

(a) Carefully sand the surface with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

(b) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(6) Apply the new paint layer:

(a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of one of these paints to the

surface with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT:

- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)

or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C).

(7) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
- 5-20 minutes if it must be dry against dust
- 5-8 hours if it must be dry for transport
- 10-14 hours if it must be dry for installation.

(8) Install the handrail(s) (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-960-001).

NOTE : 10 days at room temperature are necessary for the paint layer
____
to cure thoroughly. During that period, you must not sand or
paint it.

NOTE : During refurbishment and before the paint layer is cured

____
thoroughly, you must not apply a mixture of water based and
solvent based products to it.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 705
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-20-00-370-052-A

B. Painting of the Doors of the Overhead Stowage Compartments (OHSC)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Remove the door(s) of the overhead stowage compartment(s) (Ref. TASK
25-24-41-000-002).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the door(s).

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(3) Do a check of the paint layer thickness:

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) Use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure, or equivalent

and make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90
micrometers.

(b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 90 micrometers:

- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
grade to a layer thickness of max. 90 micrometers.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 706
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (4) Preparation for paint application:

R (a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

R (b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (5) Apply the new paint layer:

R (a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the surface of the
R OHSC door.

R (6) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

R 3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R (a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h

R (c) Installation dry: 10-14 h

R (7) Install the door(s) of the overhead stowage compartment(s) (Ref. TASK
R 25-24-41-400-002).

R NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
R products must be prevent during refurbishment and until paint
R is cured thoroughly.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 707
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-20-00-370-053

C. Painting of the Interior of the Overhead Stowage Compartments (OHSC)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Do a visual inspection of the overhead stowage compartment interior.

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(2) Do a check of the paint layer thickness:

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) Use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure, or equivalent

and make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90
micrometers.

(b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 90 micrometers:

- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
grade to a layer thickness of max. 90 micrometers.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 708
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) Preparation for paint application:

R (a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

R (b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (4) Apply the new paint layer:

R (a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the surface of the
R OHSC door.

R (5) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

R 3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R (a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h

R (c) Installation dry: 10-14 h

R NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
R products must be prevent during refurbishment and until
R paint is cured thoroughly.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-20-00-862-052

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 709
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-370-002

Refurbishment of the Cabin Sidewall Panel, Cabin Ceiling Panel, Cove Light
Panel and the Passenger Service Unit Panel

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 4 GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
No specific 4 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific emery cloth 320-400 grade

No specific emery cloth, 320-400 grade
Material No. 05-084 D DAN 1274 PART 1
DECORATIVE FOIL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-006B USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
SOLVENT BASED NITRIL E RUBBER ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-011A USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
FUEL TANK REPAIRVAPOR SEAL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047A F ABS5650B
TOPCOAT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047B AIB AIMS 04-08-002
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 710
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 16-047C AIB AIMS 04-08-002

R DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
R 25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
R 25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
R 25-23-43-400-001 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
R 25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
R 25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
R 35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
R 35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
R 25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-20-00-861-053

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

R Subtask 25-20-00-910-051

R B. General

R CAUTION : MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE

_______
R SURE THAT THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS.
R IF THIS DATA IS MISSING, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT
R REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE HEAT RELEASE
R REQUIREMENTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 711
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)

Subtask 25-20-00-370-054

A. Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels with paint refurbishment:

(a) Remove the sidewall panels as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-

001).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panel(s).

R 1
_ Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(c) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF
_______
PAINT ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH
ABRASIVE PAPER.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 712
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R 1
_ If a paint layer is applied:
R - Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25
R micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
R procedure, or equivalent.

R 2
_ If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:
R - Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-
R 400 grade to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.

R (d) Preparation for paint application:

R 1
_ Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

R 2
_ Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).

R (e) Apply the new paint layer:

R 1
_ Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:
R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R (f) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60

R -3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R 1
_ Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R 2
_ Transport dry: 5-8 h

R 3
_ Installation dry: 10-14 h

R (g) Install the sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).

R NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure

____
R thoroughtly. During that period, paint layer shall not be
R sanded or painted.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 713
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based
____
products must be prevent during refurbishment and until
paint is cured thoroughly.

(2) Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels with foil refurbishment:

(a) Remove the sidewall panels as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-

001).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panel(s).

R 1
_ Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(c) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(d) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with an
adjustable HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to
max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)

(e) Lift the edge of the decor foil.

(f) Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm
(5.9 in.) wide strips while the max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot
air is applied.

(g) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.

(h) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
.

(i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-006B) or

BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-011A) to the
repair area.

(j) Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-084)

1
_ Cut the new decorative foil to the correct dimension.

2
_ Remove the protective layer from the decorative foil.

3
_ Carefully put the decorative foil on the repair area.

4
_ Use a ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT to push the decorative foil on to
the repair area.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 714
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R 5
_ Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:
R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R 6
_ Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40
R +3.60 -3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R 7
_ Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R 8
_ Transport dry: 5-8 h

R 9
_ Installation dry: 10-14 h

R (k) Install the sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).

R Subtask 25-20-00-370-055

R B. Painting of the Ceiling Panels

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (1) Remove the ceiling panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-

R 001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 715
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (2) Do a visual inspection of the ceiling panel(s).

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(3) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) If a paint layer is applied:

- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
or equivalent.

(b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 90 micrometers:

- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
grade to a layer thickness of max. 90 micrometers.

(4) Preparation for paint application:

(a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

(b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(5) Apply the new paint layer:

(a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)

or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)

- with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

(6) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

(a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 716
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h

(c) Installation dry: 10-14 h

(7) Install the ceiling panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).

NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroughly.

____
During that period, paint layer shall not be sanded or
painted.

NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
products must be prevent during refurbishment and until paint
is cured thoroughly.

Subtask 25-20-00-370-056

C. Painting of the Cove Light Panel

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Remove the cove light panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-
001).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the cove light panel(s).

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(3) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 717
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE
_______
R MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
R PAPER.

R (a) If a paint layer is applied:

R - Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90
R micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
R or equivalent.

R (b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 90 micrometers:

R - Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
R grade to a layer thickness of max. 90 micrometers.

R (4) Preparation for paint application:

R (a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

R (b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (5) Apply the new paint layer:

R (a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R (6) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

R 3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R (a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h

R (c) Installation dry: 10-14 h


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 718
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (7) Install the cove light panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroughly.

____
During that period, paint layer shall not be sanded or
painted.

NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
products must be prevent during refurbishment and until paint
is cured thoroughly.

Subtask 25-20-00-370-057

D. Painting of the Dado Panel

NOTE : Waiting for the Design Office information

____

Subtask 25-20-00-370-065

E. Painting of the Passenger Service Unit Panel

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Painting of the Passenger Service Unit Panel with the oxygen mask
panel

(2) Remove the oxygen mask panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-
001).

(3) Do a visual inspection of the oxygen mask panel(s).

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 719
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (4) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

R CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
R ON THE COMPONENTS.

R CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
R MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
R PAPER.

R (a) If a paint layer is applied:

R - Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25
R micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
R or equivalent.

R (b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:

R - Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
R grade to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.

R (5) Preparation for paint application:

R (a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

R (b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (6) Apply the new paint layer:

R (a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R (7) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

R 3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R (a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h

R (c) Installation dry: 10-14 h


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 720
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R (8) Install the oxygen mask panel(s) (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001).

R NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroughly.

____
R During that period, paint layer shall not be sanded or
R painted.

R NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
R products must be prevent during refurbishment and until paint
R is cured thoroughly.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-20-00-862-053

R A. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 721
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-370-003

Refurbishment of the Lavatory Wall and Lavatory Interior Parts

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 2 GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
No specific 2 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific emery cloth 320-400 grade

Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047A F ABS5650B
TOPCOAT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047B AIB AIMS 04-08-002
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047C AIB AIMS 04-08-002
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 722
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-20-00-861-054

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

R Subtask 25-20-00-910-052

R B. General

R CAUTION : MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE

_______
R SURE THAT THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS.
R IF THIS DATA IS MISSING, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT
R REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE HEAT RELEASE
R REQUIREMENTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 723
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)

Subtask 25-20-00-370-059

A. Painting of the Lavatory Wall

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Do a visual inspection of the lavatory walls.

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(2) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) If a paint layer is applied:

- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
or equivalent.

(b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:

- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
grade to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 724
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) Preparation for paint application:

R (a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

R (b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (4) Apply the new paint layer:

R (a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R (5) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

R 3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R (a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h

R (c) Installation dry: 10-14 h

R NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure

____
R thoroghly. During that period, paint layer shall not be
R sanded or painted.

R NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
R products must be prevent during refurbishment and until
R paint is cured thoroughly.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 725
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-20-00-370-060

B. Painting of the Lavatory Interior Parts

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Do a visual inspection of the components.

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(2) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) If a paint layer is applied:

- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
or equivalent.

(b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 90 micrometers:

- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
grade to a layer thickness of max. 90 micrometers.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 726
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) Preparation for paint application:

R (a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

R (b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (4) Apply the new paint layer:

R (a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R (5) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

R 3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R (a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h

R (c) Installation dry: 10-14 h

R NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure

____
R thoroghly. During that period, paint layer shall not be
R sanded or painted.

R NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
R products must be prevent during refurbishment and until
R paint is cured thoroughly.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-20-00-862-054

R A. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 727
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-370-004

Refurbishment of the Exit Ceiling and the Overwing Emergency Exit/Hatch Cover

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 1 GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
No specific 2 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific emery cloth 320-400 grade

No specific emery cloth, 320-400 grade
Material No. 05-084 D DAN 1274 PART 1
DECORATIVE FOIL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-006B USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
SOLVENT BASED NITRIL E RUBBER ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-011A USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
FUEL TANK REPAIRVAPOR SEAL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047A F ABS5650B
TOPCOAT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047B AIB AIMS 04-08-002
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 728
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 16-047C AIB AIMS 04-08-002

R DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
R 25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
R 25-23-47-000-001 Removal of the Lining from the Emergency Exit Hatches
R 25-23-47-400-001 Installation of the Lining on the Emergency Exit
R Hatches
R 25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-20-00-861-055

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R Subtask 25-20-00-910-053

R B. General

R CAUTION : MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE

_______
R SURE THAT THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS.
R IF THIS DATA IS MISSING, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT
R REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE HEAT RELEASE
R REQUIREMENTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 729
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)

Subtask 25-20-00-370-061

A. Painting of the Exit Ceiling

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Remove the ceiling panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-

001).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the exit ceiling panel(s).

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(3) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) If a paint layer is applied:

- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
or equivalent.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 730
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 90 micrometers:
R - Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
R grade to a layer thickness of max. 90 micrometers.

R (4) Preparation for paint application:

R (a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

R (b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (5) Apply the new paint layer:

R (a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R (6) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

R 3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R (a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h

R (c) Installation dry: 10-14 h

R (7) Install the ceiling panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).

R NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroughly.

____
R During that period, paint layer shall not be sanded or
R painted.

R NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
R products must be prevent during refurbishment and until paint
R is cured thoroughly.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 731
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-20-00-370-062

B. Painting of the Overwing Emergency Exit/Hatch Cover

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels with foil refurbishment:

(a) Remove the emergency exit hatches as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-
47-000-001).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the components.

R (3) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(4) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(5) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with an
adjustable HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to max
100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)

(6) Lift the edge of the decor foil.

(7) Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (5.9
in.) wide strips while the max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot air is
applied.

(8) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 732
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (9) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) .

R (10) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-006B) or

R BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-011A) to the repair
R area.

R (11) Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-084)

R (a) Cut the new decorative foil to the correct dimension.

R (b) Remove the protective layer from the decorative foil.

R (c) Carefully put the decorative foil on the repair area.

R (d) Use a ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT to push the decorative foil on to the
R repair area.

R (e) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R (f) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60

R -3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R (g) Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R (h) Transport dry: 5-8 h

R (i) Installation dry: 10-14 h

R (12) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-001).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-20-00-862-055

R A. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 733
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-370-005

Refurbishment of the Partition and the Door/Doorframe Panel

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 2 GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
No specific 2 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific emery cloth 320-400 grade

No specific emery cloth, 320-400 grade
Material No. 05-084 D DAN 1274 PART 1
DECORATIVE FOIL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-006B USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
SOLVENT BASED NITRIL E RUBBER ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-011A USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
FUEL TANK REPAIRVAPOR SEAL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047A F ABS5650B
TOPCOAT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047B AIB AIMS 04-08-002
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 734
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 16-047C AIB AIMS 04-08-002

R DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
R 25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
R 25-23-43-400-001 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
R 25-26-42-000-001 Removal of a Partition
R 25-26-42-400-001 Installation of a Partition
R 25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-20-00-861-056

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R Subtask 25-20-00-910-054

R B. General

R CAUTION : MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE

_______
R SURE THAT THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS.
R IF THIS DATA IS MISSING, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT
R REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE HEAT RELEASE
R REQUIREMENTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 735
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)

Subtask 25-20-00-370-063

A. Painting of the Door/Door frame

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Remove the ceiling panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-

001).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the door/door frame panel(s):

R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(3) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) If a paint layer is applied:

- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
or equivalent.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 736
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 90 micrometers:
R - Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
R grade to a layer thickness of max. 90 micrometers.

R (4) Preparation for paint application:

R (a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

R (b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (5) Apply the new paint layer:

R (a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R (6) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

R 3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R (a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.

R (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h

R (c) Installation dry: 10-14 h

R (7) Install the ceiling panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).

R NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroughly.

____
R During that period, paint layer shall not be sanded or
R painted.

R NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
R products must be prevent during refurbishment and until paint
R is cured thoroughly.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 737
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-20-00-370-064

B. Painting of the Partition

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Painting of the Partition with paint refurbishment

(a) Remove the partition as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-26-42-000-001).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panels.

R 1
_ Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(c) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF
_______
PAINT ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH
ABRASIVE PAPER.

1
_ If a paint layer is applied:
- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
procedure, or equivalent.

2
_ If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:
- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-
400 grade to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 738
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (d) Preparation for paint application:

1
_ Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.

2
_ Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).

(e) Apply the new paint layer:

1
_ Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)

or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)

- with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

(f) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60

-3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

1
_ Dust dry: 5-20 min.

2
_ Transport dry: 5-8 h

3
_ Installation dry: 10-14 h

(g) Install the partition (Ref. TASK 25-26-42-400-001).

NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
products must be prevent during refurbishment and until
paint is cured thoroughly.

(2) Painting of the Partition with foil refurbishment

(a) Remove the partition as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-26-42-000-001).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the partition.

R 1
_ Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.

(c) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 739
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (d) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with an
R adjustable HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to
R max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)

R (e) Lift the edge of the decor foil.

R (f) Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm
R (5.9 in.) wide strips while the max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot
R air is applied.

R (g) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.

R (h) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
R .

R (i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-006B) or

R BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-011A) to the
R repair area.

R (j) Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-084)

R 1
_ Cut the new decorative foil to the correct dimension.

R 2
_ Remove the protective layer from the decorative foil.

R 3
_ Carefully put the decorative foil on the repair area.

R 4
_ Use a ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT to push the decorative foil on to
R the repair area.

R 5
_ Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:
R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

R 6
_ Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40
R +3.60 -3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:

R 7
_ Dust dry: 5-20 min.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 740
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R 8
_ Transport dry: 5-8 h

R 9
_ Installation dry: 10-14 h

R (k) Install the partition (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-20-00-862-056

R A. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 741
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - REPAIRS
_______________________________

TASK 25-20-00-350-001

Repair of Insert Nut Attachments in Components with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

No specific 1 SYRINGE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-001 D DAN 1284-01

EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-053 D DAN 1282-01
FILLER FOR CORE AND EDGE (2 PARTS) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 801
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R
25-20-00-340-003 Repair/Replacement of Decor Foil
25-20-00-991-002 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-861-057

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-20-00-350-050

A. Repair of Standard Insert-Nut Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-20-00-991-002)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Prepare the repair area:

(a) Carefully remove the damaged insert and/or the unwanted material
from the component.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 802
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (b) Deburr the edges with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).

(c) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(d) Fill the repair area with:

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B).
Obey the manufacturers instructions.

(e) When the adhesive is cured, use a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180) to make the repair area smooth.

(f) Drill a hole into the filler. The hole must be:
- 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) longer than the length
- 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) wider than the flange diameter
of the new insert.

(g) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Install the insert:

(a) Install the new insert and hold it in position with the
positioning washer (part of the new insert).

(b) If the insert goes through the component, put BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) on the side opposite the
positioning washer.

(c) Use a SYRINGE and fill the area around the insert through the
injection hole with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-001). When the area is full, the adhesive flows out of the
overflow hole. Obey the manufacturers instructions.

(d) When the adhesive is cured, remove the positioning washer and, if
necessary, the masking tape.

(e) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(3) If necessary, do the repair of the decor foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-
340-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 803
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Metal Inserts in Honeycomb Core Panel
Figure 801/TASK 25-20-00-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 804
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Metal Inserts in Honeycomb Core Panel
Figure 801/TASK 25-20-00-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 805
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-20-00-350-051

B. Repair of Special Insert-Nut Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-20-00-991-002)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Prepare the repair area:

(a) Carefull remove the damaged insert and/or the unwanted material
from the component.

(b) Deburr the edges with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).

(c) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(d) Fill the repair area with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-053).
Obey the manufacturers instructions.

(e) When the adhesive is cured, use a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180) to make the repair area smooth.

(f) Drill a hole into the filler. The hole must be 0.5 mm (0.0196
in.) wider than the flange diameter of the new insert.

(g) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Install the insert:

(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) to the
mating surface of the new insert and put the insert in position.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 806
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (b) Make sure that the surface of the insert is smooth and flush with
the surface of the component.

(c) If necessary, hold the insert in position with BONDING AND

ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

(d) When the adhesive is cured, remove the masking tape. Obey the
manufacturers instructions.

(e) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (3) If necessary, do the repair of the decor foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-
R 340-003).

(4) Install the new screw (refer to the related IPC of the component).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-20-00-862-057

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 807
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-350-003

Repair of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL
No specific 2 CHISEL - NON METALLIC
No specific 2 CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific 1 GUN - SEALANT
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
No specific 1 KNIFE - PUTTY
No specific 1 MARKER - FELT TIP
No specific 2 ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific 1 ROLLER - STEEL
No specific 1 SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE
No specific 2 SPATULA - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 SPATULA - TOOTHED
No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
No specific 1 TRIMMING PLANE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AIRFLOOR FLOOR COVERING

No specific PVC FLOOR COVERING
Material No. 05-128
PVC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-057
PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 808
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-074

MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-054 D DA4-653-3 SF
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) FOR NTF (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-20-00-991-003 Fig. 802
25-20-00-991-004 Fig. 803
25-20-00-991-005 Fig. 804

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-861-058

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-20-00-350-052

A. Repair of the Top Layer of the Silicone (AIRFLOOR) NTF

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 25-20-00-991-003)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 809
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Example of Silicone NTF Repair
Figure 802/TASK 25-20-00-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 810
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Cut out the damaged top layer:

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL (MYLAR).

_______

CAUTION : REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO

_______
THE CABIN FLOOR PANELS.

(a) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(b) Carefully cut out and remove the damaged top layer of the
silicone NTF with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE and a CHISEL - NON
METALLIC.

(2) Install the repair patch:

(a) Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 18 deg.C (64.40
deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).

(b) Make sure that the ambient humidity is not more than 75%.

(c) Cut out a repair patch of AIRFLOOR FLOOR COVERING that aligns
with the dimensions and surface structure of the repair area.

NOTE : There must be a clearance of 2 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.0787

____
+0.0196 -0.0196 in.) between the edge of the repair patch
and the edge of the repair area.

(d) Clean the mating surface of the repair area and the repair patch
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 811
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (e) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-004) to the mating surface of the repair area and the
repair patch with a SPATULA - TOOTHED.

NOTE : There must be a clearance of 2 mm (0.0787 in.) between the

____
adhesive and the edge of the repair area.

(f) Put the repair patch in position in the middle of the repair
area.

(g) Push the repair patch down with a ROLLER - RUBBER.

(h) Let the adhesive cure, obey the manufacturs instructions.

(3) Seal the repair area:

(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around
the repair area.

(b) Seal the clearance between the edge of the repair patch and the
edge of the repair area with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054), use
a SPATULA - NON METALLIC or a GUN - SEALANT. Obey the
manufacturs instructions.

(c) Remove the masking tape.

(d) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

Subtask 25-20-00-350-053

B. Repair of the PVC Floor Covering

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-20-00-991-004)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 812
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Prepare the repair area:

(a) Cut a circular or a square repair patch out of the new PVC FLOOR
COVERING.

(b) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(c) Put the repair patch in position. Align the surface structure of
the repair patch with the surface structure of the NTF.

(d) Make a line around the contour of the repair patch on the NTF
with a MARKER - FELT TIP.

(2) Cut out the damaged NTF:

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL (MYLAR).

_______

CAUTION : REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO

_______
THE CABIN FLOOR PANELS.

(a) Carefully cut out the damaged top layer of the NTF with a CUTTER-
THIN BLADE.

(b) Carefully remove the top layer from the laminate with a CHISEL -
NON METALLIC.

(c) Remove the unwanted adhesive from the laminate with a SPATULA -
NON METALLIC.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 813
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 NTF Information
Figure 803/TASK 25-20-00-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 814
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 NTF Information
Figure 803/TASK 25-20-00-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 815
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (3) Install the repair patch:

(a) Clean the repair area and the repair patch with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-010) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(b) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material

No. 08-004) to the laminate with a BRUSH - BRISTLED.

(c) Carefully put the repair patch in position and push it down with
a ROLLER - RUBBER.

(d) Remove the unwanted adhesive with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.

19-003).

(e) If necessary, clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS

(Material No. 11-010) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Seal the repair area:

(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around
the repair area, where you will apply the primer.

(b) Apply the primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
057) with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL to the clearance around the
repair patch.

(c) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) to the

clearance around the repair patch.

(d) Immediately remove the unwanted sealant with a SPATULA - NON

METALLIC.

(e) Remove the masking tape.

Subtask 25-20-00-310-050

C. Repair of a Hot Welded Joint

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 25-20-00-991-005)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 816
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Remove the damaged material from the welded joint:

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL (MYLAR).

_______

(a) Chamfer the edges of the NTF with a SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE.

(b) Make sure that the maximum depth of the groove is not more than
2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).

(c) Remove the unwanted material from the groove, if necessary use a
VACUUM CLEANER.

(2) Do the welding procedure:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA. FUMES FROM WELDING ARE POISONOUS.

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS. HOT PARTS CAN CAUSE BURNS. IF YOU
_______
GET A BURN, HOLD IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10 MINUTES AND GET
MEDICAL AID.

WARNING : WHEN YOU PUT THE HOT AIR BLOWER DOWN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU
_______
PUT IT ON A HEAT-RESISTANT SURFACE. THE HOT PARTS OF THE
BLOWER CAN CAUSE A FIRE.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
- THE TEMPERATURE OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER IS NOT TOO HIGH
- THE BLOWER DOES NOT MOVE TOO SLOWLY ALONG THE WELD.
HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SLOW MOVEMENT OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER
CAN BURN THE MATERIAL.

(a) Cut the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128) some
centimeters/inches longer than necessary.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 817
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Welded Joint Repair
Figure 804/TASK 25-20-00-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 818
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Welded Joint Repair
Figure 804/TASK 25-20-00-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 819
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (b) Put the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128) into
the speed welding nozzle.

(c) Set the working temperature on the HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING
370 DEG C (700 DEG F) between 160 deg.C (320.00 deg.F) and 200
deg.C (392.00 deg.F). Obey the manufacturs instructions when you
use the hot air blower.

(d) Move the speed welding nozzle along the groove with light
pressure and constant speed.

(e) Let the temperature of the welded joint decrease for at least 10
minutes.

(f) Remove the unwanted material with a KNIFE - PUTTY or a TRIMMING

PLANE.

NOTE : The surface must be smooth.

____

(3) Do an inspection of the welded joint:

(a) Make sure that the welded joint is clean and in the correct
condition.

(b) Use a ROLLER - STEEL with pressure to make sure that there is no
separation between the welding material and the NTF.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-20-00-862-058

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 820
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-350-004

Repair of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE

R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

R B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-104 F ABS5093B485

MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL,SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R
25-28-43-400-001 Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-861-059

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 821
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-20-00-350-054

R A. Repair of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

R (1) Carefully cut out the damaged area of the Moisture Barrier Foil with
R a CUTTER - THIN BLADE and remove it. Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to
R the help the removal procedure.

R NOTE : A circular cutout helps the repair proceudure.

____

(2) Cut out a patch of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
104) with the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch must have an overlap of 25 mm (0.9842 in.) at

____
all edges.

(3) Install the repair patch (Ref. TASK 25-28-43-400-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-20-00-942-050

A. Close-up

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-20-00-862-059

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 822
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-350-005

Replacement of the Aluminum Profile on the Lower Sidewall-Panel

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 GUN - SEALANT

No specific 1 SPATULA - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 WEDGE - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific PROFILE ABS5310-01

Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-002D USA AMS 3281
LOW DENSITY FUEL TANK SEALANT. (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 823
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
AIPC 252344
25-20-00-991-006 Fig. 805

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-861-060

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-20-00-020-050

B. Remove the lower sidewall-panel you will repair from the aircraft
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-20-00-350-055

A. Preparation for the Installation

(1) If necessary remove the damaged profile with a WEDGE - NON METALLIC.

(2) Remove the remaining sealant from the lower sidewall-panel with a
SPATULA - NON METALLIC.

(3) Transfer the length of the damaged profile to the new semi-finished
material PROFILE ABS5310-01, (Ref. AIPC 252344).

(4) Cut the semi-finished material ABS5310-01 to the correct length and
identify the new profile with the part number of the removed profile.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 824
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-20-00-350-056

B. Installation of the New Profile

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.

(1) Clean the mating surface of the sidewall-panel and the new profile
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002D) with a GUN - SEALANT to seal
the new profile along the radius and the edge.
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 25-20-00-991-006)

NOTE : It is necessary to obey the manufacturers instructions for

____
the sealant gun.

(3) Put two cords MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) in the sealant, one
along the radius and one along the edge.

(4) Install the new profile on the lower sidewall-panel.

(5) Hold the new profile in position with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-074).

(6) Let the sealant cure for a minimum of 10 hours.

(7) Remove the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-20-00-420-050

A. Install the lower sidewall-panel in the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-

001).

Subtask 25-20-00-862-060

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 825
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Aluminum Profile
Figure 805/TASK 25-20-00-991-006


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 826
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-340-002

Repair of an Overhead Stowage Compartment (OHSC)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CHISEL - NON METALLIC

No specific 2 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280)
No specific 2 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 SPATULA - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 SPATULA - PLASTIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-050 USA AMS C 9084 TYPE V CLASS 2

GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-057 C Z-18.903
MICROBALLOONS (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-109 D DAN 493
LAMINATE, A/C INTERIOR (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-110 USA BMS 8-223
LAMINATE,CARGO LINER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-008 D DA4-653-83
POLYESTER FILLER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-010A D DAN 1199-01
EPOXY RESIN AND HARDENER ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-017A USA DOD-A-82720
ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL FLEXIBLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 827
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001

CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-116 AIB AIMS 04-027-001
LAMINATING RESIN, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CURING
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-006 USA OM-232-GR-A AMS-3004
METHYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-045
SEALANT POREFILLER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-20-00-370-006 Repair of the Paint Coat on Components
25-24-41-960-001 Replacement of the Handrail
25-20-00-991-007 Fig. 806
25-20-00-991-008 Fig. 807
25-20-00-991-009 Fig. 808
25-20-00-991-010 Fig. 809
25-20-00-991-011 Fig. 810

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-861-061

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 828
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-20-00-340-053

A. Bonding of the Seal on the OHSC

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 25-20-00-991-007)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Open the related door (1).

(2) If necessary, remove the seal (2).

(3) Clean the repair area and the seal with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-010) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to the
bonding area. Refer to the manufacturers instructions for the
correct procedure.

(5) Put the seal (2) in position and carefully push it on the structure
of the OHSC.

(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(7) Close the door (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 829
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Seal - OHSC
Figure 806/TASK 25-20-00-991-007


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 830
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-20-00-340-054

B. Repair of the Bottom Panel of the OHSC

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 25-20-00-991-008)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(1) Remove the equipment and the brackets/supports from the related OHSC
as necessary.

(2) Cut out a patch of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-110) with the
dimensions of the related bottom panel.

(3) Drill access holes into the repair patch (1) that align with the
inserts in the bottom panel.

(4) Clean the mating surfaces of the damaged bottom panel and the repair
patch (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-017A) to

the mating surfaces with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.

(b) Carefully put the repair patch (1) in position and apply pressure
to the repair area.

(c) Apply a bead of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) around the repair patch (1).

(5) Install the brackets/supports and the equipment of the related OHSC
as necessary.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 831
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Bottom Panel - OHSC
Figure 807/TASK 25-20-00-991-008


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 832
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-20-00-340-055

C. Repair of the Handrail Assembly

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 25-20-00-991-009)

(1) Open the door of the OHSC.

(2) Remove the handrail assembly (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-960-001).

(3) Rub the damaged area with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280).

NOTE : If the damage goes through the handrail assembly, you must rub
____
the two sides.

(4) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-006) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(5) If the damage goes through the handrail assembly, apply BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) to the side opposite the
damaged area.

(6) Use a SPATULA - PLASTIC to fill the damaged area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) If the damage goes through the handrail assembly, fill the
damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-017A).

(b) Fill the damaged area with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
045).

(c) Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 833
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Handrail - OHSC
Figure 808/TASK 25-20-00-991-009


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 834
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (d) If necessary, remove the masking tape.

(e) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-006) and
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (7) Paint the repair area (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006).

(8) Install the handrail assembly (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-960-001).

(9) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(10) Close the door of the OHSC.

Subtask 25-20-00-340-056

D. Repair of the OHSC Handrail Attachment

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 25-20-00-991-010)

(1) Carefully remove the damaged material.

(2) Cut out a repair patch of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109)
that is as large as possible to cover the damaged area.

(3) Make the mating surfaces smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

(4) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-006) or
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).

(5) Immediately dry the repair area with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).

(6) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A) to the
mating surfaces and put the repair patch in position on the hand
rail.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 835
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Handrail Attachment - OHSC
Figure 809/TASK 25-20-00-991-010


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 836
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (7) Remove the unwanted adhesive with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(8) Hold the repair patch in position with masking tape BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

(9) When the adhesive is cured, remove the masking tape.

(10) Drill new attachment hole(s) into the handrail that align with the
hole(s) in the OHSC.

(11) Drill hole(s) with a diameter of 15 mm (0.5905 in.) in the distance A

of 23 mm (0.9055 in.) away from the available holes.

(12) Deburr the holes and install the clip nut.

Subtask 25-20-00-340-057

E. Repair of an OHSC Partition or a Stiffener

(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 25-20-00-991-011)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Carefully remove the damaged profile from the partition or the
stiffener with a CHISEL - NON METALLIC.

(2) Remove the unwanted material with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280).

(3) Fill the damaged area of the partition or the stiffener with:
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-008)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B).

(4) Mix the filler with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-057) until it
is sufficiently thick for application.

(5) Let the filler cure and remove the unwanted material with a CLOTH-
EMERY (GRADE 280).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 837
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Partition/Stiffener - OHSC
Figure 810/TASK 25-20-00-991-011


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 838
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (6) Use a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280) to make the mating surfaces along the
edges of the partition or the stiffener rough (20 mm (0.7874 in.)
from the edge).

(7) Use BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-116) or SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-050) to give protection to the filled
surface and the edges of the partition or the stiffener.

(8) Put the laminate on the surface around the edge of the partition or
stiffener (not more than 20 mm (0.7874 in.) from the edge).

(9) Let the laminate cure.

R (10) Paint the repair area (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-20-00-862-061

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 839
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-20-00-370-006

R Repair of the Paint Coat on Components

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 2 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)

R No specific 2 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT
R No specific 2 NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16 IN)
R No specific 2 PAPER - MASKING

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-074

R MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 16-046 D DAN 1278
R PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
R DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 840
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-13-00-370-001 Painting of the Internal Cockpit Surfaces

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-20-00-860-056

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R (2) If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
R (refer to the related AMM chapter).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-20-00-370-066

R A. Repair of the Paint Coating of the Internal Cockpit Surfaces

R (1) For the repair of the cockpit internal paint-coatings refer to

R (Ref. TASK 25-13-00-370-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 841
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-067

R B. Repair of the Paint Coating of Cabin Glass-reinforced Plastic Components

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R NOTE : The procedure that follow agrees with the JAR/FAR. 25.853 heat
____
R release/smoke density component repairs to the passenger
R compartment.

R NOTE : The procedure is approved for the repair of surfaces smaller than
____
R 24 in.2 (154.83 cm2).

R (1) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (2) Apply PAPER - MASKING and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-074) to the adjacent components and areas.

R (3) Make the surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

R (4) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (5) If necessary use pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046)
R to make the surface smooth:

R (a) Apply the pore filler several times to optimize the surface.

R (b) Let the pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) time
R to cure.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 842
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (c) Make the painted surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 -
R 400).

R (d) Clean the smooth surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
R 010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).

R (6) Prepare a mixture for a smooth finish:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Mix the top coat STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) with
R hardener and thinner.

R NOTE : Obey the reaction and the pot life time, before you use
____
R the mixture.

R (b) The temperature must be between 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F) and 30

R DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F), relative humidity 35-75% .

R (c) For a smooth finish apply the mixture in 1-2 cross coats with a
R GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT and a NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16
R IN).

R (d) The coat thickness of a smooth finish must be between 0.05 mm

R (0.0019 in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

R (e) The smooth finish is dust dry after 15 minutes, transport dry
R after 25 minutes, and fully dry after 7 days at room temperature.

R (7) Prepare a mixture for a textured finish.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Mix the top coat STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) with
R hardener and thinner.

R NOTE : Obey the reaction and the pot life time, before you use
____
R the mixture.

R (b) The temperature must be between 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F) and 30

R DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F), relative humidity 35-75%.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 843
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (c) For a textured finish apply the mixture in 1-4 cross coats with a
R GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT and a NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16
R IN).

R (d) The coat thickness of a textured finish must be between 0.03 mm

R (0.0011 in.) and 0.09 mm (0.0035 in.).

R (e) The textured finish is dust dry after 20 minutes, transport dry
R after 8 hours, and fully dry after 7 days at room temperature.

R (f) If necessary you can make the cure faster when you add heat 60
R DEG.C (140.00 DEG.F) to the surface.

R (g) The textured finish is then transport dry after 40 minutes and
R fully dry after 12 hours.

R (8) Remove the masking tape and the masking paper from the adjacent
R components or areas.

R Subtask 25-20-00-370-068

R C. Repair of the Paint Coating of Thermoplastic Components and Aluminum

R Parts in the Cabin

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R NOTE : The procedure that follow agrees with the JAR/FAR 25.853 heat
____
R release/smoke density component repairs to the passenger
R compartment.

R NOTE : The procedure is approved for repair of surfaces smaller than 24

____
R in.2 (154.83 cm2).

R (1) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 844
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (2) Apply PAPER - MASKING and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-074) to the adjacent components and areas.

R (3) Make the surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

R (4) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (5) If necessary use pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046)
R to make the surface smooth.

R (a) Apply the pore filler several times to optimize the surface.

R (b) Let the pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) time
R to cure.

R (c) Make the painted surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 -
R 400).

R (d) Clean the smooth surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
R 010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).

R (6) Prepare a mixture for a textured finish:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Mix the top coat STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) with
R hardener and thinner.

R NOTE : Obey the reaction and the pot life time, before you use
____
R the mixture.

R (b) The temperature must be between 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F) and 30

R DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F), relative humidity 35-75%.

R (c) For a textured finish apply the mixture in 1-4 cross coats with a
R GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT and a NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16
R IN).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 845
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (d) The coat thickness of a textured finish must be between 0.03 mm
R (0.0011 in.) and 0.09 mm (0.0035 in.).

R (e) The textured finish is dust dry after 20 minutes, transport dry
R after 8 hours and fully dry after 7 days at room temperature.

R (f) If necessary you can make the cure faster when you add heat 60
R DEG.C (140.00 DEG.F) to the surface.

R (g) The textured finish is then transport dry after 40 minutes and
R fully dry after 12 hours.

R (7) Remove the masking tape and the masking paper from the adjacent
R components or areas.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-20-00-860-057

R A. Close Access

R (1) If necessary, install the component in the aircraft (refer to the

R related AMM chapter).

R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (3) De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 846
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-340-003

Repair/Replacement of Decor Foil

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 BRUSH - NON METALLIC

No specific 2 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
No specific 1 ELECTRIC IRON
No specific 2 GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN
No specific 2 GLOVES - INSULATED
No specific 2 HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
No specific 1 MARKER - CHALK, STICK
No specific 1 NEEDLE
No specific 2 ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 SYRINGE
No specific 1 VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 0.4 BAR (6 PSI)
No specific 1 WATER - SOAPY SOLUTION

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific BOSCODUR
No specific BOSTIK 7132R
No specific HENKEL SICOMET 85
Material No. 05-074 D DAN 1274 (PART 1)
DECORFOIL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-001 D DAN 1284-01
EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R
Material No. 08-010 D DA-4-653-3E4
TWO COMPONENT EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 847
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-010A D DAN 1199-01

EPOXY RESIN AND HARDENER ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-038
FABRIC TAPE PRESSURE SENSITIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-125 D DA 4-653-3CA3
R REACTION ADHESIVE,CY ANOACRYLATE BASED
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-860-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-20-00-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) If necessary, remove the component from the aircraft (refer to the
related chapter of the Aircraft Maintenance Manual).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 848
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-20-00-340-050

A. Removal of Air Bubbles under the Decor Foil

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Examine the decor foil and use a MARKER - CHALK, STICK to put
circular marks around the bubbles (repair area).

(2) Use a NEEDLE to make holes in the bubbles and remove the air.

(3) Wait some minutes until the decor foil becomes its initial shape.

(4) Use a SYRINGE and fill the repair area with:

R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-125)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A).
Start at the center of the repair area.

(5) If necessary, also apply adhesive into holes around the repair area.

(6) Let the adhesive cure for approximately 20 seconds.

(7) Carefully apply pressure to the decor foil with a MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003). Start at the center of the repair area.

(8) Let the air and the unwanted adhesive flow out of the hole(s).

(9) Immediately remove the unwanted adhesive with a SCRAPER - NON

METALLIC.

(10) If necessary, remove the unwanted cured adhesive:

(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-038) to the
repair area.

(b) Make the tape moist with a WATER - SOAPY SOLUTION.

(c) Remove the tape after 4-6 hours.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 849
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (d) Remove the unwanted adhesive with a moist MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).

(11) Make the surface smooth with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Start at the center
of the repair area.

(12) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

Subtask 25-20-00-340-051

B. Replacement of Decor Foil Attached with Heat Activated Adhesive

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 20 deg.C (68.00
R deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F), and the ambient humidity is
R 35-75%.

(2) Remove the damaged decor foil:

WARNING : THE AIRFLOW CAN BE HOT.

_______
-HOT AIR CAN CAUSE BURNS.

(a) Put on GLOVES - INSULATED to do the procedure.

(b) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with a HOT
AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to a maximum of
100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F). Apply the hot air until you can lift
the edge of the decor foil.

(c) Slowly pull the decor foil from the component in approximately
150 mm (5.9055 in.) wide strips. At the same time, continue to
apply the hot air with a maximum of 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F).

(d) Remove the unwanted adhesive with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 -

400).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 850
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (e) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(3) Install the new decor foil:

(a) Put on GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN to do the procedure.

R (b) Mix 2 parts of

R - HENKEL SICOMET 85
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A)
R and 1 part of CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
R Apply the adhesive to the repair area and to the decor foil with
R a BRUSH - NON METALLIC.

R (c) Let the adhesive become dry for a minimum of 12 hours at room
R temperature, or for 45 minutes at 70 DEG.C (158.00 DEG.F).

(d) Cut out SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-074) with the correct
dimensions.

(e) Put the decor foil in position on the repair area.

(f) Bond the decor foil to the repair area with a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0
TO 0.4 BAR (6 PSI). Use a temperature of 90 DEG.C (194.00 DEG.F)
and a pressure of 0.4 bar (5.8015 psi) for 5 minutes.

(g) Let the temperature decrease to approximately 40 DEG.C (104.00

DEG.F).

(h) Remove the vacuum equipment.

NOTE : If you apply the decor foil to small areas, you can use an
____
R ELECTRIC IRON. A temperature of 90 DEG.C (194.00 DEG.F)
R and moderate pressure with your hand are sufficient.

R (4) Install the new decor foil with

R - HENKEL SICOMET 85
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010)
R or


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 851
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A).

(a) Put on GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN to do the procedure.

(b) Mix 16 parts of BOSTIK 7132R and 1 part of BOSCODUR. Apply the
R adhesive to the repair area and to the decor foil with a BRUSH -
NON METALLIC.

R NOTE : The maximum potlife of the mixture is 2 hours.

____

R (c) Let the adhesive become dry for 15 minutes at room temperature.

(d) Cut out SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-074) with the correct
dimensions.

(e) Put the decor foil in position on the repair area.

(f) Bond the decor foil to the repair area with a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0
TO 0.4 BAR (6 PSI). Use a temperature of 80 deg.C (176.00 deg.F)
and a pressure of 0.4 bar (5.8015 psi) for 5 minutes.

(g) Remove the vacuum equipment.

Subtask 25-20-00-340-052

C. Replacement of Decor Foil Attached with Pressure Sensitive Adhesive

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (1) Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 20 deg.C (68.00
R deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F), and the ambient humidity is
R 35-75%.

(2) Remove the damaged decor foil:

WARNING : THE AIRFLOW CAN BE HOT.

_______
-HOT AIR CAN CAUSE BURNS.

(a) Put on GLOVES - INSULATED to do the procedure.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 852
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (b) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with a HOT
AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to a maximum of
100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F). Apply the hot air until you can lift
the edge of the decor foil.

(c) Slowly pull the decor foil from the component in approximately
150 mm (5.9055 in.) wide strips. At the same time, continue to
apply the hot air with a maximum temperature of 100 deg.C (212.00
deg.F).

(d) Remove the unwanted adhesive with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 -

400).

(e) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(3) Install the new decor foil:

(a) Put on GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN to do the procedure.

R (b) Apply
R - HENKEL SICOMET 85
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A)
R to the repair area with a BRUSH - NON METALLIC.

(c) Cut out SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-074) with the correct
dimensions.

(d) Remove the protective layer from the decor foil and put the decor
foil in position on the repair area.

(e) Push the decor foil on the repair area with a ROLLER - RUBBER to
prevent formation of wrinkles or air bubbles. Start at the center
of the repair area.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 853
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-20-00-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) If necessary, install the component in the aircraft (refer to the

related chapter of the Aircraft Mainteneanc Manual).

Subtask 25-20-00-860-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 854
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-20-00-340-004

Repair of the Vacuum-Cleaner Outlet Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Abrasive paper, 180 grade

No specific Abrasive paper, 240 grade
Material No. 08-010A D DAN 1199-01
EPOXY RESIN AND HARDENER ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from

the External Power
25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-005 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-006 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-007 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
FWD Passenger/Crew Door


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 855
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-45-400-008 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left

AFT Passenger/Crew Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-20-00-860-052

A. Get Access

(1) Remove the damaged door frame lining(s):

- (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)
- (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004)
- (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-20-00-340-058

A. Repair of the Vacuum-Cleaner Outlet Door

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Make the bonding areas on the doorframe lining and on the flap rough
(only make the resin layer rough, not the fabric):

(a) Make the bonding areas rough with Abrasive paper, 240 grade.


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 856
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (b) Make the bonding areas rough with Abrasive paper, 180 grade.

(2) Clean the bonding areas with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(3) Bond the support to the flap with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-010A).

(4) Let the adhesive cure. Obey the manufacturers instructions.

(5) Bond the support to the door frame lining with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A).

(6) Let the adhesive cure. Obey the manufacturers instructions.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-20-00-860-053

A. Close Access

(1) Install the door frame lining(s):

- (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007)
- (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006)
- (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005)
- (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008) (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-20-00

Page 857
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The passenger seats are located in the passenger compartment between FR21
thru FR66.

2. __________________
Component Location

A. Seat Layout
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. Description
___________

A. Passenger Seats

The passenger seats are installed on the seat tracks of the cabin floor
structure. Quick release fittings at the front and the rear legs hold the
seats in position. Plastic covers are fitted into the seat tracks to
cover the exposed track sections.

R B. Special Passenger Seats

R The passenger seats installed in the emergency exit area are of special
R design. No other passenger seats are permitted in this area.
R For the seat pans:
R - The maximum distance permitted between the seat pans is 1 in. (25.4
R mm).
R - The seat pan support has sufficient strength to prevent the hands or
R feet to move through or get caught.
R For LH seats:
R - The latch of the folding table turns only clockwise to the open
R position.
R For RH seats:
R - The latch of the folding table turns only counterclockwise to the open
R position.

R C. Emergency Facilities
An emergency escape-path marking light can be installed on aisle seats.
(Ref. 33-51-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 1
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Seat Layout - Component Location - (RB1/SR1)
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 2
May 01/99
 
SYR 
 4. _____________________
Component Description

A. Passenger Seats
(Ref. Fig. 002)

(1) The passenger seats have:

- A framework
- Upholstered seat pans
- Upholstered backrest assemblies
- Armrest assemblies
- Seatbelts
- Folding tables
- Pockets.
There are different passenger seats available.

(a) Seat Framework

The seat framework holds the upholstered seat pans, backrests and
the armrests.
A baggage bar is fitted to the front framework legs. This
prevents forward movement of the baggage, which is kept below the
seats. A stowage for life vests is found below each seat.

(b) Seat Pan

The seat pans are installed to the seat framework. They are
upholstered and not foldable or adjustable.

(c) Backrest Assembly

The upholstered backrest assembly of each seat can be adjusted to
the sleeping position or to the fully upright position.

(d) Armrest Assembly

The upholstered armrest assemblies have a hydraulic recline
button control and an ashtray. You can fold the inner armrests
between the backrests.
If installed, the entertainment control is in the center armrest
(Ref. 23-33-00).

(e) Seat Belt Assembly

Each seat has a seat belt assembly. The seat belt assembly is
attached to the seat framework and has a buckle to lock and
adjust the seat belt length.

(f) Folding Table Assembly

The folding table assembly folds into a recess in the backrest
for stowage. It has movable arms which are attached on the seat
frame.

R

EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 3
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 002 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 4
May 01/01
 
SYR 
R Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 002 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 5
May 01/01
 
SYR 
R Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 002 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 6
May 01/01
 
SYR 
R Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 002 (SHEET 4)


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 7
May 01/01
 
SYR 
R Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 002 (SHEET 5)


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 8
May 01/01
 
SYR 
R Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 002 (SHEET 6)


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 9
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Some seat units have an in-armrest table assembly. If the
in-armrest table assembly is not in use, keep it inside the
armrest under the upholstered arm cap. The in-armrest table is
attached to the armrest structure.

(g) Literature Pocket

Each seat backrest has a literature pocket. Each literature
pocket contains an air-sickness bag and a safety instruction
card.


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 10
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________

TASK 25-21-00-210-001

Detailed Inspection of Seat to Floor Attachment and General Visual Inspection

of Seats Structure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 252100-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-21-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-21-00-210-050

A. Visual Inspection of the Passenger Seats

(1) Make sure that the seat structure e.g. legs, beams, seat pan and
backrest, as far as visible, are not damaged or cracked.

(2) Make sure that the seat attach fittings are in the correct condition.
Make sure that the attach fittings are not cracked or missing.

(3) Make sure that the seat assembly is correctly installed on the
aircraft structure.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 601
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-21-00-210-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-21-00-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 602
May 01/09
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-21-00-210-002

R Detailed Visual Inspection of Seat Belts Attachment, Seat Belts and Locks Check
R of Locks

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 252100-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-21-00-861-051

R A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-21-00-210-052

A. Visual Inspection/Check Passenger-Seats Seat Belts

(1) Make sure that the seat belt attachments, the seat belts and the
buckles are in the correct condition.

(2) Make sure that the operation of the seat belt locking/unlocking
system is correct.


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 603
May 01/01
 
SYR 
R 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-21-00-210-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R Subtask 25-21-00-862-051

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-21-00

Page 604
Nov 01/98
 
SYR 
 SEAT - PASSENGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________

TASK 25-21-41-000-001

Removal of the Passenger Seats

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific 1 WRENCH - GROOVE NUT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-074

MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-28-41-000-001 Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering
25-21-41-991-002 Fig. 401
R 25-21-41-991-006 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 401
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-21-41-860-050

R A. Energize the ground service network

R
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R

R Subtask 25-21-41-860-052

R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that:

R - In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), the EMER EXIT
R LT switch is set to the OFF position
R - On the FAP 120RH, the LIGHT EMER pushbutton switch is set to the
R OFF position.

Subtask 25-21-41-865-050

R C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05

Subtask 25-21-41-865-072

R D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES MUSIC - RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES MUSIC - LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 402
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-21-41-010-055

A. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-41-991-002)

(1) Make sure that:

R - The folding tables are in the folded position
R - The seat backrests are in the vertical position
- If folding legrests are installed, they are in the extended
position.

(2) If there is an In-Seat Power Supply System (ISPS) installed,

disconnect the electrical connectors:

(a) Release the fasteners (7) and open or remove the cover (8).

(b) Disconnection of the electrical connectors:

1
_ Disconnect the electrical connectors (13) and (14).

2
_ Cut and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical
cables from the seat structure.

3
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) If there is a Passenger Entertainment System installed, disconnect

the electrical connectors:

(a) Release the fasteners (7) and open or remove the cover (8).

(b) Disconnection of the electrical connectors:

1
_ Release the spring latches (10) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (11), (12).

2
_ Cut and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical
cables from the seat structure.

3
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(4) If there is an Emergency Escape-Path Marking-System (EEMPS)

installed, disconnect the electrical connectors:

(a) Remove the applicable seat-track covers (5) from the seat tracks.

(b) Push the quick-release studs (3) and remove the proctection cap
(4).


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 403
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Passenger Seats - Electrical Connections
R Figure 401/TASK 25-21-41-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 404
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 (c) If necessary, remove the related carpet (6) (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-
000-001).

R (d) Disconnection of the electrical connectors:

R

1
_ Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

R 2
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.

R 3
_ Remove the electrical cables (2) and attach it to the seat
R structure with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074).
R

Subtask 25-21-41-020-052

B. Removal of the Passenger Seats in the Tourist Class Area

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-21-41-991-006)

(1) Remove the applicable seat-track covers (4) from the seat tracks.

(2) Put marks on the seat tracks to show the position of the seat
assembly (1) for installation.

(3) Loosen the anti-rattle nuts (2) with a WRENCH - GROOVE NUT.

(4) Loosen the screws (6) to release the track fittings (5) from the seat
tracks.

(5) Move the seat assembly (1) forward or rearward to release the studs
(3) and the track fittings (5) from the seat tracks.

(6) Carefully lift the seat assembly (1) from the seat tracks and remove
it.


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 405
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R Passenger Seats
R Figure 402/TASK 25-21-41-991-006


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 406
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-21-41-400-001

Installation of the Passenger Seats

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 WRENCH - GROOVE NUT

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

R B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Tie Wrap

R C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-28-41-400-001 Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering
R 33-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Emergency Lights
AIPC 113252
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-21-41-991-002 Fig. 401
25-21-41-991-006 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 407
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-21-41-991-017 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-21-41-860-051-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that:

- The folding tables are in the folded position
- The seat backrests are in the vertical position
- If folding legrests are installed, they are in the extended
position.

Subtask 25-21-41-860-053

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that:

- In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), the EMER EXIT
LT switch is set to the OFF position.
- On the forward attendant panel (FAP) 120RH, the LIGHT EMER
pushbutton switch is set to the OFF position.

Subtask 25-21-41-865-051

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 408
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-21-41-865-076

R D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES MUSIC - RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES MUSIC - LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-21-41-560-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards. Refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-

007), (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001) and (Ref. AIPC 113252).

(5) Make sure that the seat tracks are clean and in the correct
condition.

(6) Make sure that the studs are correctly installed in the front legs of
the seat assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-21-41-991-017)

Subtask 25-21-41-420-050-A

B. Installation of the Passenger Seats

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-21-41-991-006)

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO PLAY BETWEEN THE SEATLOCKS AND THE
_______
R SEAT TRACKS.
R IF THE SEAT BECOMES LOOSE, IT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PASSENGERS OR
R DAMAGE TO THE SEAT.


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 409
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Front Stud - Installation Limits
Figure 403/TASK 25-21-41-991-017


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 410
May 01/05
R  
SYR 
 WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE STOP WASHER IN THE CORRECT
_______
POSITION IN THE SEAT TRACK. THE LUG ON THE STOP WASHER MUST BE
IN THE AFT DIRECTION.
IF THE LUG IS IN THE FORWARD DIRECTION:
- THE RESISTANCE OF THE SEAT TO G-FORCE WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE
SPECIFIED G-FORCE STANDARD
- THE SEAT CAN BECOME LOOSE IF A HIGH G-FORCE OCCURS.

(1) Put the seat assembly (1) in position on the seat tracks.

(2) Make sure that the track fittings (5) and the front studs (3) are
correctly engaged in the seat tracks.

(3) Move the seat assembly (1) forward or rearward to align it with the
marks on the seat tracks.

(4) Tighten the screws (6).

(a) If a lock-spring is installed, make sure that it is correctly

engaged with the screw (6) and the track fitting (5).

(5) If a stop washer (8) is installed, make sure that the lug of the stop
washer is in the aft direction. in the seat tracks. Then tighten them
a quarter to a half turn more.

R (6) TORQUE the anti-rattle nuts (2) to between 76.5 and 93.5 lbf.in (0.86
R and 1.05 m.daN) with a WRENCH - GROOVE NUT.

(a) Install the seat track covers (4) into the seat track.

Subtask 25-21-41-410-054

C. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-41-991-002)

(1) If there is an In-Seat Power Supply System (ISPS) installed, connect

the electrical connector(s)

R (a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 411
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (c) Connection of the electrical connector(s)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.

1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (13), (14).

(d) Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.

(e) Close the cover (7) and push the quick-release studs (8) into the
locked position.

(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

(2) If there is an Passenger Entertainment System installed, connect the

electrical connector(s)

R (a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Connection of the electrical connector(s)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.

1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (11), (12) and engage the
spring latches (10).

(d) Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.

(e) Close the cover (8) and push the quick-release studs (7) into the
locked position.

(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 412
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (3) If there is an Emergency Escape-Path Marking System (EEPMS)
installed, connect the electrical connector(s)

R (a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Connection of the electrical connector(s)

1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (1).

(d) Put the wire in position and if the carpet was removed, put the
carpet in position (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-400-001).

(e) Install the protection cap (4) and push the quick-release studs
(3) into the locked position.

(f) Install the applicable seat-track covers (5) on the seat tracks.

(g) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

Subtask 25-21-41-865-061

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL.

Subtask 25-21-41-865-080

E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES MUSIC - RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES MUSIC - LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01

Subtask 25-21-41-410-055

F. Close Access

(1) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 25-21-41-710-050

G. Do the operational test of the emergency lights (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-

001).


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 413
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-21-41-710-051

H. Do the BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-740-002).

Subtask 25-21-41-710-052

R J. Do the Test of the Passenger Seats with Mechanically Operating Functions

R NOTE : Do the tests for the seats only, that were installed in the
____
R installation procedure.

R NOTE : The legrest test is only applicable for seats that have a legrest
____
R installed.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

R 1. Put the Backrest in the reclined

R position:

R - Push and hold the related - The backrest moves to its reclined
R control button and, at the same position.
R time, push the backrest
R rearward.

R 2. Put the Backrest in the vertical

R position:

R - Push and hold the related - The backrest moves to its vertical
R control button. position.
R

R 3. Put the Legrest in the extended

R position:

R - Push and hold the related - The legrest moves to its extended
R control button. position.

R 4. Put the Legrest in the retracted

R position:

R - Push and hold the related - The legrest moves to its retracted
R control button and, at the same position.
R time, push the legrest down.


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 414
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-21-41-862-052

R A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-21-41

Page 415
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________

1. _______
General
Cabin attendant seats are installed in the cabin for the cabin attendants to
use during take-off and landing.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6100MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 220 831 252241
WALL-MOUNTED
6101MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 220 831 252241
WALL-MOUNTED
6104MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252243
SWIVEL
6105MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252241
WALL-MOUNTED
6106MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252242
FREE STANDING

3. ___________
Description
The cabin-attendant seats (CAS) are installed in the areas of the
passenger/crew doors and emergency exits.
The floor mounted cabin-attendant seats are installed on the seat tracks or
on the cabin floor-structure (hardpoint mounted).
The wall mounted cabin-attendant seats are installed on:
R - the lavatory walls
R - the galley walls
- the stowage walls.

4. _________
Interface
The cabin-attendant seats have handset/cradles which are available as an
option.
The handset/cradles have interfaces with:
- the Cabin Intercomunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 1
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Cabin-Attendant Seats - Component Location
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 2
May 01/03
 
SYR 
 5. _____________________
Component Description

A. The cabin-attendant seats have:

R (Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004, 005)
- A seat frame
- A backrest with a cushion
- A seatpan with a cushion
- A headrest with a cushion
- A stowage compartment
- A restraint system.
R (Ref. Fig. 006)

(1) Seat Frame:

The seat frame, which includes two side frames and a backrest
framework, is made of light alloy.

(2) Headrest:
The headrest has a foam cushion which is covered with a fabric
seat-cover.

(3) Backrest:
The backrest has a foam cushion which is covered with a fabric
seat-cover.

(4) Seatpan:
The seatpan is made of a light alloy and has a foam cushion with a
fabric seat-cover. The seat pan is spring loaded to return the seat
to the retracted position when it is not in use.

(5) Restraint System:

R (Ref. Fig. 007)
The restraint system is divided into a seat belt assy and a shoulder
harness.
Each cabin-attendant seat has a seat belt assy and a shoulder harness
with a center buckle. The shoulder harness uses inertia reels to
automatically pull it in when the seat is not in use. Static type
shoulder harnesses are available as an option.

(6) Stowage Compartment:

Each CAS has a stowage compartment which has a spring-loaded latch
door.
The stowage compartment can be used to stow emergency equipment.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 3
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Cabin Attendant Seat, Free Standing
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 4
May 01/03
R  
SYR 
 Cabin Attendant Seat, Wall Mounted
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 5
May 01/03
R  
SYR 
R Cabin Attendant Seat, Swivel
R Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 6
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Double Cabin Attendant Seat, Wall-Mounted
R Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 7
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Restraint System
R Figure 006


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 8
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-22-00

Page 9
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Restraint System
R Figure 007 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 10
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Restraint System
R Figure 007 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 11
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________________________

TASK 25-22-00-040-001

Deactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-20-03

Cabin Attendant Seat
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-22-01)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-00-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-00-040-050

A. Deactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat

R (1) Safety the affected seat in its stowed position or remove it.
R

R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the
R seat.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-00-440-001

Reactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-20-03

Cabin Attendant Seat
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-22-01)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-00-861-053

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-00-440-050

A. Reactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat

R

R (1) Put the seat back to its initial configuration.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-22-00-862-052

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 403
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________

TASK 25-22-00-210-001

R Detailed Inspection of Seat Attachment and General Visual Inspection of Seat

R Structure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 252200-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-00-210-050

R A. Detailed Inspection of the Seat Attachment and General Visual Inspection

R of the Seat Structure

(1) Make sure that the structure of the seats is not damaged or cracked.

(2) Make sure that the fittings are correctly installed.

(3) Make sure that the holes, the bolts and the screws are in the correct
condition and have no corrosion.

(4) Make sure that the seat assemblies are not loose.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 601
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-22-00-210-051

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-22-00-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 602
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-00-210-002

R Detailed Inspection of Seat Belt Attachment, Seat Belt and Lock. Check of Lock

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 252200-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-22-00-991-001 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-00-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-00-210-052

R A. Detailed Inspection/Check of the Cabin-Attendant Seat-Belts

(1) Make sure that the metal attach fitting and buckles have no cracks or
other damage.

(2) Make sure that the seat-belt buckle locks/unlocks correctly.

(3) Make sure you can adjust the length of the seat belt correctly.

(4) For seats with a restraint system with inertia reel(s):

(a) Make sure you can pull out the shoulder harnesses smoothly and
that they automatically go back into their reels.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 603
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 (b) Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and
it unlocks when you release the tension.

(5) Make sure that you can read the markings.

Subtask 25-22-00-220-050

B. Visual Inspection/Check of the Cabin-Attendant Seat-Belts Webbing

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-22-00-991-001)

R (1) Do a check of the webbing for:

R
R - Damaged stitching
R - Damage marks
R - Broken fabric threads
R - Chafe marks
R - Felting (felting is when the webbing has become less compact, has a
R soft
R texture and is thicker)
R - Fray marks (fray marks show when fibres in the webbing are broken)

R NOTE : : There are four classes of web fray:

____
R - Class 1: The webbing has fraying across the full width
R - Class 2: Each side of the webbing has fraying but the
R fraying is not
R continuous across the full width
R - Class 3: Only one side of the webbing has fraying
R - Class 4: The fraying is the result of a small cut or clear
R edge break
R

R (2) Replace the seat belts:

- If the thickness of the lap belt or inertia reel webbing increases
R more than 1.9 mm (0.075 in.).
R - If the web edge is cut or torn deeper than 2.5 mm (0.1 in.).
- If the fraying is more than 10% of the web width
R - If the amount of fraying is more than 203.2 mm (8 in.) of the web
R length
- If there are more than 15 broken threads in other locations than
the edge
- If more than 30 stitches in the stitch-pattern are broken.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 604
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-22-00-210-053

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-22-00-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 605
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
R Seat-Belt Webbing Life
Figure 601/TASK 25-22-00-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 606
Nov 01/01
 
SYR 
R Seat-Belt Webbing Life
Figure 601/TASK 25-22-00-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 607
Nov 01/01
 
SYR 
R Seat-Belt Webbing Life
Figure 601/TASK 25-22-00-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-22-00

Page 608
Nov 01/01
 
SYR 
 SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT, WALL MOUNTED - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________

TASK 25-22-41-000-001

Removal of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-22-41-991-001 Fig. 401
25-22-41-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-41-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R (2) If you remove a cabin-attendant seat which does not have a handset
R installed, continue from step 4. A.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 401
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-41-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
R 2000VU LIGHT-ATTND-WORK 1LZ J05
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-41-020-051

A. Removal of the Single-Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-41-991-001)

(1) Get access:

(a) Remove the seat upholstery (6).

(b) Open the access flap and remove all the equipment from the
stowage compartment of the seat.

(2) Disconnect the electrical connector:

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (3).

(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3) Remove the seat assembly:

(a) Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (4).

(b) Close the access flap.

(c) Remove the seat assembly (2) and the washers (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 402
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Wall-Mounted Single Cabin Attendant-Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-22-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 403
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-41-020-052

B. Removal of the Double-Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-41-991-002)

(1) Get Access

(a) Remove the seat upholstery (6).

(b) Open the access flap (5).

(c) Remove all the equipment from the stowage compartment of the
seat.

(2) Remove the seat assembly:

(a) Remove the screws (7) and (8), the bolts (3) and the washers (2).

(b) Close the access flap (5) and remove the seat assembly (4) and
the washers (1).

5. Close-up
________


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 404
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Wall-Mounted Cabin Attendant-Seat - Double Bench
Figure 402/TASK 25-22-41-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 405
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-41-400-001

Installation of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
Material No. 08-065 USA MIL-T-60394 TYPE I CLASS I
DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-22-41-991-001 Fig. 401
25-22-41-991-002 Fig. 402
R


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 406
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-41-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.

(3) If you install a cabin-attendant seat which does not have a handset
installed, continue from step 4. A.

Subtask 25-22-41-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
R 2000VU LIGHT-ATTND-WORK 1LZ J05
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-41-560-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 407
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-41-420-050

B. Installation of the Single-Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-41-991-001)

(1) Install the seat:

(a) Attach the washers (1) to the lavatory wall with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-065) to help the installation
procedure.

(b) Put the seat assembly (2) in position and install the washers (4)
and the bolts (5).

(c) TORQUE all the bolts (5) to between 122 and 158 lbf.in (1.37 and
1.78 m.daN).

(d) Install the seat upholstery (6).

(2) Connect the electrical connector:

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Connect the electrical connector (3).

(3) Close access:

(a) Install the removed equipment in the stowage.

(b) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

(c) Close the access flap.

Subtask 25-22-41-420-051

C. Installation of the Double-Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-41-991-002)

(1) Install the washers (1) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-065) to help the installation procedure.

(2) Put the seat assembly (4) in position and install the washers (2) and
the bolts (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 408
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (3) Install the screws (7) and (8).

(4) Close Access

(a) Install the removed equipment in the stowage.

(b) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

(c) Close the access flap (5).

(d) Install the seat upholstery (6).

Subtask 25-22-41-865-052

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
R 2000VU LIGHT-ATTND-WORK 1LZ J05
R

Subtask 25-22-41-710-050

E. Do this operational handset test for the applicable cabin-attendant seat.

NOTE : Only do this test if a handset is installed.

____

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. In the cabin at the related In the cabin at the given attendant

attendant station: station:

- lift the handset from the - the volume and clarity of the voice
handset cradle and speak. is correct.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 409
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-22-41-410-050

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-22-41-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 410
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-41-000-002

Removal of the Restraint System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-22-41-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-22-41-991-004 Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-41-861-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-41-020-053

A. Removal of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-003)

(1) Pull the headrest (4) up and remove it.

(2) Open the seat pan (2) and put some type of weight on it to hold it in
the open position.

(3) Remove the backrest cushions (3).

NOTE : The burrstrips attach the cushions to the seat structure.

____


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 411
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)
R Figure 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 412
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Remove the bolts (10), the nuts 12, the washers (11) and release the
restraint system assy (1).

(5) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the inertia reel(s) (7).

(6) Remove the screws (6), the strap guides (5) and restraint system assy
(1).

Subtask 25-22-41-020-054

B. Removal of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-22-41-991-004)

(1) Open the seat pan (2) and put some type of weight on it to hold it in
the open position.

(2) Remove the backrest cushion (3).

NOTE : The burrstrips attach the cushion to the seat structure.

____

(3) Remove the bolts (8), the nuts (9) and the washers (7).

(4) Remove the screws (5), the headrest (4), the bracket (6), the
restrainer (10) and the restraint system (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 413
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Restraint System
R Figure 404/TASK 25-22-41-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 414
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-41-400-002

Installation of the Restraint System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-22-41-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-22-41-991-004 Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-41-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-41-210-052

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 415
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-41-420-052

B. Installation of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-003)

(1) Put the restraint system assy (1) in position and install it with the
strap guides (5) and the screws (6).

(2) Install the inertia reel(s) (7) with the washers (9) and the screws
(8).

(3) Install the bolts (10), the restraint system assy (1), the washers
(11) and the nuts (12).

(4) Install the backrest cushions (3).

NOTE : The burrstrips attach the cushions to the seat structure.

____

(5) Put the the headrest (4) in the installing position and push it down
until you hear a clicking sound.

(6) Remove the weight from the seatpan (2) and put it in the close
position.

Subtask 25-22-41-420-053

C. Installation of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-22-41-991-004)

(1) Install the restraint system (1) on the bracket (6) and fasten the
restrainer (10) to the restraint system (1).

(2) Put the bracket (6) with the restraint system (1) and the headrest in
the installing position and install the screws (5).

(3) Install the bolts (8), the washers (7) and the nuts (9).

(4) Install the backrest cushion (3).

NOTE : The burrstrips attach the cushions to the seat structure.

____

(5) Remove the weight from the seatpan (2) and put it in the close
position.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 416
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-41-710-051

D. Operational Test:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-003)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. In the cabin at the related cabin In the cabin at the given cabin
attendant seat: attendant seat:

- pull the shoulder part of the - the shoulder part must lock.
restraint system with a sudden
movement.

- pull the shoulder part of the - the shoulder part must move freely
restraint system and release it. onto the inertia rail.

- put the fastener into the - you must hear a clicking sound.
buckle.

Subtask 25-22-41-710-052

E. Operational Test:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-22-41-991-004)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. In the cabin at the related cabin In the cabin at the given cabin
attendant seat: attendant seat:

- pull the shoulder part of the - the retainer must lock the restraint
restraint system. system.

- put the fastener into the - you must hear a clicking sound.
buckle.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 417
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-22-41-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-22-41-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-41

Page 418
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT FREE STANDING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________

TASK 25-22-42-000-001

Removal of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-22-42-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-42-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-22-42-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Remove all of the equipment from the stowage compartment of the seat.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 401
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-42-020-050

R A. Removal of the Seat Assembly (Hard Point mounted)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-42-991-001)

(1) Pull the end of the synthetic cord to loosen the sealant.

(2) Open the access flap of the seat assembly (1) and disconnect the
electrical connector (6).

R (3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(4) Remove the bolts (2) and the washers (3) and the seat assembly (1).

(5) Remove and discard the packings (4).

R (6) If necessary remove the bushes (5).

(7) Remove the old sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

5. Close-up
________


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 402
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-22-42-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 403
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-42-400-001

Installation of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN

R (2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

R B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-002 F AIR-4206

GRAPHITED MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-22-42-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-42-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-42-560-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 405
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Clean the component interface and the floor covering with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-

007) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

Subtask 25-22-42-420-050

B. Installation of the Free-Standing Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-42-991-001)

(1) Put the bushes (5) in position and install the new packings (4).

(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-002) to the bolts (2).

(3) Put the seat assembly (1) in position and install the washers (3) and
the bolts (2).

R (4) TORQUE the bolts (2) to between 2.69 and 3.22 m.daN (19.83 and 23.74
R lbf.ft).

R (5) Connect the electrical connector:

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Connect the electrical connector (6).

R (6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (7) Close the access flap of the seat assembly (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (8) Seal the seat/floor contact area:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(a) Put the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) into the area between
the seat assembly and the cabin floor, add a length of approx.
100 mm (4.0 in.).

(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) into the area between the
seat assembly and the cabin floor.

(c) Make a loop in the end of the cord and press the loop into the
sealant.

NOTE : The loop is made to help the next removal procedure.

____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-22-42-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the removed equipment in the stowage compartment of the seat.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-22-42-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 407
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-22-42

Page 408
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-42-000-003

Removal of the Restraint System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-22-42-991-005 Fig. 402
25-22-42-991-006 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-42-861-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-42-020-054

A. Removal of the Restraint System

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-42-991-005)

NOTE : Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is installed.

____

(1) Pull the seat pan (4) down and hold it in the open position.

(2) Removal of the Shoulder Harness

(a) Remove the backrest cushions (2) and (3).

NOTE : The backrest cushions are attached to the seat structure

____
with a burr strip (e.g. VELCRO).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 409
Nov 01/03
R  
SYR 
 Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)
Figure 402/TASK 25-22-42-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 410
Nov 01/03
R  
SYR 
 (b) Pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the screws (5).

(c) Hold the headrest (1) in position and remove the screws (5) and
the strap guide (6).

(d) Remove the shoulder harness (7) from the seat structure.

(e) Remove the screws (9) and the inertia reel (8).

(3) Removal of the Belt Assy

(a) Remove the bolt (11), the belt assy (10) and the spacer (12).

Subtask 25-22-42-020-055

B. Removal of the Restraint System

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-42-991-006)

(1) Pull the seat pan (4) down and hold it in the open position.

(2) Remove the backrest cushion (3).

NOTE : The backrest cushion is attached to the seat structure with a

____
burr strip.

(3) Pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the structure (2).

NOTE : It is not necessary, to remove the headrest (1).

____

(4) Remove the bracket (6) from the restraint system (5).

(5) Remove the restraint system (5) from the structure (2).

(6) Remove the bolt (9), the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 411
Nov 01/03
R  
SYR 
 Restraint System
Figure 403/TASK 25-22-42-991-006

R

EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 412
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-42-400-003

Installation of the Restraint System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-22-42-991-005 Fig. 402
25-22-42-991-006 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-42-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-22-42-210-054

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 413
Feb 01/99
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-42-420-054

R B. Installation of the Restraint System

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-42-991-005)

R NOTE : Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is removed.

____

(1) Installation of the Shoulder Harness

(a) Put the inertia reel (8) in position and install the screws (9).

(b) Pull the shoulder harness (7) up through the seat structure and
put it in position.

NOTE : You can use a cord to pull up the shoulder harness through
____
the seat structure.

(c) Put the strap guide (6) in position and install the screws (5).

R (d) Push the headrest (1) down until you hear a click.
R

(e) Install the backrest cushions (2) and (3).

R NOTE : The backrest cushions are attached to the structure with a

____
R burr strip.

(2) Installation of the Belt Assy

(a) Put the spacer (12) and the belt assy (10) in position and
install the bolt (11).

R (3) Put the seat pan (4) in the closed position.

Subtask 25-22-42-420-055

R C. Installation of the Restraint System

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-42-991-006)

(1) Put the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7) in position and
install the bolt (9).

(2) Put the restraint system (5) in position an pull it down through the
structure (2).

(3) Install the bracket (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 414
Feb 01/99
 
SYR 
R (4) Push the headrest (1) down, until you hear a click.

(5) Install the backrest cushion (3).

R NOTE : The backrest cushion is attached to the structure with a burr

____
R strip.

R (6) Put the seat pan (4) in the closed position.

Subtask 25-22-42-710-051

R D. Do the Test of the Restraint System.

NOTE : Only do this test if a inertia reel is installed.

____

(1) Make sure that the buckle locks/unlocks correctly.

R (2) Make sure that you can adjust the length of the belt assy correctly.

(3) Make sure that you can pull out the shoulder harness smoothly and
that it goes back into its inertia reel automatically.

(4) Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and that
R it unlocks when you release the tension.
R

Subtask 25-22-42-710-052

R E. Do the Test of the Restraint System.

NOTE : Do this test if no inertia reel is installed.

____

(1) Make sure that the buckle locks/unlocks correctly.

R (2) Make sure that you can adjust the length of the belt assy correctly.
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-22-42-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 415
Feb 01/99
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-42-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-42

Page 416
Feb 01/99
R  
SYR 
 SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT SWIVEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________

TASK 25-22-43-000-001

Removal of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-22-43-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-43-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 401
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-43-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07

Subtask 25-22-43-010-053

C. Get Access

(1) Remove all of the equipment from the stowage compartment of the
swivel seat.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-43-020-050

A. Removal of the Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-43-991-001)

(1) Get and pull the end of the synthetic cord to loosen the sealant
between the seat assembly and the cabin floor.

(2) Open the access flap of the seat assembly (1) and remove the
emergency equipment.

(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (8).

(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(5) Remove the bolts (5) and (6), the washers (4) and the spacers (7).

(6) Remove the seat assembly (1).

(7) Remove and discard the packings (3).

(8) If necessary remove the bushes (2).

(9) Remove the old sealant from the floor with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

5. Close-up
________


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 402
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
R Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-22-43-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 403
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-43-400-001

Installation of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN

R (2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-002 F AIR-4206

GRAPHITED MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-22-43-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-43-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.

Subtask 25-22-43-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 405
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-43-560-050

A. Preparation for Installation

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R (1) Clean the component interface and the floor covering with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards, (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
R

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 406
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-43-420-050

B. Installation of the Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-43-991-001)

(1) Install the bushes (2) and the new packings (3) (for the packing P/N
refer to the applicable figure in IPC 25-22-09).

(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-002) on the bolts (5) and (6).

(3) Put the seat assembly (1) in position and install the washers (4),
the spacers (7) and the bolts (5) and (6).

R (4) TORQUE the bolts (5) and (6) to between 2.69 and 3.22 m.daN (19.83
R and 23.74 lbf.ft).

(5) Connect the electrical connector:

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Connect the electrical connector (8).

(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(7) If necessary install the emergency equipment.

(8) Close the access flap of the seat assembly (1).

(9) Cut the synthetic fiber cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) to
the necessary length.

NOTE : The cord must be 100 mm (4.0 in.) longer to make a loop in the
____
end of the cord. This step is done to help the next removal
procedure.

(10) Put the cord in position between the seat assembly and the cabin
floor.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 407
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (11) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the area between the cabin
floor and the seat assembly.

(12) Put the loop of the fiber cord into the sealant.

Subtask 25-22-43-865-052

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07

Subtask 25-22-43-710-050

D. Do the operational test of the handset for the applicable cabin-attendant

seat.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. In the cabin, at the related In the cabin, at the given attendant

attendant station: station:

- lift the handset from the - the volume and clarity of the voice
handset cradle and speak. is correct.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-22-43-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Install the removed equipment in the stowage compartment of the seat.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-22-43-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 408
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-43-000-005

Removal of the Restraint System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-22-43-991-007 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-43-861-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-43-020-056

A. Removal of the Restraint System

R

NOTE : Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is installed.

____

(1) Put the swivel seat in the fold out position.

(2) Pull the seat pan (4) down into the locking device.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 409
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Removal of the Shoulder Harness

(a) Remove the backrest cushions (2) and (3).

NOTE : The backrest cushions are attached to the seat structure

____
with burr strips (e.g. VELCRO).

(b) Carefully pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the
screws (5).

(c) Hold the headrest (1) in position and remove the screws (5).

(d) Remove the strap guide (6).

(e) Remove the shoulder harness (7) from the seat structure.

(f) Remove the screws (9) and the inertia reel (8).

(4) Removal of the Belt Assy

(a) Remove the bolt (11), the belt assy (10) and the spacer (12).

Subtask 25-22-43-020-057

B. Removal of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-43-991-007)

(1) Put the swivel seat in the fold out position.

(2) Pull the seat pan (3) down into the locking device.

(3) Remove the backrest cushion (4).

NOTE : The backrest cushion is attached to the seat structure with

____
burr strips (e.g. VELCRO).

(4) Carefully pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the
structure (2).

NOTE : It is not necessary, to remove the headrest (1).

____

(5) Remove the bracket (6).

(6) Remove the restraint system (5) from the structure (2).

(7) Remove the bolt (9), the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 410
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Restraint System
R Figure 402/TASK 25-22-43-991-007


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 411
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-22-43-400-004

Installation of the Restraint System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-22-43-991-007 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-22-43-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-22-43-210-055

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 412
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-43-420-055

B. Installation of the Restraint System

R

NOTE : Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is removed.

____

(1) Installation of the Shoulder Harness

(a) Put the inertia reel (8) in position and install the screws (9).

(b) Pull the shoulder harness (7) up through the seat structure and
put it in position.

NOTE : You can use a cord to pull up the shoulder harness through
____
the seat structure.

(c) Put the strap guide (6) in position and install the screws (5).

(d) Pull the headrest (1) down carefully until you hear a click.

(e) Install the backrest cushions (2) and (3).

NOTE : The backrest cushions are attached to the structure with

____
burr strip.

(2) Installation of the Belt Assy

(a) Put the spacer (12) and the belt assy (10) in position and
install the bolt (11).

(3) Open the locking device and put the swivel seat back to the fold in
position.

Subtask 25-22-43-420-056

C. Installation of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-43-991-007)

(1) Put the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7) in position and
install the bolt (9).

(2) Put the restraint system (5) in position an pull it down through the
structure (2).

(3) Install the bracket (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 413
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-22-43

Page 414
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (4) Pull the headrest (1) down carefully until you hear a click.

(5) Install the backrest cushion (4).

NOTE : The backrest cushion is attached to the structure with burr

____
strip.

(6) Open the locking device and put the swivel seat back to the fold in
position.

Subtask 25-22-43-710-053

D. Do the Test of the Restraint System.

NOTE : Only do this test if a inertia reel is installed.

____

(1) Make sure that the buckle locks/unlocks correctly.

(2) Make sure that you can adjust the lenght of the belt assy correctly.

(3) Make sure that you can pull out the shoulder harness smoothly and
that it goes back into its inertia reel automatically.

(4) Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and that
it unlocks when you release the tension.

Subtask 25-22-43-710-054

E. Do the Test of the Restraint System.

NOTE : Do this test if no inertia reel is installed.

____

(1) Make sure that the buckle locks/unlocks correctly.

(2) Make sure that you can adjust the lenght of the belt assy correctly.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-22-43-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 415
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-22-43-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-22-43

Page 416
Feb 01/99
R  
SYR 
 LININGS AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The linings and furnishings are installed in the cabin to give different
R parts of the cabin and different components a cover and accessories. The
R linings and furnishings include:
R - Ceiling panels (Ref. 25-23-41)
R - Ceiling panels (utility areas) (Ref. 25-23-42)
R - Upper sidewall panels (Ref. 25-23-43)
R - Lower sidewall panels (Ref. 25-23-44)
R - Door frame linings (Ref. 25-23-45)
R - Door linings (Ref. 25-23-46)
R - Emergency exit linings (Ref. 25-23-47)
R - Cove-light panels (Ref. 25-23-48).

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002)

3. Component
_____________________
Description
R The cabin linings are formed to the contour of the fuselage. They are
R installed to give a cover to these parts:
R - The fuselage structure
R - The thermal acoustic insulation
R - The components of the electrical system
R - The components of the airconditioning and ventilation system.
R The linings are divided into these primary groups:
R - Ceiling panels
R - Sidewall panels
R - Door and door frame linings.
R Sealing strips fill the gaps between the panels. Each lining has an identity
R number (Ref. 06-41-53).

R A. Ceiling Panels
R The ceiling panels are made of synthetic honeycomb material. They are
R installed along the full length of the cabin and the utility area.
R

R (1) Cabin Area

R (Ref. Fig. 003)
R The ceiling panels in the cabin area are installed between the left
R and the right overhead stowage compartments and have flourescent
R lamps. The ballast units are part of the lamp units and are attached
R to the ceiling panels. Filler strips are installed in the area
R between the panels. The ceiling panels are attached to the overhead
R stowage compartments with attachment rails and latches.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 1
May 01/04
 
SYR 
R Panels - Component Locations
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 2
May 01/04
 
SYR 
R Linings/Panels - Component Locations
R Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 3
May 01/04
 
SYR 
R Ceiling Panels - Cabin Area
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 4
May 01/06
 
SYR 
R (2) Utility Area
R (Ref. Fig. 004, 005)
R The ceiling panels are installed between the centre ceiling support
R and the door frame linings. They are attached to mounting rails with
R assembly seals and fasteners.
R

R B. Sidewall Panels

R (1) Cove-Light Panel

R (Ref. Fig. 006)
R The cove-light panels are installed between the overhead stowage
R compartments and the upper sidewall panels. They are attached to the
R attachment rails on the overhead stowage compartments with assembly
R seals. The bracket of the panels are engaged in fittings, behind the
R upper edges of the upper sidewall panels.

R (2) Upper Sidewall Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 007)
R The upper sidewall panels are made of synthetic honeycomb
R material.They have moulded plastic window frames. The panels are
R installed on special attachment fittings called YO-YO-Rollers. There
R are different types of panels e.g. with or without a window, 2-frame
R panels.
R Some of the panels have different equipment installed in them e.g.
R emergency exit markers, electrical sockets.
R

R (3) Lower Sidewall Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 008)
R The lower sidewall panels have two parts:
R - The decorative panels
R - The metallic base panels.
R The metallic base panels and the decorative panels make a channel for
R the cabin air conditioning supply. Self-adhesive sound-insulation
R foam is installed in the channel.

R (a) Decorative Panels

R The decorative panels are made of NOMEX honeycomb material with
R pre-impregnated phenolic fiberglass. Decorative foil or fabric
R make the cover of the front surface. Fasteners attach the upper
R part of the decorative panels to the attachment fittings mounted
R on the fuselage structure. Screws attach the bottom part of the
R decorative panel to the metallic base panel.

R

EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 5
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Ceiling Panels - FWD Utility Area
R Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 6
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-23-00

Page 7
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Ceiling Panels - AFT Utility Area
R Figure 005 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 8
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Ceiling Panels - AFT Utility Area
R Figure 005 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 9
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Cove-Light Panels
R Figure 006


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 10
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Upper Sidewall Panels
R Figure 007


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 11
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Lower sidewall panels
R Figure 008


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 12
May 01/04
 
SYR 
R (b) Metallic Base Panels
R Quick release pins attach the lower part of the metallic base
R panels to the cabin floor structure. Decompression doors are
R installed in the metallic base panels. Hinges attach them to the
R upper part of the panels. A silicon rubber locking device holds
R each door in the closed position. If a rapid decompression occurs
R in the cabin or cargo compartment the doors will automatically
R open (Ref. 25-68-00).
R

C. Door and Door Frame Linings

The door and door frame linings are made of synthetic material. Screws
attach the panels to brackets on the frames in the door areas. Seals are
bonded to the edges of each lining. Covers, in the passenger/crew service
doors and frame linings, give a cover e.g. for the door locking hooks.

(1) Passenger/Crew Door Linings and Frame Linings

R (Ref. Fig. 009, 010, 011, 012)

(2) Emergency Exit Hatch Linings

R (Ref. Fig. 013)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 13
May 01/04
 
SYR 
R


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 14
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-23-00

Page 15
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Linings
Figure 009 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 16
May 01/06
R  
SYR 
 Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Linings
Figure 009 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 17
May 01/06
R  
SYR 
 Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Linings
Figure 010 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 18
May 01/06
R  
SYR 
 Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Linings
Figure 010 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 19
May 01/06
R  
SYR 
 Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings
Figure 011


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 20
May 01/06
R  
SYR 
 Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings
Figure 012


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 21
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 Lining - Emergency-Exit-Hatch Lining
Figure 013


EFF :

ALL  25-23-00

Page 22
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 PANELS - CEILING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________

TASK 25-23-41-000-001

Removal of the Ceiling Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
AMM 06-41-53 P.Block 001 FUSELAGE
25-23-41-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-41-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-41

Page 401
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-41-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-41-020-050

A. Removal of the Ceiling Panel (4)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-41-991-001)

NOTE : The panel identification/location is found in (Ref. AMM 06-41-53

____
P.Block 001).

(1) Open the left and right overhead compartment doors below the ceiling
panel.

(2) Open the access doors (2) in the left and right overhead stowage
compartments.

(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) left and right at the access
doors (2).

R (4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(5) Close the overhead stowage compartment doors.

(6) Open the two quick release fasteners (5) at the left side of the
ceiling panel (4).

(7) Push the left side of the ceiling panel (4) up.

(8) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the left and out of the spring
fasteners (3).

(9) Move the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the right side down.

(10) Make sure the right side of the ceiling panel (4) is clear from the
overhead stowage compartments.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-41

Page 402
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Ceiling Panels
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-23-41

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (11) Remove the ceiling panel (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-41

Page 404
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-41-400-001

Installation of the Ceiling Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
33-21-00-710-001 Operational Test of the General Illumination
R 33-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Emergency Lights
25-23-41-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-41-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-23-41-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08


EFF :

ALL  25-23-41

Page 405
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-41-560-050

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(4) Make sure that the ceiling panel (4) is in good condition.

(5) Make an inspection of the air conditioning outlet ducts.

(6) Make sure that the quick release fasteners (5) and spring fasteners
(3) are in good condition.

(7) Make sure that the fluorescent lights and the electrical connectors
are serviceable.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-41-420-050

A. Installation of the Ceiling Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-41-991-001)

(1) Make sure that the overhead stowage compartment doors are closed.

(2) Put the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the left side up above the
overhead stowage compartments.

(3) Move the ceiling panel (4) as far as possible to the left.

(4) Lift the right side of the ceiling panel (4) above the overhead
stowage compartment.

(5) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the right and into the spring fasteners
(3).

(6) Put the electrical connectors (1) through the access doors (2).

(7) Put the pins of the quick release fasteners (5) in position.

(8) Pull the ceiling panel (4) down and lock the quick release fasteners
(5).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-41

Page 406
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (9) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(10) Connect the electrical connectors (1).

(11) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(12) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(13) Close the access doors (2).

(14) Close the stowage compartment doors.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-41-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
304LG, 305LG, 306LG, 307LG

Subtask 25-23-41-710-050

R B. Do the operational test on the passenger cabin lights (Ref. TASK 33-21-
R 00-710-001) and (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001).

Subtask 25-23-41-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-41

Page 407
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 PANELS - CEILING UTILITY AREA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________

TASK 25-23-42-000-001

Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-23-42-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

25-23-42-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-42-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 401
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-42-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU LIGHT-CABIN-ENTRY 308LG J02

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

Subtask 25-23-42-865-057

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1205 For A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-42-020-050

R A. Removal of the Ceiling Panel (1)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)

R (1) Hold the panel (1) in position and release the quick-release
R fasteners (15).

(2) Carefully remove the panel (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 402
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Ceiling Panels Forward Utility Area
R Figure 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 403
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-42-020-052

R B. Removal of the Ceiling Panel(s) (2) and/or (3)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
R

R (1) Be careful when you remove the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (3),
R because other furnishings decrease the available work area.

R (2) Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).

R (3) Hold the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and release the
R quick-release fasteners (15).

R (4) Carefully remove the panel(s) (2) and/or (3).

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

Subtask 25-23-42-020-050-A

R A. Removal of the Ceiling Panel (1)

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A)

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE PANEL HANG ON THE ELECTRICAL WIRES. IF THE PANEL
_______
HANGS ON ELECTRICAL WIRES, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.

R (1) Hold the panel (1) in position and release the quick-release
R fasteners (15).

(2) Carefully lower the panel (1), disconnect the electrical connector
(16) and remove the panel (1).

R (3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

R

Subtask 25-23-42-020-052-A

R B. Removal of the Ceiling Panel(s) (2) and/or (3)

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A)

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE PANEL HANG ON THE ELECTRICAL WIRES. IF THE PANEL
_______
HANGS ON ELECTRICAL WIRES, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 404
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R

R (1) Be careful when you remove the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (3),
R because other furnishings decrease the available work area.

R (2) Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).

R (3) Hold the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and release the
R quick-release fasteners (15).

R (4) Carefully lower the panel(s) (2) and/or (3), disconnect the
electrical connector (16) and remove the panel(s) (2) and/or (3).

R (5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

R

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 25-23-42-020-053

R C. Removal of the Ceiling Panel(s) (4) and/or (7)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).

(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) inboard and off
the mounting rail (14).

R (3) Lower the inboard edge(s) of the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) and
R pull the outboard edge(s) out of the mounting bracket.

(4) Carefully remove the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 405
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Ceiling Panels Forward Utility Area
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 406
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
R Ceiling Panels Forward Utility Area
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 407
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-42-020-060

R D. Removal of the Ceiling Panel (5) and the Trim Panel (6)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).

(2) Carefully remove the ceiling panel (5) from the mounting rail (14).

R (3) Do the next steps through the openings where the ceiling panels (4),
R (7) and (5) were installed:

(a) Disconnect the electric connector (8).

(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

R (c) Hold the trim panel (6) and remove the nuts (11), the bolts (9)
R and the washers (10).

(4) Carefully remove the trim panel (6) from the mounting structure (12).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 408
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-42-000-002

Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-23-42-991-005 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-42-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-23-42-865-051

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU LIGHT-CABIN-ENTRY 308LG J02


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 409
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-23-42

Page 410
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-42-991-005)

Subtask 25-23-42-020-055

A. Removal of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5)

(1) Remove the assembly seal (7) from the mounting rail (8).

(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) inboard and off
the mounting rail (8).

(3) Lower the inboard edge of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) and
pull the assembly brackets (10) out of the mounting slots (11).

(4) Carefully remove the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5).

Subtask 25-23-42-020-058

B. Removal of the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4)

(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and push and release the
fasteners (9).

NOTE : Two safety straps hold each ceiling panels in two different
____
open positions.

(2) Carefully lower the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) until the first
safety strap (13) stops the travel.

(3) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the first safety
strap (13) from the bracket (16).

(4) Carefully lower the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) until the second
safety strap (14) stops the travel.

(5) Get access to the electrical connector (15) through the opening
behind the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4).

(6) Disconnect the electrical connector (15).

R (7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(8) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the second safety
strap (14) from the bracket (16).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 411
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Ceiling Panels AFT Utility Area
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-42-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 412
Nov 01/04
R  
SYR 
 Ceiling Panels AFT Utility Area
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-42-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 413
Nov 01/04
R  
SYR 
 (9) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the screws (12)
that attach them to the hinges.

(10) Carefully remove the panel(s) (3) and/or (4).

Subtask 25-23-42-020-059

C. Removal of the Trim Panel (1)

(1) Remove the bolts (17) and the washers (18) from the panel (1) through
the openings behind the ceiling panels (2) and (5).

(2) Lower the trim panel (1) and get access to the electrical connector
(6) 7243VC.

(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (6) 7243VC.

R (4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(5) Carefully remove the trim panel (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 414
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-42-400-001

Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R 98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-72-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack

Camera-Monitoring-System
23-72-51-820-001 Adjustment of the Cameras
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-21-00-710-001 Operational Test of the General Illumination
25-23-42-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

25-23-42-991-001-A Fig. 401A


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 415
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-42-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-23-42-865-052

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU LIGHT-CABIN-ENTRY 308LG J02


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 416
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 **ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

Subtask 25-23-42-865-058

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1205 For A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-42-420-050

R A. Installation of the Ceiling Panel (5) and the Trim Panel (6)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

R (1) Put the trim panel (6) on the mounting structure (12) and hold it in
R position.

R (2) Do the next steps through the openings where the ceiling panels (4),
R (7) and
R
R (5) were installed:


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 417
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (a) Put the washers (10) in position and install the bolts (9) and
R the nuts (11).

(b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(d) Connect the electrical connector (8).

(3) Put the ceiling panel (5) in position and attach it to the mounting
rail (14).

R (4) Install the assembly seal (13) in the mounting rail (14). Use the
R PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).

Subtask 25-23-42-420-051

R B. Installation of the Ceiling Panel(s) (4) and/or (7)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

R (1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) and carefully push the
R outboard edge(s) into the mounting bracket.

R (2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) inboard and attach
R it/them to the mounting rail (14).

R (3) Install the assembly seal (13) in the mounting rail (14). Use the
R PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).

Subtask 25-23-42-420-052

R C. Installation of the Ceiling Panel(s) (2) and/or (3)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
R

R (1) Be careful when you install the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (3),
R because other furnishings decrease the available work area.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 418
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (2) Put the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and lock the
R quick-release fasteners (15).

R (3) Install the assembly seal (13) in the mounting rail (14). Use the
R PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).

Subtask 25-23-42-420-053

R D. Installation of the Ceiling Panel (1)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)

R (1) Carefully put the panel (1) in position and lock the quick-release
R fasteners (15).

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

Subtask 25-23-42-420-052-A

R C. Installation of the Ceiling Panel(s) (2) and/or (3)

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A)
R

R (1) Be careful when you install the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (3),
R because other furnishings decrease the available work area.

R (2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

R

R (3) Lift the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) and connect the electrical
R connector(s) (16).

R (4) Put the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and lock the
R quick-release fasteners (15).

R (5) Install the assembly seal (13) in the mounting rail (14). Use the
R PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).

Subtask 25-23-42-420-053-A

R D. Installation of the Ceiling Panel (1)

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A)

R (1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

R

R (2) Lift the panel (1) and connect the electrical connector (16).

R (3) Carefully put the panel (1) in position and lock the quick-release
R fasteners (15).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 419
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-42-865-053

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
308LG

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

Subtask 25-23-42-865-059

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15RA

Subtask 25-23-42-820-050

C. Do the adjustment of the cameras (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-820-001).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 25-23-42-710-050

D. Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the forward utility area
(Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001).

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 23-1208 For A/C ALL

Subtask 25-23-42-710-050-A

D. Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the forward utility area
(Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001).

(1) Do the operational test of the anti-hijack camera-monitoring-system

(Ref. TASK 23-72-00-710-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 420
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 25-23-42-862-050

R E. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 421
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-42-400-002

Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-26-41-000-003 Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail
33-21-00-710-001 Operational Test of the General Illumination
25-23-42-991-005 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-42-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Make sure the aft curtain and curtain rail are removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-000-003), if required.

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 422
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 (5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-23-42-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU LIGHT-CABIN-ENTRY 308LG J02

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-42-991-005)

Subtask 25-23-42-420-062

A. Installation of the trim panel (1)

(1) Put and hold the trim panel (1) in position on the mounting structure
(8) .

(2) Through the openings for the ceiling panels (2) and (5), do the steps
(a) to (d).

(a) Install the bolts (17) and washers (18).

R (b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(d) Connect the electrical connector (6) 7243VC.

Subtask 25-23-42-420-054

B. Installation of the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4)

(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) in position next to the
hinges.

(2) Install the screws (12).

(3) Attach the second safety strap (14) to the bracket (16) on the
ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 423
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R (4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(6) Connect the electrical connector (15).

(7) Push the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) up and attach the safety
strap (13) to the bracket (16).

(8) Close the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and hold in position.

(9) Push in the fasteners (9) that are attached to the ceiling panel(s)
(3) and/or (4).

(10) Make sure the fasteners (9) are flushed with the celing panels.

Subtask 25-23-42-420-055

C. Installation of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5)

(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) and carefully push the
assembly brackets (10) into the mounting slots (11).

(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) outboard and
attach them on the mounting rail (8).

(3) Install the assembly seal (7) into the mounting rail (8). Use the
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-42-865-055

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
308LG

Subtask 25-23-42-710-051

B. Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the aft utility area
(Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 424
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-42-862-051

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 425
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-23-42-960-001

R Replacement of the Entry Light Cover

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-025B D DA-4-653-3P2

R TWO COMPONENT POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-23-42-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
R 25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
R 25-23-42-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility
R Area
R 25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
R 25-23-42-991-007 Fig. 403


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 426
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-23-42-861-053

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R Subtask 25-23-42-010-057

R B. Remove the related ceiling panel, (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001) or

R (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-23-42-960-050

R A. Replacement of the Entry Light Cover

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-42-991-007)

R NOTE : The contour of the entry light cover has space on each side to let
____
R the cover engage in the ceiling panel. The cover is attached to
R the panel with adhesive to prevent lateral movement.

R (1) Carefully remove all adhesive (3) with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

R NOTE : It is also possible to apply heat to the adhesive with a light

____
R source and then remove the adhesive by hand.

R (2) Disengage the entry light cover (2) from the ceiling panel (1).

R (3) Remove the remaining adhesive (3) from the ceiling panel (1) with a
R CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

R (4) Clean the ceiling panel (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
R 010).

R (5) Carefully engage the new entry light cover (2) in the ceiling panel
R (1).

R (6) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025B) (3) at an
R interval of 50mm (2 in.) around the contour of the entry light cover
R (2) and attach the cover to the ceiling panel (1).

R (7) Let the adhesive (3) fully cure.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 427
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Entry Cover
R Figure 403/TASK 25-23-42-991-007


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 428
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-23-42-410-052

R A. Install the related ceiling panel, (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001) or

R (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).

R Subtask 25-23-42-862-052

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-42

Page 429
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 PANELS - UPPER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________

TASK 25-23-43-000-001

Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific small screw-driver

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-23-43-991-001 Fig. 401
25-23-43-991-004 Fig. 402
25-23-43-991-007 Fig. 403
25-23-43-991-008 Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-43-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R Subtask 25-23-43-010-051

R B. Get Access

R (1) Fold down the backrests of the passenger-seats in the area where you
R want to remove the sidewall-panel (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 401
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-43-020-050

A. Removal of a 3-Frame Sidewall-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-43-991-001)

NOTE : The removal procedure is applicable for the LH and RH

____
sidewall-panels.

(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.

R (2) With a small screw-driver push the clips in the holes of the
R decor-cover (7) to release the decor-cover (7).

R (3) Remove the decor-cover (7) and the decor-panel (6).

R (4) Remove the screws (5) and the washers (3) and (4).

(5) Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the
sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels.

(6) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.

Subtask 25-23-43-020-052

B. Removal of a 2-Frame Sidewall-Panel attached with a Seal

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-43-991-004)

NOTE : The removal procedure is applicable for the LH and RH

____
sidewall-panels.

(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.

(2) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(3) Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the sidewall
panel (1) and the adjacent panel.

(4) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 402
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Panel 3-Frame
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-43-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Panel 2-Frame with a Seal
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-43-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-43-020-054

C. Removal of a 3-Frame Sidewall End-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-43-991-007)

NOTE : The removal procedure is applicable for the LH and RH

____
sidewall-panels.

(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.

(2) With a small screw-driver push the clips in the holes of the
decor-cover (6) to release the decor-cover (6).

(3) Remove the decor-cover (6) and the decor-panel (5).

(4) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(5) Remove the caps (8) and the screws (7).

(6) Pull the lining strip (2) down and out from between the
sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panel.

(7) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.

Subtask 25-23-43-020-055

D. Removal a 2-Frame Filler Sidewall-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-43-991-008)

NOTE : The removal procedure is applicable for the LH and RH sidewall

____
panels.

(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.

(2) Remove the caps (3) and the screws (4).

(3) Pull the lining strip (2) down and out from between the
sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels.

(4) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 405
Nov 01/05
R  
SYR 
 Panel 3-Frame End
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-43-991-007


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 406
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Panel 2-Frame Filler
Figure 404/TASK 25-23-43-991-008


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 407
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-43-400-001

Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific masking tape

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687

DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

30 placard 11-32-25 81 -010


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 408
May 01/09
R  
SYR 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

12-21-12-100-004 Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-23-43-991-001 Fig. 401
25-23-43-991-004 Fig. 402
25-23-43-991-007 Fig. 403
25-23-43-991-008 Fig. 404
R 25-23-43-991-005 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-43-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the backrests of the passenger seats, in the area
where you removed the sidewall panel(s), are folded down.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-43-210-051

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 409
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-43-560-050

B. Preparation of Component Replacement

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-23-43-991-005)

R (1) Examine the markings on the left and right sidewall-panels at

R FR35/FR35.8 to FR36 and FR46 to FR47.

NOTE : These markings (dark color triangles) identify the windows

____
R through which the flight crew can look at the external
R slat/flap position-markings.

R (2) Make sure that the markings on the left and right sidewall-panels at
R FR35/FR35.8 to FR36 and FR46 to FR47 are in a good condition.

(3) If necessary, install new placards or paint new markings on the

sidewall-panels.

R (4) If you paint a new marking:

(a) Clean the area (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004).

R (b) Measure the distances and make marks (Refer to detail B).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 410
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Panel 3-Frame - Identification Marking
R Figure 405/TASK 25-23-43-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 411
May 01/09
 
SYR 
R (c) Apply masking tape to the area adjacent to the marks you made.

R (d) Paint a new marking on the sidewall-panel and use STRUCTURE

PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)

R (5) If you install a new placard:

(a) Clean the area (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004).

R (b) Measure the distances and make marks (Refer to detail C).

R (c) Install the new placard (30) adjacent to the marks you made
R (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

Subtask 25-23-43-420-050

C. Installation of a 3-Frame Sidewall-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-43-991-001)

NOTE : The installation procedure is applicable for the LH and RH

____
sidewall-panels.

(1) Put the sidewall-panel (1) in position as recorded in the removal

procedure.

(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.

(3) Put the lining strips (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.

(4) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.

(5) Install the washers (3), (4) and the screws (5).

(6) Clean the decor-panel (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004).

(7) Put the decor-panel (6) and the decor-cover (7) in position and make
sure that the decor-cover (7) is correctly engaged.

Subtask 25-23-43-420-051

D. Installation of a 2-Frame Sidewall-Panel with a Seal attached

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-43-991-004)

NOTE : The installation procedure is applicable for the LH and RH

____
sidewall-panels.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 412
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (1) Put the sidewall-panel (1) in position as recorded in the removal
procedure.

(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.

(3) Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panel and make sure that they are correctly engaged.

(4) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.

(5) Install the screws (4) and the washers (3).

Subtask 25-23-43-420-053

E. Installation of a 3-Frame End-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-43-991-007)

NOTE : The installation procedure is applicable for the LH and RH

____
sidewall-panels.

(1) Put the sidewall-panel (1) in position as recorded in the removal

procedure.

(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.

(3) Put the lining strips (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.

(4) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.

(5) Install the screws (7) and the plugs (8).

(6) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).

(7) Clean the decor-panel (5) (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004).

(8) Put the decor-panel (5) and the decor-cover (6) in position and make
sure that the decor-cover (6) is correctly engaged.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 413
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-43-420-054

F. Installation of a 2-Frame Filler-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-43-991-008)

NOTE : The installation procedure is applicable for the LH and RH

____
sidewall-panels.

(1) Put the sidewall-panel (1) in position as recorded in the removal

procedure.

(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.

(3) Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.

(4) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.

(5) Install the screws (4) and the covers (3).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-43-862-051

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 414
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-43-000-002

Removal of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
R 25-23-43-991-013 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-43-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-23-43-010-052

B. Remove the related Upper Sidewall Panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-43-020-059

A. Removal of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-23-43-991-013)

(1) Remove the screws (3) and the washers (2) and the window fairing
assembly (1).

(2) Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the screws (9).

(3) Release the clips (10) and disengage the attachment frame (6) from
the frame window fairing (4).

(4) Move the blind (5) out of the guide-blind (11) and remove it.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 415
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)
R Figure 406/TASK 25-23-43-991-013


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 416
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-43-400-002

Installation of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from

the External Power
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-43-400-001 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
R 25-23-43-991-013 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-43-860-052

A. Make sure that the Upper Sidewall Panel(s) is(are) removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-43-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-43-210-052

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 417
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-43-420-060

B. Installation of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-23-43-991-013)

(1) Put the blind (5) in the guide-blind (11).

(2) Put the attachment frame (6) in position and attach it to the frame
window fairing (4) with the clips (10).

(3) Install the washers (8), the screws (9) and the nuts (7).

(4) Put the window fairing assembly (1) in position and install the
washers (2) and the screws (3).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-43-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Install the Upper Sidewall panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).

Subtask 25-23-43-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-43

Page 418
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________

TASK 25-23-44-000-001

Removal of the Lower Sidewall Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-23-44-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-44-861-053

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-23-44-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) If necessary remove the passenger seats in the area of the panels you
will remove. (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-44-020-050

A. Remove the panel (2)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-44-991-001)

(1) Use a punch to release the center pins of the quick release pins (1).

(2) Pull the lower edge of the panel (2) away from the compartment wall.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-44

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Lower Sidewall Panels - Installation
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-44-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-23-44

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (3) Pull the panel (2) down and remove the fasteners (3) from the
attachment fittings (4).

(4) Remove the panel (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-44

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-44-400-001

Installation of the Lower Sidewall Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Seats
25-23-44-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-44-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-44

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-44-991-001)

Subtask 25-23-44-420-050

A. Installation of the Panel (2)

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Engage the fasteners (3) in the attachment fittings (4) and install
the panel (2).

(3) Install the quick release pins (1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-44-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) If necessary install the passenger seats removed for access

(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).

Subtask 25-23-44-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-44

Page 405
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________

TASK 25-23-44-210-001

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Lower Sidewall Panel and of the Area Behind
the Lower Sidewall Panel for Foreign Material Accumulation.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 252331-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
25-23-44-991-003 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-44-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-23-44-010-053

B. Get Access

(1) Remove the lower sidewall panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-
000-001).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-23-44

Page 601
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-44-210-052

A. Visual Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-23-44-991-003)

NOTE : Remove one lower sidewall panel in the FWD, MID and AFT passenger
____
cabin.
Alternate sidewall panel is recommended at the next inspection.
Interval may be adjusted according to operator experience.

(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the lower sidewall panel and of

the area behind the lower sidewall panel for:
- Foreign material accumulation
- Dust contamination
(eg. clothing fibers, exfoliated skin and nicotine).

R (2) If you find foreign material, remove more adjacent panels and do a
R visual inspection.

R (3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area if necessary.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-44-410-053

A. Install the lower sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001)

Subtask 25-23-44-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-44

Page 602
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Lower Sidewall Panels
Figure 601/TASK 25-23-44-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-23-44

Page 603
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 LINING - DOOR FRAME - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________

TASK 25-23-45-000-005

Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC

No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC
No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
33-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Emergency Lights
33-51-13-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Sign
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-991-006-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-45-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 401
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-45-860-055

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) In the cockpit:

(a) Make sure that the switch EMER EXIT LT 4WL on the panel 25VU is
in the OFF position.

(2) On the FAP 120RH:

(a) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER is in the OFF position.

R (3) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panels 25VU and 120RH, to tell
persons not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.

Subtask 25-23-45-010-053

C. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).

(2) Remove the emergency exit sign 41WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001).

(3) Remove the cabin emergency light 21WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001).

(4) Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL1 (Ref. TASK

33-51-13-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-45-020-055-A

A. Removal of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW,
221RW, 221SW, 221VW,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A)

(1) Remove the lining 221SW:

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (19) from the electrical

harness.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 402
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (b) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical
connectors.

(c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).

(d) Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.

(e) Hold the lining 221SW in position.

(f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 221SW.

(2) Remove the lining 221EW:

(a) Remove the handgrip:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).

2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).

3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).

(b) Remove the screws (27) and the washers (26).

(c) Lift the lining 221EW to release the attach brackets (24) from
the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove the lining 221EW.

(3) Remove the lining 221BW:

(a) Remove the screws (1), (27) and (30), the washers (2), (26) and
(31) and remove the lining 221BW.

(4) Remove the lining 221AW:

(a) Remove the screws (27) and the washers (26).

(b) Lift the lining 221AW to release the attach brackets (24) from
the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove the lining 221AW.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 403
May 01/03
R  
SYR 
R Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 404
May 01/03
 
SYR 
R Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 405
May 01/03
 
SYR 
R Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 406
May 01/03
 
SYR 
 (5) Remove the lining 221FW:

(a) Remove the screws (16) and the washers (17) and the latch-hook
(18).

(b) Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining
221FW.

(6) Remove the lining 221VW:

(a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and the lining 221VW.

(7) Remove the lining 221CW:

(a) Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining
221CW.

(8) Remove the lining 221RW:

(a) Remove the handgrip:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).

R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).

3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).

(b) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining
221RW.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 407
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-45-400-006

Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-002 Installation of the Decals

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-51-00-710-008 Operational Test of the Emergency Lighting in the
R Cabin with the EMER EXIT LT Switch
33-51-11-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Emergency Light
33-51-13-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Sign
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-23-45-991-006-A Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 408
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-45-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the off
position.

(3) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the off
position.

R (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position on the panels
25VU and 120 RH to tell persons not to operate the switches 4WL and
LIGHT EMER.

(5) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(6) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(7) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-23-45-865-059

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 409
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-45-420-056-A

A. Installation of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW,
221RW,221SW, 221VW,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A)

(1) Unless specified, TORQUE al nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).

(2) Install the lining 221RW:

(a) Put the lining 221RW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2), but do not tighten the screws (1).

(b) Install the handgrip:

1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).

(c) Tighten the screws (1).

(d) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.

(3) Install the lining 221CW:

(a) Put the lining 221CW in position and install the screws (29) and
the washers (28).

(4) Install the lining 221VW:

(a) Put the lining 221VW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).

(5) Install the lining 221FW:

(a) Put the lining 221FW in position and install the screws (29) and
the washers (28).

(b) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 410
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
R (6) Install the lining 221AW:

(a) Put the lining 221AW in position and engage the attach brackets
(24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).

(b) Install the screws (27) and the washers (26).

R (7) Install the lining 221BW:

(a) Put the lining 221BW in position and install the screws (1), (27)
and (30) and the washers (2), (26) and (31).

R (8) Install the lining 221EW:

(a) Put the lining 221EW in position and engage the attach brackets
(24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).

(b) Install the screws (27) and the washers (26).

(c) Install the handgrip:

1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).

2
_ Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10)
of the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip
cover into position until you hear a click.

R (9) Install the lining 221SW:

(a) Put the lining 221SW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
and (8), the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the screws
(1), (4) and (8).

(b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
+0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).

(c) Tighten the screws (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).

(d) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends.

(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 411
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 (f) Connect the electrical connectors:

R 1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).

Subtask 25-23-45-942-054

B. Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.

Subtask 25-23-45-865-060

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07

Subtask 25-23-45-710-056

D. Do the operational test of the cabin emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-
00-710-008).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-45-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit marker 90WL1 (Ref. TASK
33-51-13-400-001).

(3) Install the cabin emergency light 21WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).

(4) Install the emergency exit sign 41WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).

(5) Close the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 412
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-45-210-068

B. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-

002) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)

Subtask 25-23-45-862-051

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 413
May 01/03
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-45-000-002

Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC
No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC
No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - SMALL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
33-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Emergency Lights
33-51-13-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Sign
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-991-003-A Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-45-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 414
May 01/03
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-45-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).

(2) Remove the emergency exit sign 40WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001).

(3) Remove the cabin emergency light 20WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001).

(4) Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL2 (Ref. TASK

33-51-13-000-001).

Subtask 25-23-45-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 1ME A03

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-23-45-020-052-A

R A. Removal of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222VW, 222UW, 222TW,
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A)

R (1) Remove the lining 222SW:

R CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
R DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

R (a) Disconnect the electrical connectors (19) from the electrical

R harness.

R (b) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical

R connectors.

R (c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).

R (d) Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.

R (e) Hold the lining 222SW in position.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 415
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 416
May 01/03
 
SYR 
R Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 417
May 01/03
 
SYR 
 (f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 222SW.

(2) Remove the lining 222UW:

(a) Remove the handgrip:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).

2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).

3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).

(b) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).

(c) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lining 222UW.

(3) Remove the lining 222VW:

(a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining
222VW.

(4) Remove the lining 222TW:

(a) Remove the caps (3), the screws (4) and (1), the washers (2) and
remove the lining 222TW.

(5) Remove the lining 222RW:

(a) Remove the handgrip:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 418
May 01/03
R  
SYR 
R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).

3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).

(b) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).

(c) Carefully tilt the lining to remove the nuts (22) and the socket
(23).

(d) Remove the lining 222RW.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 419
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-45-400-007

Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-002 Installation of the Decals

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-51-11-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Emergency Light
33-51-13-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Sign
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-23-45-991-003-A Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 420
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-45-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-23-45-865-057

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 1ME A03

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-45-420-058-A

A. Installation of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222TW, 222UW, 222VW
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A)

(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).

(2) Install the lining 222RW:

(a) Put the socket (23) in position and install the nuts (22).

R (b) Put the lining 222RW in position.

(c) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 421
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 (d) Install the handgrip:

1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).

(e) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).

(f) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.

R (3) Install the lining 222TW:

(a) Put the lining 222TW in position and install the screws (1) and
(4), the washers (2) and the caps (3).

R (4) Install the lining 222VW:

(a) Put the lining 222VW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).

R (5) Install the lining 222UW:

(a) Put the lining 222UW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).

(b) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).

(c) Install the handgrip:

1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).

2
_ Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10)
of the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip
cover into position until you hear a click.

R (6) Install the lining 222SW:

(a) Put the lining 222SW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 422
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 (b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
+0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).

(c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).

(d) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends.

(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).

(f) Connect the electrical connector:

R 1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-45-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL2 (Ref. TASK

33-51-13-400-001).

(3) Install the cabin emergency light 20WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).

(4) Install the emergency exit sign 40WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).

(5) Close the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).

Subtask 25-23-45-210-069

B. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 423
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-

002) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)

Subtask 25-23-45-865-053

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1ME

Subtask 25-23-45-862-052

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 424
May 01/03
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-45-000-003

Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC
No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC
No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - SMALL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 23-73-13-000-001 Removal of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel (126RH)

R 23-73-22-000-001 Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel
R (320RH,321RH,322RH)
R 23-73-44-000-001 Removal of the Handset/Cradle (330RH,332RH)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
33-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Emergency Lights
33-51-13-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Sign
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-991-004-A Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-45-861-053

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 425
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-45-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 832 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).

(2) Remove the attendant indication panel 320RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-000-
001).

(3) Remove the AFT attendant panel 126RH (Ref. TASK 23-73-13-000-001).

(4) Remove the handset cradle 330RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-44-000-001).

(5) Remove the emergency exit sign 45WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001).

(6) Remove the cabin emergency light 33WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001).

(7) Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL7 (Ref. TASK

33-51-13-000-001).

Subtask 25-23-45-865-054

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET CARGO Z261 5ME F01

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-45-020-057-A

R A. Removal of the door frame linings 261VW, 261UW, 261TW, 261WW

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004-A)

(1) Remove the lining 261VW:

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (19) from the electrical

harness.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 426
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 (b) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical
connectors.

(c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).

(d) Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.

(e) Hold the lining 261VW in position.

(f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 261VW.

(2) Remove the lining 261UW:

R (a) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lining 261UW.

(3) Remove the lining 261TW:

(a) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).

(b) Remove the handgrip:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).

R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).

3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).

(c) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).

R (d) Carefully tilt the lining, remove the nuts (20) and disengage the
R socket (21).

(e) Remove the lining 261TW.

R

EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 427
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 428
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 429
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 (4) Remove the lining 261WW:

(a) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).

(b) Remove the handgrip:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).

R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).

3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).

(c) Remove the lining 261WW.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 430
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-45-400-008

Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-002 Installation of the Decals

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
R 23-73-13-400-001 Installation of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
R (126RH)
R 23-73-22-400-001 Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel
R (320RH,321RH,322RH)
R 23-73-44-400-001 Installation of the Handset/Cradle (330RH,332RH)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-51-11-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Emergency Light
33-51-13-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Sign
35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
R AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-23-45-991-004-A Fig. 403


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 431
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-45-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-23-45-865-058

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 5ME F01

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-45-560-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001)

on the door frame lining 261VW.

Subtask 25-23-45-420-060-A

B. Installation of the door frame linings 261WW, 261TW, 261UW, 261VW

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004-A)

R (1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 432
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 (2) Install the lining 261TW:

R (a) Put the socket (21) in position and install the nuts (20).

R (b) Put the lining 261TW in position.

(c) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).

(d) Install the handgrip:

1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).

(e) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).

(f) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
R the handgrip cover engage correctly. Push the handgrip cover in
R position until you hear a click.

(g) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).

(3) Install the lining 261WW:

R (a) Put the lining 261WW in position.

(b) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).

(c) Install the handgrip:

1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).

(d) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).

(e) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
R the handgrip cover engage correctly. Push the handgrip cover into
R position until you hear a click.

(4) Install the lining 261UW:

(a) Put the lining 261UW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 433
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 (5) Install the lining 261VW:

(a) Put the lining 261VW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the
screws (1), (4) and (8).

(b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
+0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).

(c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).

(d) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends.

(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).

(f) Connect the electrical connector:

R 1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-45-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL7 (Ref. TASK

33-51-13-400-001).

(3) Install the cabin emergency light 33WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).

(4) Install the emergency exit sign 45WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).

(5) Install the handset cradle 330RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-44-400-001).

(6) Install the AFT attendant panel 126RH (Ref. TASK 23-73-13-400-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 434
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (7) Install the attendant indication panel 320RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-
400-001).

Subtask 25-23-45-210-070

B. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-

002) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)

Subtask 25-23-45-865-055

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5ME

Subtask 25-23-45-862-053

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 435
May 01/07
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-23-45

Page 436
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-45-000-004

Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC

No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC
No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - SMALL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
33-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Emergency Lights
33-51-13-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Sign
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-991-005-A Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-45-861-054

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 437
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-45-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).

(2) Remove the emergency exit sign 44WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001).

(3) Remove the cabin emergency light 32WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001).

(4) Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit marker 90WL8 (Ref. TASK
33-51-13-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-45-020-054-A

A. Removal of the door frame linings 262VW, 262UW, 262TW, 262WW.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005-A)

(1) Remove the lining 262VW:

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (19) from the electrical

harness.

(b) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical

connectors.

(c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).

(d) Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.

(e) Hold the lining 262VW in position.

(f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 262VW.

(2) Remove the lining 262UW:

(a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and the lining 262UW.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 438
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-23-45

Page 439
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.
Figure 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 440
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
 Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.
Figure 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 441
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
 (3) Remove the lining 262TW:

(a) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).

(b) Remove the handgrip:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).

2
_ Carefully push the the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in
the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).

3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).

(c) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).

(d) Carefully tilt the lining, remove the nuts (22) and disengage the
socket (23) .

(e) Remove the lining 262TW.

(4) Remove the lining 262WW:

(a) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).

(b) Remove the handgrip:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).

2
_ Carefully push the the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in
the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).

3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).

(c) Remove the lining 262WW.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 442
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-45-400-005

Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-002 Installation of the Decals

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-51-11-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Emergency Light
33-51-13-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Sign
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-23-45-991-005-A Fig. 404


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 443
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-45-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-45-420-061-A

A. Installation of the door frame linings 262WW, 262TW, 262UW, 262VW

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005-A)

(1) Unless specified, TORQUE al nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).

(2) Install the lining 262TW:

(a) Put the the lining 261TW in position.

(b) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).

(c) Install the handgrip:

1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).

(d) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).

(e) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.

(f) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 444
May 01/07
R  
SYR 
 (3) Install the lining 262WW:

(a) Put the the lining 262WW in position.

(b) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).

(c) Install the handgrip:

1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).

(d) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).

(e) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.

(4) Install the lining 262UW:

(a) Put the lining 262UW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).

(5) Install the lining 262VW:

(a) Put the lining 262VW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the
screws (1), (4) and (8).

(b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
+0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).

(c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).

(d) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends.

(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).

(f) Connect the electrical connector:

R 1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 445
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-45-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL8 (Ref. TASK

33-51-13-400-001).

(3) Install the cabin emergency light 32WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).

(4) Install the emergency exit sign 44WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).

(5) Close the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).

Subtask 25-23-45-210-071

B. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-

002) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)

Subtask 25-23-45-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-45

Page 446
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 LINING - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________

TASK 25-23-46-000-001

Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-62-44-000-002 Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-000-012 Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-73-21-000-001 Removal of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light (1WN1,
1WN2) of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-73-22-000-001 Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel
(16WN1,16WN2) of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-46-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-46-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 401
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-46-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

(2) Remove the cabin escape facilities:

(a) For 831AZ and 841AZ: Remove the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-
000-002) or the escape slide-raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).

(3) Remove the lights:

(a) For 831DZ and 841DZ: Remove the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light
(Ref. TASK 52-73-21-000-001) and the CABIN PRESSURE warning-
light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-000-001).

Subtask 25-23-46-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN
_______
THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.

Subtask 25-23-46-020-050

A. Removal of the Linings

(1) Remove the grip (15) and the lining 831FZ (841FZ) (8):

(a) Remove the screws (14), the washers (13) and the grip (15).

(b) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

(c) Turn the brackets down.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 402
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (d) Carefully release the lining (8) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
it.

(2) Remove the lining 831GZ (841GZ) (9):

(a) Disconnect the rod (7) from the lining (9).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

(c) Remove the pin (5).

(d) Remove the lining (9).

(3) Remove the lining 831EZ (841EZ) (2):

(a) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

(b) Carefully release the lining (2) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
it.

(4) Remove the handgrip (26) and the lining 831DZ (841DZ) (12):

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

(a) Carefully push the lugs (22) of the grip cover (21) to the
unlocked position and remove the grip cover (21).

(b) Remove the screws (23) and (25), the washers (24) and the
handgrip (26).

(c) Remove the spacer (27) and the lining (28).

(d) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

(e) Carefully release the lining (12) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
it.

(5) Remove the handle plate (19) and lining 831CZ (841CZ) (1):

(a) Remove the screw (16), the washer (17) and the handle plate (19)
from the emergency control handle (18).

(b) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

(c) Carefully release the lining (1) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
it.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 403
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
R Door Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 404
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Door Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 405
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Door Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 406
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (6) Remove the lining 831BZ (841BZ) (10):

(a) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

(b) Carefully release the lining (10) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
it.

(7) Remove the lining 831AZ (841AZ) (11):

(a) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

(b) Carefully release the lining (11) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
it.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 407
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
R TASK 25-23-46-000-003

R Removal of the Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-46-991-005 Fig. 402

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-23-46-861-052

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

R Subtask 25-23-46-010-056

R B. Get Access

R (1) Open the related Passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-23-46-020-052

R A. Removal of the blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-46-991-005)

R (1) Remove the lining (2).

R (2) Remove the screws (4) the washers (3) and the lining assembly (1).

R (3) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (5).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 408
May 01/06
 
SYR 
R Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 402/TASK 25-23-46-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 409
May 01/06
 
SYR 
R (4) If necessary, remove the screws (8), the springs (9) and the washers
R (7).

R (5) Remove the slide guide (10) and the blind (11).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 410
May 01/06
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-23-46-400-003

R Installation of the Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-46-991-005 Fig. 402

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-23-46-860-053

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-23-46-210-056

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 411
May 01/06
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-23-46-420-052

R B. Installation of the Blinds on the Passenger/crew Doors

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-46-991-005)

R (1) Put the blind (11) with the slide guide (10) in position.

R (2) Install the washers (5) and the screws (6).

R (3) If removed, install the washers (7), the springs (9) and the screws
R (8).

R (4) Put the lining assembly (1) in position and install the washers (3)
R and the screws (4).

R (5) Install the lining (2).

R (6) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-23-46-410-054

R A. Close Access

R (1) Close the passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

R Subtask 25-23-46-862-052

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 412
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-46-400-001

Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-002 Installation of the Decals

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
R 25-62-44-400-007 Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
R 52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-73-21-000-001 Removal of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light (1WN1,
R 1WN2) of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-73-21-400-001 Installation of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light
R (1WN1, 1WN2) of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-73-22-000-001 Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel
R (16WN1,16WN2) of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-73-22-400-001 Installation of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light
R Panel (16WN1,16WN2) of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-23-46-991-001 Fig. 401
R


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 413
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-46-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the lights are removed:

(a) For 831DZ and 841DZ: Make sure that the SLIDE ARMED
indicator-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-000-001) and the CABIN
PRESSURE warning-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-000-001) are removed.

Subtask 25-23-46-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN
_______
THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.

Subtask 25-23-46-210-054

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 414
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (4) If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-
002) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)

Subtask 25-23-46-420-050

B. Installation of the Linings

(1) Install the lining 831AZ (841AZ) (11):

(a) Engage the lining (11) on the yo-yo rolls and install the related
washers (3) and the related screws (4).

(2) Install the linings 831BZ (841BZ) (10) and 831DZ (841DZ) (12):

(a) Engage the linings (10) and (12) on the yo-yo rolls and install
the related washers (3) and the related screws (4).

(b) Make sure that you can move the door window-shade correctly.

(3) Install the handgrip (26):

(a) Put the lining (28) in position.

(b) Install the spacer (27), the handgrip (26), the washers (24) and
the screws (23) and (25).

(c) TORQUE the screws (23) and (25) to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN
(70.79 and 79.64 lbf.in).

(d) Install the grip cover (21) on the handgrip (26). Make sure that
the lugs (22) of the grip cover (21) engage correctly and that
you hear a click.

(4) Install the lining 831CZ (841CZ) (1) and the handle plate (19):

(a) Engage the lining (1) on the yo-yo rolls and install the related
washers (3) and the related screws (4).

(b) Put the handle plate (19) of the emergency control handle (18) in
position and install the washer (17) and the screw (16).

(c) Make sure that the handle plate (19) is installed correctly.

NOTE : The emergency control handle (18) must move into the
____
recess in the door panel.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 415
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (5) Install the lining 831EZ (841EZ) (2):

(a) Engage the lining (2) on the yo-yo rolls and install the related
washers (3) and the related screws (4).

(6) Install the lining 831GZ (841GZ) (9):

(a) Put the lining (9) in position and install the pin (5).

(b) Safety the pin (5) with a new cotter pin (6).

(c) Connect the rod (7) to the lining (9).

(7) Install the lining 831FZ (841FZ) (8):

(a) Put the lining (8) in position.

(b) Turn the brackets into position and install the related washers
(3) and the related screws (4).

(c) Tighten the screws (4).

(8) Put the grip (15) in position and install the washers (13) and the
screws (14).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-46-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the cabin escape facilities:

R (a) For 831AZ and 841AZ:

R
Install the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or the
escape slide-raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).

(3) Install the lights:

R (a) For 831DZ and 841DZ: Install the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light
(Ref. TASK 52-73-21-400-001) and the CABIN PRESSURE warning-light
(Ref. TASK 52-73-22-400-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 416
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) Do the special precautions after work on the doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-410-001).

Subtask 25-23-46-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15WN, 13WN, 48WV.

Subtask 25-23-46-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 417
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-46-000-002

Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-62-44-000-002 Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
R 25-62-44-000-012 Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-73-21-000-002 Removal of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light (3WN1,
R 3WN2) of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-73-22-000-002 Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel
R (17WN1,17WN2) of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-46-991-002 Fig. 403
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-46-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 418
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-46-010-053

B. Get Access

(1) Open the passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

(2) Remove the cabin escape facilities:

(a) For 832AZ and 842AZ: Remove the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-
000-002) or the escape slide-raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
indicator-light or

(3) Remove the lights:

(a) For 832DZ and 842DZ:

(b) Remove the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-000-

002) and the CABIN PRESSURE warning- light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-
000-002).

Subtask 25-23-46-865-052

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN
_______
THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.

Subtask 25-23-46-020-051

A. Remove the Linings

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002)

(1) Remove the grip (27) and the lining 832FZ (842FZ) (8):

(a) Remove the screws (26), the washers (25) and the grip (27).

(b) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 419
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Door Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002- 13 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 420
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 Door Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002- 23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 421
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 Door Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 422
May 01/06
 
SYR 
R (c) Loosen the related screws and turn the brackets down (Refer to
R detail D).

R (d) Carefully release the lining (8) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
R it.

R (2) Remove the lining 832GZ (842GZ) (9):

(a) Disconnect the rod (7) from the lining (9).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

(c) Remove the pin (5).

(d) Remove the lining (9).

R (3) Remove the lining 832EZ (842EZ) (2):

R (a) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

R (b) Carefully release the lining (2) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
R it.

R (4) Remove the handgrip (24) and the lining 832DZ (842DZ) (21):

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.

R (a) Carefully push the lugs (28) of the handgrip cover (22) with your
R fingers in the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip
R cover (22).

(b) Remove the screws (17) and (23), the washers (18) and the
handgrip (24).

(c) Remove the spacer (19) and the lining (20).

R

R (d) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

R (e) Carefully release the lining (21) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
R it.

R (5) Remove the handle plate (14) and the lining 832CZ (842CZ) (1):

(a) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the screw (15) and the
handle plate (14) from the emergency control handle (16).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 423
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (b) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

R (c) Carefully release the lining (1) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
R it.

R (6) Remove the lining 832BZ (842BZ) (10):

R (a) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

R (b) Carefully release the lining (10) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
R it.

R (7) Remove the lining 832AZ (842AZ) (11):

R (a) Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).

R (b) Carefully release the lining (11) from the yo-yo rolls and remove
R it.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 424
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-46-400-002

Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6 cotter pin 25-23-04 01A-260

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-002 Installation of the Decals

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-007 Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
R 52-73-21-000-002 Removal of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light (3WN1,
R 3WN2) of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
52-73-21-400-002 Installation of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light
(3WN1, 3WN2) of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-73-22-000-002 Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel
R (17WN1,17WN2) of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 425
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-73-22-400-002 Installation of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light

Panel (17WN1,17WN2) of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-23-46-991-002 Fig. 403
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-46-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(5) Make sure that the lights are removed:

R (a) For 832DZ and 842DZ:

R

1
_ Make sure that the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light (Ref. TASK 52-
73-21-000-002) and the CABIN PRESSURE warning-light (Ref. TASK
52-73-22-000-002) are removed.

Subtask 25-23-46-865-053

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 426
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN
_______
THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.

Subtask 25-23-46-420-051

A. Installation of the linings:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002)

(1) Install the lining 832AZ (842AZ) (11)

(a) Engage the lining (11) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).

(2) Install the linings 832BZ (842BZ) (10) and 832DZ (842DZ) (21)

(a) Engage the linings (10) and (21) to the yo-yo rolls and install
the washers (3) and the screws (4).

NOTE : Make sure that you can move the door window-shade
____
correctly.

(3) Install the handgrip

(a) Put the lining (20) in position.

(b) Install the spacer (19), the handgrip (24), the washers (18), and
the screws (17) and (23).

(c) TORQUE the screws to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64
lbf.in)

(d) Install the grip cover (22) to the handgrip (24).

NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (28) of the grip cover (22) engage
____
correctly up until you hear a click.

(4) Install the lining 832CZ (842CZ) (1)

(a) Engage the lining (1) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).

(b) Put the handle plate (14) of the emergency control handle (16) in
position and install the screw (15), the washer (13) and the nut
(12).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 427
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 NOTE : Make sure that the handle plate is installed so that the
____
emergency control handle will retract into the recess in
the door panel.

(5) Install the lining 832EZ (842EZ) (2)

(a) Engage the lining (2) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).

(6) Install the lining 832GZ (842GZ) (9)

(a) Put the lining (9) in position and install the pin (5).

(b) Safety the pin (5) with the new:

- cotter pin (6)

(c) Connect the rod (7) to the lining (9).

(7) Install the lining 832FZ (842FZ) (8)

(a) Put the lining (8) in position.

(b) Turn the bracket into position and install the washers (3) and
the screws (4).

(c) Tighten the screws (4).

(d) Put the grip (27) in position and install the washers (25) and
the screws (26).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-46-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Install the cabin escape facilities:

R (a) For 832AZ and 842AZ:

R
Install the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or the
escape slide-raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 428
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (2) Install the lights:

R (a) For 832DZ and 842DZ:

R
Install the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-400-
002) and the CABIN PRESSURE warning-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-
400-002).

Subtask 25-23-46-210-055

B. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-

002) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)

Subtask 25-23-46-865-055

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15WN, 13WN, 48WV.

Subtask 25-23-46-862-051

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-46

Page 429
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________

TASK 25-23-47-000-001

Removal of the Lining from the Emergency Exit Hatches

NOTE : The removal and installation of the linings is the same for all the
____
emergency exit hatches.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
25-23-47-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-47-861-070

A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-23-47-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) Remove the emergency exit hatch (1) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-47-020-050

A. Removal of the Lining (2)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-001)

(1) Remove the screws (3), (5) and the washers (4), (6) that attach the
lining (2) to the emergency exit hatch (1) and remove it.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 401
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Lining - Emergency Exit Hatch
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 402
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-47-400-001

Installation of the Lining on the Emergency Exit Hatches

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific spring scale 4.0 daN (8.9923 lbf)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-010

PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
R 52-71-13-400-001 Installation of the Proximity Switches
R (19WV1,19WV2,21WV1,21WV2)
25-23-47-991-001 Fig. 401
25-23-47-991-017 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 403
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-47-860-077

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the emergency
exit hatches.

(2) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(3) Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is removed. (Ref. TASK 52-21-
11-000-001)

(4) Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is put on an applicable
fixture.

(5) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(6) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(7) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-47-420-050

A. Installation of the Lining (2)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-001)

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) If necessary clean the window pane(s).

(a) Make sure that the window panes are free from abrasive particles.

(b) Clean the window pane with a weak solution of soap and water. Use
a clean sponge and or chamois leather.

(c) Remove the soap solution with clean warm water.

(d) Dry the components with clean chamois leather.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 404
May 01/04
 
SYR 
R (e) If stains or dirt marks stay, you must remove them with plastic
R cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010).

R (f) Mix 7-parts plastic cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 010) with 60-parts of water.

R (g) Apply the plastic cleaner solution to the window pane.

R (h) Remove the plastic cleaner with clean water.

R (i) Apply anti-static treatment to the window pane.

R

R (j) Let the window pane dry.

R (k) Do a check and make sure that the window pane is dry. Polish it
R with a clean, lint-free cloth.

(3) Put the lining (2) in position on the emergency exit hatch (1) and
R install the washers (4), (6) and the screws (3), (5).

Subtask 25-23-47-410-071

B. Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

Subtask 25-23-47-420-127

R C. Installation of the Cover Flap (1)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-017)

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Engage the brackets (3) of the cover flap (1) and push the cover flap
(1) onto the lining (9).
R

R (3) Make sure that the fastener (5) engages correctly to the aircraft
R structure.
R

R (4) If adjustment of the fastener (5) is necessary, loosen the screws (6)
R or (8) and move the adjustment plate (7) to its correct position.
R Tighten the screws (6) or (8).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 405
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 Cover Flap
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-017


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 406
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-47-720-050

D. Test
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-017)

R (1) Do the test of the opening force of the cover flap (1):

R NOTE : The test procedure is the same for all emergency exit hatches.
____

R (a) Attach a spring scale (2) to the grip of the cover flap (1).

R (b) Pull the spring scale (2) inboard, at a right angle to the cover
R flap (1).
R

R (c) Make sure that the force which is necessary to open the cover
R flap (1) is 4.0 +1.0 -1.0 daN (8.9923 +2.2480 -2.2480 lbf).

R (d) If adjustment is necessary, move the arms of the fastener (5)

R together.
R

R (e) Make sure that the proximity sensor of the door warning system
R has the correct target value (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-400-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-47-410-065

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 25-23-47-862-061

B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 407
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-47-000-002

Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and
241FW, (242FW)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific warning notices

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
33-51-13-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Sign
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
25-23-47-991-002 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-47-861-069

A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 408
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-23-47-865-051

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-47-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Remove the related emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

(2) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF
position.

(3) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF
position.

(4) Put the warning notices on the panels 25VU and 120RH to tell persons
not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.

(5) Remove the related passenger seat, if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-
000-001)

(6) Remove the wall-mounted emergency exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-

000-001).

(7) Remove the emergency exit sign 42WL (43WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-
001)

Subtask 25-23-47-020-051

R B. Remove the Upper Sidewall Panel Assembly 241CW, (242CW) and/or 241LW,
R (242LW)
R
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002)

R NOTE : The removal procedure for the left and the right upper sidewall
____
R panel assembly (referred to as the assembly) is the same.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 409
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW (241LW)
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 410
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW (241LW)
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 411
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (1) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the supports (3).
R

R (2) Temporarily attach the supports (3) to the aircraft structure.

R (3) Push the clips in the five holes of the decor cover (12) to release
R the decor cover (12).

(4) Remove the decor cover (12).

R (5) Remove the inner window pane (11).

R (6) Pull the lining strip (8) and/or (15) down and remove it.

(7) Pull the lining strip (13) up and remove it.

R (8) Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-

51-13-000-001).

(9) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5).

(10) Remove the screws (10) and the washers (9).

R (11) Lift the assembly 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14) to
R release it from the brackets (7) and from the yo-yo rollers.

R (12) Remove the assembly 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 412
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-47-400-002

Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, (242CW)
and 241FW, (242FW)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CHAMOIS LEATHER

R No specific 1 GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN
R No specific 1 SPONGE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-010

PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Seats
33-51-13-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Sign
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 413
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-47-991-002 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-47-860-075

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the related
emergency exit hatches.

(2) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

R Subtask 25-23-47-865-052

R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
R 49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
R 122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07

Subtask 25-23-47-210-057

R C. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF
position.

(2) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF
position.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 414
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the warning notices are in position on the panels 25VU
and 120RH to tell persons not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT
EMER.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-47-420-051

R A. Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assembly 241CW (242CW) and/or

R 241LW (242LW)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002)

R NOTE : The installation procedure for the left and the right upper
____
R sidewall panel assembly (referred to as the assembly) is the same.

R (1) Put the assembly 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14) in
R position on the brackets (7) and on the yo-yo rollers. Push the
R assembly down.
R

R (2) Make sure that the assembly 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW)
R (14) engages correctly.

R (3) Put the washers (9) in position and install the screws (10).

R (4) Put the washers (5) in position and install the screws (4).

R (5) Put the lining strip (13) in position and push it down between the
R assemblies 241CW (242CW) (6) and 241LW (242LW) (14).
R

R (6) Make sure that the lining strip (13) engages correctly.

R (7) Put the lining strip (8) and/or (15) in position on the the lower end
R of the assembly 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14) and the
R adjacent panel. Push the lining strip up.
R

R (8) Make sure that the lining strip (8) and/or (15) engages correctly.

R (9) Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-

51-13-400-001).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 415
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (10) If necessary, clean the inner window pane (11) and the inboard
R surface of the outer window pane:
R

R (a) Clean the window panes with clean warm water.

R

(b) Make sure that the window panes are free from abrasive particles.

R (c) Clean the window panes with a weak solution of soap and water.
R Use a clean SPONGE and /or CHAMOIS LEATHER.

(d) Remove the soap solution with clean warm water.

R (e) Dry the components with a clean CHAMOIS LEATHER.

R (f) If necessary, remove remaining contamination with SPECIAL

MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010).

(g) Remove the plastic cleaner with clean water.

(h) Apply anti-static treatment to the window panes.

R

R (i) Mix 7 parts of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010) with 60

R parts of water.

R (j) Apply the plastic cleaner solution to the window panes.

R (k) Let the window panes dry.

R (l) Make sure that the window panes are dry and polish them with a
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R

R (11) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R

R (12) Put on GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN before you touch the window
R panes.

R (13) Install the inner window pane (11) and the decor cover (12).
R

R (14) Make sure that the decor cover (12) engages correctly.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 416
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (15) Put the supports (3) and the washers (2) in position and install the
R screws (1).

5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-23-47-865-053-A

R A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 1WL, 2WL, 3WL.

Subtask 25-23-47-942-050

B. Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.

Subtask 25-23-47-410-061

C. Close Access

(1) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

(2) Install the passenger seat if removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).

Subtask 25-23-47-410-050

D. Close Access

(1) Install the emergency exit sign 42WL (43WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-
001)

(2) Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001)

(3) Install the passenger seat, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001)

(4) Install the wall-mounted emergency exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-

400-001)

Subtask 25-23-47-862-062

E. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-47

Page 417
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 PANEL - COVE LIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________

TASK 25-23-48-000-001

Removal of the Cove Light Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-23-48-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-48-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-48-020-050

A. Remove the Cove Light Panel (3)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-48-991-001)

R (1) Remove the seal (4).

R (2) Move the cove light panel (3) inboard and lift the flange (2) off the
rail (1).
R

(3) Lower the inboard edge of the cove light panel (3), but not more than
100 mm (3.9 in.).

(4) Disconnect the bonding strap (8).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-48

Page 401
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Cove Light Panels
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-48-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-23-48

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R (5) Lift the cove light panel (3) to disengage the bracket (6) from the
fitting (5).

R (6) Remove the cove light panel (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-48

Page 403
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-48-400-001

Installation of the Cove Light Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-48-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-48-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

NOTE : The installation procedure for the LH/RH cove light panel is the
____
same.

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-48

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-48-991-001)

Subtask 25-23-48-420-051

A. Installation of the Cove Light Panel (3)

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Engage the brackets (6) of the cove light panel (3) in the fitting
(5).

(3) Connect the bonding strap (8) to the cable socket (7).

(4) Align the flange (2) with the rail (1).

(5) Engage the flange (2) on the rail (1).

(6) Make sure that the dimension X is 10 +2 -2 mm (0.3937 +0.0787 -

0.0787 in.).

(7) Install the seal (4) if removed into the rail (1). Use PULLEY
ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-23-48-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-23-48

Page 405
Nov 01/06
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-23-48-960-001

Replacement of the Light Screen

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-004A USA MIL-A-46106 TYPE I

R ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-42-960-001 Replacement of the Entry Light Cover
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-23-48

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-23-48-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-23-48-010-051

B. Remove the related cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-23-48-960-050

A. Replacement of the Light Screen

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-48-991-002)

NOTE : The procedure for the replacement of the entry light covers is
____
given in (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-960-001).

NOTE : The contour of the light screen has space on each side to let the
____
screen engage in the cove light panel. The light screen is
attached to the panel with adhesive to prevent lateral movement.

(1) Carefully remove all adhesive (3) with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

NOTE : It is also possible to apply heat to the adhesive with a light

____
source and then remove the adhesive by hand.

(2) Disengage the light screen (2) from the cove light panel (1).

(3) Remove the remaining adhesive (3) from the cove light panel (1) with
a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

(4) Clean the cove light panel (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
010).

(5) Carefully engage the new light screen (2) in the cove light panel
(1).

R (6) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004A) (3) at an
interval of 50mm (2 in.) around the contour of the light screen (2)
and attach the light screen to the cove light panel (1).

(7) Let the adhesive (3) fully cure.


EFF :

ALL  25-23-48

Page 407
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Light Screen
R Figure 402/TASK 25-23-48-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-23-48

Page 408
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-23-48-410-050

R A. Install the cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

R Subtask 25-23-48-862-052

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-23-48

Page 409
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The overhead stowage compartments (OHSC) are installed above the left and
right seat rows according to the cabin layout of the aircraft.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)

3. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The overhead stowage compartments (OHSC) have a box structure and are of
different lengths:
- spacer,
- 1-frame pitch,
- 2-frame pitch,
- 3-frame pitch and
- 4-frame pitch.
Each OHSC has:
R - one or more doors with a handle/latch assembly for each door,
- a handgrip along its length,
- hinge mechanisms that attach the door to the OHSC,
- a gas filled damper strut on each hinge mechanism (spacer OHSC only on one
hinge) for a controlled door operation,
- upper attachment brackets,
- lower attachment brackets.
- mounting rails for the installation of the passenger service/information
unit (PSUI) and the emergency oxygen container (Ref. 25-25-11),
Brackets connect the OHSC to each other.
Brackets and turnbuckles attach the OHSC to the fuselage structure.
Cabin temperature control sensors are installed between the OHSC according
to the cabin layout. (Ref. 21-63-17).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 Overhead Stowage Compartments - Component Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Overhead Stowage Compartment
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________________

TASK 25-24-00-710-001

Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
25-24-00-991-001 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-24-00-861-050

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-24-00-820-051

A. Adjust the Doors

R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-24-00-991-001)

(1) Align the door with the adjacent doors.

(a) Open the applicable door.

(b) Loosen the screws (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 501
Nov 01/01
 
SYR 
 Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors
Figure 501/TASK 25-24-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 502
Nov 01/01
R  
SYR 
 (c) Move the door to align it with the adjacent doors.

(d) Tighten the screws (4).

(e) Close the door.

(f) Make sure that the door is aligned with the adjacent doors.

(2) Adjust the gap between the doors.

(a) Open the door.

(b) Loosen the screws (3).

(c) Move the door forward or aft, as necessary.

(d) Tighten the screws (3).

(e) Close the door.

(f) Make sure that the distance between the doors is 10 +2 -2 mm

(0.3937 +0.0787 -0.0787 in.).

(3) Adjust the door keeper.

(a) Open the door.

(b) Loosen the screws (5).

(c) Move the door keeper (6), as necessary.

(d) Tighten the screws (5).

(e) Close the door.

R (f) Make sure that the door locks correctly. Both hooks fully
R engaged. If the hooks are not fully engaged, move the keeper to
R inboard (A/C aisle) position (steps (a), (b), (c)) and proceed
R with step (d).

(4) Adjust the door opening angle.

(a) Open the door.

(b) Loosen the bolts (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 503
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R (c) Move the support (2) until the bottom lip of the door is 1962 +10
R -0 mm (77.24 +0.40 -0.00 in.) above the floor.

R NOTE : The bottom lip of a door at FR20/21 and FR65/66 must be

____
R 1933 +10 -0 mm (76.10 +0.40 -0.00 in.) above the floor.

(d) Tighten the bolts (1).

(e) Make sure that the door locks correctly.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-24-00-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(2) Close the overhead stowage-compartment door.

Subtask 25-24-00-862-050

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 504
Nov 01/01
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-24-00-710-002

R Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
R 25-24-41-400-001 Installation of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
R 25-24-00-991-002 Fig. 502

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-24-00-861-051

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-24-00-820-052

R A. Adjustment of the Distance between the a/c Structure and the OHSC (1)
R (Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-24-00-991-002)

R (1) Make sure that the distance A (between the bracket-edge (3) and the
R bracket rear-edge (2)) is in the limits given in the table (view C).

R (2) Is necessary adjust the distance A with the turnbuckle (4):

R (a) Loosen the lock-nut (5).

R (b) Hold the bottom of a OHSC (1) with a hand to turn the turnbuckle
R body (6) easier.


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 505
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
R Figure 502/TASK 25-24-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 506
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R (c) Turn the turnbuckle body (6) clockwise or counterclockwise until
R the distance A is in the limits given in the table (view C).

R (d) Tighten the lock-nut (5).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-24-00-410-051

R A. Close Access

R (1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.

R (2) Install cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

R (3) If necessary, tighten the attached parts of the OHSC (Ref. TASK 25-
R 24-41-400-001).

R Subtask 25-24-00-862-051

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-00

Page 507
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 COMPARTMENT - SIDEWALL OVERHEAD STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________

TASK 25-24-41-000-001

Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific 1 STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-24-19-000-001 Removal of the Individual Air Outlet 4150 HM

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-26-43-000-012 Removal of the MCD Rail System
R 33-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Ballast Unit, Lampholder and
R Fluorescent Tube
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
25-24-41-991-001 Fig. 401
25-24-41-991-005 Fig. 402
25-24-41-991-012 Fig. 403
25-24-41-991-013 Fig. 404


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 401
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-24-41-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-24-41-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 300LG H01
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 301LG H03
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 302LG H04
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 303LG H02
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304lG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08

Subtask 25-24-41-010-050-A

C. Get Access

(1) Put a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT) adjacent to the stowage compartment
you will remove.

(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment is empty.

(3) Remove the ceiling panels adjacent to the stowage compartment

(Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).

(4) Remove the cove light panels adjacent to the stowage compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).

R (5) Remove the fluorescent tubes(Ref. TASK 33-21-11-000-001).

(6) Remove the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).

R (7) Remove the MCD (Movable Class Divider) rail, if installed (Ref. TASK
R 25-26-43-000-012).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 402
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-24-41-010-051

D. Remove the Passenger Service Equipment.

(1) Remove the passenger service/information unit (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-

000-001).

(2) Remove the passenger reading light-panel (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-

001).

(3) Remove the individual air-outlet panel (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-24-41-020-050

A. Removal of the 2,3 and 4-frame stowage compartments.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-24-41-991-001)

(1) Remove the lower attachments.

R (a) Disengage the panel (2) from the attachment rail (1), pull it
R down and remove it.

(b) Remove the screw (46), the washer (47), the nut (48) and
disconnect the bonding strap (6).

(c) If necessary remove the clamps (3) and disconnect the hoses (4).

(d) Remove the nuts (32), the washers (31), (30) and the screws (29).

R (e) Remove the lock-pins (20), the washers (19) and the pins (18) and
R (21).

(f) Remove the nuts (40), the washers (38), (39), (43) and the screws
(37), (41) and (42).

(2) Remove the upper attachments.

(a) Open the stowage compartment doors (5) for access.

(b) Remove the split-rings (9), the washers (8) (Ref. Detail
A
and

B
).

(c) Remove the nuts (27) the washers (25) and (26) (Ref. Detail

H
and
J
).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 403
May 01/03
 
SYR 
R 2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments
Figure 401/TASK 25-24-41-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments
Figure 401/TASK 25-24-41-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 405
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (d) Record the position and the number of the washers (28) for the
installation procedure.

(e) Support the stowage compartment and remove the pins (7) and (10)
(Ref. Detail
A
and
B
) or remove the screws (24), (36) and the
washers (25), (26) and (28) (Ref. Detail
H
and
J
)

(f) Remove the stowage compartment.

NOTE : The cabin temperature sensor casing (3) is installed

____
between two overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2). If
you must remove one or both of these overhead stowage
compartments (1) and/or (2), do these steps:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-24-41-991-005)

(g) Loosen the clamp (5).

(h) Remove the hose (6) from the cabin temperature sensor (4) outlet
pipe.

R (i) Remove the screws (7), and remove the screen (8) from between the
R overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2).

NOTE : The cabin temperature sensor casing (3) stays attached to

____
its overhead stowage compartment (2).

Subtask 25-24-41-020-051

B. Removal of the 1-frame stowage compartments/spacer bins.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-24-41-991-012)

(1) Remove the nuts (54), the washers (53), (52) and the screws (51).

(2) Remove the pin-locks (20), the washers (19) and the pins (18).

(3) Remove the nut (48), the washer (47), the screw (46) and disconnect
the bonding strap (6).

(4) Remove the screws (44) and the washers (45).

(5) Remove the split-ring (9) and the washer (8) (Ref. Detail
B
).

(6) Remove the nuts (27) and the washers (25) and (26) (Ref. Detail
A

and
G
).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 406
May 01/03
 
SYR 
 Cabin Temperature Sensor Casing - Removal/Installation
Figure 402/TASK 25-24-41-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 407
Nov 01/02
R  
SYR 
R 1-Frame Stowage Compartments/Spacer Bins
R Figure 403/TASK 25-24-41-991-012


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 408
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (7) Record the position and the number of the washers (28) for the
installation procedure.

(8) Support the stowage/spacer bin and remove the pin (7) (Ref. Detail

B
) and/or the bolts (24), (36) and the washers (25), (26) and (28)
(Ref. Detail
A
and
G
).

(9) Remove the stowage/spacer bin.

Subtask 25-24-41-020-052

C. Removal of the spacer bin FR38/ FR39.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-24-41-991-013)

(1) Remove the nuts (32), the washers (31) and (30) and the screws (29).

(2) Remove the pin-locks (20), the washers (19) and the pins (18).

(3) Remove the nuts (50), the washers (49), (23) and the screws (22).

(4) Remove the nut (48), the washer (47), the screw (46) and disconnect
the bonding strap (6).

(5) Remove the nut (27), the split-ring (9) and the washers (8) and (28).

(6) Record the position and the number of the washers (26) and (28) for
the installation procedure .

(7) Support the spacer bin and remove the pin (7), the screw (24), the
washers (25), (26), (28) and the spacer bin.


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 409
May 01/03
R  
SYR 
R Spacer Bin at FR38/FR39
R Figure 404/TASK 25-24-41-991-013


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 410
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-24-41-400-001

Installation of the Overhead Stowage Compartments

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive

Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
23-36-34-400-001 Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
23-73-64-400-001 Installation of the Reading Light
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
25-24-00-710-002 Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-26-43-400-012 Installation of the MCD Rail System
R 33-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Ballast Unit, Lampholder and
R Fluorescent Tube
35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
25-24-41-991-001 Fig. 401
25-24-41-991-005 Fig. 402
25-24-41-991-012 Fig. 403
25-24-41-991-013 Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-24-41-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 411
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-24-41-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 300LG H01
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 301LG H03
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 302LG H04
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 303LG H02
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08

Subtask 25-24-41-210-051

C. Make an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-24-41-420-050

A. Installation of the 2,3 and 4-frame stowage compartments.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-24-41-991-001)

(1) Install the upper attachments.

(a) Put the stowage compartment in position and install the pins (7)
and (10) (Ref. Detail
A
and
B
) or/and the screws (24), (36)
and the washers (25), (26) and (28) (Ref. Detail
H
and
J
).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 412
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 NOTE : You must install the washers as recorded in the removal
____
procedure.

(b) Install the washers (8) and the split-rings (9) and/or the
washers (25), (26) and the nuts (27).

(2) Install the lower attachments.

(a) Install the screws (37), (41) and (42), the washers (38), (39)
and (43) and the nuts (40).

(b) Torque the screws (42) to between 0.80 and 0.90 m.daN (70.79 and
79.64 lbf. in)

(c) Torque the nuts (40) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)

(d) Put the turnbuckles in position and install the pins (18) and
(21), the washers (19) and the lock-pins (20).

(e) Install the screws (29), the washers (30), (31) and the nuts
(32).

(f) Torque the nuts (32) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)

(g) Put the bonding-strap (6) in position and install the screw (46),
the washer (47) and the nut (48). (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004)

(h) Install the panel (2) on the attachment rail (1) and push it onto
the handrail.

(i) If necessary, connect the hoses (4) and install the clamps (3).

NOTE : The cabin sensor temperature casing (3) is installed

____
between two overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2). If
R you install one or more of these overhead stowage
R compartments (1) and/or (2), do these steps:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-24-41-991-005)

(j) Connect the hose (6) to the outlet pipe of the cabin temperature
sensor (4) and tighten the clamp (5).

(k) Install the screen (8), the screws (7) on the sidewalls of the
overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 413
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-24-41-420-051

R B. Installation of the 1-frame stowage compartments/spacer bins.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-24-41-991-012)

(1) Install the upper attachments.

(a) Put the stowage/spacer bin in position and install the pin (7)
(Ref. Detail
B
), the screws (24) (Ref. Detail
G
) and (36)
(Ref. Detail
A
) and the washers (25), (26) and (28).

NOTE : You must install the washers as recorded in the removal

____
procedure.

(b) Install the washers (8), (25) and (26), the split-ring (9) and
the nut(s) (27).

(c) Install the screws (44) and the washers (45).

(d) Torque the screws (44) to between 0.80 and 0.90 daNm (70.79 and
79.64 lbf. in)

(2) Install the lower attachments.

(a) Install the screws (37), the washers (38) and (39) and the nuts
(40).

(b) Torque the nuts (40) to between 0.70 and 0.80 daNm (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)

(c) Put the turnbuckles in position and install the pins (18), the
washers (19) and the pin-locks (20).

(d) Install the screws (51), the washers (52) and (53) and the nuts
(54).

(e) Torque the nuts (54) to between 0.70 and 0.80 daNm (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)

(f) Put the bonding-strap (6) in position and install the screw (46),
the washer (47) and the nut (48) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 414
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-24-41-420-052

C. Installation of the spacer bin FR38/FR39.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-24-41-991-013)

(1) Put the spacer bin in position and install the pin (7), the screw
(24) and the washers (25), (26) and (28).

NOTE : You must install the washers as recorded in the removal

____
procedure.

(2) Install the washers (8) and (28), the split-ring (9) and the nut
(27).

(3) Install the screws (22), the washers (23) and (49) and the nuts (50).

(a) Torque the nuts (50) to between 0.70 and 0.80 daNm (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)

(4) Put the turnbuckles in position and install the pins (18), the
washers (19) and the pin-locks (20).

(5) Install the screws (29), the washers (30) and (31) and the nuts (32).

(a) Torque the nuts (32) to between 0.70 and 0.80 daNm (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)

R (6) Put the bonding-strap (6) in position and install the screw (46), the
R washer (47) and the nut (48) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

Subtask 25-24-41-820-051

D. Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage Compartments

(1) If necessary, adjust the distance between a/c structure and OHSC
(Ref. TASK 25-24-00-710-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-24-41-410-050-A

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001).

(3) Install the fluorescent tube (Ref. TASK 33-21-11-400-001).

(4) Install the cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 415
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (5) Install the ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).

R (6) Install the MCD (Movable Class Divider) rail, if removed (Ref. TASK
R 25-26-43-400-012).

R (7) Remove the stepladder.

R (8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-24-41-410-051

B. Install the Passenger Service Equipment.

(1) Install the passenger reading-light panel (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-400-

001).

(2) Install the passenger service/information units (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-

400-001).

(3) Install the System Control Unit (SCU) (Ref. TASK 23-36-34-400-001).

(4) Remove the stepladder.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-24-41-865-052

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 300LG H01
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 301LG H03
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 302LG H04
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 303LG H02
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08

Subtask 25-24-41-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 416
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-24-41-000-002

R Removal of the Door of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 25-24-41-991-015 Fig. 405

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-24-41-861-051

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-24-41-020-062

R A. Removal of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door (referred to as door)

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-24-41-991-015)

R (1) Open the applicable door (1) and hold it so that it does not fall.

R (2) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3), and carefully remove the
R door (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 417
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Door - Overhead Stowage-Compartment
R Figure 405/TASK 25-24-41-991-015


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 418
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-24-41-400-002

Installation of the Door of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-24-00-710-001 Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors
25-24-41-991-015 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-24-41-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 419
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-24-41-420-062

R A. Installation of the Door

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-24-41-991-015)

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.

R (4) Put the door (1) in position and align the holes in the door with the
R holes in the hinge (4).

R (5) Install the screws (2) and the washers (3) and torque the screws (2)
R to between 0.22 and 0.26 m.daN (19.46 and 23.00 lbf.in).

R Subtask 25-24-41-820-050

R B. Adjustment of the Door

R (1) If necessary, adjust the distance between the doors (1) (Ref. TASK
R 25-24-00-710-001), refer to Para. 4. A. (2).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-24-41-862-051

R A. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 420
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-24-41-000-004

R Removal of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 25-24-41-991-016 Fig. 406
R 25-24-41-991-017 Fig. 407

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-24-41-861-052

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-24-41-020-064

R A. Removal of the Latch assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door.

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-24-41-991-016)

R (1) Open the overhead bin door (1).

R (2) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3).

R (3) Remove the latch assembly (4).

R (4) Close the overhead bin door (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 421
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Latch Assembly - Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door
R Figure 406/TASK 25-24-41-991-016


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 422
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-24-41-020-065

R B. Removal of the Latch Assembly of the Spacer.

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-24-41-991-017)

R (1) Open the door (1).

R (2) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and the cover (4).

R (3) Remove the latch assembly (5).

R (4) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7) and the bracket (8).

R (5) Close the door (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 423
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Latch Assembly - Spacer
R Figure 407/TASK 25-24-41-991-017


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 424
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-24-41-400-003

R Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-24-41-991-016 Fig. 406
R 25-24-41-991-017 Fig. 407

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-24-41-860-053

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-24-41-420-064

R A. Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment

R Door.
R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-24-41-991-016)

R (1) Open the overhead bin door (1).

R (2) Put the latch assembly (4) in position.

R (3) Install the washers (3) and the screws (2).

R (4) Close the overhead bin door (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 425
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-24-41-420-065

R B. Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Spacer.

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-24-41-991-017)

R (1) Open the door (1).

R (2) Put the bracket in position and install the screws (6) and (7).

R (3) Put the latch assembly (5) and the cover (4) in position.

R (4) Install the washers (3) and screws (2).

R (5) Close the door (1).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-24-41-862-053

R A. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 426
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-24-41-960-001

Replacement of the Handrail

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-24-41-991-019 Fig. 408

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-24-41-861-054

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-24-41-960-051

A. Replacement of the Handrail

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-24-41-991-019)

(1) Remove the handrail:

(a) Carefully remove the filler panel (1) (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-
001).

R (b) Remove the screws (4), the washers (3) and carefully remove the
R handrail (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 427
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Handrail
Figure 408/TASK 25-24-41-991-019


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 428
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (2) Install the handrail:

R (a) Carefully put the handrail (2) in position and install the the
R washers (3) and the screws (4).

(b) Carefully install the filler panel (1) (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-
001).

(c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-24-41-862-055

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-24-41

Page 429
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNITS (PSIU) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________________

R 1. _______
General
The Passenger Service/Information Units (PSIUs) are installed in the
passenger service channel to give service and information to the passengers.

R 2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004)

R 3. __________________
System Description

The PSIUs are installed in the passenger service supply channels. The
passenger service supply channels are located on the bottom side of the
overhead stowage compartments.

The PSIUs are hung from the attachment rails and held in position with the
R section hose. The clamping blocks, installed in different positions, prevent
R the PSIUs from moving in a FWD/AFT direction. The spaces between the PSIUs
R are filled with blank filler panels. The filler panels have different
dimensions. This will let you position the PSIUs correctly to agree with
customer seat layouts.

NOTE : For description and operation of the PSIUs installed in the

____
lavatories, refer to 25-45-00.

Each PSIU has two primary units:

- the Passenger Service Unit (PSU), installed above each seat row,
- the Passenger Information Unit (PIU), installed above each second seat
row.
Video units can be installed in the service channels for visual
entertainment of the passengers (Ref. 23-36-00).

R 4. Power
____________
Supply
R For the power supply of the reading lights and the lighted signs, refer to
R 33-20-00.

R 5. _________
Interface
R The PSIUs have interfaces with:
R
R - the air conditioning system (Ref. 21-00-00),
R - the communication system (Ref. 23-00-00),
R - the lighting system (Ref. 33-20-00),
R - the oxygen system (Ref. 35-20-00).
R
R For access to these system interfaces remove the related PSIU panels
R and/or the adjacent filler panels.


EFF :

ALL  25-25-00

Page 1
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) - Component Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-25-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Fresh Air Outlet Panel (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-25-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Reading Light Panel (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-25-00

Page 4
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Class Divider Assy - Component Location
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-25-00

Page 5
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
R 6. _____________________
Component Description

R A. Passenger Service Units (PSUs)

R
R Each PSU has:
R
R - an attendant call panel (Ref. 23-73-00),
R - a reading light panel (Ref. 33-25-00),
R - a fresh air outlet panel (Ref. 21-24-00),
R - an emergency oxygen mask container (Ref. 35-20-00).
R

R (1) Attendant Call Panel

R
R Each Panel has:
R
R - an attendant call/reset push button,
R - reading light ON/OFF switches,
R - lighted seat numbers and seat row number,
R - lighted SMOKER/NO SMOKER sign.
R

R (2) Reading Light Panel

R
R The number of reading lights on each reading light panel agrees with
R the customer seat layout. Each reading light is adjustable and can be
R switched ON or OFF independently with its related switch. The Reading
R light switches are located on the attendant call panel.
R

R (3) Fresh Air Outlet Panel

R
R The number of fresh air outlets on each fresh air outlet panel agrees
R with the customer seat layout. Each fresh air outlet is adjustable
R and can be opened or closed independently.
R

R (4) Emergency Oxygen Mask Container

R
R The number of emergency oxygen masks in each container agrees with
R the customer seat layout. The oxygen masks fall from the container
R immediately, if there is a sudden decrease in cabin pressure.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-25-00

Page 6
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R B. Passenger Information Units (PIUs) (Ref. 23-73-00)
R
R Each PIU is a single panel which has:
R
R - a loudspeaker,
R - a lighted sign FASTEN SEAT BELT,
R - a lighted sign NO SMOKING.
R
R The PIUs are installed only above every second seat row.

R 7. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indication
R The PSIUs can be operated by the Passengers/attendants as follows:
R

R A. Attendant Call
R
R To call an attendant the attendant call/reset pushbutton must be pushed.
R This gives a signal tone and a visual sign on the attendant call panel.
R The attendant call/reset pushbutton also comes on.
R To cancel the call the attendant call/reset pushbutton must be pushed
R again.
R

R B. Lighted Signs and Loudspeakers

R
R For information about the seat numbers and seat row numbers, the FASTEN
R SEAT BELT and NO SMOKING signs, and the loudspeakers of the PSIUs refer
R to 23-30-00 and 33-20-00.

C. Fresh Air Outlets

To open the fresh air outlet, turn the nozzle ring to the left. Then you
can adjust the fresh air stream when you turn the nozzle housing. To
close the fresh air outlet, turn the nozzle ring to the right.

D. Reading Lights

A reading light comes on, when you push the related switch on the
attendant call panel. The light goes off, when you push the switch again.


EFF :

ALL  25-25-00

Page 7
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNIT (PSIU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-25-11-000-001

Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information Unit(s)

(PSIU)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-24-19-000-001 Removal of the Individual Air Outlet 4150 HM

23-73-51-000-001 Removal of the Loudspeaker
R 23-73-63-000-001 Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign from
R the Passenger Service Information Unit and the C/B
R panels 2000VU/2001VU
23-73-64-000-001 Removal of the Reading Light
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
25-25-11-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-25-11-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-25-11-020-050

A. Removal of the Filler Panels:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-25-11-991-001)

(1) Remove the section hose (3) from the mounting rail (4).

(2) Release and remove the filler panel (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-25-11

Page 401
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Filler Panel
Figure 401/TASK 25-25-11-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-25-11

Page 402
May 01/00
 
SYR 
R (3) Loosen the screws (5), release and remove the class-divider-bracket
R (2).

R (4) If installed, and necessary open/remove the passenger service

information units (PSIUs) as follows:

(a) Remove the Loudspeakers (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-000-001).

(b) Remove the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-73-63-
000-001).

(c) Remove the Reading Lights (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-000-001)

(d) Remove the Individual Air outlet (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001)

(e) Remove the Emergency Oxygen Containers (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-

001)


EFF :

ALL  25-25-11

Page 403
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-25-11-400-001

Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information

Unit(s) (PSIU)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-24-19-400-001 Installation of the Individual Air outlet 4150 HM

23-73-51-400-002 Installation of the Loudspeaker
R 23-73-63-400-001 Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign
R in the Passenger Service Information Unit and the C/B
R panels 2000VU/2001VU
23-73-64-400-001 Installation of the Reading Light
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
25-25-11-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-25-11

Page 404
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-25-11-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-25-11-420-050

A. Installation of the Filler Panel(s):

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-25-11-991-001)

(1) If opened/removed install the passenger service/information units

(PSIUs) as follows:

(a) Install the Loudspeakers (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-400-002).

(b) Install the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-73-
63-400-001).

(c) Install the Reading Lights (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-400-001).

(d) Install the Emergency Oxygen Containers (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-

001).

R (e) Install the Individual Air Outlet 4150 HM(Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-
001).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Put the filler panel (1) in position and engage it to the mounting
rail (4).

(4) Put the class-divider-bracket in position engage it to the mounting

rail and tighten the screws (5).


EFF :

ALL  25-25-11

Page 405
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (5) Install the related seal (3) on the mounting rail (4) , use the
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).

(6) Make sure that the seal is not expanded.

R (7) Make sure that there is a gap of 2 +0 -0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000 -0.0196
R in.) on each side of the emergency oxygen container.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-25-11-862-053

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-25-11

Page 406
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________

1. _______
General
Dividers are installed to divide the utility areas and the passenger seating
areas in the cabin.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. _____________________
Component Description

A. Curtains
Curtains divide the utility areas from the passenger seating area.
The curtains hang on hooks which slide in light alloy rails. Brackets
attach the rails to the galleys, lavatories, stowage compartments and/or
the overhead stowage compartments.

B. Partitions (if installed)

The partitions can be installed in the cabin between FR20 and FR66.
Special fittings attach the partitions to the seat tracks of the cabin
and on top to the overhead stowage compartment or the ceiling.
Each partition is made of a composite structure material and has a
decorative cover. The edges of the partitions have a light alloy profile.
The supports which hold the attach fittings are bonded into the composite
structure of the partition.

C. Movable Class Divider (if installed)

The movable class divider has a center part and two lateral parts with
R curtains. The single beam class divider is a mono block. You can relocate
R the parts in the cabin without tools quickly.

R (1) Center class divider

A quick release mechanism attaches the beam of the center part on top
of the overhead stowage compartments.
Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the beam with hooks.

R (2) Lateral class divider

A quick release mechanism attaches each of the lateral supporting
beams to the connection panels installed in the lower part of the
overhead stowage compartments.
Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the beam with hooks.
No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt signs are installed in each supporting
beam and electrically connected to the aircraft system via the
connection panels.
The connection panels are located at each seat row between frames 22
and 64 except in the area of the emergency exits.


EFF :

ALL  25-26-00

Page 1
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
R Dividers - Component Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-26-00

Page 2
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
R (3) Single beam class divider
R The single beam class divider slides along rails that are attached
R below overhead stowage compartments.
R Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the single beam class
R divider.


EFF :

ALL  25-26-00

Page 3
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 CURTAINS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________

TASK 25-26-41-000-001

Removal of the Forward Curtain Rail

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 23-73-22-000-001 Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel

R (320RH,321RH,322RH)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-26-41-000-013 Removal of the Curtains
25-26-41-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-26-41-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-26-41-010-074

B. Get Access

(1) Remove the FWD Curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-41-020-050

A. Removal of the Curtain Rail:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-41-991-001-A)

(1) Remove the attendant indication panel 320RH1 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-000-
001).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 401
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Forward Cabin Divider
R Figure 401/TASK 25-26-41-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 402
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 (2) Remove the end panel(s) (7) of the overhead stowage compartments.

(a) Open the door(s) (3) of the overhead stowage compartment(s) on

the left and/or the right side.

(b) Remove the screw(s) (5) and the washer(s) (6).

(c) Pull the end panel(s) (7) to the centerline of the aircraft until
they are free of the holders (4) and remove them.

(3) Remove the curtain rail (1).

(a) Loosen the screw (21) and remove the end cap (20).

(b) Hold the curtain rail (1) in position.

(c) Remove the screws (16) and the bracket (17) and remove the
curtain rail.

(d) Remove the fittings (19) and (15).

(4) Remove the curtain rail (2).

(a) Remove the retaining rings (12) and the washers (11).

(b) Remove the curtain rail (2) and the washers (11), (26), (25) and
(10).

NOTE : Identify the position of the washers (11), (26), (25) and
____
(10).

R (c) Remove the fitting (18).

(5) Remove the brackets.

(a) Remove the screws (9) and the brackets (8).

(b) Remove the screws (14) and the brackets (13).

(c) Remove the screws (22), the washers (23) and the straps (24) .


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 403
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-26-41-400-001

Installation of the Forward Curtain Rail

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

23-73-22-400-001 Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel
R (320RH,321RH,322RH)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-26-41-000-013 Removal of the Curtains
25-26-41-400-013 Installation of the Curtains
R AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-26-41-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-26-41-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the FWD Curtains are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-
013).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 404
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-41-210-065

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-26-41-420-075

B. Installation of the curtain rail:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-41-991-001-A)

(1) Install the brackets:

(a) Put the straps (24) and the washers (23) in position and install
the screws (22).

(b) Put the brackets (8) in position and install the screws (9).

(c) Put the brackets (13) in position and install the screws (14).

(d) Put the fittings (15), (18) and (19) in position.

(2) Install the curtain rail (2).

(a) Install the washers (10), (25), (26) and (11) as identified to
the brackets (8).

(b) Install the curtain rail (2) to the brackets (8).

(c) Install the washers (11) and the retaining rings (12).

(3) Install the curtain rail (1).

(a) Put the curtain rail (1) and the bracket (17) in position and
install the screws (16).

(b) Put the end cap (20) in position and install the screw (21).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 405
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 (4) Install the end panels.

(a) Install the end panels (7) on the holders (4) of the overhead
stowage compartment.

(b) Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).

(c) Close the doors (3) of the overhead stowage compartment.

(d) Install the Attendant Indication Panel 320RH1 (Ref. TASK 23-73-
22-400-001)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-26-41-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Install the FWD Curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-013)

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

Subtask 25-26-41-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 406
May 01/03
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-26-41-000-003

Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-26-41-000-013 Removal of the Curtains
25-26-41-991-003-A Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-26-41-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-26-41-010-075

B. Get Access

(1) Remove the AFT Curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-41-020-054-A

R A. Removal of the curtain rail(s):

R NOTE : The procedure to remove all the curtain rails is the same.
____

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-26-41-991-003-A)

R (1) Remove the screws (3) and the curtain rail(s) (1).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 407
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Aft Utility-Area Divider
R Figure 402/TASK 25-26-41-991-003-A


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 408
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
R (2) Remove the fittings (4) from the curtain rail(s) (1).

R (3) Remove the brackets.

(a) Remove the screws (5) and the brackets (2).

R (b) Remove the screw(s) (7), the washer(s) (6) and the strap(s) (8).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 409
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-26-41-400-003

Installation of the Aft Curtain Rail

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-26-41-000-013 Removal of the Curtains
25-26-41-400-013 Installation of the Curtains
R AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-26-41-991-003-A Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-26-41-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the AFT Curtains are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-
013).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-41-210-066

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 410
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-26-41-420-053-A

R B. Installation of the curtain rail(s):

R NOTE : The procedure to install all the curtain rail(s) is the same.
____

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-26-41-991-003-A)

(1) Install the brackets.

R (a) Put the strap(s) (8) and the washer(s) (6) in position and
R install the screw(s) (7).

(b) Put the brackets (2) in position and install the screws (5).

R (2) Install the curtain rail(s).

R (a) Put the fittings (4) in position in the curtain rail(s) (1).

R (b) Put the curtain rail(s) (1) in position and install the screws
R (3).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-26-41-410-061

A. Close Access

(1) Install the AFT Curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-013)

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.

(4) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

Subtask 25-26-41-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 411
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-26-41

Page 412
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-26-41-000-013

Removal of the Curtains

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-26-41-991-016-A Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-26-41-861-055

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-26-41-010-073

B. Get Access

(1) Get access to the cabin.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-41-020-076

R A. Removal of the curtain(s)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-26-41-991-016-A)

(1) Removal of the curtains from the curtain rails.

(a) Remove the screw(s) (3), the cover plate(s) (4) and the cover
clip(s) (6) (if installed).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 413
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
R Curtains
R Figure 403/TASK 25-26-41-991-016-A


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 414
May 01/03
 
SYR 
R (b) Release the end stop(s) (5).

R (c) Move the curtain (2) with the gliders (7) and the end stop(s) (5)
R out of the curtain rail(s) (1).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 415
May 01/03
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-26-41-400-013

Installation of the Curtains

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-26-41-991-016-A Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-26-41-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-41-210-067

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 416
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-26-41-420-076

R B. Installation of the curtain(s)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-26-41-991-016-A)

(1) Install the curtain(s).

(a) Engage the gliders (7) with the curtain(s) (2) into the curtain
rail(s) (1).

(b) Install and lock the end stop(s) (5).

(c) Install the cover clip(s) (6) and the cover plate(s) (4) with the
screw(s) (3) ( if removed).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-26-41-410-062

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.

(3) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

Subtask 25-26-41-862-054

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-41

Page 417
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 DIVIDER - CLASS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________

TASK 25-26-43-000-003

Removal of the Lateral Class Divider

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-26-41-000-013 Removal of the Curtains
25-26-43-991-003 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-26-43-861-054

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-26-43-010-065

B. Get Access

R (1) Remove the curtain from the lateral class divider.(Ref. TASK 25-26-
R 41-000-013)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-43-020-052

A. Remove the Lateral Class Divider

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-43-991-003)

NOTE : The procedure to remove the left and right class dividers is the
____
same.


EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 401
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Left and Right Video Class Divider
Figure 401/TASK 25-26-43-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 402
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
R (1) Hold the class divider (1) and pull the release handle (2) in the
R unlock position.

(2) Carefully pull the class divider (1) out of the video frame (3) and
remove it.


EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 403
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-26-43-400-003

Installation of the Lateral Class Divider

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied

from the External Power
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
R 25-26-41-000-013 Removal of the Curtains
25-26-41-400-013 Installation of the Curtains
25-26-43-991-003 Fig. 401
25-26-43-991-011 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-26-43-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

R (2) Make sure that the curtains are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013).

R (3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 404
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-43-560-051

R A. Preparation of the Replacement Component

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-26-43-991-011)

NOTE : The procedure for the left and right lateral divider is the same.
____

(1) Disassemble the Lateral Class Divider:

R (a) Remove the screw (8) and the strap (7).

R (b) Remove the plug (4), the screw (5) and the latch assembly (6).

(c) Remove the screw (13) and the stop (12).

(d) Remove the pin (16) from the lever (21) and the block (15).

(e) Remove the nut (25) and the washer (23).

R (f) Remove the lever (21) with the trunnion (24) and remove the
R trunnion (24) from the lever (21).

(g) Remove the screws (19) and the cover strip (20).

R (h) Remove the rod (17) with the link assembly (22), the spring (14)
R and the release hook (11) from the block (15).

(i) Remove the spiral pin (18) and the link assembly (22) from the
rod (17).

(j) Remove the screws (10) and the rail (9).

(k) Remove the screws (2) and the hook (3).

(2) Assemble the lateral class divider:

R (a) Put the stop (12) in position and install the screw (13).

R (b) Put the rail (9) in position and install the screws (10).

(c) Put the hook (3) in position and install the screws (2).

(d) Put the link assembly (22) in position with the rod (17) and
install the pin (18).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 405
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Lateral Divider - Assembly
R Figure 402/TASK 25-26-43-991-011


EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 406
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
 (e) Install the release hook (11) and the spring (14) in the block
(15) and attach it to the rod (17) and the link assembly (22).

(f) Put the cover strap (20) in position and install the screw (19).

(g) Attach the lever (21) to the block (15) with the pin (16).

(h) Install the trunnion (24) in the lever (21).

(i) Install as many washers (23) as necessary on the link assembly

(22).

(j) Move the lever (21) and attach the link assembly (22) in the
trunnion and install the washer (23) and the nut (25).

(k) Install the latch assembly (6) with the screw (5) and the plug
(4).

(l) Put the strap (7) in position and install the screw (8).

Subtask 25-26-43-420-052

B. Install the Lateral Class Divider.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-43-991-003)

R NOTE : The installation procedure for the left and right lateral divider
____
R is the same.

R (1) Make sure that the release handle (2) is in the open position.

(2) Put the class divider (1) in position near the video frame (3).

(3) Close the release handle (2) to lock the class divider (1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-26-43-410-063

A. Close Access

(1) Install the curtain on the lateral class divider (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-
400-013).

Subtask 25-26-43-862-050

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 407
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-26-43-000-004

Removal of the Center Class Divider

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-26-43-991-004 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-26-43-861-055

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-43-020-053

A. Remove the Center Class Divider 6388MM

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-26-43-991-004)

(1) Remove the screws (4) and the nuts (3) from the divider rail (2).

(2) Pull the lever (5) in the unlock position.

R (3) Move the class divider (1) forward until frame 24, move it out of the
R divider rail (2) and remove it.

R

EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 408
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 Center Class Divider
Figure 403/TASK 25-26-43-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 409
May 01/08
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-26-43-400-004

Installation of the Center Class Divider

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-26-43-991-004 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-26-43-420-053

A. Install the Center Class Divider 6388MM

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-26-43-991-004)

(1) Make sure that the class divider (1) is in the removal position.

(2) Put the class divider (1) in position.

(3) Push the class divider (1) onto the divider rail (2).

R (4) Push the class divider (1) near its end position.

R (5) Push the lever (5) into the lock position until it engages.

(6) Install the screws (4) the nuts (3).

5. Close-up
________


EFF :

ALL  25-26-43

Page 410
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 ________________________________________________________
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING DOOR AREA HEATING PANELS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________

1. General
_______

R A. Stowages
R
R There are different stowage devices for the ancillary equipment.
R The stowage devices are installed at different locations in the cabin.

2. __________________
Component Location

A. Stowages
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6579MM STOWAGE LH 231 25-27-44
6480MM STOWAGE RH 232 25-27-44
------ EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT STOWAGE 261 25-27-15

3. __________________
System Description

R A. Stowages
R
R The stowage basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich
R panels are covered with Glassfibre Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) plates.
R Extrusions are bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Bonded edge profiles,
R stainless-steel kick strips and rub strips are installed to protect the
R stowages where applicable. The stowages are attached to the seat tracks
R with fittings and to the aircraft structure with tie-rods.


EFF :

ALL  25-27-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
R Stowages - Component Location
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-27-00

Page 2
Feb 01/99
 
SYR 
 STOWAGE - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT L AND R - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________

TASK 25-27-15-000-001

Removal of an Emergency Equipment Stowage

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
25-27-15-991-003 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-27-15-861-050

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 25-27-15-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Get access to the cabin.

(2) Remove the emergency equipment from the emergency equipment stowage.


EFF :

ALL  25-27-15

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-15-991-003)

Subtask 25-27-15-020-056

A. Remove the emergency equipment stowage.

(1) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3).

(2) Carefully remove the emergency equipment stowage (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-15

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Emergency Equipment Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-27-15-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-27-15

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-27-15-400-001

Installation of an Emergency Equipment Stowage

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-27-15-991-003 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-27-15-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Make sure that the equipment is removed from the emergency equipment
stowage.

(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.


EFF :

ALL  25-27-15

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-15-991-003)

Subtask 25-27-15-420-054

A. Install the emergency equipment stowage.

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Carefully put the emergency equipment stowage (1) in position.

(4) Put the washers (3) in position and install the screws (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-27-15-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the emergency equipment in the emergency stowage .

NOTE : Make sure that the emergency equipment is complete.

____

Subtask 25-27-15-862-050

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-15

Page 405
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________

TASK 25-27-44-000-002

Removal of a Stowage FWD LH (Zone 231)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R No specific 1 ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-20
No specific 2 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-26-41-000-001 Removal of the Forward Curtain Rail
25-27-44-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-27-44-861-056

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-27-44-860-070

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) In the cockpit:

(a) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the switch EMER EXIT LT 4WL is
in the OFF position.

(2) On the FAP 120RH:

(a) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER is in the OFF position.

R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panels 25VU and 120RH, to tell persons
not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.

Subtask 25-27-44-010-058

C. Get Access

(1) Remove and identify the equipment which is kept in the stowage.

R (2) If necessary, remove the forward curtain and curtain rail (Ref. TASK
25-26-41-000-001).

Subtask 25-27-44-865-113

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-27-44-020-058

A. Removal of the Stowage 6579MM

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 402
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (1) Open the door (2).

(2) Remove the screws (10) and the upper attachments (9).

(3) Remove the screws (3) and lift the foot-rest (4).

(4) Remove the cap (13).

(5) Remove the bolts (11) and the washers (12).

R (6) Carefully move the stowage (1) a short distance inboard to get access
R to the electrical connectors (5) and the bonding straps (8).

(7) Disconnect the electrical connectors:

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

R (a) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5), use the ELEC CONTACTS
R INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-20.

(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(8) Remove the nuts (6) and the washers (7), and disconnect the bonding
straps (8).

(9) Carefully lift the stowage (1) and remove it.

(10) Record the position of the seat-track fittings (16).

(11) Pull the synthetic fibre-cords (18) and remove the sealant from the
seat tracks (17).

(12) Remove the screws (14), the fittings (15) and the seat-track fittings
(16) from the seat tracks (17).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 403
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 405
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-27-44-400-002

Installation of a Stowage FWD LH (Zone 231)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific removal/insertion tool M15.570-20

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
R No specific 2 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 406
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-51-00-710-002 Operational Test of Emergency Escape-Path
Marking-Lights
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-27-44-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-27-44-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) In the cockpit:

(a) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the switch EMER EXIT LT 4WL is
in the OFF position.

(3) On the FAP 120RH:

(a) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER is in the OFF position.

R (4) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position, to tell persons

not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.

(5) Make sure that the stowage is empty.


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 407
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-27-44-865-114

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
R 122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-27-44-210-070

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor panels:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor panels with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-003), a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 408
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-27-44-420-058

B. Installation of the Stowage 6579MM

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-001)

(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws

(Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001).

(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the seat-track fittings
(16) and put them in the seat tracks (17) as recorded in the removal
procedure.

(3) Seal the seat tracks:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Cut the synthetic fibre-cords (18) MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.

19-002) to the necessary length.

NOTE : The cords (18) must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area
____
that you will seal.

(b) Put the cords (18) in the seat tracks (17).

(c) Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (18).

NOTE : This step is to make the next removal procedure easier.

____

(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the seat tracks (17) for
a length of 30 mm (1.2 in.).

(e) Push the loops into the sealant.

(4) Put the fittings (15) in position and install the screws (14).

(5) Carefully put the stowage (1) near to the installation position to
connect the electrical connectors (5) and the bonding straps (8).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 409
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (6) Connect the electrical connectors:

CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

R (a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Connect the electrical connectors (5), use the removal/insertion

tool M15.570-20.

(7) Connect the bonding straps:

(a) Put the bonding straps (8) in position and install the washers
(7) and the nuts (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

(8) Carefully put the stowage (1) in position.

(9) Put the washers (12) in position and install the bolts (11).

(10) Install the cap (13).

(11) Put the upper attachments (9) in position and install the screws
(10).

(12) Lower the foot-rest (4) and install the screws (3).

(13) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in good condition.

(14) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

(15) Close the door (2).

Subtask 25-27-44-942-056

C. Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 410
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-27-44-865-115

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
R 49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
R 122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07

Subtask 25-27-44-710-071

E. Do these Tests

(1) Do the operational test of the emergency escape-path marking-lights.

(Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-002).

R (2) Do a test of the stowage catches and latch assemblies for

R satisfactory function.

R (3) Do a test of the stowage door(s) and door hinges for free movement.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-27-44-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Install the equipment in the stowage as identified in the removal

procedure.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Make sure that the stowage door(s) is (are) closed and locked.

Subtask 25-27-44-862-055

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 411
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-27-44-000-003

Removal of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 232)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-27-44-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-27-44-861-054

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-27-44-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Remove and identify the equipment which is kept in the stowage.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-27-44-020-053

A. Removal of the Stowage 6580MM

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-001)

(1) Open the door (2).

R (2) Remove the screws (10) and the upper attachments (9).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 412
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (3) Remove the screws (3) and lift the foot-rest (4).

R (4) Remove the cap (13).

R (5) Remove the bolts (11) and the washers (12).

(6) Carefully move the stowage (1) a short distance inboard until you can
R get access to the bonding straps (8).

R (7) Remove the nuts (6) and the washers (7), and disconnect the bonding
R straps (8).

(8) Carefully lift the stowage (1) and remove it.

R (9) Record the position of the seat-track fittings (16).

R (10) Pull the synthetic fibre-cords (18) and remove the sealant from the
R seat tracks (17).

R (11) Remove the screws (14), the fittings (15) and the seat-track fittings
R (16) from the seat tracks (17).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 413
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-27-44-400-003

Installation of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 232)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 414
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-27-44-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-27-44-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the stowage is empty.


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 415
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-27-44-210-056

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor panels:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor panels with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-003), a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-27-44-420-051

B. Installation of the Stowage 6580MM

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 416
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws
(Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001).

(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the seat-track fittings
(16) and put them in the seat tracks (17) as recorded in the removal
procedure.

(3) Seal the seat tracks:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Cut the synthetic fibre-cords (18) MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.

19-002) to the necessary length.

NOTE : The cords (18) must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area
____
that you will seal.

(b) Put the cords (18) in the seat tracks (17).

(c) Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (18).

NOTE : This step is to make the next removal procedure easier.

____

(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the seat tracks (17) for
a length of 30 mm (1.2 in.).

(e) Push the loops into the sealant.

(4) Put the fittings (15) in position and install the screws (14).

(5) Carefully put the stowage (1) near to the installation position to
connect the bonding straps (8).

(6) Connect the bonding straps:

(a) Put the bonding straps (8) in position and install the washers
(7) and the nuts (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

(7) Carefully put the stowage (1) in position.

(8) Put the washers (12) in position and install the bolts (11).

(9) Install the cap (13).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 417
Nov 01/07
R  
SYR 
 (10) Put the upper attachments (9) in position and install the screws
(10).

(11) Lower the foot-rest (4) and install the screws (3).

(12) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in good condition.

(13) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

(14) Close the door (2).

Subtask 25-27-44-710-073

C. Do these Tests

R (1) Do a test of the stowage catches and latch assemblies for

R satisfactory function.

R (2) Do a test of the stowage door(s) and door hinges for free movement.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-27-44-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Install the equipment in the stowage as identified in the removal

procedure.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Make sure that the stowage door(s) is(are) closed and locked.

Subtask 25-27-44-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-27-44

Page 418
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 DOG HOUSE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________

TASK 25-27-46-000-001

Removal of a Doghouse

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-27-46-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-27-46-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Record and remove the equipment which is kept in the doghouse.

(2) Remove the seat-row forward of the doghouse if necessary (Ref. TASK
25-21-41-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________


EFF :

ALL  25-27-46

Page 401
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-27-46-400-001

Installation of a Doghouse

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Seats
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS (SEE ALSO 11-42-25)
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-27-46-860-050-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Make sure that the doghouse is empty.

(3) Make sure that the seat-row forward of the doghouse is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-27-46

Page 402
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-27-46-210-053

A. Preparation for Installation

R

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-27-46-410-051-A

A. Close Access

(1) Install the seatrow forward of the doghouse (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-
001).

(2) Install the equipment in the doghouse, as identified during the

removal procedure.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(4) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.

(5) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

Subtask 25-27-46-862-050-A

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-27-46

Page 403
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 FLOOR COVERING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________

1. _______
General
The floor covering is installed in the cabin. The cabin is divided into:
- The passenger area
- The utility (wet) areas.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. _____________________
Component Description

A. The floor covering gives passenger-comfort, soundproofing and is the

protection for the floor panels and the floor structure. The floor
covering is slip-resistant and made of fire-resistant material.
There is:
- The textile floor covering (TF) in the passenger area
- The textile floor covering (TF) / non textile floor covering (NTF) in
the utility (wet) area.
(Ref. Fig. 001)

B. Passenger Area
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R The floor of the passenger area in the cabin has pieces of textile floor
R
R covering on it.
R

R (1) Seat-Track Area:

R Plastic covers are installed on the seat tracks. They make an overlap
R on the carpet and hold the carpet edges. The plastic covers are
R installed to give a smooth surface to the carpet at the seat tracks.
R

R (2) Floor-Panel Area:

Double-sided adhesive tape or dispersion-adhesive attaches the
textile floor covering to the floor panels. The double-sided adhesive
R tape is installed around the outer edges of the textile
R floor-covering pieces. The dispersion-adhesive is on all of the
R bottom surface of the textile floor covering.
R Also all floor-panel cross-joints have double-side adhesive tape on
R them.
The tape is installed:
R - In the seat area 300 mm (11.8110 in.) apart
R - In the aisle area 100 mm (3.9370 in.) apart.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-28-00

Page 1
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R General Arrangement of the Floor Covering
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-28-00

Page 2
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Example of the Cabin Floor Covering
R Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-28-00

Page 3
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 C. Utility (Wet) Area
(Ref. Fig. 002)

(1) The floor of each cabin utility (wet) area has a cover of textile
floor covering (TF) and/or non textile floor covering (NTF) . Floors
in the galleys and near the passenger doors have usually a cover of
NTF. The floor panels of the utility (wet) area have a layer of
Adhesive Foil (MYLAR). This gives protection to the floor structure
from liquids that can cause corrosion. Adhesive film attaches the
floor covering to the floor panels. There are cut-outs for the floor
attachments of the cabin furnishings. The edges and the cut-outs of
the non textile floor covering are sealed with sealant.
There are different procedures to close the gap between the NTF
sections:
- Sealing procedure
- Welding procedure.

(2) Utility (wet) area zone:

Areas that are frequently in touch with liquids are defined as wet
areas and these are:
- Door entrance area with a minimum of 2 frame bays forward and aft
of the door
- Galley areas with a minimum of 1 frame bay forward and aft of the
galley outline
- Lavatory areas with a minimum of 1 frame bay forward and aft of the
lavatory outline.
Utility (wet) areas have a cover of Adhesive Foil (MYLAR) -full
floor width in transverse direction- .

(a) Seat-Track Area:

Corrosion inhibitor spray is applied to the seat tracks in (wet)
areas . In areas of all seat track length under the Adhesive Foil
(MYLAR), the seat tracks crowns are filled fully with corrosion
preventive compound. Spacer-strips are installed on the seat
tracks to give protection to the corrosion preventive compound.

(b) Floor-Panel Area:

The Adhesive Foil (MYLAR) is attached to the floor panels. This
is a moisture barrier and gives protection to the aircraft
structure from liquids. The (MYLAR) foil has an overlap of each
other by 50 mm (1.9685 in.). Adhesive film attach the NTF to the
(MYLAR) foil. Adhesive double-sided tape attaches the TF to the
(MYLAR) foil.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-00

Page 4
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (c) Joint Strips:
Stainless-steel cover-strips are installed across the aisles to
cover the joints between the textile and the non textile floor
coverings. The attachment screws are installed with
anti-corrosion paste.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-00

Page 5
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 COVERING - FLOOR, TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________

TASK 25-28-41-000-001

Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR CAP - BLANKING

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-28-41-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-28-41-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-28-41-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Remove the passenger seats as necessary.

(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 401
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-28-41-020-050

R A. Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering (TF)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-41-991-001)

(1) Disconnection of the Electrical Connector(s), if installed:

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(a) Push the quick-release studs (3) and remove the protection cap
(4).

(b) Disconnect the electrical connector (1).

(c) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(2) Remove the screws (6) and the joint-strips (7).

(3) Remove the seat-track covers (8) as necessary.

R (4) Removal of the TF:

R (a) Carefully lift a corner of the TF (5) and pull it horizontally

R away from the floor-panels.

CAUTION : REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE

_______
TO THE CABIN FLOOR PANELS.

(b) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to make the removal procedure

easier.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 402
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Textile Floor-Covering (TF)
R Figure 401/TASK 25-28-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 403
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-28-41-400-001

Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific vacuum cleaner

No specific 2 ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-084 AIB ABS5093A
POLYESTER FILM TAPE (TRANSPARENT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-102 F AIMS 10-04-005
DISPERSION-ADHESIVE FOR TEXTILE FLOOR COVERING
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-118
CARPET TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 404
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Seats
25-28-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-28-41-991-002 Fig. 402
R 25-28-41-991-003 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-28-41-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the TF area is free from equipment and furnishings.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-28-41-160-050

A. Clean Component Interface and/or Adjacent Area

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 405
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Clean the floor-panel area and the top of the seat-tracks with
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) If necessary, use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the old adhesive
tape from the floor-panels.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.

(3) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other particles.
If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.

Subtask 25-28-41-210-050

B. Inspection of the Component

(1) Do a visual inspection of the floor-panels.

(a) Make sure that:

- The floor-panels are in good condition
- The floor-panels are correct installed
- All gaps around the floor-panels are filled with sealant.

(b) If necessary correct the floor-panel installation

Subtask 25-28-41-560-050

C. Textile Floor-Covering Preparation

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 406
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 NOTE : This work-step is only applicable for installation of textile
____
R floor-covering with dispersion-adhesive.

R (1) If necessary apply new dispersion-adhesive to the bottom side of the

R textile floor-covering (TF):

(a) Make sure that the lighting in the work-room is bright and that
the work-room is free from dust.

(b) Make sure that the ambient room temperature is between 18 deg.C
(64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).

(c) Make sure that the maximum relative room humidity is not more
than 75%.

NOTE : You must monitor the ambient room temperature and the
____
ambient humidity of the work-room with suitable
instruments.

(d) Make sure that the textile floor-covering is clean and in the
correct condition.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

(e) Apply 120 g (4.23 oz) (fluid weight) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-102) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2) with an
application device to the bottom side of the textile
floor-covering.

NOTE : You must apply (fluid weight) 150 g (5.29 oz) of BONDING
____
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-102) per 1 m2
(10.76 ft.2) when you install heavy textile floor-covering
with a rough bottom-structure.

(f) Move the application-device cross-wise over the surface to make

sure that you apply the dispersion-adhesive equally to the
textile floor-covering.

(g) Let the dispersion-adhesive layer become stable and dry for a
minimum of 16 h:
- At a room temperature between 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30
deg.C (86.00 deg.F)
- At a maximum relative room humidity of 75%.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 407
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-28-41-560-051

D. Seat-Track Preparation
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-28-41-991-002)

(1) Seat-tracks areas which stay free from seats or seat-track covers
must be filled with a section (Detail C).

(2) Installation of the section:

R (a) Cut the section (4) in the required length.

(b) Put the section (4) into the seat-track (3).

Subtask 25-28-41-560-052-A

E. Installation of the Adhesive Tapes on the Floor Panels

(1) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.

(2) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).

(3) Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than
75 %.

NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
humidity of the work area with suitable instruments.

(4) Installation of the floor panel protection-tape:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-28-41-991-002)

(a) Unwind the protection-tape (2) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

(Material No. 08-084) from the roll and install it at all the
sealed floor panel gaps.

(5) Installation of the double-sided adhesive tape on the floor panels:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-28-41-991-003)

NOTE : The double-sided tape has different adhesive strength on each

____
side. The weaker adhesive side must be put on the floor panel
and the stronger adhesive side on the floor-covering.

NOTE : Do not follow this work-step, when the textile floor-covering

____
(TF) is attached with Dispersion-Adhesive.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 408
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Floor Panel Protection Tape
Figure 402/TASK 25-28-41-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 409
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Installation of Double-Sided Adhesive Tape
R Figure 403/TASK 25-28-41-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 410
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 (a) Unwind the double-sided tape (6) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-118) from the roll. Do not remove the protective
paper of the tape in this work-step.

(b) Apply the double-sided tape (6) parallel in longitudinal

direction to the floor panels (7) (with the weaker adhesive side
to the floor panel).

NOTE : Refer to the table of maximum distance between

____
double-sided adhesive tape.

(c) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the tape (6) onto the floor
panels (7). Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards for a
better bond.

(d) Apply additional double-sided tape (6) at all TF (5) cross-joints

in lateral direction.

Subtask 25-28-41-420-050

F. Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering (TF)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-41-991-001)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (2) Install TF attached with dispersion-adhesive (9):

R NOTE : This work step is not applicable, if the TF is attached with

____
R double-sided tape.
R

(a) Put the TF (5) in position.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 411
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (b) Make sure that the TF (5) is in the correct position.

(c) Push the TF (5) down with a ROLLER - RUBBER.

(d) Move the rubber roller on the TF (5) in all directions.

R NOTE : This step is necessary for a satisfactory bond of the

____
R dispersion-adhesive (9) to the floor panels.

R (e) In areas with no satisfactory adhesion (e.g. at the edges, at

R floor-covering joints,...), apply more BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-118) (10) the floor panels.

NOTE : The double-sided tape has a different adhesive strength on

____
R each side. The weaker adhesive side must be on the floor
R panel and the stronger adhesive side on the TF.

(f) If you replace only a part of the TF:

R 1
_ Make sure that the new TF (5) has the same thickness as the
R adjacent (remaining) TF.

R 2
_ If necessary, apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-118) (10) to the bottom surface of the adjacent
R (remaining) TF (5) to put the height difference to the
R minimum.

R (3) Install TF attached with double-sided tape (10):

R NOTE : This work step is not applicable, if the TF is attached with

____
dispersion-adhesive.

(a) Put the TF (5) in position.

(b) Make sure that the TF (5) is in the correct position.

R (c) Lift the TF (5) and remove the protective paper from the
R double-sided tape (10).

(d) Push the TF (5) down to make sure that there is a good bond with
the floor panels.

(e) If you replace only a part of the TF:

R 1
_ Make sure that the new TF (5) has the same thickness as the
R adjacent (remaining) TF.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 412
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R 2
_ If necessary, apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-118) (10) to the bottom surface of the adjacent
R (remaining) TF (5) to put the height difference to the
R minimum.

NOTE : The double-sided tape has a different adhesive strength

____
R on each side. The weaker adhesive side must be on the
R floor panel and the stronger adhesive side on the TF.

R (4) Install the joint-strips:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND A MASK.

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of

the screws (6).

(5) Put the joint-strips (7) in position and install the screws (6).

(6) TORQUE the screws (6) to 0.4 m.daN (35.39 lbf.in).

R (7) Install the seat-track covers (8).

R (8) If installed, connect the electrical connector(s):

CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.

R (a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

R (c) Connect the electrical connector(s) (1).

(9) Put the protection cap (4) in position and lock the quick-release
studs (3).

(10) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 413
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-28-41-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the passenger seats.

(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-28-41-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-41

Page 414
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 COVERING - FLOOR NON TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________

TASK 25-28-42-000-001

Removal of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1

R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
33-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Marking Light of the Floor-Proximity
Emergency-Escape Path (LSI)
25-28-42-991-001 Fig. 401
25-28-42-991-006 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 401
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-28-42-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-28-42-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector of the floor path marking if

necessary (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-28-42-020-050

A. Removal of the NTF Assy (1)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001, 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006)

(1) Remove the screws (11) and the joining strip (12).

(2) Remove the sealant around the door sill with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.

(3) Remove the screws (13) and the threshold (14).

(4) Remove the sealant (15) around the NTF with a non-metallic scraper.

R CAUTION : REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO

_______
R THE CABIN FLOOR PANELS.

(5) Remove the NTF assy (1), the film (2), and the foil (4) from the
floor panel (6). Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help the removal
procedure.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 402
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE
_______
MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 403
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) -
WULFMEYER
Processed
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 404
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) -
WULFMEYER
Processed
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 405
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) -
WULFMEYER
Processed
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 406
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-28-42

Page 407
Nov 01/01
 
SYR 
R Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation
Figure 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006- 13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 408
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation
Figure 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006- 23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 409
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation
Figure 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 410
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-28-42-400-001

Installation of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 PAPER - MASKING

No specific 4 ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific 2 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
R No specific 3 VACUUM CLEANER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific SECTION DAN262CC

Material No. 04-022 USA MIL-PRF-81322
SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-057
PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-074
R MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-082 D DAN 1211-01
ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-084 AIB ABS5093A
POLYESTER FILM TAPE (TRANSPARENT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-028B
ADHESION PROMOTER FOR POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 411
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 09-036

SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-054 D DA4-653-3 SF
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) FOR NTF (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-004 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 1
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-008 AIB TN 10138 TYPE II GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Marking Light of the Floor-Proximity
Emergency-Escape Path (LSI)
33-51-12-400-001 Installation of the Marking Light of the
Floor-Proximity Emergency-Escape Path (LSI)
25-28-42-991-001 Fig. 401
25-28-42-991-006 Fig. 402
25-28-42-991-023 Fig. 403


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 412
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-28-42-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002)

(2) Make sure that the NTF area is free from equipment and furnishings.

(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors of the floor path markings
are disconnected (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-28-42-160-053

A. Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001, 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006)

(1) Clean the seat tracks and the NTF-Covering installation area:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.

(a) Clean the seat tracks (10), the component interface and the
adjacent area with a CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026), a
soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(b) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other
R particles. If necessary use a VACUUM CLEANER.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 413
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(4) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.

(5) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).

(6) Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than
75 %.

NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
humidity of the work area with suitable instruments.

Subtask 25-28-42-914-054

B. Sealants
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-28-42-991-023)

R NOTE : A list of alternative and approved NTF covering is available in

____
R the table.

R (1) Use SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-036)
R for all NTF coverings. For non-silicone NTF coverings, also use
R BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057) (Primer 1217).
R

R NOTE : Only Airfloor (Metzeler) is made from silicone material.

____

Subtask 25-28-42-560-052

C. Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film on the new NTF-Covering Assy

(
WULFMEYER
processed) attached with GFRP
(Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001)

NOTE : Follow this procedure only when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
____

NOTE : It is recommended that two persons do this procedure.

____

(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 414
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (2) Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-082) (2) on the new NTF (1) (GFRP attached):

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the

adjacent area.

(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.

(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.

(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).

NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.

(f) Do the steps (2)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).

Subtask 25-28-42-560-053

D. Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film on the
Conventional
NTF and the

GFRP (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006)

NOTE : Follow this procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to
____
the GFRP (5). (Conventional NTF floor covering)

NOTE : It is recommended that two persons do this procedure.

____


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 415
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
R Alternative and approved NTF
R Figure 403/TASK 25-28-42-991-023- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 416
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Alternative and approved NTF
R Figure 403/TASK 25-28-42-991-023- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 417
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(2) Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

(Material No. 08-082) (2) on the new NTF (1):

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the

adjacent area.

(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.

(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.

(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).

NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.

(f) Do the steps (2)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 418
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (3) Installation of the NTF on the GFRP:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area. Use
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the

adjacent area.

(c) On the installation side of the NTF-covering (1) remove 100 mm

(3.9370 in.) protective paper from the self-adhesive film (2).

(d) Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER-
RUBBER.

NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.

(e) Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) on the GFRP (5).

(4) Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

(Material No. 08-082) (2) on the GFRP (5):
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 419
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (b) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the
adjacent area.

(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film from the
roll and remove the protective paper.

(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the GFRP (5) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.

(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the GFRP (5).

NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.

(f) Do the steps (4)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
GFRP (5) with the adhesive film (2).

Subtask 25-28-42-160-052

E. Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation
R of the NTF Covering
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001, 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (1) Prepare the seat tracks (10):

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026). If necessary, use a
R VACUUM CLEANER

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

R (c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-028B) in the seat tracks (10), in
R the areas where you will apply the sealant (7).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 420
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (d) Seal the seat tracks (10):

R 1
_ Cut the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) (8) to the
R necessary length.

R NOTE : The cord must be 50 mm (1.9685 in.) longer than the

____
R area that you will seal.

2
_ Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (8).

3
_ Put the cords (8) in the seat tracks (10).

NOTE : This step is to make the next removal procedure easier.

____

R 4
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks
R (10), only in the areas where you applied the adhesive
R promoter.

5
_ Push the loops into the sealant (7).

R (2) Apply corrosion preventive compounds in the seat tracks (10):

R (a) Apply PAPER - MASKING and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-074) around the seat tracks (10), where you will
R apply corrosion preventive compounds.

R (b) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) in the seat

R tracks (10).

R (c) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) in the seat

R tracks (10).

R (d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) in the seat tracks
R (10).

R (e) Cut the SECTION DAN262CC (9) to the necessary length and push it
R into the grease. Do this only in trolley compartments without own
R floor panels and in areas where persons walk. Do not do this if
R the seat track is less than 50 mm (1.9685 in.) and not in areas
R where furnishings will be installed.

R (f) Remove the unwanted grease with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do this
R on the top of the seat tracks (10) to get a flush surface.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 421
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (g) Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-022) where you will install the adhesive
R foil (4).

R (h) Remove the masking paper and masking tape from the floor panels.

R (3) Prepare the floor panels (6):

R (a) Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If
R necessary, use a VACUUM CLEANER.

(b) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(c) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

R (4) Install the adhesive tape (width 102.0 mm (4.0157 in.)) (3) on the
R floor panels (6):
R

R (a) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-084) (3) from the roll and remove the protective
R paper.
R

R (b) Align the adhesive tape (3) to the floor panel (6) and install it
R with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a light pressure
R of your hand.
R

R (c) Make sure that the surface of the adhesive tape (3) is smooth on
R the floor panels (6), use a ROLLER - RUBBER.

R (d) Do the steps (4) (a) thru (c) until you fully installed the
R adhesive tape (3).

R (5) Install the self-adhesive foil (4) on the floor panels (6):

R NOTE : We recommend that two persons do this procedure.

____

R (a) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of ADHESIVE FOIL (4) (4) from the roll
R and remove the protective paper.
R

(b) Remove the protective paper from the adhesive tape (3) on the
floor panels (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 422
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (c) Install the adhesive foil (4) with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003) and with a light pressure of your hand.

R (d) Make sure that the surface of the adhesive foil (4) is smooth on
R the floor panels (6). Work from the middle of the adhesive foil
R (4) to the sides.

R (e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER, press the adhesive foil (4) on the floor
R panels (6).
R

R (f) Move the rubber roller forward and rearward and around the edges
R for a better bond.

R (g) For the installation of one more piece of adhesive foil (4), do
R the steps (5)(a) thru (f) again.
R

R (h) Make sure that the adhesive foil (4) has an overlap of 50 mm
R (1.9685 in.) with the adhesive foil (4) which you already
R installed.

Subtask 25-28-42-420-055

F. Installation of the NTF Assy on the Floor Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001, 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Make sure that there are no dust or other particles on the component.
R If necessary, use a VACUUM CLEANER.

(2) Install the NTF assy:

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 423
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent
area.

NOTE : We recommend that two persons do this procedure.

____

(c) Carefully put the NTF assy (1) in position and align it with the
floor panels (6).

(d) Make sure that there is a space of 5.0 +2.0 -2.0 mm (0.1968
+0.0787 -0.0787 in.) between the NTF assy (1) and the equipment
(toilet, galley etc.).

(e) Make sure that there is a space of 3.0 +1.0 -0.5 mm (0.1181
+0.0393 -0.0196 in.) between the NTF assies (1).

(f) Remove 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the protective paper from the NTF
assy (1).

NOTE : We recommend that you do this on a corner of the NTF assy

____
(1).

R (g) Install the NTF assy (1) on the adhesive foil (4) with a
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a light pressure of your
hand. Make sure that the NTF assy (1) is in the correct position.

(h) Install the NTF assy (1) with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Start the work
from the middle of the NTF assy (1). Then move the ROLLER to the
sides, rearward and forward and around the edges for a better
bond.

(i) Do the steps (2) (c) thru (f) again and install all the NTF
assies (1) on the floor panel (6).

(j) If the floor path marking-light is removed, put it in position

(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001).

(k) If necessary, make the cut outs for the furnishing location
points.

(3) Apply primer:

NOTE : The following procedure is only applicable for PU or PVC

____
NTF-covering. It is not permitted to use it for silicone NTF.

(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057) into
R the space between the NTF assies (1) and/or the space between the
R NTF assies (1) and the equipment (toilet, galley, etc.).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 424
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) Apply sealant (15):

(a) Refer to the color code table on sheet 2.

(b) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) around the NTF
assy (1), into the space between the NTF assies (1) and into the
space between the NTF assies (1) and the equipment. If necessary,
seal the space around the floor path marking-light (Ref. TASK 33-
51-12-400-001).

NOTE : The curing time for the sealant, for 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to
____
3 mm (0.1181 in.) thickness, is 24 hours.

(5) Install the cover strip (12):

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (11).

(b) Install the cover strip (12) with the screws (11).

(6) Install the threshold (14):

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (13).

(b) Install the threshold (14) with the screws (13).

(c) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) (15) around the
threshold (14) and into the space between the NTF assy (1) and
the equipment.

NOTE : The curing time for the sealant, for 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to
____
3 mm (0.1181 in.) thickness, is 24 hours.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-28-42-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Connect the electrical connectors of the floor path marking

(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001)

Subtask 25-28-42-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 425
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-28-42-000-005

Removal of NTF (Welding Procedure)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1

R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
33-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Marking Light of the Floor-Proximity
Emergency-Escape Path (LSI)
R 25-28-42-991-011 Fig. 404
R 25-28-42-991-012 Fig. 405


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 426
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-28-42-861-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-28-42-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector of the floor path marking if

necessary (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-28-42-020-052

R A. Removal of the NTF Assy

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-011, 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-012)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Remove the screws (11) and the joining strip (12).

(2) Remove the sealant around the door sill with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.

(3) Remove the screws (13) and the threshold (14).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 427
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) -
WULFMEYER
Processed
R Figure 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-011- 13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 428
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) -
WULFMEYER
Processed
R Figure 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-011- 23 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 429
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) -
WULFMEYER
Processed
R Figure 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-011- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 430
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-28-42

Page 431
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) -
Conventional
Processed
R Figure 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-012- 13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 432
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) -
Conventional
Processed
R Figure 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-012- 23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 433
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) -
Conventional
Processed
R Figure 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-012- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 434
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Removal of the sealant:

CAUTION : REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO

_______
THE CABIN FLOOR PANELS.

(5) Remove the sealant (15) around the NTF with a non-metallic scraper.

(6) Remove the NTF assy (1), the film (2) and the moisture barrier foil
(4) from the floor panel (6). Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help
the removal procedure.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 435
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-28-42-400-004

Installation of NTF (Welding Procedure)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
R No specific 1 PAPER - MASKING
No specific 3 ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER, FOAM
No specific 2 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE
No specific 1 SPATULA - NON METALLIC
R No specific 3 VACUUM CLEANER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-022 USA MIL-PRF-81322

SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-128
PVC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-006B USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
SOLVENT BASED NITRIL E RUBBER ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-057
PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-074
R MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 436
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-082 D DAN 1211-01

ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-104 F ABS5093B485
MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL,SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-028B
ADHESION PROMOTER FOR POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-054 D DA4-653-3 SF
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) FOR NTF (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-004 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 1
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-008 AIB TN 10138 TYPE II GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Marking Light of the Floor-Proximity
Emergency-Escape Path (LSI)
33-51-12-400-001 Installation of the Marking Light of the
Floor-Proximity Emergency-Escape Path (LSI)
R 25-28-42-991-011 Fig. 404
R 25-28-42-991-012 Fig. 405
R 25-28-42-991-013 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 437
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-28-42-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002)

(2) Make sure that the NTF area is free from equipment and furnishings.

(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors of the floor path markings
are disconnected (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-28-42-160-057

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-011, 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-012)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Clean the seat tracks and the NTF-Covering installation area:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 438
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (a) Clean the seat tracks (10), the component interface and the
adjacent area with a CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026), a
soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(b) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other
R particles. If necessary use a VACUUM CLEANER.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(4) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.

(5) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).

(6) Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than
75 %.

NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
humidity of the work area with suitable instruments.

Subtask 25-28-42-560-055

B. Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film to the new NTF-Covering Assy

(
WULFMEYER
processed) attached with GFRP
(Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-011)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

NOTE : Follow this procedure only when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
____


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 439
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 NOTE : It is recommended that two persons do this procedure.
____

(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(2) Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

(Material No. 08-082) (2) to the new NTF (1) (GFRP attached):

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the

adjacent area.

(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.

(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the of the
self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.

(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).

NOTE : Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.

(f) Do the steps (2)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 440
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-28-42-560-056

R C. Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film to the
Conventional
NTF and the

R GFRP (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic).
R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-012)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

NOTE : Follow this procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to
____
the GFRP (5). (Conventional NTF floor covering)

NOTE : It is recommended that two persons do this procedure.

____

(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(2) Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

(Material No. 08-082) (2) to the new NTF (1):

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the

adjacent area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(c) Apply the primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
006B) to the NTF with a ROLLER - RUBBER, FOAM.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 441
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (d) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.

(e) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.

(f) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).

NOTE : Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.

(g) Do the steps (2)(d) thru (f) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).

(3) Installation of the NTF to the GFRP:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area. Use
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the

adjacent area.

(c) On the installation side of the NTF-covering (1) remove 100 mm

(3.9370 in.) protective paper from the self-adhesive film (2).

(d) Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER-
RUBBER.

NOTE : Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.

(e) Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) to the GFRP (5).

(4) Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

(Material No. 08-082) (2) to the GFRP (5):

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 442
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the

adjacent area.

(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film from the
roll and remove the protective paper.

(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the GFRP (5) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.

(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the GFRP (5).

NOTE : Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.

(f) Do the steps (4)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
GFRP (5) with the adhesive film (2).

Subtask 25-28-42-160-056

R D. Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation
R of the NTF-Covering.
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-011, 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-012)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 443
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (1) Preparation of the Seat Tracks (10):

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026). If necessary use a
R VACUUM CLEANER.

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

(c) Apply adhesive-promoter SEALANTS (Material No. 09-028B) to the

seat track (10).

NOTE : Add to previous step, where the sealant (7) will be

____
applied.

(d) Seal the seat tracks (10):

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

1
_ Cut the synthetic fibre-cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
002) (8) to the required length.

NOTE : The cord must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area

____
that you will seal.

2
_ Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (8).

3
_ Put the cords (8) in the seat tracks (10).

NOTE : This step is to make the next removal procedure easier.

____

4
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks
(10). Apply the sealant (7) only in the area of the adhesive
promoter in the seat tracks (10).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 444
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 5
_ Push the loops into the sealant (7).

(2) Apply corrosion preventive compounds into the seat tracks (10):

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Apply PAPER - MASKING and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-074) around the seat tracks (10) where you will
apply corrosion preventive compounds.

(b) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) into the
seat tracks (10).

(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) into the
seat tracks (10).

(d) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) into the seat
tracks (10).

(e) Cut the section (9) to the required length and push it into the
grease. Do this only in areas where persons walk and not in areas
where furnishings will be installed.

(f) Remove the unwanted grease with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do this
at the top of the seat track (10) to get a flush surface.

NOTE : Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with
____
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) where the adhesive
foil (4) will be installed above the seat track (10).

(g) Remove the masking paper and masking tape from the floor panels.

(3) Preparation of the Floor Panel (6):

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If
R necessary use a VACUUM CLEANER .

(b) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 445
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (c) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent
area.

(4) Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (4) on the floor panel (6):

NOTE : It is recommended that two persons do this procedure.

____

(a) Unwind the moisture barrier foil BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-104) (MYLAR) (4) from the roll and cut the
(MYLAR) (4) to the required length.

NOTE : Make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is in

____
good condition and has no damage (e.g. cracks, folds,
holes,...)

(b) Remove the protective paper and install the Moisture Barrier Foil
(MYLAR) (4) on the floor-panels (6). Install it with a soft
cotton cloth and with a light pressure of your hand. Work from
the middle and press towards the edges to prevent formation of
wrinkles or air pockets.

(c) With a rubber roller press the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4)
onto the floor-panels (6).

NOTE : Move the rubber roller forwards and backwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond and a smooth surface.

(d) For the installation of one more piece of the Moisture Barrier
Foil (MYLAR) (3) do the steps (a) thru (c).

NOTE : You must make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
____
(4) has an overlap of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on (MYLAR) foil (4)
which you have already installed.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 446
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-28-42-420-057

E. Installation of the NTF Assy to the Floor Panel (Welding Procedure)

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-011, 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-012)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Make sure that the installation area is free from dust and particles.
R If necessary use a VACUUM CLEANER.

(2) Installation of the NTF Assy:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

NOTE : It is recommended that two persons do this procedure.

____

(c) Carefully put the NTF assy (10) in position.

(d) Make the cut outs for the furnishing location points as
necessary.

NOTE : You must leave a gap of 5.0 +2.0 -2.0 mm (0.1968 +0.0787 -
____
0.0787 in.) between the NTF assy (10) and the interior
equipment (toilet, galley etc.).

NOTE : You must leave a gap of 1.5 +1.0 -1.0 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -
____
0.0393 in.) between the NTF-covering sheets.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 447
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (e) Remove the protective paper from the NTF assy (10) and install it
to the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4) / Floor Panels (6).

(f) Install the NTF-covering on the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4)
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the NTF
and press towards the edges to prevent wrinkles or air pockets.

(g) Install the NTF assy (10) with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Work from the
middle of the NTF assy (10) to the sides, backwards and forwards
and around the edges for a better bond.

(h) Do the steps (3) (c) thru (g) until you have installed all of the
NTF assy (10) to the floor panel (6).

(3) Preparation of Welding area:

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-28-42-991-013)

(a) Chamfer the edges of the NTF-covering at the joints with a

SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE. Make a groove in the shape of a
V

with an angle of approximately 30 on the NTF edges. A stainless
steel or aluminium flexible ruler will help to make a straight
groove.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL

_______
(MYLAR).

NOTE : The depth of the groove must not be deeper than 2/3 of the
____
floor covering thickness.

R (b) Remove loose particles out from the groove. Use VACUUM CLEANER if
R the necessary.

(4) Welding procedure:

WARNING : WHEN YOU PUT THE HOT AIR BLOWER DOWN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU
_______
PUT IT ON A HEAT-RESISTANT SURFACE. THE HOT PARTS OF THE
BLOWER CAN CAUSE A FIRE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA. FUMES FROM WELDING ARE POISONOUS.

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS. HOT PARTS CAN CAUSE BURNS. IF YOU
_______
GET A BURN, HOLD IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10 MINUTES AND GET
MEDICAL AID.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 448
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - Welding Procedure
R Figure 406/TASK 25-28-42-991-013


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 449
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 NOTE : You must obey the manufactures instructions when you use the
____
hot air blower.

(a) Set the working temperature of the HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING
370 DEG C (700 DEG F) between 160 deg.C (320.00 deg.F) and 200
deg.C (392.00 deg.F).

(b) Cut the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128) some
centimeters / inches longer than the necessary length.

(c) Welding procedure with speed welding nozzle (Step 2):

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
- THE TEMPERATURE OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER IS NOT TOO HIGH
- THE BLOWER DOES NOT MOVE TOO SLOWLY ALONG THE WELD.
HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SLOW MOVEMENT OF THE HOT AIR
BLOWER CAN BURN THE MATERIAL.

1
_ Put the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128)
into the inlet of the speed welding nozzle.

2
_ Move the speed welding nozzle with light pressure and constant
speed along the groove.

(d) Welding procedure with hand roller (Step 2A):

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
- THE TEMPERATURE OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER IS NOT TOO HIGH
- THE BLOWER DOES NOT MOVE TOO SLOWLY ALONG THE WELD.
HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SLOW MOVEMENT OF THE HOT AIR
BLOWER CAN BURN THE MATERIAL.

1
_ Put the end of the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-128) into the groove.

2
_ Point the hot air blower directly at the lifted part of the
welding rod.

3
_ Push the welding rod into the groove with a hand roller. Use a
light pressure.

4
_ At the same time, move the hot air blower and the hand roller
along the groove at a constant speed.

(e) When the welding rod is sufficiently cool, remove the unwanted
weld with a spatular trimming knife. Make a smooth surface.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 450
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (5) Apply primer:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

NOTE : The following procedure is only applicable for PUR or PVC

____
NTF-Covering. It is not permitted to use it for Silicone NTF.
Apply the primer only where the sealant (15) will be applied.

(a) Make sure that the NTF surface is dry, dust and oil free. If
necessary clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026).

R (b) Install a BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074)

around the edges and cut-outs of the NTF sheets, where the primer
will be applied.

(c) Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057)
with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL:
- Into the space between the NTF-assy (10) and interior equipment
- Around all outer NTF contours equipment (toilet, galley, etc.).
- Around all cut-outs.

(6) Apply Sealant (15):

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(a) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) to:

- All outer NTF contours
- The gap between NTF and interior equipment (toilet, galley,
etc.).
- All cut outs
Refer to the Color Code Table

(b) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC

immediately.

(c) Remove the masking tape.

(7) Installation of the Cover Strip (12):

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 451
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (11).

(b) Install the cover strip (12) with the screws (11).

(8) Installation of the threshold (14):

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (13).

(b) Install the threshold (14) with the screws (13).

(c) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) (15)

around the threshold (14).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-28-42-410-057

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Connect the electrical connectors of the floor path marking

(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001)

Subtask 25-28-42-862-054

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 452
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-28-42-960-001

Replacement of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-28-42-991-022)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER

No specific 2 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-057

PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-082 D DAN 1211-01
ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-054 D DA4-653-3 SF
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) FOR NTF (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 453
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories
R Figure 407/TASK 25-28-42-991-022


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 454
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819

LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-28-42-991-022 Fig. 407

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-28-42-861-056

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-28-42-020-055

A. Removal of the NTF

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Remove the sealant (3) around the NTF (1) with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.

(2) Make sure that you do not damage the lavatory floor pan when you
remove the NTF.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 455
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (3) Carefully lift a corner of the NTF (1) and pull it from the floor
panel.

(4) Remove the NTF (1) and the adhesive film (2) with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

Subtask 25-28-42-160-059

B. Preparation for Installation

(1) Cleaning with Cleaning Agents:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(a) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a non
metallic scraper, CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Use a VACUUM CLEANER to clean the work area from dust and other
particles.

(3) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.

(4) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).

(5) Make sure that the ambient humidity is not more than 75%.

NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
humidity in the work area with applicable instruments.

Subtask 25-28-42-420-060

C. Installation of the new NTF

(1) Make sure that the distance
A
is between 1 mm (0.04 in.) and 2 mm
(0.08 in.).

(2) Cut the NTF (1) to the correct dimension.

(3) Install the adhesive film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-082) (2) to the NTF (1).

(4) Remove the protective foil from the adhesive film (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 456
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (5) Install the NTF (1) to the lavatory floor pan with a light pressure
of your hand.

(6) Make sure that the position of the NTF (1) is correct.

(7) Move a ROLLER - RUBBER forward and backward on the NTF (1) to make
sure that it is correctly attached to the lavatory floor pan.

(8) Sealing of the Edges of the NTF:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(a) Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057)
to the edges of the NTF (1).

(b) Apply masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074) around the area you want to seal.

(c) Apply the sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) (3) on the
primer.

(d) Remove unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

immediately.

(e) Remove the masking tape.

(9) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-28-42-862-056

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-42

Page 457
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 PROTECTION - FLOOR, MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-28-43-000-001

Removal of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-28-41-000-001 Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering
25-28-42-000-001 Removal of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
25-28-43-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 401
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-28-43-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-28-43-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the Textile Floor Covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-000-
001) and/or the Non-Textile Floor Covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-42-000-
001) is removed.

(2) Make sure that the area of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is free
from equipment and furnishings.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-28-43-020-050

R A. Removal of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001)

CAUTION : REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE

_______
CABIN FLOOR PANELS.

R (1) Carefully cut the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) with a CUTTER -
R THIN BLADE around the contour of the floor panel.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 402
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (2) Remove the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) from the floor panel
(2). Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help the removal procedure.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

R (3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 403
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 405
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-28-43-400-001

Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific vacuum cleaner

No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-084 AIB ABS5093A

POLYESTER FILM TAPE (TRANSPARENT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-104 F ABS5093B485
MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL,SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 406
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-28-41-400-001 Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering
25-28-42-400-001 Installation of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
51-75-13-916-002 Repair to a layer of Corrosion Preventive Compound
25-28-43-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-28-43-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the area of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is free
from equipment and furnishings.

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 407
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-28-43-160-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001)

(1) Clean the floor panels and the MYLAR-Covering installation area:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(a) Clean the floor panels (2), the component interface and the
R adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026), a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(b) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other
particles. If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.

(4) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).

(5) Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than
75 %.

(6) Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
humidity of the work area with applicable instruments.

Subtask 25-28-43-560-050

B. Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001)

(1) Inspect the Corrosion Preventive Filling Compound Application.

(a) Make sure that:

- The corrosion preventive filling compound is in good condition
(cracks are not permitted)
- The complete seat track crown is filled with corrosion
preventive filling compound
- The top surface of the seat track (4) has a thin layer of
COSMOLINE


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 408
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R - The equipment attachment points are installed.

(b) If necessary, correct the application of Corrosion Preventive

Filling Compound (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).

(2) Inspect the Floor Panels:

(a) Do a detailed visual inspection of the floor panels.

(b) Make sure that the floor panels have no damage, scratches, dents
and holes.

(c) Make sure that the floor panels are correctly fastened on the
floor structure.
R

R (3) Installation of the Adhesive Tape: (Detail C)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Clean the contact areas of the adhesive tape (3) with a lint-free
R cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

R (b) Install the adhesive tape (3) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-084) on the center of the seat track.

Subtask 25-28-43-420-050

C. Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) on the Floor Panels.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001)

R (1) Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) BONDING AND

R ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-104) (1) on the floor panels (2):

R (a) Unwind the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) from the roll and
R cut the (MYLAR) (1) to the necessary length.

(b) Make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is in good
condition and has no damage (example: cracks, folds, holes, ...).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 409
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R (c) Remove the protective paper and install the Moisture Barrier Foil
R (MYLAR) (1) on the floor-panels (2). Install it with a soft
R cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and with a light
pressure of your hand. Work from the middle and press to the
edges to prevent formation of wrinkles or air pockets.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL

_______
(MYLAR).

R (d) Press the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) onto the floor panels
R (2) with a ROLLER - RUBBER.

(e) Move the rubber roller forwards and rearwards and around the
edges for a better bond and a smooth surface.

R (f) For the installation of one more piece of the Moisture Barrier
R Foil (MYLAR) (1) do the steps (a) thru (e).

R NOTE : The Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) must have an overlap
____
R of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on (MYLAR) foil (1) which you have
R already installed. (Detail B).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-28-43-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) If necessary, install the non-textile floor covering (Ref. TASK 25-
28-42-400-001) and/or the textile floor-covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-
400-001).

Subtask 25-28-43-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-28-43

Page 410
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________

1. General
_______
R
R The electrical service supply-system is installed to supply electrical power
R to sockets which you can use for electrical equipment.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 7ME WALL SOCKET 222 831
R 13ME WALL SOCKET 261 831

3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The electrical service supply-system in the passenger cabin is divided into
2 sections:
- the FWD cabin system,
- the AFT cabin system.

A. The FWD Cabin System

The FWD cabin system has a circuit breaker panel 2000VU and an electrical
socket 7ME.
The FWD cabin system is connected to the circuit breaker panel 2000VU.
The circuit breaker panel 2000VU is installed on the ceiling near the FWD
passenger/crew door.
- The electrical socket 7ME is installed on the RH side of the
passsenger/crew door.

B. The AFT Cabin System

The AFT cabin system has a circuit breaker panel 2001VU and an electrical
socket 13ME.
The AFT cabin system is connected to the circuit breaker panel 2001VU.
The circuit breaker panel 2001VU is installed on the ceiling near the AFT
passenger/crew door.
- The electrical socket 13ME is installed on the RH side of the
passsenger/crew door.


EFF :

ALL  25-29-00

Page 1
May 01/09
 
SYR 
R Sockets for Vacuum Cleaner
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-29-00

Page 2
May 01/02
 
SYR 
 4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R
R The busbar 214XP nad 212XP supply 115 V AC, 400 Hz to each wall-socket. Each
R wall-socket has an isolated electrical circuit and is independently
R protected by a 10 A circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are installed on
R the circuit breaker panels 2000VU and 2001VU.


EFF :

ALL  25-29-00

Page 3
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Vacuum Cleaner Sockets - Power Supply
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-29-00

Page 4
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________

TASK 25-29-00-710-001

Operational Test of the Electrical Service Supply System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 MULTIMETER - STANDARD

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-29-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-29-00

Page 501
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-29-00-865-050

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C/B NOT APPLICABLE

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-29-00-710-050

A. Operational Test of the Electrical Service Supply-System

(1) Do the test of the electrical service supply-system.

NOTE : The test is the same for all wall sockets.

____

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

At the related wall socket: On the multimeter:

- Connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD to - The multimeter shows 115VAC.

the wall socket.

At the related wall socket:

- Disconnect the multimeter from the

wall socket.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-29-00-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-29-00

Page 502
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 BUFFET AND GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________

1. General
_______
R
R The galleys are installed in the utility areas. The function of the galleys
R is to keep and prepare food and hot and cold drinks.
R Different installation configurations of the galleys are possible

2. __________________
Component Location
R
R (Ref. Fig. 001)

3. __________________
System Description
R

R A. Forward Galleys (Ref. 25-31-00)

R The forward galleys are installed in the FWD utility area of the
R aircraft.

R B. Aft Galleys (Ref. 25-33-00)

R The aft galleys are installed in the Aft utility area of the aircraft.

R C. Galley Equipment (Ref. 25-35-00)

R The galley equipment is installed to prepare and keep food and drinks for
R the passengers and crew.
R Some galleys only keep food and drinks. Other galleys contain
R electrically operated equipment for the preparation of food and drinks.

4. ____________
Power Supply
R
R The galley supply system supplies electrical power to the galleys (Ref.
R 24-56-00).

5. Interface
_________
R
R If applicable the galleys have interfaces with:
R - the water/waste system (Ref. 38-00-00),
R - the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00),
R - the galley supply system (Ref. 24-56-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 1
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Galley Locations
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 2
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 BUFFET AND GALLEY - SERVICING
_____________________________

TASK 25-30-00-920-001

Discard the Galley Air-Extraction Filter Elements

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 253000-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-028 F ABS1129

PARTICULATE AIR FILTER (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-35-00-010-001 Removal of the Galley Equipment
R 25-35-00-410-001 Installation of the Galley Equipment
R
25-30-00-991-005-A Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-30-00-861-059

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-30-00-010-052

B. Get Access

R (1) If necessary, remove the contents which are kept in the galley.

R (2) If necessary, remove the galley equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-010-

R 001).


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 301
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-30-00-920-051

A. Replacement of the Galley Air Filter(s)

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 25-30-00-991-005-A)

(1) Remove the grill or the grill with filter pad from the air extraction
duct.

(2) Remove and discard the filter pad/discard the grill with filter pad.

NOTE : Because of galley type and/or galley vendor, there are two
____
types of filters.
On one type, it is necessary to replace all the grill assembly
with filter pad.
On the other type, it is only necessary to replace the filter
pad.

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5) If applicable, cut the new filter pad MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
028) to the correct size.

(6) Put the new filter pad in position.

(7) Install the grill/grill with filter pad on the air extraction duct.

(8) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-30-00-410-063

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (2) If necessary, install the galley equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-410-

R 001).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 302
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Galley Air-Filter Element
R Figure 301/TASK 25-30-00-991-005-A


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 303
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-30-00-862-059

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 304
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-30-00-960-001

Replacement of the Galley Water-Filter Elements (if installed)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819

R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 gasket 25-31-01 99 -030

3 gasket 25-31-01 99 -040
3 gasket 25-31-01 99 -041
R 5 filter cartridge 25-31-01 99 -010
R 5 filter cartridge 25-31-01 99 -020
R 5 filter cartridge 25-31-01 99 -020A
R 5 filter cartridge 25-31-01 99 -025
R 5 filter cartridge 25-31-01 99 -026
R 5 filter cartridge 25-31-01 99 -027
R 5 filter cartridge 25-31-01 99 -028


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 305
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-35-15-000-001 Removal of the Coffee Maker
25-35-15-400-001 Installation of the Coffee Maker
25-35-21-000-001 Removal of the Beverage Maker
25-35-21-400-001 Installation of the Beverage Maker
25-35-25-000-001 Removal of the Hot-Cup
25-35-25-000-002 Removal of the Hot-Jug
25-35-25-400-001 Installation of the Hot-Cup
25-35-25-400-002 Installation of the Hot-Jug
25-35-27-000-001 Removal of the Water Boiler/Heater
25-35-27-400-001 Installation of the Water Boiler/Heater
25-35-29-000-001 Removal of the Refrigerator
25-35-29-400-001 Installation of the Refrigerator
38-10-00-614-001 Pressurization of the Potable Water System from a
Ground Air Supply
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
25-30-00-991-006 Fig. 302

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-30-00-861-053

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-30-00-860-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(1) Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).

Subtask 25-30-00-941-055

C. Safety Precautions

(1) On the water service panel:

R (a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

pressurize the potable water system.


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 306
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-30-00-010-056

D. Get Access

NOTE : A placard shows the location of the water filter.

____

(1) Remove this equipment if installed and if necessary:

(a) The coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-000-001).

(b) The beverage maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-21-000-001).

(c) The hot cup (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-001).

(d) The hot jug (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-002).

(e) The water heater (Ref. TASK 25-35-27-000-001).

(f) The refrigerator (Ref. TASK 25-35-29-000-001).

(g) The access panel.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-30-00-960-051

R A. Replacement of the Galley Water-Filter Cartridge

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 25-30-00-991-006)

(1) Close the potable-water shut-off valve of the galley potable-water

system.

(2) Open the water faucet in the galley to release the water pressure.

R (3) Get access to the galley water filter.

R (4) If applicable, open the air vent (1) on the filter top (2).

(5) Put a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the filter shell (6).

(6) Release the nut (7) and remove the clamp (4).

(7) Remove the filter top (2).

(8) Remove and discard the gasket (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 307
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Galley Water Filter
R Figure 302/TASK 25-30-00-991-006


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 308
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (9) Remove and discard the filter cartridge (5) from the filter shell
(6), if necessary.

(10) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(11) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(12) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (13) Make sure that the inner side of the filter shell (6) is clean.

R (14) Install
R - for the EVERPURE SYSTEM the new filter cartridge (5) or
R - for the ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC2 the new filter cartridge (5) or
R - for the ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3 RSA3 the new filter cartridge (5) or
R - for the ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3 SCA3 the new filter cartridge (5) or
R - for the ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3 TOA3 the new filter cartridge (5) or
R - for the ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3 NDA3 the new filter cartridge (5).

R (15) Install
R
R - for the EVERPURE SYSTEM the new gasket (3) or
R - for the ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC2 the new gasket (3) or
R - for the ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3 the new gasket (3).

(16) Install the filter top (2).

(17) Put the clamp (4) in position and tighten the nut (7).

Subtask 25-30-00-790-050

B. Leak Check

(1) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).

R (2) In the galley:

R (a) Put the water shut-off valve to the OPEN position.

R

R (b) Open the potable water faucet to bleed the system (to evacuate
R the black water from the new cartridge).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 309
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (c) If necessary, open the water-boiler faucets to bleed each boiler
R and do a check of the flow of water.
R

R (d) Examine the water filter for leaks.

NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____

R (3) Release the pressure from the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-
00-614-002).

R (4) Remove the container.

R (5) Dry the work area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-30-00-410-058

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install this equipment if removed:

(a) The access panel.

(b) The refrigerator (Ref. TASK 25-35-29-400-001).

(c) The coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-400-001).

(d) The beverage maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-21-400-001).

(e) The hot cup (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-400-001).

(f) The hot jug (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-400-002).

(g) The water heater (Ref. TASK 25-35-27-400-001).

Subtask 25-30-00-942-057

B. Safety Precautions

(1) Remove the warning notices from:

- the water service panel.


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 310
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-30-00-862-053-A

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 311
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 BUFFET AND GALLEY - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________

TASK 25-30-00-210-001

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Galley Attachment Points

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 253000-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-005 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-007 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-008 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-30-00-991-001 Fig. 601


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 601
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-30-00-861-051

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-30-00-010-051-A

B. Get Access

(1) Remove the galley trolleys.

(2) Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the forward galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-000-002).

(3) Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-
004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).

(4) Get access to the galley attachment points.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-30-00-991-001)

(a) Remove the screws (2) and the pelmet (1).

(b) Remove the screws (3) and the access plate (4).

(c) Remove the screws (9) and the pelmet (10).

(d) Remove the screws (11) and the access plate (12).

(e) Remove the screws (6) and the covers (5).

(f) Remove the screws (7) and the covers (8).

(g) Remove the screws (21) and the pelmet (20).

(h) Remove the screws (23) and the access plates (22).

(i) Remove the screws (25) and the covers (24).

(j) Remove the screws (26) and the covers (27).


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 602
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
R Attachment Points of the FWD Galley
R Figure 601/TASK 25-30-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 603
May 01/03
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-30-00-210-050

A. Examine the Attachment Points

R (1) Examine the upper attachment points. Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION,

R FLEXIBLE if necessary.

(a) Make sure that the rods and the attach fittings are in the
correct condition.

(b) Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are in the
correct condition.

(c) Make sure that the quick-release pins are in the correct
condition.

(d) Make sure that the bolts, the nuts, the supports, the rods and
the attach fittings are correctly installed.

(2) Examine the lower attachment points.

(a) Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are in the
correct condition.

(b) Make sure that the mounting points are in the correct condition.

(c) Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are correctly
installed.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-30-00-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the access covers.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-30-00-991-001)

(a) Install the covers (27) and the screws (26).

(b) Install the covers (24) and the screws (25).

(c) Install the access plates (22) and the screws (23).

(d) Install the pelmet (20) and the screws (21).


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 604
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (e) Install the covers (8) and the screws (7).

(f) Install the covers (5) and the screws (6).

(g) Install the access plate (12) and the screws (11).

(h) Install the pelmet (10) and the screws (9).

(i) Install the access plate (4) and the screws (3).

(j) Install the pelmet (1) and the screws (2).

(2) Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the forward galleys (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-400-007).

(3) Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-
005), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(5) Move the galley trolleys into the galley(s) and lock them in
position.

Subtask 25-30-00-862-051

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 605
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 BUFFET AND GALLEY - REPAIRS
___________________________

TASK 25-30-00-340-001

Repair of Linings, Decor Panels and Equipment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-30-00-861-062

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-30-00-340-050

A. Repair of Linings, Decor Panels and Equipment

(1) Do the necessary repairs as specified in the related galley CMM.

NOTE : Refer to the AMM INTRODUCTION, para. 2. Manual Breakdown

____
Arrangement and Numbering System, for general repair
information.


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 801
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-30-00-862-062

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-30-00

Page 802
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 FORWARD GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________

1. _______
General
The forward galleys are installed in the FWD utility area.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. System
__________________
Description
There are two optional configurations of galley, these are the:
- wet unit galley
- dry unit galley.

A. Wet Unit Galley

The function of the wet unit galley is to keep and/or prepare food and
hot or cold drinks. This galley has electrical equipment, a potable water
supply and waste water equipment.
The galley can hold full and/or half size trolleys and containers. The
galley can also have stowage compartments for coats, equipment etc..

B. Dry Unit Galley

The function of the dry unit galley is to keep food and drink in storage.
This galley has no system supplies or equipment. The galley can hold full
and/or half size trolleys and containers. The galley can also have
stowage compartments for coats, equipment, equipment etc..

4. Power
____________
Supply
The galley electrical supply (Ref. 24-56-00) connects to terminal blocks in
the forward utility area.
Circuit breakers in the galley control panel give electrical safety to the
galley electrical equipment.

5. _________
Interface
If applicable each galley has an interface with:
- the water waste system (Ref. 38-00-00),
- the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00),
- the galley supply system (Ref. 25-56-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-31-00

Page 1
Nov 01/06
R  
SYR 
R Forward Galley Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-31-00

Page 2
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 6. Component
_____________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 002)

R A. Galley
R The galley basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich
R panels are made from NOMEX with fiberglass cover plates. Extrusions are
R bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Edge profiles, stainless-steel kick
R strips and rub-strips are installed to protect the galley where
R applicable. The main galley attachment points are hard point and/or seat
R rail attachments on the floor and tie rod attachments at the upper
R fuselage structure.

R B. Pelmet
R The pelmet is a cover structure on the top of the galley. Behind the
R pelmet are all the top galley connections.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-00

Page 3
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Galley Installation - Example
R Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-31-00

Page 4
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 GALLEY UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 25-31-41-000-001

R Removal of the Forward Galley Unit (6475MM)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-26-41-000-001 Removal of the Forward Curtain Rail
R 25-35-00-010-001 Removal of the Galley Equipment
R
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
52-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Door
25-31-41-991-038 Fig. 401
25-31-41-991-014 Fig. 402
25-31-41-991-018 Fig. 403
25-31-41-991-019 Fig. 404
25-31-41-991-053 Fig. 405
25-31-41-991-052 Fig. 406
25-31-41-991-020 Fig. 407


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 401
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-31-41-861-057

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-31-41-941-050

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2
pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.

NOTE : For the APU BLEED the ON legend is off.

____
For the ENG 1/2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1/2 the OFF legends are on.

(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

operate these pushbutton switches.

(2) On the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors,
put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to connect
the ground air supply.

(3) On the water service panel:

(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

pressurize the potable water sytem.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 402
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-31-41-865-081

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10

Subtask 25-31-41-860-062

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(1) De-pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 403
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-31-41-010-056

E. Get Access

(1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.

R (2) Remove the galley equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-010-001).

R

(3) Remove the curtain and curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-26-
41-000-001).

(4) Remove the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) in the area of the galley.

(5) Remove the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-31-41-020-062

A. Removal of the Galley Unit

(1) Remove the Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-31-41-991-038)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (7).

(b) Loosen the screws (7) and remove the cover (6).

(c) Remove the nuts (5) and the wires (4).

(d) Remove the nuts (3), the washers (2) and remove the clamps (1)
from the wires.

(e) Remove the bolts (8), the washers (9) and remove the clamps (10)
from the wires.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 404
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-31-41

Page 405
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 Electrical Connections - G1
Figure 401/TASK 25-31-41-991-038- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 406
May 01/00
R  
SYR 
 Electrical Connections - G1
Figure 401/TASK 25-31-41-991-038- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 407
May 01/00
R  
SYR 
 (f) Remove the nut (14), the bolt (11), the washer (12) and the
bonding strap (13).

(2) Disconnect the Galley Supply Connections

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-31-41-991-014)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Remove the screws (1) and the access panel (2).

(b) Push up the insulation (6), remove the clamps (8) and disconnect
the drain pipe (7) from the pipe (9).

(c) Push up the insulation (13), loosen the nut (11) and disconnect
the potable water pipe (12) from the fitting (10).

(d) Remove the clamps (4) and disconnect the exhaust air hose (3)
from the hose (5).

(e) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(3) Remove the Upper Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-31-41-991-018)

(a) Remove the screws (3) and the access panel (4).

(b) Remove the screws (2) and the pelmet (1).

(c) Remove the quick-release pins (6) and disconnect the tie rods (5)
from the aircraft structure.

(d) Remove the quick-release pins (6) and disconnect the tie rods (5)
from the brackets (11) and (12).

(e) Remove the screws (14) the washers (13) and the bracket (12).

(f) Remove the nuts (10), the washers (9) and (8), the bolts (7) and
the bracket (11).

(4) Remove the Lower Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-31-41-991-019)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 408
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Galley Supply Connections - G1
Figure 402/TASK 25-31-41-991-014


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 409
May 01/07
R  
SYR 
 Upper Attachment - G1
Figure 403/TASK 25-31-41-991-018


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 410
May 01/00
R  
SYR 
 Lower Attachment - G1
Figure 404/TASK 25-31-41-991-019


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 411
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (a) Remove the strips (1).

(b) Remove the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the nuts (6).

(c) Remove the bolts (17), the washers (15) and the nuts (14).

(d) Carefully lift the galley off the bracket (16) and the blocks (5)
and (18) and move it to the center of the aircraft.

(e) Remove the shims (4) and (19). Identify the position and number
of the shims for the installation procedure.

(f) Remove the bolts (12) and the washers (11).

(g) Remove the eccentric plugs (9) and the eccentric bushes (10).

(h) Remove the blocks (5) and (18).

(i) Remove the bracket (16).

(j) Remove the floor fitting (13).

(k) Remove and discard the packings (8).

(l) Remove the bushes (7).

Subtask 25-31-41-020-050

B. Disconnect the Galley Splitline

NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley
____
from the cabin.

NOTE : The splitline screws and bolts are painted red.

____

(1) Disconnect the Galley Splitline Supply Connections

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-31-41-991-053)

(a) Loosen the nut (2) and remove the water pipe (3) from the fitting
(1).

(b) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 412
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Splitline - Supply Connections
Figure 405/TASK 25-31-41-991-053


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 413
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (2) Disconnect the Galley Splitine - Electrical Connections
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-31-41-991-052)

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the electrical

receptacle (2).

(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(c) Remove the bolt (3), the washers (5) and (4) and the bonding
strap (6).

(3) Disconnect the Galley at the Splitline

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-31-41-991-020)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(a) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the strip (7).

(b) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5).

(c) Remove the screws (3) from the struts (2).

(d) Carefully separate the galley modules (1) and (6) and remove them
from the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 414
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Splitline - Electrical Connections
Figure 406/TASK 25-31-41-991-052


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 415
May 01/07
R  
SYR 
 Splitline Connections - G1
Figure 407/TASK 25-31-41-991-020


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 416
May 01/07
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-31-41-400-001

R Installation of the Forward Galley Unit (6475MM)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004A

INFORMATION TRANSFERRED TO 04-022 (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004A USA MIL-A-46106 TYPE I
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU
20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-007 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-26-41-000-001 Removal of the Forward Curtain Rail


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 417
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-26-41-400-001 Installation of the Forward Curtain Rail

R 25-31-41-000-001 Removal of the Forward Galley Unit (6475MM)
R 25-35-00-010-001 Removal of the Galley Equipment
R 25-35-00-410-001 Installation of the Galley Equipment
R
38-10-00-614-001 Pressurization of the Potable Water System from a
Ground Air Supply
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
52-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Door
52-51-11-400-001 Installation of the Cockpit Door
25-31-41-991-038 Fig. 401
25-31-41-991-014 Fig. 402
25-31-41-991-018 Fig. 403
25-31-41-991-019 Fig. 404
25-31-41-991-053 Fig. 405
25-31-41-991-052 Fig. 406
25-31-41-991-020 Fig. 407

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-31-41-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that:

(a) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

- The APU BLEED, the ENG1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
switches are in the OFF position.

NOTE : For the APU BLEED the ON legend is off.

____
For the ENG1/2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1/2 the OFF legends are on.

(b) The warning notice to tell persons not to operate these

pushbutton switches is in position.

(c) On the HP and LP ground connectors the warning notice is in

position to tell persons not to connect the ground air supply.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 418
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized

(Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).

R (4) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty and all galley
R equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-010-001) is removed.
R

(5) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).

(6) Make sure that the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the
area of the galley are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001),
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002).

(7) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
001).

Subtask 25-31-41-865-082

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 419
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10

Subtask 25-31-41-560-053

C. Preparation of the Replacement Component

NOTE : To move the galley through the aircraft door it is necessary to

____
disconnect the galley splitline (Ref. TASK 25-31-41-000-001).

Subtask 25-31-41-210-050

D. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-31-41-420-050

A. Connect the Galley Splitline

NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you removed the galley from
____
the cabin.

NOTE : The splitline screws and bolts are painted red.

____

NOTE : Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 420
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (1) Connect the Galley at the Splitline
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-31-41-991-020)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(a) Carefully put the modules (1) and (6) in position in the
aircraft.

(b) Install the bolts (3) in the struts (2).

(c) Install the screws (4) and the washers (5).

(d) Put the strip (7) in position and install the washers (9) and the
screws (8).

(2) Connect the Galley Splitline - Supply Connections

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-31-41-991-053)

(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(b) Put the pipe (3) in position on the fitting (1) and tighten the
nut (2).

(3) Connect the Galley Splitline - Electrical Connections

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-31-41-991-052)

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the electrical receptacle

(2)

(d) Install the bolt (3), the washers (5) and (4) and the bonding
strap (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 421
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-31-41-420-062

B. Installation of the Galley Unit

NOTE : Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws. (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001)

(1) Install the Lower Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-31-41-991-019)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004A) to the bushes (7).

(b) Install the bushes (7) in the floor hardpoints.

(c) Install the new packings (8).

(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004A) to the threads of the
fitting (13).

(e) Install the floor fitting (13).

(f) Install the bracket (16) on the floor fitting (13).

(g) Put the blocks (18) and (5) in position on the hardpoints.

(h) Put the eccentric plugs (9) and the eccentric bushes (10) in
position on the blocks (18) and (5).

(i) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004A) to the threads of the
bolts (12).

(j) Install the bolts (12) and the washers (11).

(k) Install the shims (19) and (4) on the blocks (18) and (5).

(l) Carefully lift the galley and put it in position on the blocks
(18) and (5) and the bracket (16).

(m) Install the bolts (17), the washers (15) and the nuts (14) on the
bracket (16).

(n) Install the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the nuts (6) on the
blocks (5) and (18).


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 422
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (o) If necessary, turn the eccentric plugs (9) and the ecccentric
bushes (10). Make sure that the holes in the galley align with
the holes in the blocks (5) and (18).

(p) Install the strips (1).

(2) Install the Upper Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-31-41-991-018)

(a) Put the bracket (12) in position and install the bolts (14) and
washers (13).

(b) Put the tie rod (5) in position on the bracket (12) and install
the quick-release pin (6).

(c) Put the bracket (11) in position and install the bolts (7), the
washers (8) and the nuts (10).

(d) Put the rod (5) in position on the bracket (11) and install the
quick-release pin (6).

(e) Put the tie rods (5) in position on the aircraft structure and
install the quick-release pins (6).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(f) If necessary, remove and adjust the tie rods (5).

1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire.

2
_ Loosen the locknut.

3
_ Adjust the tie rod end until the quick-release pins (6) can
easily be installed.

4
_ Tighten the locknut.

5
_ Make sure that the tie rod end is in safety.

6
_ Safety the locknut with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(g) Install the access panel (4) and the screws (3).

(h) Put the pelmet (1) in position and install the screws (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 423
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (3) Connect the Supply Connections
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-31-41-991-014)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(b) Connect the potable water pipe (12) to the fitting (10) and
tighten the nut (11).

(c) Connect the pipe (7) to the pipe (9) and install the clamps (8).

(d) Connect the hose (5) to the hose (3) and install the clamps (4).

(4) Connect the Power Supply.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-31-41-991-038)

CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(a) Install the bonding strap (13), the bolt (11), the washer (12)
and the nut (14) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

(b) Put the clamps (1) in position on the wires and install the nuts
(3) and the washers (2).

(c) Put the clamps (10) in position on the wires and install the
bolts (8) and the washers (9).

(d) Refer to the match marks and put the wires (4) in position and
install the nuts (5).

(e) Put the cover (6) in position and tighten the screws (7).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(f) Safety the screws (7) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 424
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (5) Seal the Splitline Joints

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Apply new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004A)
into all the splitline joints.

Subtask 25-31-41-720-050

C. Do a Test of the Bonding of the Galley and the Galley Electrical

Equipment (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

Subtask 25-31-41-865-080

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5HU, 6HU, 7MC, 16MC, 1XA

Subtask 25-31-41-942-051

E. Safety Precautions

(1) Remove the warning notice(s) from:

- the HP ground connector
- the LP ground connector
- the AIR COND panel 30VU
- the water service panel.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 425
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-31-41-710-051

F. Operational Test of the Galley Systems

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Do a check of the air supply (if installed) and air extraction
system:

(a) Do the pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-

001), or the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

(b) Turn the individual air outlet clockwise until it is in the

closed position.

(c) Air must not come out from the individual air outlet.

(d) Examine all the air hoses and the connections for leaks.

(e) Repair all leaks.

(f) Turn the individual air outlet counterclockwise until it is in

the open position.

(g) Make sure that different airflow is possible when you turn the
individual air outlet.

(h) Make sure that air is extracted through the galley exhaust.

(3) Do a check of the potable water and drain system:

(a) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).

(b) Examine all the potable water pipes for leaks.

(c) Repair all leaks.

(d) Operate the water faucet and make sure that water flows.

(e) Let the water flow until it is clean.

(f) Examine the drain pipe for leaks.

(g) Repair all leaks.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 426
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (h) Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-
002).

(4) Do an operational test of the galley electrical system:

(a) On the galley electrical panel, make sure that all the circuit
breakers are closed.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. In the flight compartment, on the On the galley electrical panel:

overhead panel 35VU:

- Push (on) the pushbutton switch - The POWER indicator light comes on.
2XA GAllEY.

2. On the galley electrical panel: In the galley:

- Set the WORKLIGHT switch to the - The galley worklight comes on.
ON position.

- Set the WORKLIGHT switch to the - The galley worklight goes off.
OFF position.

3. In the flight compartment, on the On the galley electrical panel:

overhead panel 35VU:

- Push (off) the pushbutton switch - The POWER indicator light goes off.
2XA GALLEY.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-31-41-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close Access to the Lower Connections

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-31-41-991-014)

(a) Put the insulation (6) of the pipe (7) in position.

(b) Put the insulation (13) of the pipe (12) in position.


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 427
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (c) Put the access panel (2) in position and install the screws (1).

R (3) Install the galley equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-410-001).

R

(4) Install the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-400-001).

(5) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) in the area of the galley.

(6) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-400-001).

Subtask 25-31-41-862-055

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-31-41

Page 428
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 AFT GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________

1. _______
General
The aft galleys are installed in the Aft utility area.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. System
__________________
Description
There are two optional configurations of galley, these are the:
- wet unit galley
- dry unit galley.

A. Wet Unit Galley

The function of the wet unit galley is to keep and/or prepare food and
hot or cold drinks. This galley has electrical equipment, a potable water
supply and waste water equipment.
The galley can hold full and/or half size trolleys and containers. The
galley can also have stowage compartments for coats, equipment etc..

B. Dry Unit Galley

The function of the dry unit galley is to keep food and drink in storage.
This galley has no system supplies or equipment. The galley can hold full
and/or half size trolleys and containers. The galley can also have
stowage compartments for coats, equipment, equipment etc..

4. Power
____________
Supply
The galley electrical supply (Ref. 24-56-00) connects to terminal blocks in
the aft utility area.
Circuit breakers in the galley control panel give electrical safety to the
galley electrical equipment.

5. _________
Interface
If applicable each galley has an interface with:
- the water waste system (Ref. 38-00-00),
- the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00),
- the galley supply system (Ref. 25-56-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-33-00

Page 1
Nov 01/06
R  
SYR 
R Aft Galley Locations
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-33-00

Page 2
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 6. Component
_____________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 002)

R A. Galley
R The galley basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich
R panels are made from NOMEX with fiberglass cover plates. Extrusions are
R bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Edge profiles, stainless-steel kick
R strips and rub-strips are installed to protect the galley where
R applicable. The main galley attachment points are hard point and/or seat
R rail attachments on the floor and tie rod attachments at the upper
R fuselage structure.

R B. Pelmet
R The pelmet is a cover structure on the top of the galley. Behind the
R pelmet are all the top galley connections.


EFF :

ALL  25-33-00

Page 3
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Galley Installation - Example
R Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-33-00

Page 4
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 GALLEY UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 25-33-41-000-002

Removal of the Aft Galley Unit (6481MM or 6483MM)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical

Power)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-26-41-000-003 Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail
R 25-35-00-010-001 Removal of the Galley Equipment
R
25-33-41-991-022 Fig. 401
25-33-41-991-006 Fig. 402
25-33-41-991-012 Fig. 403
25-33-41-991-013 Fig. 404
25-33-41-991-032 Fig. 405
25-33-41-991-031 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 401
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-33-41-991-014 Fig. 407

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-33-41-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-33-41-680-050

B. Drain the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).

Subtask 25-33-41-865-052

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 402
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

Subtask 25-33-41-010-052

D. Get Access

(1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.

R (2) Remove the galley equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-010-001).

R

(3) Remove the curtain and curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-26-
41-000-003).

(4) Remove the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
000-003) in the area of the galley.

Subtask 25-33-41-941-050

E. Safety Precautions

(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1 BLEED, ENG 2 BLEED, PACK 1
and PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.

NOTE : For the APU BLEED the ON legend is off.

____
For the ENG 1 BLEED and ENG 2 BLEED the OFF legends are
on.
For the PACK 1 and PACK 2 the OFF legends are on.

(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

operate these pushbutton switches.

(2) On the water service panel:

(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

pressurize the potable water system.

(3) On the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors,
put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons NOT to supply the
ground air.


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 403
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-33-41-020-059

A. Removal of the Galley Unit

(1) Remove the Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-33-41-991-022)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (6).

(b) Loosen the screws (6) and remove the cover (7).

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(c) Remove the nuts (5) and the wires (4).

(d) Remove the nuts (3), the washers (2) and remove the clamps (1)
from the wires.

(e) Remove the bolts (8), the washers (9) and remove the clamps (10)
from the wires.

(f) Remove the nuts (14), the bolts (11), the washers (12) and the
bonding straps (13).

(2) Remove the Galley Supply Connections

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-33-41-991-006)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Remove the screws (3) and the panel (4).

(b) Remove the screws (2) and the access panel (1).

(c) Loosen the nut (15) and disconnect the pipe (14) from the fitting
(16).


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 404
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-33-41

Page 405
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 Electrical Connections - G5
Figure 401/TASK 25-33-41-991-022- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 406
May 01/00
 
SYR 
 Electrical Connections - G5
Figure 401/TASK 25-33-41-991-022- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 407
May 01/00
 
SYR 
 Supply Connections - G5
Figure 402/TASK 25-33-41-991-006


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 408
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (d) Remove the clamps (12) and disconnect the pipe (11) from the pipe
(13).

(e) Remove the clamp (9) and disconnect the hose (8) from the hose
(10).

(f) Remove the clamps (6) and disconnect the hose (5) from the hose
(7).

(g) Remove the clamp (18) and disconnect the hose (17) from the hose
(19).

(h) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(3) Remove the Upper Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-33-41-991-012)

(a) Remove the screws (3) and the pelmet (4).

(b) Open the door (5).

(c) Remove the screws (2) and the access panels (1).

(d) Remove the quick-release pins (6) and disconnect the tie rods (7)
from the aircraft structure and the brackets (10) and (12).

(e) Remove the bolts (14), the washers (13) and the brackets (12).

(f) Remove the bolts (8) and the washers (9).

(g) Remove the bolts (11) and the brackets (10).

(4) Remove the Lower Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-33-41-991-013)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(a) Remove the strips (1).

(b) Remove the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the nuts (6).

(c) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(d) Carefully lift the galley off the blocks (5) and the fitting (15)
and move it to the center of the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 409
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Upper Attachments - G5
Figure 403/TASK 25-33-41-991-012

R

EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 410
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 Lower Attachments - G5
Figure 404/TASK 25-33-41-991-013


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 411
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (e) Remove the shims (4), identify the position and number of the
shims for the installation procedure.

(f) Remove the bolts (12), the washers (11), the eccentric bushes
(10) and the eccentric plugs (9).

(g) Remove the blocks (5).

(h) Remove and discard the packings (7).

(i) Remove the bushes (8).

(j) Remove the screws (14) and the fitting (15).

(k) Remove the bolts (18), the washers (17), the nuts (16) and the
bracket (13).

Subtask 25-33-41-020-052

B. Disconnect the Galley Splitline

NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley
____
from the cabin.

NOTE : The galley splitline screws and bolts are painted red.
____

(1) Disconnect the Splitline - Supply Connections

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-33-41-991-032)

(a) Remove the clamp (3) and disconnect the pipe (4) from the pipe
(2).

(b) Remove the screws (5), the spacer (7) and the clip (6).

(c) Remove the clamps (11) and (9) and disconnect the sink (8) and
the pipe (10).

(d) Loosen the nuts (13) and disconnect the fitting (12).

(e) Remove the clamp (15) and disconnect the pipe (14) from the drain
valve (16).

(f) Disconnect the ring (17) from the drain cable (18).

(g) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 412
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Splitline - Supply Connections
Figure 405/TASK 25-33-41-991-032


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 413
Nov 01/07
R  
SYR 
 (2) Disconnect the Splitline - Electrical Connections
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-33-41-991-031)

(a) Remove the bolts (7) the washers (6) and the bonding straps (5).

(b) Remove the screws (4) and the clips (3).

(c) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the electrical

receptacle (2).

(d) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3) Disconnect the Galley at the Splitline

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-33-41-991-014)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(a) Remove the screws (8) and the side covers (2) and (5).

(b) Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (7).

(c) Remove the bolts (9) and the washers (10).

(d) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(e) Carefully separate the galley modules (1), (3) and (4) and remove
them from the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 414
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Splitline - Electrical Connections
Figure 406/TASK 25-33-41-991-031


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 415
Nov 01/07
R  
SYR 
 Splitline Connections - G5
Figure 407/TASK 25-33-41-991-014


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 416
Nov 01/07
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-33-41-400-002

Installation of the Aft Galley Unit (6481MM or 6483MM)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004A

INFORMATION TRANSFERRED TO 04-022 (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004A USA MIL-A-46106 TYPE I
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 417
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-15-38-613-001 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft

Electrical Power Available)
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU
20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
21-23-00-720-002 Functional Test of an Air Extraction Point
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-005 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-008 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-26-41-000-001 Removal of the Forward Curtain Rail
25-26-41-400-003 Installation of the Aft Curtain Rail
25-33-41-000-002 Removal of the Aft Galley Unit (6481MM or 6483MM)
R 25-35-00-010-001 Removal of the Galley Equipment
R 25-35-00-410-001 Installation of the Galley Equipment
R
38-10-00-614-001 Pressurization of the Potable Water System from a
Ground Air Supply
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
25-33-41-991-022 Fig. 401
25-33-41-991-006 Fig. 402
25-33-41-991-012 Fig. 403
25-33-41-991-013 Fig. 404
25-33-41-991-032 Fig. 405
25-33-41-991-031 Fig. 406
25-33-41-991-014 Fig. 407

R

EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 418
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-33-41-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground servive network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

R (2) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty and all galley
R equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-010-001) is removed.
R

(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU make sure that:

(a) The APU BLEED, the ENG1 BLEED,the ENG2 BLEED and the PACK 1 and
PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.

NOTE : For the APU BLEED the ON legend is OFF.

____
For the ENG1 BLEED and ENG2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1 and PACK 2 the OFF legends are on.

(b) The warning notice is in position to tell persons not to operate

these pushbutton switches.

(4) Make sure the warning notices are in position at the HP and LP ground
connectors to tell persons NOT to supply the ground air.

(5) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
38-10-00-614-002).

(6) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).

(7) Make sure that the ceiling panels in the area of the galley are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).

(8) Make sure that the door frame linings in the area of the galley are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-
003).


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 419
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-33-41-865-064

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-33-41-560-052

A. Preparation of the Replacement Component

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(1) If necessary, disconnect the galley at the splitline and move it

through the aircraft door (Ref. TASK 25-33-41-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 420
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-33-41-210-054

B. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-33-41-420-052

C. Connect the Galley Splitline

NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you removed the galley from
____
the cabin.

NOTE : Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).

(1) Connect the Galley at the Splitline

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-33-41-991-014)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(b) Carefully lift the galley modules (1), (3) and (4) and put them
in position.

(c) Install the washers (10) and the bolts (9).

(d) Install the washers (7) and the bolts (6).

(e) Put the side covers (2) and (5) in position and install the
screws (8).

(2) Connect the Splitline - Supply Connections

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-33-41-991-032)

(a) Connect the drain cable (18) to the ring (17).

(b) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 421
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (c) Connect the pipe (14) to the drain valve (16) and install the
clamp (15).

(d) Put the fitting (12) in position and tighten the nuts (13).

(e) Put the pipe (4) in position on the pipe (2) and install the
clamp (3).

(f) Put the clips (6) in position and install the screws (5) and the
spacers (7).

(g) Connect the hose (10) to the sink (8) and install the clamps (9)
and (11).

(3) Connect the Splitline - Electrical Connections

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-33-41-991-031)

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Connect the electrical connectors (1) and the electrical

receptacles (2).

(d) Put the clips (3) in position and install the screws (4).

(e) Put the bonding straps (5) in position and install the bolts (7)
and the washers (6).

Subtask 25-33-41-420-059

D. Installation of the Galley Unit

NOTE : Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws. (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001)

(1) Install the Lower Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-33-41-991-013)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004A) to the bushes (8).

(b) Install the bushes (8) in the floor hardpoints.


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 422
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (c) Install new packings (7).

(d) Put the blocks (5) in position on the hardpoints.

(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004A) to the bolts (12) and
the screws (14).

(f) Put the fitting (15) in position and install the screws (14).

(g) Put the bracket (13) in position and install the bolts (18), the
washers (17) and the nuts (16).

(h) Install the eccentric plugs (9) and the eccentric bushes (10).

(i) Install the washers (11) and the bolts (12).

(j) Install the shims (4).

(k) Carefully lift the galley and put it in position on the blocks
(5) and the fitting (15)

(l) If necessary, turn the eccentric plugs (9) and the eccentric
bushes (10). Make sure that the holes align and the galley
touches all the blocks (5).

(m) Install the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the nuts (6).

(n) Install the strips (1).

(2) Install the Upper Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-33-41-991-012)

(a) Put the brackets (10) in position on the galley.

(b) Install the bolts (8), and the washers (9).

(c) Install the bolts (11).

(d) Put the brackets (12) in position on the galley.

(e) Install the bolts (14), and the washers (13).

(f) Put the tie rods (7) in position on the brackets (10) and (12)
and install quick-release pins (6).

(g) Put the tie rods (7) in position on the structure and install the
quick-release pins (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 423
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (h) If necessary, remove and adjust the tie rods (7).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire.

2
_ Loosen the locknut.

3
_ Adjust the tie rod end until the quick release pins (6) can
easily be installed.

4
_ Tighten the locknut.

5
_ Make sure that the tie rod end is in safety.

6
_ Safety the locknut with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(i) Put the access panels (1) in position and install the screws (2).

(j) Close the door (5).

(k) Put the pelmet (4) in position and install the screws (3).

(3) Install the Supply Connections

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-33-41-991-006)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(b) Connect the pipe (14) to the fitting (16) and tighten the nut
(15).

(c) Connect the pipe (11) to the pipe (13) and install the clamps
(12).

(d) Connect the hose (7) to the hose (5) and install the clamps (6).

(e) Connect the hose (8) to the hose (10) and install the clamp (9).

(f) Connect the hose (17) to the hose (19) and install the clamp
(18).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 424
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) Connect the Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-33-41-991-022)

CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(a) Put the bonding straps (13) in position and install the washers
(12), the bolts (11) and the nuts (14) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
004).

(b) Put the clamps (10) in position on the wires and install the
washers (9) and the bolts (8).

(c) Put the clamps (1) in position on the wires and install the nuts
(3) and the washers (2).

(d) Put the wires (4) in position and install the nuts (5).

(e) Put the cover (6) in position and tighten the screws (7).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(f) Safety the screws (7) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(5) Seal the Splitline Joints of the Galley Unit

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Remove the old sealant of the splitline joints with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.

(b) Clean the splitline joints with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(c) Apply new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004A)
into all the splitline joints.

Subtask 25-33-41-720-050

E. Do a Test of the Bonding of the Galley and the Galley Electrical

Equipment (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 425
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-33-41-865-065

F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
3MC, 5HU, 6HU, 7MC, 12MC, 14MC, 1XA

Subtask 25-33-41-942-050

G. Safety Precautions

(1) Remove the warning notices from:

- the HP ground connector
- the LP ground connector
- the AIR COND panel 30VU
- the water service panel.

Subtask 25-33-41-613-055

H. Fill the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-001).

Subtask 25-33-41-710-052

J. Operational Test of the Galley Systems

(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical power is energized (Ref. TASK
24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Do a check of the water system:

(a) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).

(b) Examine all the potable water pipes for leaks.

NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____

(c) Operate the water faucet and make sure that water flows.

(d) Examine the drain hose for leaks.

NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____

(e) Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-

002).


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 426
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (3) Do a check of the electrical system:

(a) Push the pushbutton switch 2XA GALLEY on the overhead panel 35VU
in the flight compartment.

(b) Make sure that the POWER indicator light on the galley electrical
panel comes on.

(c) Make sure that all the circuit breakers on the galley electrical
panel are closed.

(d) Operate each electrical unit/component for a short time to make

sure that it is serviceable.

(e) For example, the galley worklight:

1
_ Push the worklight switch ON, the switch illuminates: the
worklight goes ON.

2
_ Push the worklight switch again, the switch-brightness goes
out: the worklight goes OFF.

(f) Release the pushbutton switch 2XA GALLEY on the overhead panel
35VU in the flight compartment.

(g) Make sure that the POWER indicator light on the galley electrical
panel goes off.

(4) Do a check of the air supply- and the air exhaust systems:

(a) Do the pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001)

or do the pre-conditioning through the HP ground connection
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

(b) Do the functional test of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-
23-00-720-002), leave the electrical circuits energised if the
test is over.

(c) Turn the individual air outlet clockwise until it is in the

closed position.

(d) Air must not come out from the individual air outlets.

(e) Examine all the air pipes and the connections for leaks.

(f) Repair all leaks.


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 427
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (g) Turn the individual air outlet counterclockwise until it is in
the open position.

(h) Make sure that different airflow is possible when you turn the
individual outlet.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-33-41-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close access to the Lower Connections

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-33-41-991-006)

(a) Put the panel (1) in position and install the screws (2).

(b) Put the panel (4) in position and install the screws (3).

R (3) Install the galley equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-410-001).

R

(4) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-008) in the area of the galley.

(5) Install the curtain rail and curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-
400-003).

Subtask 25-33-41-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-33-41

Page 428
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 GALLEY COOLING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________

1. General
_______
R
R The galley cooling system supplies cooled air from an air chiller unit to
R the galley-trolley stowage-compartments. The cooled air keeps food and
R beverages in the trolleys cold.

2. __________________
Component Location
R
R The air chiller unit is installed in the aft galley.
R (Ref. Fig. 001)

3. __________________
System Description
R
R The air chiller unit supplies cooled air to keep the contents of the
R trolleys and trolley stowage-compartments cold.
R The cooled air is supplied to the trolleys through insulated ducts which are
R installed in the upper lining of the trolley stowage compartment. The air
R from the trolley stowage-compartment returns to the chiller unit through
R ducts installed in the compartment sidewall. The returned air passes through
R an evaporator, is cooled and returns to the galley in a closed cycle.
R The air for the chiller condensor passes through a filter installed in the
R front of the unit. Exhaust air from the chiller condensor discharges through
R a duct into the exhaust-air system. The drain-water of the air-chiller unit
R drains into the aircraft bilge-drainage system or the waste-water system of
R the galley.

4. ____________
Power Supply
R
R The air chiller unit is permanently connected to a 115/200V AC power supply.
R A pushbutton switch on the galley electrical panel switches the unit on and
R off. A circuit breaker on the galley electrical panel protects the circuit.

5. Interface
_________
R
R The air chiller unit has an interface with:
R - The water/waste system (Ref. 38-00-00),
R - The lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00),
R - The galley supply system (Ref. 24-56-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 1
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Air Chiller Unit - Location
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 2
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 6. _____________________
Component Description
R
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R The air chiller unit has a closed loop system.
R The components of the closed loop system are:
R - The evaporator,
R - The compressor,
R - The condensor,
R - The filter/drier,
R - The intercooler,
R - The blower assembly.
R The components are installed in a housing which has a removable cover for
R maintenance purposes. Electrical power is supplied to the unit through an
R electrical connector and external wiring. The unit is electrically bonded to
R the aircraft structure through its housing and the aircraft structure.


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 3
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Air Chiller Unit
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 4
Nov 01/05
R  
SYR 
 GALLEY COOLING - CLEANING/PAINTING
__________________________________

TASK 25-34-00-100-001

Cleaning of the Chilled Air In and Chilled Air Out Grilles/Filters

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 253400-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific vacuum cleaner

R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-34-00-960-001 Replacement of the Air Filter of the Air Chiller Unit
25-34-51-000-001 Removal of the Air Chiller Unit - Forward Galley
25-34-51-000-002 Removal of the Air Chiller Unit - Aft Galley
25-34-51-400-001 Installation of the Air Chiller Unit - Forward Galley
25-34-51-400-002 Installation of the Air Chiller Unit - Aft Galley
25-34-00-991-002 Fig. 701

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-34-00-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 701
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-34-00-941-051

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2
pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.

NOTE : For the APU BLEED the ON legend is off.

____
For the ENG 1/2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1/2 the OFF legends are on.

R (b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

operate these pushbutton switches.

(2) On the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors,
R put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to connect
the ground air supply.

Subtask 25-34-00-010-051

C. Get Access

(1) If you must clean the air chiller filter of the Galley 1, remove the
air chiller of the Galley 1 (Ref. TASK 25-34-51-000-001).

NOTE : It is not necessary to fully remove the air chiller unit to

____
clean the filter.

(2) If you must clean the air chiller filter of the Galley 5, remove the
air chiller of the Galley 5 (Ref. TASK 25-34-51-000-002).

NOTE : It is not necessary to fully remove the air chiller unit to

____
clean the filter.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-34-00-991-002)

Subtask 25-34-00-160-050

A. Cleaning of the Air Chiller Filter

CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE CLEANING AGENTS TO DO THIS PROCEDURE. THE

_______
CLEANING AGENTS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO AND POSSIBLE BLOCKAGE OF
THE FILTER PADS.


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 702
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Air Chiller Filter
Figure 701/TASK 25-34-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 703
May 01/06
 
SYR 
 (1) Use a vacuum cleaner to clean the air filter (1) of the air chiller
unit.

(2) Examine the air filter (1) for damage. If necessary, replace the air
filter (Ref. TASK 25-34-00-960-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-34-00-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) If you cleaned the air chiller filter of the Galley 1, install the
air chiller of the Galley 1 (Ref. TASK 25-34-51-400-001).

(2) If you cleaned the air chiller filter of the Galley 5, install the
air chiller of the Galley 5 (Ref. TASK 25-34-51-400-002).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-34-00-942-051

B. Safety Precautions

R (1) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from:

R - The HP ground connector
R - The LP ground connector
R - The AIR COND panel 30VU.

Subtask 25-34-00-862-051

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 704
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-34-00-100-002

Cleaning of the Condenser Air-Filter of the Air-Chiller Unit

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 253400-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-34-00-960-001 Replacement of the Air Filter of the Air Chiller Unit
25-34-51-000-001 Removal of the Air Chiller Unit - Forward Galley
25-34-51-000-002 Removal of the Air Chiller Unit - Aft Galley
25-34-51-400-001 Installation of the Air Chiller Unit - Forward Galley
25-34-51-400-002 Installation of the Air Chiller Unit - Aft Galley
25-34-00-991-006 Fig. 702
25-34-00-991-010 Fig. 703

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-34-00-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 705
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-34-00-941-052

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2
pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.

NOTE : For the APU BLEED the ON legend is off.

____
For the ENG 1/2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1/2 the OFF legends are on.

R (b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

operate these pushbutton switches.

(2) On the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors,
R put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to connect
the ground air supply.

Subtask 25-34-00-010-052

C. Get Access

(1) If you must clean the air-chiller condenser air-filter of the Galley
1, remove the air chiller of the Galley 1 (Ref. TASK 25-34-51-000-
001).

NOTE : It is not necessary to fully remove the air chiller unit to

____
clean the filter.

(2) If you must clean the air-chiller condenser air-filter of the Galley
5, remove the air chiller of the Galley 5 (Ref. TASK 25-34-51-000-
002).

NOTE : It is not necessary to fully remove the air chiller unit to

____
clean the filter.


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 706
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 25-34-00-991-006, 703/TASK 25-34-00-991-010)

Subtask 25-34-00-160-051

A. Cleaning of the Air-Chiller Condenser Air-Filter

CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE CLEANING AGENTS TO DO THIS PROCEDURE. THE

_______
CLEANING AGENTS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO AND POSSIBLE BLOCKAGE OF
THE FILTER PADS.

(1) Use a vacuum cleaner to clean the condenser air filter (31) of the
air chiller unit.

(2) Examine the condenser air filter (31) for damage. If necessary,
replace the air filter (Ref. TASK 25-34-00-960-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-34-00-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) For the air filter of the air chiller unit in the Galley 1, install
the air chiller of the Galley 1 (Ref. TASK 25-34-51-400-001).

(3) For the air filter of the air chiller unit in the Galley 5, install
the air chiller of the Galley 5 (Ref. TASK 25-34-51-400-002).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-34-00-942-052

B. Safety Precautions

R (1) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from:

R - The HP ground connector
R - The LP ground connector
R - The AIR COND panel 30VU.


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 707
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Air-Chiller Condensor Air-Filter (Forward Galley)
Figure 702/TASK 25-34-00-991-006


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 708
May 01/06
 
SYR 
R Condenser Air-Filter of the Air-Chiller Unit (Aft Galley)
Figure 703/TASK 25-34-00-991-010


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 709
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-34-00-862-052

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-34-00

Page 710
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 AIR CHILLER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 25-34-51-000-002

Removal of the Air Chiller Unit - Aft Galley

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-34-51-991-002 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-34-51-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 401
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-34-51-941-051

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1 BLEED, ENG 2 BLEED, PACK 1
and PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.

NOTE : For the APU BLEED the ON legend is off.

____
For the ENG 1 BLEED and ENG 2 BLEED the OFF legends are
on.
For the PACK 1 and PACK 2 the OFF legends are on.

R (b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

operate these pushbutton switches.

(2) On the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors,
R put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to supply the
ground air.

Subtask 25-34-51-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26


EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 402
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

Subtask 25-34-51-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Remove the galley equipment

(a) Release the trolley locks and remove the galley trolleys.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-34-51-020-052

A. Removal of the Air Chiller Unit - Aft Galley

(1) Remove the Air Chiller - Aft Galley

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-34-51-991-002)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(a) Remove the screws (4) and the panel (1).

(b) Remove the screws (3) and the panel (2).

(c) Disconnect the electrical connector (5) from the electrical

receptacle (6).

R (d) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(e) Remove the screws (13) and the clips (14).

(f) Remove the clamp (9) and disconnect the hose (8) from the hose
(10).

(g) Remove the bolts (11) and the washers (12).

(h) Carefully remove the air chiller (7).


EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 403
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Air Chiller - Aft Galley
R Figure 401/TASK 25-34-51-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 404
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-34-51-400-002

Installation of the Air Chiller Unit - Aft Galley

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-34-51-991-002 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-34-51-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the trolleys are removed from the galley.


EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 405
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that on the AIR COND panel 30VU:

(a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1 BLEED, ENG 2 BLEED and the PACK 1 and
PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.

NOTE : For
____ the APU BLEED the ON legend is off.
For the ENG 1 BLEED and the ENG 2 BLEED the OFF legends
are on.
For the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 the OFF legends are on.

R (b) A WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate

these pushbutton switches.

(4) Make sure that on the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground
R connectors, a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to
connect the ground air supply.

Subtask 25-34-51-865-054

R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09


EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 406
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-34-51-210-051

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-34-51-991-002)

Subtask 25-34-51-420-052

B. Installation of the Air Chiller Unit

NOTE : Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).

(1) Install the Air Chiller - Aft Galley

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-34-51-991-002)

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(a) Carefully put the air chiller (7) in position.

(b) Install the bolts (11) and the washers (12).

(c) Connect the hose (8) to the hose (10) and install the clamp (9).

(d) Put the clips (14) in position and install the screws (13).

R (e) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(f) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 407
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (g) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the electrical receptacle
(6).

(h) Install the panel (1) and the screws (4).

(i) Install the panel (2) and the screws (3).

Subtask 25-34-51-865-055

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

Subtask 25-34-51-942-051

D. Safety Precautions

(1) Remove the warning notices from:

R - The HP ground connector
R - The LP ground connector
R - The AIR COND panel 35VU.

R

EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 408
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-34-51-710-051-A

E. Operational Test

(1) Do the test of the air chiller unit.

(a) Make sure that all the circuit breakers on the aft galley
electrical panel are closed.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. In the cockpit on the overhead On the galley electrical panel:

panel 35VU:
- push the pushbutton switch 2XA - the POWER indicator light comes on.
GALLEY.

2. On the galley electrical panel: On the galley electrical panel:

- put the AIR CHILLER ON/OFF - the SYSTEM OPERATE indicator light
switch to ON. comes on.

In the stowage and/or trolley stowage

area:
- chilled air comes out of the air
ducts.

- put the AIR CHILLER ON/OFF - the SYSTEM OPERATE indicator light
switch to OFF. goes off.
- the chilled air does not come out of
the air ducts.

3. In the cockpit on the overhead On the galley electrical panel:

panel 35VU:
- release the pushbutton switch - the POWER indicator light goes off.
2XA GALLEY.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-34-51-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) If removed, install the galley trolleys.


EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 409
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-34-51

Page 410
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-34-51-862-051

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-34-51

Page 411
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
 GALLEY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The galley equipment is installed to keep and prepare food and drinks for
R the passengers and the crew and to store waste materials.

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)

3. System
__________________
Description
R There are different types of galleys, storage galleys and preparation
R galleys.

R A. Storage Galleys
R The storage galleys are only used to keep food, drinks and unwanted
R materials and have:
R - Food trolleys,
R - Waste trolleys,
R - Food and drinks containers.

R B. Preparation Galleys
R The preparation galleys are used to prepare the food and the drinks and
R have this electrically operated items (if installed):
R - Trash-Compactor(s)
R - Oven(s)
R - Oven Control Module(s)
R - Coffee-maker(s)
R - Beverage-Maker(s)
R - Bun-warmer(s)
R - Roll-Warmer(s)
R - Hot-cup(s)
R - Hot-jug(s)
R - Water-heater(s)
R - Refrigerator(s)
R - Wine-Chiller(s)
R - Hot-plate(s)

R 4. Power
____________
Supply
R The galley power supply system (Ref. 24-56-00) supplies the electrical
R equipment in the preparation galleys with 115 VAC.

R 5. _________
Interface
R The galley equipment has interfaces with:
R - the potable water system (Ref. 38-10-00),
R - the wastewater drain system (Ref. 38-30-00),
R - the galley power supply (Ref. 24-56-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 1
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Example of Galley Equipment
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 2
Aug 01/99
R  
SYR 
R 6. _____________________
Component Description

R A. Oven
R The oven has a control box to select the temperature and time of
R operation, to heat the meals.

R B. Water Heater
R The water heater heats water supplied from the potable water system.
R (Ref. 38-10-00)

R C. Hot Jug
R The hot jug keeps the drinks at a stable temperature.

R D. Hot Cup
R The hot cup is used to heat the beverages.

R E. Coffee Maker
R The coffee maker prepares and keeps the coffee at a high temperature in a
R container, or in a coffee jug on a hot plate. The potable water system
R (Ref. 38-12-00) supplies water to the coffee maker.
R The coffee maker has hot or hot and cold water faucets installed.

R F. Trolley
R The trolley has trays or drawers for storage.

R G. Waste Trolley
R The waste trolley has a waste container with a flap.

R H. Container
R The container is used to keep trays, drawers, beverages and food.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 3
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 GALLEY EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________

TASK 25-35-00-010-001

Removal of the Galley Equipment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-35-15-000-001 Removal of the Coffee Maker

25-35-19-000-003 Removal of the Steam-Oven
25-35-25-000-001 Removal of the Hot-Cup
25-35-25-000-002 Removal of the Hot-Jug
25-35-27-000-001 Removal of the Water Boiler/Heater
25-35-34-000-001 Removal of the Galley Control-Panel

3. __________
Job Set-up

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-00-010-070

A. Removal of the Coffee Maker(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-000-001).

Subtask 25-35-00-010-076

B. Removal of the Steam-Oven(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-000-003).

Subtask 25-35-00-010-081

C. Removal of the Hot-Cup(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-001).

Subtask 25-35-00-010-083

D. Removal of the Hot-Jug(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 201
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-35-00-010-085

E. Removal of the Water Boiler/Heater(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-27-000-001).

Subtask 25-35-00-010-089

F. Removal of the Galley Control-Panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 202
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-00-410-001

Installation of the Galley Equipment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-35-19-400-003 Installation of the Steam-Oven

25-35-25-400-001 Installation of the Hot-Cup
25-35-25-400-002 Installation of the Hot-Jug
25-35-27-400-001 Installation of the Water Boiler/Heater
25-35-34-400-001 Installation of the Galley Control-Panel

3. __________
Job Set-up

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-00-410-075

A. Installation of the Steam-Oven(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-400-003).

Subtask 25-35-00-410-080

B. Installation of the Hot-Cup(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-400-001).

Subtask 25-35-00-410-082

C. Installation of the Hot-Jug(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-400-002).

Subtask 25-35-00-410-084

D. Installation of the Water Boiler/Heater(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-27-400-001).

Subtask 25-35-00-410-088

E. Installation of the Galley Control-Panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-400-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 203
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 GALLEY EQUIPMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
____________________________________________

TASK 25-35-00-040-001

Deactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-35-01-A)

Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-30-01)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-052 USA AMS-T-23397 AND/OR L-T-80B

SELF ADHESIVEALUMINIUM TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-35-00-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-00-861-077

A. There is no special job set-up for this task.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-00-040-050

A. Deactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-00-991-001)

(1) Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052).

R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the
waste compartment.

(3) Open the access door of the waste compartment:

(a) Make sure that the waste container is empty.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-00-410-067

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the access door of the waste compartment.

(3) Make an entry in the logbook.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 402
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
R Figure 401/TASK 25-35-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 403
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-00-440-001

Reactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-35-01-A)

Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-30-01)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-35-00-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-00-861-078

A. There is no special job set-up for this task.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-00-440-050

A. Reactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-00-991-001)

(1) Remove the warning notice and the aluminium tape.

(2) If necessary, remove the damaged flapper-door:

(a) Open the access door.

(b) Remove the waste container.

(c) Remove the bolt (3), the washer (2) and disconnect the bonding
strap (1).

(d) Remove the bolt (6), the washer (5), the nut (4), the screws (7)
and the flapper-door (8).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) Install a new flapper-door:

R (a) Put the new flapper-door (8) in position and install the screws
R (7), the washer (5), the bolt (6) and the nut (4). Tighten the
R screws (7), the bolt (6) and the nut (4).

R (b) Connect the bonding strap (1) and install the washer (2) and the
R bolt (3).

R (c) Make sure that the flapper-door:

R - Operates correctly
R - Is aligned with the surface
R - Closes and seals fully.

R (d) Put the waste container in position.

R (e) Close the access door.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-35-00-410-068

R A. Close Access

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 405
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 GALLEY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________

TASK 25-35-00-710-016

Operational Test of the Steam Oven

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
38-10-00-614-001 Pressurization of the Potable Water System from a
Ground Air Supply
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-00-861-065

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 501
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-35-00-865-081

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
R
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

Subtask 25-35-00-860-065

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the pushbutton GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU
is in the ON position (the white OFF indicator does not come on).

(2) Make sure that the related CB of the steam oven on the galley control
panel is closed.

(3) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 502
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-00-710-067

A. Do the Operational Test of the Steam-Oven:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. At the galley:
- Close the potable-water shut-off
valve.

2. On the steam-oven: On the steam-oven:

- Push the OVEN/ON pushbutton to - The OVEN/ON indicator comes on.
the on position. - The NO WATER indicator comes on.

- Push the OVEN/ON pushbutton to - The OVEN/ON indicator goes off.

the off position. - The NO WATER indicator goes off.

3. At the galley:
- Open the potable-water shut-off
valve.

4. On the steam-oven: On the steam-oven:

- Push the OVEN/ON pushbutton to - The OVEN/ON indicator comes on.
the on position. - The blower operates. An usual noise
from the blower is heard. Any unusual
noise is not permitted.
- The heater comes on and the
temperature will increase.

5. On the steam-oven: On the steam-oven:

- Push the STEAM/ON pushbutton to - The STEAM/ON indicator comes on.
the on position.

- Set the LOW/HIGH temperature - The LOW indicator comes on.

pusbutton to the LOW position.

NOTE : Do not operate an empty

____
oven for more than 5
minutes in the HIGH mode.

- Set the timer to max. 5 minutes. - After a short time, the CYCLE
indicator comes on.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 503
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- After a short time, the CYCLE
indicator goes off.

6. On the steam-oven: On the steam-oven:

- Push the STEAM/ON pushbutton to - The STEAM/ON indicator goes off.
the off position.

- Do step 5 thru 6 again for each

available temperature.

- Push the OVEN/ON pushbutton. - The blower stops.

- All indicators go off.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-00-410-065

A. Close Access

(1) Put all CB and switches to the initial configuration.

(2) Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).

(3) Make sure that the steam oven is in its initial configuration.

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-35-00-862-076

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 504
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-00-710-020

Operational Test of the Hot-Cup

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-00-861-069

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 25-35-00-865-074

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 505
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

Subtask 25-35-00-860-058

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the pushbutton GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU
is in the ON position (the white OFF indicator does not come on).

(2) Make sure that the related CB of the hot cup on the galley control
panel is closed.

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-35-00-710-071-A

R A. Operational Test of the Hot Cup

R NOTE : IF YOU USE THE HOT CUP WITHOUT WATER, THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO IT.
____

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. At the hot cup: At the hot cup:

R - Fill the hot cup with 1 l - The hot cup starts immediately to
R (0.2641 USgal) water. heat the water. There is no ON/OFF
R - Push it into the electrical switch.
R connector in the galley - The water starts to boil after a
R compartment. approximately 14 minutes.

R 2. At the hot cup: At the hot cup:


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 506
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Pull the hot cup out of the - The hot cup stops to heat the water.
R electrical connector to
R disconnect it from the power
R supply.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-00-410-058

A. Close Access

(1) Put all related CB and switches to their initial configuration.

(2) Make sure that the hot cup is in its initial configuration.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-35-00-862-069

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 507
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-00-710-021

Operational Test of the Hot-Jug

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-00-861-070

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 25-35-00-865-075

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 508
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

Subtask 25-35-00-860-059

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the pushbutton GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU
is in the ON position (the white OFF indicator does not come on).

(2) Make sure that the related CB of the hot jug on the galley control
panel is closed.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-00-710-072-B

A. Do the Operational Test of the Hot Jug:

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT

_______
BURNS WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. At the galley: On the hot jug:

- Fill the hot jug with water and - The POWER indicator comes on and the
move it carefully into the hot jug starts to heat the water.
related galley compartment.
Close the latch(s).

2. On the hot jug:


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 509
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Let the unit operate until the
POWER indicator goes off. The
water has a temperature of
approximately 80.0 deg.C (176.00
deg.F).

- Push the yellow pushbutton. - The POWER indicator and the yellow
indicator come on.

- Let the unit operate until the

POWER indicator goes off. The
water has a temperature of
approximately 95.0 deg.C (203.00
deg.F).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-00-410-059

A. Close Access

(1) Put all related CB and switches to their initial configuration.

(2) Make sure that the hot jug is in its initial configuration.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-35-00-862-070

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 510
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-00-710-023

Operational Test of the Water-Heater/Boiler

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
38-10-00-614-001 Pressurization of the Potable Water System from a
Ground Air Supply
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-00-861-072

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 511
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-35-00-865-077

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

Subtask 25-35-00-860-061

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the pushbutton GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU
is in the on position (the white OFF indicator does not come on).

(2) Make sure that the related C/B of the water heater on the galley
control panel is closed.

(3) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 512
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-00-710-074

A. Do the Operational Test of the Water Heater

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT

_______
BURNS WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).

WARNING : OPEN THE WATER FAUCET OR THE WATER DRAIN CAREFULLY AND SLOWLY.
_______
THE TANK IS PRESSURIZED AND STEAM OR VERY HOT WATER CAN COME
OUT OF THE NOZZLE. HOT WATER OR STEAM IS DANGEROUS (IT CAN BURN
YOU).

(1) Use a CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) to collect the water from the water
faucet during the test.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the water heater: On the water heater:

- Push and hold the LAMP TEST - All indicators come on.
pushbutton to the on position.

- Release the LAMP TEST - All indicators go off.

pushbutton.

2. At the galley:
- Close the potable-water shutoff
valve.

3. On the water heater:

- Open the hot water faucet until
waterflow stops.
- Close the hot water faucet.

4. On the water heater: On the water heater:

- Push the ON/OFF pushbutton to - The ON indicator comes on.
the on position. - The LOW WATER indicator comes on.

5. At the galley:
- Open the potable-water shutoff
valve.

6. On the water heater: On the water heater:


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 513
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Open the hot water faucet to - The unit fills with water.
bleed air from the tank until - The LOW WATER indicator goes off
water comes from the hot water until the tank is full.
faucet. - The CYCLE indicator comes on.
- Close the hot water faucet.

- Let the unit operate for approx. - The CYCLE indicator goes off.
5 min.

- Open the hot water faucet to - The CYCLE indicator comes on.
empty the water heater tank.

- Close the hot water faucet. - The unit fills with water.
- After a short time, the CYCLE
indicator goes off.

- Push the ON/OFF pushbutton to - All indicators go off.

the off position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-00-410-061

A. Close Access

R (1) Put all related C/B and switches in their initial configuration.

(2) Make sure that the water heater is in its initial configuration.

(3) Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-35-00-862-072

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-00

Page 514
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 COFFEE MAKER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________

TASK 25-35-15-000-001

Removal of the Coffee Maker

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 2 CAP - BLANKING

R No specific 2 PLUG - BLANKING

3. __________
Job Set-up

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-15-020-050

A. Removal of the Coffee-Maker (attached with screws)

R WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT

_______
R BURNS WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).

(1) Remove the screws (1).

R (2) Removal of the coffee-maker from the galley

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Carefully pull the coffee-maker (2) to disconnect the electrical

R connectors and the potable-water supply line.

(b) Remove the coffee maker (2) from the galley.

R (3) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.

R


EFF :

ALL  25-35-15

Page 401
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
R (4) Put PLUG - BLANKING on the disconnected line ends.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-15

Page 402
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 OVEN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________

TASK 25-35-19-000-003

Removal of the Steam-Oven

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING

No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
25-35-19-991-003 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-19-861-054

A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-35-19-860-055

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) De-pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).

R


EFF :

ALL  25-35-19

Page 401
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-35-19-860-067

R C. At the related galley on the galley control panel:

R (1) Open, safety and tag the circuit breaker(s) of the steam oven.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-19-020-052

A. Removal of the Steam Oven

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-19-991-003)

(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(2) Remove the screws (1).

(3) Carefully pull the steam oven (2) out of the galley.

(4) Hold the steam oven in position and disconnect the electrical
connector (3).

(5) Disconnect the Water Supply Line:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Disconnect the water supply line (4).

(6) Remove the steam oven (2) from the galley.

(7) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected line ends.

(8) Put PLUG - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-19

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Steam-Oven
R Figure 401/TASK 25-35-19-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-35-19

Page 403
Nov 01/01
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-19-400-003

Installation of the Steam-Oven

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-30-00-920-001 Discard the Galley Air-Extraction Filter Elements
25-35-00-710-016 Operational Test of the Steam Oven
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
25-35-19-991-003 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-19-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the potable water system is de-pressurized (Ref. TASK
38-10-00-614-002).

(2) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-35-19

Page 404
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-35-19-860-068

B. At the related galley on the galley control panel:

(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker(s) of the steam oven is (are)
open, safetied and tagged.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-19-420-052

A. Installation of the Steam Oven

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-19-991-003)

(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the grill(s) and the housing(s) of the air
extraction filter(s) in the area of the installation-position.
- If necessary clean the grill(s) and the housing(s) with a vacuum
cleaner.
R - If necessary replace the air extraction filter(s) (Ref. TASK 25-30-
R 00-920-001).

(3) Hold a suitable sized piece of paper to the applicable air extraction
inlet(s). The paper will stay in position at the air extraction
inlet(s) by the air suction.

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(7) Hold the steam oven (2) in position.

(8) Connect the electrical connector (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-19

Page 405
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (9) Connection of the Water Supply Line:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(b) Connect the water supply line (4).

(10) Carefully push the steam oven (2) into the galley.

(11) Install the screws (1).

(12) Torque the screws (1) to 0.69 m.daN (61.06 lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).

R Subtask 25-35-19-860-069

R B. At the related galley on the galley control panel:

R (1) Remove the safety tag(s) and clip(s), and close the circuit
R breaker(s) of the steam oven.

Subtask 25-35-19-710-052

R C. Do the operational test of the steam oven (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-016).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-19-860-058

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-35-19-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-35-19

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 HOT CUP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________

TASK 25-35-25-000-001

Removal of the Hot-Cup

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-35-25-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-25-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-35-25-860-053

B. At the related galley on the galley control panel:

(1) Open, safety and tag the related circuit breaker(s) of the hot cup.

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-35-25-020-050

R A. Removal of the Hot Cup

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-25-991-001-A)

R (1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

R (2) Pull the hot cup holder (3) up.

R (3) Pull and remove the hot cup (1) from the related galley.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-25

Page 401
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Hot-Cup
R Figure 401/TASK 25-35-25-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-35-25

Page 402
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-25-400-001

Installation of the Hot-Cup

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-35-00-710-020 Operational Test of the Hot-Cup
R 25-35-25-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-25-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-35-25-860-054

B. At the related galley on the galley control panel:

(1) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the hot cup is (are)
open, safetied and tagged.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-25

Page 403
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-35-25-420-050

R A. Installation of the Hot Cup

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-25-991-001-A)

R (1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

R (2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.

R (3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (4) Lift the hot cup holder (3).

R (5) Push the hot cup (1) into the connector (2).

R (6) Put the hot cup holder (3) on the hot cup (1).

Subtask 25-35-25-860-055

R B. At the related galley on the galley control panel:

(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
circuit breaker(s) of the hot cup.

Subtask 25-35-25-710-050

R C. Do the operational test of the hot cup (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-020).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-25-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-35-25-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-25

Page 404
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-25-000-002

Removal of the Hot-Jug

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-35-25-991-002-A Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-25-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-35-25-860-057

B. At the related galley on the galley control panel:

(1) Open, safety and tag the related circuit breaker(s) of the hot jug.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-25

Page 405
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-25-020-051-A

A. Removal of the Hot Jug

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-35-25-991-002-A)

(1) Turn the latches (2) to the unlocked position.

(2) Carefully pull the hot jug (3) out of the galley to disconnect the
unit from the electrical connector (1).

(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-25

Page 406
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Hot Jug
R Figure 402/TASK 25-35-25-991-002-A


EFF :

ALL  25-35-25

Page 407
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-25-400-002

Installation of the Hot-Jug

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-35-00-710-021 Operational Test of the Hot-Jug
R 25-35-25-991-002-A Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-25-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-35-25-860-058

B. At the related galley on the galley control panel:

(1) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the hot jug is (are)
open, safetied and tagged.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-25

Page 408
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-25-420-051-A

A. Installation of the Hot Jug

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-35-25-991-002-A)

(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Carefully push the hot jug (3) into the galley to connect the unit
with the electrical connector (1).

(6) Turn the latches (2) to the locked position.

Subtask 25-35-25-860-059

B. At the related galley on the galley control panel:

(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
circuit breaker(s) of the hot jug.

Subtask 25-35-25-710-051

C. Do the operational Test of the Hot Jug (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-021).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-25-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-35-25-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-35-25

Page 409
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 WATER BOILER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________

TASK 25-35-27-000-001

Removal of the Water Boiler/Heater

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
25-35-27-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-27-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-35-27-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) De-pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).

R


EFF :

ALL  25-35-27

Page 401
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-35-27-860-056

R C. On the circuit breaker panel at the related galley

R (1) Open, safety and tag the circuit breaker(s) of the Water Heater.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-27-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Water Heater

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-27-991-001-A)

(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(2) Remove the screws (1).

(3) Carefully pull the water heater (4) out of the galley and hold it in
position.

(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (3).

(5) Disconnect the water supply line:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Disconnect the water supply line (2).

(b) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(6) Remove the water heater (4) from the galley.

(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-27

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Water Boiler/Heater
R Figure 401/TASK 25-35-27-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-35-27

Page 403
Nov 01/01
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-27-400-001

Installation of the Water Boiler/Heater

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-35-00-710-023 Operational Test of the Water-Heater/Boiler
38-10-00-614-001 Pressurization of the Potable Water System from a
Ground Air Supply
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
25-35-27-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-27-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the potable water system is de-pressurized (Ref. TASK
38-10-00-614-002).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-35-27

Page 404
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-35-27-860-057

R B. On the circuit breaker panel at the related galley

R (1) Make sure that the circuit breaker(s) of the Water Heater is (are)
R opened, safetied and tagged.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-27-420-050-A

A. Installation of the Water Heater

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-27-991-001-A)

(1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(5) Put the water heater (4) in position.

(6) Connect the electrical connector (3).

(7) Connect the water supply line:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.

(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(b) Connect the water supply line (2).

(8) Carefully push the water heater (4) into the galley.

(9) Install and tighten the screws (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-27

Page 405
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-35-27-860-058

R B. On the circuit breaker panel at the related galley

R (1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the circuit
R breaker(s) of the Water Boiler/Heater.

Subtask 25-35-27-710-050

R C. Do the Operational Test of the Water Heater (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-023).

Subtask 25-35-27-860-055

R D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-27-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-35-27

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 CONTROL PANEL - GALLEY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________

TASK 25-35-34-000-001

Removal of the Galley Control-Panel

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-35-34-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-34-861-050

A. Energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-35-34

Page 401
Nov 01/99
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-35-34-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
R
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-34-020-050

A. Removal of the Galley Control-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-34-991-001)

(1) Remove the screws (1).

(2) Carefully pull the galley control-panel (2) out of the galley.

(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3).

(4) Remove the galley control-panel (2) from the galley.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-34

Page 402
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Galley Control-Panel
Figure 401/TASK 25-35-34-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-35-34

Page 403
Nov 01/99
 
SYR 
 (5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-34

Page 404
Nov 01/99
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-35-34-400-001

Installation of the Galley Control-Panel

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-21-15-912-001 Tightening Torques for Electrical Component Fasteners

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-35-34-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-35-34-861-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the Ground Service Network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-35-34

Page 405
Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-35-34-865-051

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
R
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-35-34-420-050

A. Installation of the Galley Control-Panel

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND THE CAUTIONS
_______
INCLUDED IN THE REFERENCED PROCEDURES.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-34-991-001)

(1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-35-34

Page 406
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Connect the electrical connectors (3) (Ref. TASK 20-21-15-912-001).

(5) Carefully push the galley control-panel (2) into the galley.

(6) Install the screws (1) and tighten them.

Subtask 25-35-34-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-002,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

**ON A/C 003-099,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
R
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

Subtask 25-35-34-861-052

C. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)


EFF :

ALL  25-35-34

Page 407
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-35-34-860-050

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the overhead panel 35VU, push the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA.

(2) Make sure that the white OFF indicator at the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA
does not come on.

Subtask 25-35-34-710-050

E. Do an Operational Test of the Galley Control-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-34-991-001)

R (1) Close all circuit breakers (4) on the galley control panel (2).

(2) Do a test of all the electrical galley equipment installed at the

related galley, for typical basic functions.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-35-34-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) On the overhead panel 35VU, release the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA.

(2) Make sure that the OFF indicator, on the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA comes
on.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-35-34-862-050

B. De-energize the electrical network

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-35-34

Page 408
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________

1. _______
General
The lavatories are installed in the cabin for the comfort of the crew and
passengers and have washroom facilities.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. __________________
System Description

A. Lavatory Identification
The AMM uses letters and location numbers to identify the lavatories:
- A letter (for example A) is used to identify the type of the lavatory
module
- A location number (for example L11) is used to identify the location of
the lavatory in the cabin.
The location numbers are used for the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00).

R (1) There are lavatories installed in:

R - The forward area (Ref. 25-41-00)
R - The aft area (Ref. 25-43-00)
R

R (2) The Lavatory location numbers of the forward area are:

- L11 and L13.

R (3) The Lavatory location numbers of the aft area are:

- L41 thru L45.

B. Quantity of Lavatories
A maximum of 4 lavatories can be installed in the aircraft. The vacuum
waste-system controller (Ref. 38-31-00) causes this limit.

C. Lavatory Equipment
Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory (Ref.
25-45-00).

4. Power
____________
Supply
Electrical power for the different electrical systems in the lavatories is
supplied through a single electrical connector.

5. _____________________
Component Description

A. Each lavatory is assembled as a modular unit with a ceiling, rearwall,

sidewalls and floorpan. The floorpan has a slip-resistant floor covering.
Kickstrips and corner strips are installed to prevent damage to the
sidewalls.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 1
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Component Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 2
Aug 01/99
 
SYR 
 B. Lavatory Installation
Tie-rods are used to attach the lavatory ceiling to the aircraft
structure and fittings are used to attach the lavatory floor to the
aircraft structure.
The fittings are:
- Hard point fittings. There are provisions for the hard point mounted
lavatories in the FWD lavatory area.
- Hard point fittings. There are provisions for the hard point mounted
lavatories in the AFT lavatory area.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 3
Aug 01/99
R  
SYR 
 LAVATORIES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________

TASK 25-40-00-820-001

Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II

R THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-40-00-991-008 Fig. 201
25-40-00-991-011 Fig. 202

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 201
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-820-051

A. Adjustment of the Lavatory Single Blade Doors

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-40-00-991-008)

(1) Open the lavatory door (6).

(2) Loosen the screws (4).

(3) Adjust the hinge (5) to get the dimension C clearance between the
lavatory door (6) and the door frame.

(4) Tighten the screws (4).

(5) Close the lavatory door (6).

Subtask 25-40-00-820-050

B. Adjustment of the Lavatory Bi-folding Doors (Standard Option)

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-40-00-991-008)

(1) Loosen the grubscrew (2).

(2) Adjust the nut (3) to get the dimension C clearance between the
lavatory door (1) and the door frame.

(3) Tighten the grubscrew (2).

(4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) to the
grubscrew (2).

Subtask 25-40-00-710-050

C. Operational Test of the Lavatory Doors

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 25-40-00-991-011)

(1) Do the emergency opening test (from outside of the lavatory):

NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the
____
inside.

(a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1).

(b) Slide the knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
VACANT.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 202
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors
Figure 201/TASK 25-40-00-991-008


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 203
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 202/TASK 25-40-00-991-011


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 204
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (c) Open the single bladed door:

1
_ Pull the lavatory door (3) open.

(d) Open the Bi-folding door (standard option):

1
_ Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door
latches (5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open
outwards.

(2) Do the Door Functional Test:

(a) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door
operation is correct.

(b) Close the lavatory door (3), lock the door latches (5) and do the
step (a) again.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-862-051

A. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 205
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-40-00-820-002

Shimming Procedure for Lavatory Installation

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

If the lavatories are installed on the aircraft floor structure which is not
level, it is possible the lavatories will not align with the adjacent cabin
lining clearance-system. This data gives the procedure of shim plate
installation below the lavatory floor.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-082 D DAN 1211-01

ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)

R B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-40-00-991-012 Fig. 203
25-40-00-991-013 Fig. 204
25-40-00-991-014 Fig. 205

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 206
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-820-052

A. Installation of Lavatory Shim Plates

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 25-40-00-991-012, 204/TASK 25-40-00-991-013, 205/TASK
25-40-00-991-014)

NOTE : The shim plate installation procedure for the lavatory hardpoint
____
attachments and the lavatory seat rail attachments are almost the
same.

(1) Put the applicable lavatory assembly in position.

(2) Measure the distance between the aircraft floor structure and the
lavatory floor. If the distance is more than 2.50 mm (0.10 in.),
install the shim plates (2) as follows:

NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more than
____
0.5 mm (0.02 in.).

(a) Install the shim plates (2).

(3) Measure the lavatory floor to make sure it is level in the lavatory
door area, if the lavatory floor is not level, install the shim
plates as follows:

R (a) Position the straight edge on the lavatory floor.

(b) Measure and note the distance between the straight edge and the
lavatory floor.

(c) Remove the applicable lavatory assembly.

(d) Install the applicable shim plates (3) to make the lavatory floor
level (Refer to Section B-B).

NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more
____
than 0.5 mm (0.02 in.).

(4) Put the lavatory assembly in position.

(5) Do Step (3) again.

(6) Remove the applicable lavatory assembly.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 207
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Shim - Lavatory Installation (Hardpoint Attachment)
Figure 203/TASK 25-40-00-991-012


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 208
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Shim - Lavatory Installation (Seat Rail Attachment)
Figure 204/TASK 25-40-00-991-013


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 209
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Shim Installation
Figure 205/TASK 25-40-00-991-014


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 210
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (7) Note the shims installed at each location and remove the shims plates
(2) and (3).

(8) Install the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-082) (4)
to the aircraft floor structure.

(9) Install the applicable shim plates (2) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-082) between each shim plate.

NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more than
____
0.5 mm (0.02 in.).

(10) Install the applicable shim plates (3) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-082) between each shim plate.

NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more than
____
0.5 mm (0.02 in.).

(11) Put the applicable lavatory assembly in position and make sure it is
vertical to the aircraft floor structure.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-862-054

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 211
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 LAVATORIES - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
______________________________________

TASK 25-40-00-040-001

Deactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-40-01-A)

Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-40-01)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-052 USA AMS-T-23397 AND/OR L-T-80B

SELF ADHESIVEALUMINIUM TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-40-00-991-015 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-056

A. There is no special job set-up for this task.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-040-050

A. Deactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-40-00-991-015)

(1) Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052).

R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the
waste compartment.

(3) Open the access door of the waste compartment:

(a) Make sure that the waste container is empty.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-410-062

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door of the waste compartment.

(3) Make an entry in the logbook.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 402
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Flapper Door
R Figure 401/TASK 25-40-00-991-015


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 403
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-40-00-440-001

Reactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-40-01-A)

Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-40-01)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-45-15-000-001 Removal of the Waste Chute Flap

25-45-15-400-001 Installation of the Waste Chute Flap

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-057

A. There is no special job set-up for this task.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-440-050

A. Reactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

(1) Remove the warning notice and the aluminium tape.

(2) If necessary, remove the damaged waste chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-
15-000-001).

(3) Install a new waste chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-400-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-862-058

A. There is no special job set-up for this task.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 LAVATORIES - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________

TASK 25-40-00-820-003

Adjustment of the Lavatory Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II

R THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-40-00-991-016 Fig. 501
25-40-00-991-018 Fig. 502

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-059

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 501
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-820-054

A. Adjustment of the Lavatory Single Blade Doors

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-40-00-991-016)

(1) Open the lavatory door (6).

(2) Loosen the screws (4).

(3) Adjust the hinge (5) to get the dimension C clearance between the
lavatory door (6) and the door frame.

(4) Tighten the screws (4).

(5) Close the lavatory door (6).

Subtask 25-40-00-820-053

B. Adjustment of the Lavatory Bi-folding Doors (Standard Option)

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-40-00-991-018)

(1) Loosen the grubscrew (2).

(2) Adjust the nut (3) to get the dimension C clearance between the
lavatory door (1) and the door frame.

(3) Tighten the grubscrew (2).

(4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) to the
grubscrew (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-862-060

A. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 502
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
R Adjustment - Single-Blade Door
Figure 501/TASK 25-40-00-991-016


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 503
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R Adjustment - Bi-Folding Door
R Figure 502/TASK 25-40-00-991-018


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 504
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-40-00-710-001

R Operational Test of the Lavatory Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R 25-40-00-991-019 Fig. 503
R 25-40-00-991-017 Fig. 504

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-060

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-710-051

R A. Emergency Opening Test of the Lavatory Doors (from the Outside of the
R Lavatory)

R NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the inside.
____

R (1) Do the emergency opening procedure of the single bladed door:

R (Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 25-40-00-991-019)

R (a) Lift the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1) and move the knob (2)
R to the side until the indicator (4) shows VACANT.

R (b) Turn the knob (or the optional lever) and pull the lavatory door
R (3) open.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 505
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R Single Blade Door Operation
R Figure 503/TASK 25-40-00-991-019


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 506
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R (2) Do the emergency opening procedure of the bi-folding door (standard
R option):
R (Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 25-40-00-991-017)

R (a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1) and move the knob
R (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows VACANT.

R (b) Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches
R (5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open outwards.

Subtask 25-40-00-710-052

B. Operational Test of the Lavatory Doors

R (Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 25-40-00-991-019, 504/TASK 25-40-00-991-017)

(1) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door operation
is correct.

R (2) Close the lavatory door (3), lock the door latches (5).
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-862-061

A. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 507
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R Bi-Folding Door Operation
R Figure 504/TASK 25-40-00-991-017


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 508
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 LAVATORIES - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________

R TASK 25-40-00-210-001

R Detailed Inspection of the Waste Compartment Including Waste Flap and

R Operational Check of Waste Flap

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MPD TASK: 254000-01

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION

R No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION

R B. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-40-00-991-001-A Fig. 601

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-40-00-010-050

R A. Get Access
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001-A)

R (1) Open the applicable lavatory door.

R (2) Open the waste container access-door.

R (3) Remove and clean the waste container.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 601
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Lavatory Waste Container and Waste Chute with Flap
R Figure 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 602
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-40-00-210-050

R A. Detailed Inspection of the Waste Compartment, the Waste Flap and

R Operational Check of the Waste Flap
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001-A)

R (1) Visually examine the waste container compartment, the waste container
R and the waste flap for:
R - distortion,
R - cracks,
R - corrosion,
R - signs of fire damage,
R - contamination.

R (2) With a MIRROR - INSPECTION and a LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION, visually

R examine the waste chute for:
R - distortion,
R - corrosion,
R - signs of fire damage,
R - contamination.

R (3) Operate the waste flap to make sure that the waste flap closes and
R seals correctly.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-40-00-410-050

R A. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001-A)

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Install the waste container.

R (3) Close the waste container access-door.

R (4) Close the lavatory door.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 603
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-40-00-210-002

R Detailed Inspection of the Lavatory Attachment Points

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 254000-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION

R No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION

R B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R
25-23-42-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility
Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-006 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
FWD Passenger/Crew Door
R
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
R 25-40-00-991-002 Fig. 602


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 604
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-40-00-861-054

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-40-00-010-052

R B. Get Access

(1) For the FWD lavatory.

(a) Remove the ceiling panel 221AC in the forward utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).

(b) Remove the door-frame lining panel 221EW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-
005).

(c) Open the oxygen service panel in the lavatory (Ref. TASK 35-21-
41-000-001).
R

R (d) Open the flap of the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).

R (e) Remove the emergency equipment from the stowage of the CAS as
R necessary.
R

R (f) Remove the cover from the wall fitting on the lavatory passage
R wall.

Subtask 25-40-00-010-053

R C. Get Access

(1) For the AFT lavatories.

R (a) Open the flap of the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).

R (b) Remove the emergency equipment from the stowage of the CAS as
R necessary.
R

R (c) Remove the ceiling panels 261CC, 261BC in the aft utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 605
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 (d) Remove the covers from the lower attachment points as necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-210-051

A. Visual Inspection of the Lavatory Attachment Points.

R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 25-40-00-991-002)

R NOTE : You will need a MIRROR - INSPECTION and a LIGHT SOURCE -

____
R INSPECTION for the inspection procedure.

(1) Visually examine the upper attachment points and the brace assemblies
for:
- correct installation,
- corrosion,
- cracks,
- contamination,
- installation of the quick release pins,
- safety of the locknuts.

(2) Visually examine the lower attachment points for:

- cracks,
- corrosion,
- correct installation,
- contamination.

R (3) Make sure that the sealing is in good condition.

R (a) If necessary do a repair of the sealing (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-

001).
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) For the FWD lavatory.

(a) Install the cover on the wall fitting on the lavatory passage
wall.

R (b) Install the emergency equipment in the stowage of the cabin

R attendant seat (CAS).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 606
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Attachment Points
R Figure 602/TASK 25-40-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 607
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R (c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
R other items.

R (d) Close the flap of the CAS stowage.

R

R (e) Close the oxygen service panel in the lavatory (Ref. TASK 35-21-
41-400-001).

R (f) Install the door-frame lining panel 221EW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-006).

(2) Install the ceiling panel 221AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001).

Subtask 25-40-00-410-052

B. Close Access

(1) For the AFT lavatories.

(a) Install the ceiling panels 261CC, 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-
002).
R

R (b) Install the emergency equipment in the stowage of the cabin

R attendant seat (CAS).

R (c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
R other items.

R (d) Close the flap of the CAS stowage.

R (e) Install the covers on the lower attachment points.

R Subtask 25-40-00-862-055

R C. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 608
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-40-00-210-004

Detailed Visual Inspection of Lavatory Floor Pan

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 254000-04

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-40-00-991-003-A Fig. 603

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-061

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-210-057

A. Detailed Visual Inspection of Lavatory Floor Pan

R (Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 25-40-00-991-003-A)

(1) Do the visual inspection of the floor pan in all lavatories:

(a) Make sure that there are no cracks:

- In the floor bottom in the area around the NTF
- In the vertical panels of the floor pan with special attention
to the radius.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 609
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Lavatory Floor Pan
R Figure 603/TASK 25-40-00-991-003-A


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 610
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-40-00-862-062

R A. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 611
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-40-00-220-001

Detailed Inspection of Lavatory Wall

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 254000-03

NOTE : Refer to ISB 25-1365 figure 1, sheet 1 flow chart, for further
____
details.
Task NOT applicable if composite repair I.A.W. CMM accomplished,
refer to ISB 25-1365 figure 1, sheet 1 flow chart, for further
details.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-055

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-40-00-220-050

R A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Lavatory Walls for Corrosion

R (1) Do the detailed visual inspection of the affected areas as specified

R in ISB 25-1365.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 612
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-862-056

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 613
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 LAVATORIES - REPAIRS
____________________

TASK 25-40-00-340-001

Repair of the Plastic Wash Basin

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 240)

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
No specific 2 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific 1 PLIERS - NOSE, SOFT, LONG
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit

No specific WOODEN BLOCK
Material No. 08-051 USA MMM-A-132 TYPE I
EPOXY RESIN (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-084 AIB ABS5093A
POLYESTER FILM TAPE (TRANSPARENT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-103
REPAIR KIT FOR WASHBASIN (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-006 USA OM-232-GR-A AMS-3004
METHYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 801
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-011

SCOTCH BRITE PADS (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-21-12-100-009 Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin in the Lavatories

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-15-000-001 Removal of the Waste Chute Flap
25-45-15-400-001 Installation of the Waste Chute Flap
25-45-17-400-001 Installation of the Waste Box
25-40-00-991-021 Fig. 801
25-40-00-991-020 Fig. 802

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-062

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-330-050

A. Removal of Scratches

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 802
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (1) Scratches deeper than 0.3 mm (0,012 in.) have to be repaired as
convenient to the customer:
- In the customers work shop with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-103)
or
- In the manufacturers work shop.

(2) Remove the scratches up to a depth of 0.3mm (0.012 in.) with an

abrasive/emery cloth.

NOTE : The grade of grain of the abrasive/emery cloth depends on the

____
depth of the scratches.

(a) Make the repair area smooth with a:

- CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
- CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 240)
- CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
- or
use the SCOTCH BRITE PADS MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-011).

(3) Clean and polish the wash basin (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-009).

Subtask 25-40-00-340-051

B. Repair of the Waste-Chute Flap

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-40-00-991-021)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Remove the waste-chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-000-001).

(2) Use a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400) to remove the old bonding
material from the hinge (1) and the waste-chute flap (4) (Step 1).

(3) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to clean the bonding
surfaces of the hinge (1) and the waste-chute flap (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 803
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Waste Chute Flap
Figure 801/TASK 25-40-00-991-021


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 804
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Install the screws (3) on the hinge (1) and put the hinge (1) to the
loaded position (Step 2).

(5) Put the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-084) (2) 10
mm (0.4 in.) wide around the hinge (1) until the tape holds it in the
loaded position.

(6) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-051) to the
surface of the hinge (1) to be bonded.

(7) Put the hinge (1) in position and tighten the screws (3).

(8) Put the waste-chute flap (4) in position from under the wash basin
and hold it.

(9) Cut the tape (2) and allow the hinge (1) to come against the
waste-chute flap (4) (Step 3).

NOTE : Part of the tape will stay with the hinge.

____

NOTE : The bond between the joints will take approximately 2 hours to
____
dry.

(10) Visually examine the waste-chute flap (4) to make sure it is engaged
correctly.

(11) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to remove unwanted bonding
material.

R (12) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate
the waste-chute flap for 2 hours.

(13) Install the waste box (Ref. TASK 25-45-17-400-001).

(14) Install the damper as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-400-001).

(15) Push and release the waste-chute flap (4) to make sure it operates
correctly.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 805
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-40-00-340-052

C. Repair of the Waste Flap Area

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 25-40-00-991-020)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Prepare the repair area:

(a) Push the waste flap (1) and set it in the open position.

(b) Transfer the contour of the replacement part (3), item of the
DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit to the damaged area of the wash basin
(2).

(c) Carefully remove the unwanted material with a CUTTER - THIN

BLADE.

NOTE : The material thickness of the replacement part (3) is 4.0

____
mm (0.16 in.).

(d) Chamfer the lower contoured edge of the replacement part (3).

(e) Put the replacement part (3) in position on the wash basin (2)
and make sure that it has the correct dimensions.

(2) Install the Replacement Part:

(a) Make sure that the ambient temperature of the repair area is not
less than 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F).

(b) Clean the mating surfaces of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-006) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

(c) Put the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) in
position on the lower surface of the wash basin (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 806
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (d) Apply the prepared adhesive, part of the DCIN900 VARICOR repair
kit to the repair area of the wash basin.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(e) Put the replacement part (3) in position with a light pressure
and set it with a PLIERS - NOSE, SOFT, LONG or a WOODEN BLOCK.

(f) Let the repair cure at a temperature of:

20 deg.C (68.00 deg.F) for 6 hours,
25 deg.C (77.00 deg.F) for 4 hours,
30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F) for 3 hours

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(g) Remove the pliers or the wooden block and the masking tape.

(3) Make the repair area smooth with:

- The abrasive paper, grain 180
- The abrasive paper, grain 220
- The abrasive paper, grain 320
and
- The abrasive fleece
parts of the DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit.

(4) Clean and polish the wash basin (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-009).

(5) Release the flap (1) and make sure that it closes correctly.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-942-055

A. Close-up

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-40-00-862-063

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 807
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Waste Flap Area
Figure 802/TASK 25-40-00-991-020- 14 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 808
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Waste Flap Area
Figure 802/TASK 25-40-00-991-020- 24 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 809
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Waste Flap Area
Figure 802/TASK 25-40-00-991-020- 34 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 810
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Waste Flap Area
Figure 802/TASK 25-40-00-991-020- 44 (SHEET 4)


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 811
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-40-00-340-002

R Toilet Shroud - Installation of a Spacer

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-051 USA MMM-A-132 TYPE I

EPOXY RESIN (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-22-000-001 Removal of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
25-45-22-400-001 Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
25-40-00-991-022 Fig. 803


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 812
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-064

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-010-060

A. Get Access

(1) Remove the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-000-001).

Subtask 25-40-00-340-054

R B. Installation of a Spacer on the Toilet Shroud

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-40-00-991-022)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Use a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400) to remove old bonding material
from the toilet shroud (1) and the spacer (2).

(2) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to clean the surfaces on
the toilet shroud (1) and the spacer (2) to be bonded.

(3) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-051) to the
surfaces on the spacer (2) to be bonded.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 813
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Spacer - Toilet Shroud
Figure 803/TASK 25-40-00-991-022


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 814
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Put the spacer (2) in position on the toilet shroud (1).

NOTE : The bond between the joints will take approximately 2 hours to
____
dry.

(5) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to remove unwanted bonding
material.

Subtask 25-40-00-410-063

C. Close Access

(1) Install the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-942-057

A. Close-up

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-40-00-862-065

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 815
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-40-00-340-003

Repair of the Toilet Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Buffer PN 11593

R Material No. 08-125 D DA 4-653-3CA3
R REACTION ADHESIVE,CY ANOACRYLATE BASED
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-40-00-991-023 Fig. 804


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 816
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-063

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-340-053

A. Repair of the Toilet Seat (Buffer Replacement)

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 25-40-00-991-023)

WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN
_______
YOU DO THIS TASK.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Lift the toilet seat cover (1) and the toilet seat (2).

(2) Remove the old adhesive from the toilet seat (2) wit a CLOTH-EMERY
(GRADE 320 - 400).

(3) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to clean the area to be
repaired on the toilet seat (2).

R (4) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-125) to the
surface of the new Buffer PN 11593 (3) to be bonded.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 817
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Toilet Seat
Figure 804/TASK 25-40-00-991-023


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 818
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (5) Install the new buffer (3) on the toilet seat (2).

NOTE : The minimum time for the adhesive to bond is 1 minute at 23 +3

____
-3 deg.C (73.40 +5.40 -5.40 deg.F).

(6) Use the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a lint-free cotton
cloth CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) to remove any unwanted
adhesive.

(7) Lower the toilet seat (2) and make sure the fit between the seat (2)
and the toilet shroud (4) is correct.

R (8) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the
toilet seat for approximately 1 hour.

(9) Carefully lower the toilet seat cover (1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-942-056

A. Close-up

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-40-00-862-064

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 819
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-40-00-340-004

Repair of the Lavatory Floor Pan

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)

No specific 2 CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific 3 DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185 IN)
No specific 3 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Material LN 40606-40

No specific POLYCARBONATE DAN 197,DAN 198
Material No. 05-056 D WLB-8-4548.60
GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-109 D DAN 493
LAMINATE, A/C INTERIOR (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-001C D DAN 1193-01
LAMINATION RESIN AND HARDENER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-017A USA DOD-A-82720
ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL FLEXIBLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-025 D DA-4-653-3P2
TWO COMPONENT POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-026
ADHESIVE/SEALANT ONE PART,RTV SILICONE RUBBER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 820
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-18-000-001 Removal of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
25-45-18-400-001 Installation of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front
Wall
25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
25-45-19-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Door
25-45-22-000-001 Removal of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
25-45-22-400-001 Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
25-45-26-000-001 Removal of the Lining
25-45-26-400-001 Installation of the Lining
25-40-00-991-024 Fig. 805
25-40-00-991-025 Fig. 806

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-40-00-861-065

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-40-00-010-061

B. Get Access

(1) If necessary, remove the lavatory items that follow:

- The access door (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-000-001)
- The lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001)
- The toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-000-001)
- The lining (Ref. TASK 25-45-26-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 821
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-40-00-340-055

A. Repair of the Crack(s) or Damage on the Lavatory Floor Pan (Non-textile

Floor Cover, behind the Toilet Shroud and below the Washbasin)
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 25-40-00-991-024)

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(1) Preparation for the repair:

(a) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(c) If the crack(s) is/are longer than 710 mm (28 in.),

or 2 cracks at less than 51 mm (2 in.) from each other are
present, replace the floor pan.

(2) Do the repair:

(a) Stop-drill the ends of the cracks with a DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185
IN)

(b) Remove the unwanted material with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

(c) Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 822
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Floor Pan
Figure 805/TASK 25-40-00-991-024


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 823
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (d) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(e) Fill the repair area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025).

(f) Remove the unwanted adhesive from the repair area with a SCRAPER-
NON METALLIC.

(g) Let the adhesive cure for 1 hour.

(h) Cut a patch of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-056)

sufficient in dimension to cover the repair area.

(i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) on

the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-056) and install the patch
on the repair area.

(j) Let the repair cure for 1 hour.

(k) If necessary, make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY

(GRADE 320 - 400).

(l) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(3) If necessary, apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) to the

repair area.

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-40-00-340-056

B. Repair of Crack(s) or Damage on the Vertical Panel of the Floor Pan

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 25-40-00-991-024)

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 824
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(1) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(a) Stop-drill the ends of crack(s) with a DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185
IN)

(b) Remove the unwanted material with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

(c) Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

(2) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(3) Fill the damaged area with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025).

(a) Remove the unwanted adhesive from the repair area with a SCRAPER-
NON METALLIC.

(4) Let the adhesive cure for 1 hour.

(5) Cut a patch of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109) sufficient
in dimension to cover the damaged area.

(6) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) on the
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109) and install the patch on the
damaged area.

(7) Allow the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to
cure for 1 hour.

(a) If necessary, make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY

(GRADE 320 - 400).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 825
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (8) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(9) If necessary, apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) to the

repair area.

(10) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-40-00-340-057

C. Replacement of the Damaged Sealant around the Non-textile Floor Covering

(NTF)
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 25-40-00-991-024)

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(1) Carefully remove damaged sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(3) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the
damaged area around the NTF covering.

(a) Remove the unwanted sealant from the repair area with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.

(4) Let the sealant cure for 1 hour.


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 826
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-40-00-340-058

D. Installation of Preventive Pads (Floor Pan Removed)

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 25-40-00-991-025)

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(1) If necessary stop-drill the ends of crack(s) with a DRILL DIA 4,7 MM
(0.185 IN).

(2) Make the necessary number of pads with a dimension of 2 in. x 2 in.
(50 mm x 50 mm) from:
R
R - Laminate Material LN 40606-40
or
- POLYCARBONATE DAN 197,DAN 198
or similar.

(a) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(3) Bond the pads to the floor pan with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-017A) and let the adhesive harden.

(a) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Paint the pads with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 827
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Floor Pan - Peventive Pads
Figure 806/TASK 25-40-00-991-025


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 828
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-40-00-410-064

A. Close Access

(1) If necessary, install the lavatory items that follow:

- The access door (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-400-001)
- The lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001)
- The toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001)
- The lining (Ref. TASK 25-45-26-400-001).

Subtask 25-40-00-862-066

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-40-00

Page 829
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 FORWARD LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________

1. General
_______
R
R The forward lavatories are installed in the FWD utility area.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. __________________
System Description
R
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R

R A. General Characteristics
R The lavatories are installed as set or movable units. The set lavatories
R are hard point mounted in the floor structure. The movable lavatories are
R attached to the seat rails in the variable installation areas at 1 inch
R intervals. A tie-rod attaches the upper attachment point of the lavatory
R to the aircraft structure. Each lavatory has a single blade door or as an
R option, a bi-folding door can be installed on specific lavatories.

R B. Structure
R The lavatory is assembled as a modular unit, with a ceiling, sidewalls,
R rearwall and floorpan. The basic structure is made from sandwich panels.
R Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to the panels.
R Kickstrips and corner strips are installed to prevent damage to the
R lavatory.

R C. Lavatory Equipment
R Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory for the
R comfort of the passengers and crew (Ref. 25-45-00).

D. Lavatory Doors

(1) Single Blade Door

A single blade door that opens out is installed on the lavatory unit.
Lavatories installed near an exit will have the lavatory door
installed so it will not hinder evacuation of the passengers.
To let the door open without blockage, a minimum clearance of 21 in.
(0.53 m) is required.

(2) Bi-folding Door

A bi-folding door that opens in and closes automatically can be
installed on specific lavatories, as an option.


EFF :

ALL  25-41-00

Page 1
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Lavatory Locations
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-41-00

Page 2
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Installation - Example
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-41-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R (3) For details of the door(s) (Ref. 25-45-00).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-41-00

Page 4
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 LAVATORY A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________

TASK 25-41-41-000-001

Removal of the Lavatory A

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
No specific 1 ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-16
No specific 3 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-074

MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 401
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical

Power)
23-73-12-000-002 Removal of the Forward Attendant Panel (120RH)
23-73-18-000-001 Removal of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-22-41-000-001 Removal of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats
25-23-42-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
26-17-15-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Smoke Detector 1WQ
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
38-31-41-000-001 Removal of a Toilet Assembly
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Door
ESPM 20-25-41
25-41-41-991-003-B Fig. 401
25-41-41-991-029 Fig. 402
25-41-41-991-002-B Fig. 403
25-41-41-991-027 Fig. 404
25-41-41-991-013 Fig. 405
25-41-41-991-017 Fig. 406
25-41-41-991-004-A Fig. 407
25-41-41-991-005-A Fig. 408

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-41-41-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-41-41-680-051

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Drain the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).

R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to do the
servicing of the potable water system.


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 402
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-41-41-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-LINE 1DW A02
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
2000VU LAV FWD-OCCUPIED 1WJ F01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01
2001VU WATER SYS-AIR-COMPRESSOR 19MD F01

Subtask 25-41-41-010-066-C

D. Get Access

(1) Open the lateral avionics-compartment access-door 812 (Ref. TASK 52-
41-00-010-002).

(2) Remove the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-

001).

(3) Remove the programming and test panel (Ref. TASK 23-73-18-000-001).

(4) Remove the FAP (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-000-002).

(5) Remove the lavatory smoke detector 1WQ (Ref. TASK 26-17-15-000-001).

(6) Remove the forward passenger/crew door-frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-
23-45-000-005).

(7) Remove the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-001).

(8) Remove the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001).

(9) Remove the forward utility-area ceiling-panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-

000-001).

(10) Remove the emergency oxygen container 29WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-
001).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 403
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (11) Remove the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-41-41-020-064-C

A. Disconnection of the Aircraft-Interface Electrical Connections

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-B)

(1) In the lavatory, on the outboard wall:

(a) Remove the access panel (1) and disconnect the electrical
connector 7200VC-A (2).

NOTE : Spring loaded catches hold the panel in position.

____

(2) On the lavatory wall:

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector 2791VC-A (3).

(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(4) Remove the electrical harnesses from the lavatory structure:

(a) Remove the screws (7), the washers (6), the spacers (4), the
electrical harness (8) and the clamps (5).

(b) Remove the tie-wraps (11) and the electrical harness (9).

(c) Attach the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) to the aircraft
structure with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074).

(5) Disconnect the electrical harness of the cockpit door

release-latches:

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector 2743VC-A (15).

(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 404
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (c) Disconnect the related electrical wires of the release latches
30MQ, 31MQ and 32MQ from the electrical connector 2743VC-A (15)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-41-41-991-029)
and (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).

(6) Remove the electrical harness (10) from the aircraft structure:

(a) Remove the nuts (14), the screws (13), the washers (12) and
disconnect the bonding connectors 8007VN and 8008VN.

(b) Remove the tie-wraps (11) and the electrical harness (10).

(c) Attach the electrical harness (10) to the lavatory wall with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

Subtask 25-41-41-020-060-B

B. Removal of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-41-41-991-002-B)

WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.

(1) Disconnect the potable water and waste water drain lines:

(a) Open the access door and put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below
the connections you will disconnect.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE
_______
IS CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF
NOT IT CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER
SYSTEM.

WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN

_______
YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT
INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS
DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).

(b) Remove and discard the cable ties where necessary.

(c) Behind the lavatory, if necessary remove the insulation from the
hoses.

(d) Loosen the nut (1) and remove the potable water tube (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 405
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
R Electrical Connections
R Figure 401/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-B12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 406
Config-2 Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
R Electrical Connections
R Figure 401/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-B22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 407
Config-2 Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
R Schematic of Connector 2743VC-A and Release Latches
Figure 402/TASK 25-41-41-991-029


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 408
Config-2 Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
R Hose and Tube Connections
R Figure 403/TASK 25-41-41-991-002-B

R

EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 409
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (e) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARK ON THE WASTE WATER AND AIR OUTLET HOSES
_______
AND ON THEIR RELATED CONNECTIONS.
IF YOU CONNECT ONE OF THESE HOSES TO THE CONNECTION OF
THE OTHER HOSE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(f) Loosen the clamps (3) and remove the waste water drain hose (4).

(g) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(2) Disconnect the ventilation hose (10):

(a) Loosen the clamp (11) and remove the hose (10).
Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(b) Make match marks on the components that you disconnect/remove to

record the connections/positions. This is important for the
subsequent installation.

(3) Remove the panel (5):

(a) Remove the sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel
attached components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(b) Remove the screws (6) and (8), the washers (7) , the panel (5)
and the rubber strip (9).

(4) Remove the container and close the access door.

Subtask 25-41-41-020-065

C. Disconnection of the Air Extraction Tube

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-41-41-991-027)

(1) Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the air extraction hose (1) from
the tube (3).

(2) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 410
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Hose Connection - Air Extraction
Figure 404/TASK 25-41-41-991-027


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 411
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-41-41-010-072

D. Removal of the Ceiling Supports (If necessary)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-41-41-991-013)

(1) Remove the screws (5) and the washers (6).

(2) Carefully move the plate (7) to get access to the support (4).

(3) Remove the nuts (2), the bolts (1) and the supports (4) and (8).

(4) Remove the bolts (9), the washers (10) and the support (3).

Subtask 25-41-41-020-066-A

E. Removal of the Lavatory Module

(1) Remove the door sill:

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-41-41-991-017)

(a) Remove the screws (1) and the door sill (2).

(b) Remove the old sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2) Remove the lower attachments:

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-41-41-991-004-A)

(a) In the lateral avionics compartment LH at FR16:

- Remove the bolt (7) and the washer (8).

(b) In the cockpit:

- Open the flap (9), loosen the fasteners (10) and remove the
container (11).
- Remove the screws (13) and the plate (12).

(c) Remove the sealant from around the angle plate (14) with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(d) Remove the screws (15), the washers (16) and the angle plate
(14).

(e) Remove the covers (4), the bolts (1) and if necessary, the bushes
(2) and (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 412
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Ceiling Supports
R Figure 405/TASK 25-41-41-991-013


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 413
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Door Sill
R Figure 406/TASK 25-41-41-991-017


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 414
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-41-41

Page 415
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Wall Assemblies
R Figure 407/TASK 25-41-41-991-004-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 416
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Wall Assemblies
R Figure 407/TASK 25-41-41-991-004-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 417
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (3) Remove the upper attachments:

(a) Remove the quick-release pins (17) and disconnect the tie rod
(19) from the aircraft structure.

(4) Remove the lavatory module:

(a) Carefully lift the lavatory module and move it to the center of
the forward utility area.

(b) Remove and discard the packings (6).

(c) If necessary remove the bushes (5).

Subtask 25-41-41-020-067-B

F. Disassembly of the Lavatory Module (To Remove it from the Aircraft)

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-41-41-991-005-A)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connections:

(a) Disconnect the wires of the electrical harness (13) from the
terminal 7330VT with the ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL
M15.570-16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).

(2) Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (9) with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.

(3) Remove the screws (10) and (12) and the washers (11).

(4) Remove the lavatory assembly from the floor pan (9).

(5) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (5).

(6) Remove the cap (8) and the screw (7).

(7) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(8) Divide the lavatory subassemblies (1) and (2).

(9) Remove the lavatory subassemblies (1), (2) and (9) from the aircraft.

5. Close-up
________


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 418
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-41-41

Page 419
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Subassemblies
R Figure 408/TASK 25-41-41-991-005-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 420
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Subassemblies
R Figure 408/TASK 25-41-41-991-005-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 421
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-41-41-400-001

Installation of the Lavatory A

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 1 ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-16
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.67 to 13.50 m.daN
(4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific tie-wraps
Material No. 04-001 F DCSEA 359/A
WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-036
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-008 AIB TN 10138 TYPE II GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 422
Config-2 Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6 packing 25-41-01 05U-180

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical
Power)
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
21-21-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Individual Air Outlet
21-23-00-720-002 Functional Test of an Air Extraction Point
23-73-00-710-003 Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew
Interphone System
23-73-00-710-005 Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
23-73-00-710-007 Operational test of the passenger call system
23-73-00-710-017 Operational test of the cabin signs
23-73-12-000-002 Removal of the Forward Attendant Panel (120RH)
23-73-12-400-002 Installation of the Forward Attendant Panel (120RH)
23-73-18-000-001 Removal of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-22-41-000-001 Removal of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats
25-22-41-400-001 Installation of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant
Seats
25-23-42-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 423
Config-2 Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-42-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility

Area
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-006 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
25-45-19-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Door
25-45-22-400-001 Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
26-17-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Smoke-Detection
System
26-17-15-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Smoke Detector 1WQ
26-17-15-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Smoke Detector 1WQ
33-24-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighting LQ
33-26-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighted Signs WJ
33-27-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Cabin Attendant Work-Light
33-51-00-710-007 Operational Test of the Emergency Lighting in the
Cabin with the LIGHT EMER Pushbutton Switch
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
38-12-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Potable Water-Distribution
System (with a Ground Air-Supply Cart)
38-12-00-710-004 Operational Test of a Potable Water Heater
38-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Quantity Indicating System
38-30-00-410-002 Installation of the Toilet Drain Lines
38-31-00-710-009 Operational Test of the Toilet Unit
38-31-41-000-001 Removal of a Toilet Assembly
38-31-41-400-001 Installation of a Toilet Assembly
38-32-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Waste/Water Drain System
52-51-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Cockpit Door Lock System
(CDLS)
52-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Door
52-51-11-400-001 Installation of the Cockpit Door
ESPM 20-25-41
ESPM 20-33-00
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-41-41-991-003-B Fig. 401
25-41-41-991-029 Fig. 402
25-41-41-991-002-B Fig. 403
25-41-41-991-027 Fig. 404
25-41-41-991-013 Fig. 405
25-41-41-991-017 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 424
Config-2 Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-41-41-991-004-A Fig. 407

25-41-41-991-005-A Fig. 408
R 25-41-41-991-016 Fig. 409

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-41-41-860-051-C

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).

(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
lateral avionics compartment.

(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons
not to do the servicing of the potable water system.

(5) Make sure that the lateral avionics-compartment access-door 812 is

open.

(6) Make sure that the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat is removed

(Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-001).

(7) Make sure that the programming and test panel is removed (Ref. TASK
23-73-18-000-001).

(8) Make sure that the FAP is removed (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-000-002).

(9) Make sure that the forward passenger/crew door-frame linings are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005).

(10) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
001).

(11) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 425
Config-2 Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (12) Make sure that the forward utility-area ceiling-panels are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).

(13) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 29WR is removed
(Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).

(14) Make sure that the lavatory smoke detector is removed (Ref. TASK 26-
17-15-000-001).

(15) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-
000-001).

Subtask 25-41-41-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-LINE 1DW A02
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
2000VU LAV FWD-OCCUPIED 1WJ F01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01
2001VU WATER SYS-AIR-COMPRESSOR 19MD F01


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 426
Config-2 Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-41-41-210-051

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Remove the sealant.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Remove the unwanted sealant from the floor panel and floor attach
components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003) if necessary.

(2) Make an inspection of the component and the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(4) Make sure that the placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(a) If necessary install new placards.

- (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
- (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 427
Config-2 May 01/07
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-41-41-420-063-A

B. Assembly of the Lavatory Module

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-41-41-991-005-A)

(1) In the forward utility area of the aircraft:

(a) Put the lavatory walls (1) and (2) together and install the
washers (3) and the screws (4).

(b) Install the washers (5) and the screws (6).

(c) Install the screw (7) and the cap (8).

(d) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor pan (9).

(e) Install the washers (11), the screws (10) and the screws (12).

(f) Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the edges of
the floor pan (9).

(2) Connect the electrical connections:

(a) Connect the wires of the electrical harness (13) to the terminal
7330VT with the ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-
16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).

Subtask 25-41-41-420-064

C. Installation of the Lavatory

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-41-41-991-004-A)

(1) Preparation for installation:

(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bush (5) and the
new packing (6) and put them in position.


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 428
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
R (b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bolts (1)
R and (7).

R (2) Install the lavatory assembly:

R (a) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bushes (3)
R and (2) and the bolts (1).

R (b) TORQUE the bolts (1) to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
_______
R WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
R MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN
R 10 AND 15 MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES
R OF HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
R FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

R (c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) to the bolts
R (1).

R (d) In the cockpit:

R - put the plate (12) in position and install the screws (13)
R - put the container (11) in position and lock the fasteners (10)
R - Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
R other items.
R - close the flap (9).

R (e) In the lateral avionics compartment LH at FR16:

R - install the washer (8) and the bolt (7).

R (f) TORQUE the bolt (7) to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).

R (g) Put the sealing angle (14) in position and install the washers
R (16) and the screws (15).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 429
Config-2 May 01/07
 
SYR 
 (h) Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the edges of
the sealing angle (14).

(i) Put the tie rods (19) in position and install the quick release
pins (17)

(j) If necessary adjust the tie rods:

- Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts (18)
- Adjust the tie rod (19) until you can install the quick release
pins (17).
- Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.
- Tighten the locknuts (18) and safety them with stainless steel
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(3) Install the door sill:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-41-41-991-017)

(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-036) in the area of the door
sill.

(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
(1).

(c) Put the door sill (2) in position and install the screws (1).

(d) Torque the screws (1) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and
37.16 lbf.in).

(4) Install the toilet drain-line behind the lavatory (Ref. TASK 38-30-
00-410-002).

Subtask 25-41-41-410-065

D. Installation of the Ceiling Supports (If removed)

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-41-41-991-013)

(1) Put the support (3) in position and install the washers (10) and the
bolts (9).

(2) Put the supports (4) and (8) in position and install the bolts (1)
and the nuts (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 430
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (3) Carefully put the plate (7) in position and install the washers (6)
and the screws (5).

R Subtask 25-41-41-420-058-B

R E. Installation of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines

R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-41-41-991-002-B)

R (1) Open the access door.

R (2) Install the panel (5).

R (a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (b) Put the panel (5) and the new rubber strip (9) in position and
R install the washers (7) and the screws (6) and (8).

R (3) Install the potable water tube (2).

R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
R CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

R (b) Put the tube (2) in position and connect the nut (1).

R (c) TORQUE the nut (1) to 5.9 m.daN (43.51 lbf.ft).

R (4) Install the waste water drain hose (4).

R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

R (b) When you connect/install the components, refer to the match marks
R made
R during the removal procedure.
R (Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-41-41-991-016)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 431
Config-2 Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Waste Water and Air Hose Connection
Figure 409/TASK 25-41-41-991-016


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 432
Config-2 Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
R (c) Put the hose (4) in position and tighten the clamp (3).

R (5) Install the ventilation hose (10).

R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

R (b) Put the hose (10) in position and tighten the clamp (11).

R (6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (7) Close the access door.

Subtask 25-41-41-420-061-C

F. Connection of the Aircraft-Interface Electrical Connections

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-B)

(1) Install the electrical harnesses on the lavatory structure (Ref. ESPM
20-33-00):

(a) Put the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) in position and install
the clamps (5), the spacers (4), the washers (6) and the screws
(7).

(2) Connect the electrical Connectors 7200VC-A and 2791VC-A.

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) On the lavatory outboard wall:

- Connect the electrical connector 7200VC-A (2).
- Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
- Install the access panel (1).

NOTE : Spring clips hold the panel in position.

____

(d) On the lavatory wall:

- Connect the electrical connector 2791VC-A (3).

(3) Connect the electrical harness of the cockpit door release-latches:

CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.

(a) Attach the electrical harness (10) on the aircraft structure with
tie-wraps (11) as necessary.


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 433
Config-2 Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (b) Put the bonding connectors 8007VN and 8008VN in position and
install the washers (12), the screws (13) and the nuts (14)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

(c) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(e) Connect the related electrical wires of the release latches 30MQ,
31MQ and 32MQ to the electrical connector 2743VC-A (15)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-41-41-991-029)
and (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).

(f) Connect the electrical connector 2743VC-A (15).

Subtask 25-41-41-420-062

G. Connection of the Air Ventilation Tube

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-41-41-991-027)

(1) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Connect the air extraction hose (1) to the tube (3) and install the
clamp (2).

Subtask 25-41-41-410-064

H. Installation of the Cockpit Door and the Miscellaneous Lavatory Equipment

(1) Install the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-400-001).

(2) Install the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-400-001).

NOTE : Do not install the toilet shroud at this time.

____

(3) Install the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001).

(4) Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001).

(5) Install the lavatory smoke detector (Ref. TASK 26-17-15-400-001).

(6) Install the forward attendant panel (FAP) (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-400-
002).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 434
Config-2 Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-41-41-865-052

J. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-LINE 1DW A02
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
2000VU LAV FWD-OCCUPIED 1WJ F01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01
2001VU WATER SYS-AIR-COMPRESSOR 19MD F01

Subtask 25-41-41-710-050-B

K. Do an Operational Test of the Lavatory Systems

(1) Do an operational test of these water/waste-water systems:

- The potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-002)
- The potable water quantity indicating system (Ref. TASK 38-13-00-
710-001)
- The potable water heater (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-004)
- The waste-water drain system (Ref. TASK 38-32-00-710-002)
- the vacuum toilet unit (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-710-009).

(a) Make sure that there are no leaks.

NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____

(2) Do the functional test of the lavatory air extraction system

(Ref. TASK 21-23-00-720-002).

R (3) Do the operational test of the individual air outlet system

R (Ref. TASK 21-21-00-710-002) if necessary.

R (4) Do an operational test of these electrical systems:

- The passenger address system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-005)
- The cabin and flight crew interphone-system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-
710-003)
- The lavatory call lights (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-007)


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 435
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 - The lavatory smoke detection (Ref. TASK 26-17-00-710-001)
- The lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-710-001)
- The lavatory emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-007)
- The lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-26-00-710-001)
- The cabin attendant work-lights (Ref. TASK 33-27-00-710-001)
- The return to seat sign (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-017)
- The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).

Subtask 25-41-41-710-057

L. Test of the Cockpit Door Locking System

(1) Do the operational test of the cockpit door locking system (Ref. TASK
52-51-00-710-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-41-41-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Install the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001).

(2) Install the forward utility-area ceiling-panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-

400-001).

(3) Install the forward passenger/crew door frame-lining (Ref. TASK 25-
23-45-400-006).

(4) Install the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-

400-001).

(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(6) Close the lateral avionics compartment door 812.

(7) Remove the warning notice(s).

(8) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 25-41-41-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-41-41

Page 436
Config-2 May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 AFT LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________

1. General
_______
R
R The aft lavatories are installed in the AFT utility area.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. _____________________
Component Description
R
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R

R A. General Characteristics
R The lavatories are installed as set or movable units. The set lavatories
R are hard point mounted in the floor structure. The movable lavatories are
R attached to the seat rails in the variable installation areas at 1 inch
R intervals. A tie-rod attaches the upper attachment point of the lavatory
R to the aircraft structure. Each lavatory has a single blade door or as an
R option, a bi-folding door can be installed on specific lavatories.

R B. Structure
R The lavatory is assembled as a modular unit, with a ceiling, sidewalls,
R rearwall and floorpan. The basic structure is made from sandwich panels.
R Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to the panels.
R Kickstrips and corner strips are installed to prevent damage to the
R lavatory.

R C. Lavatory Equipment
R Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory for the
R comfort of the passengers and crew (Ref. 25-45-00).

D. Lavatory Doors

(1) Single Blade Door

A single blade door that opens out is installed on the lavatory unit.
Lavatories installed near an exit will have the lavatory door
installed so it will not hinder evacuation of the passengers.
To let the door open without blockage, a minimum clearance of 21 in.
(0.53 m) is required.

(2) Bi-folding Door

A bi-folding door that opens in and closes automatically can be
installed on specific lavatories, as an option.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-00

Page 1
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Lavatory Locations
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-43-00

Page 2
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Installation - Example
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-43-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R (3) For details of the door(s) (Ref. 25-45-00).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-43-00

Page 4
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 LAVATORY D - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________

TASK 25-43-41-000-001

Removal of the Lavatory D

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical

Power)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-22-42-000-001 Removal of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
R 25-55-12-000-001 Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65
R 25-55-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 401
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

38-31-19-000-001 Removal of the Toilet Flush Switch

38-31-41-000-001 Removal of a Toilet Assembly
25-43-41-991-002-A Fig. 401
R 25-43-41-991-022-A Fig. 402
R 25-43-41-991-015-B Fig. 403
25-43-41-991-004-A Fig. 404
25-43-41-991-005 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-43-41-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-43-41-680-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Drain the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).

R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to do the
servicing of the potable water system.

Subtask 25-43-41-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-D 2MB B02
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 402
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-43-41-010-072-B

D. Get Access

(1) Remove the free-standing cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-42-

000-001).

(2) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel in the aft utility
area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).

(3) Remove the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).

(4) Remove the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).

(5) Remove the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).

(6) Remove the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).

(7) Remove the door frame lining-panels 261DW, 261FW, 261HW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-003).

(8) Remove the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001).

(9) In the lavatory:

(a) Remove the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-
000-001).

(b) Remove the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001).

(10) In the aft cargo compartment:

(a) Remove the partition 161DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001).

(b) Remove the sidewall panel 161CW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-43-41-020-058-A

R A. Disconnection of the Electrical and Ventilation Connections

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-41-991-002-A)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connection:

(a) On the lavatory ceiling, disconnect the electrical connector

7202VC-A (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 403
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Upper Connections
Figure 401/TASK 25-43-41-991-002-A


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 404
Config-2 Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
 (b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(2) Disconnect the ventilation lines:

(a) Loosen the clamp (4) and remove the hose (5) from the
air-extraction line.

(b) Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the
sleeve (3) from tube (1).

(c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

R Subtask 25-43-41-930-050

R B. Marking of the Ventilation, the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain

R Connections
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-41-991-022-A)

R (1) Make match marks on the components that you disconnect/remove to

R record their connection/positions.

R NOTE : This is important for the subsequent installation.

____

Subtask 25-43-41-020-062-A

R C. Removal of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines

WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-41-991-015-B)

(1) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the connections you will
disconnect.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 405
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Waste Water and Air Hose Connections
R Figure 402/TASK 25-43-41-991-022-A


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 406
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections
R Figure 403/TASK 25-43-41-991-015-B


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 407
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (2) Disconnect/remove the potable-water lines:

(a) Remove the nut (8), the washer (9) and disconnect the bonding
straps (7).

(b) Loosen the nut (5) and disconnect the potable-water tube (6) from
the fitting (4).

(c) Losen the nuts (5) and remove the potable-water hose (10).

(d) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(3) Disconnect the waste-water drain-line:

CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARK ON THE WASTE WATER AND AIR OUTLET HOSES AND
_______
ON THEIR RELATED CONNECTIONS.
IF YOU CONNECT ONE OF THESE HOSES TO THE CONNECTION OF THE
OTHER HOSE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

R
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-41-991-022-A)
R

R (a) Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the sleeve (3) from the drain
tube (1).

R (b) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(4) Remove the container.

Subtask 25-43-41-020-060

R D. Removal of the Lavatory Module

(1) Remove the upper and lower attachments:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-41-991-004-A)

(a) Remove the wall fitting cover (84).

(b) Remove the bolts (82).

(c) Above the lavatory ceiling, remove the quick release pin (85).

(d) Lift and move the lavatory assembly to the aft utility area.

(e) Remove and discard the packings (83).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 408
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Upper and Lower Attachments
R Figure 404/TASK 25-43-41-991-004-A

R

EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 409
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (f) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(2) Disconnect the lavatory internal electrical connections:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-41-991-005)

(a) Remove the toilet flush switch 51MG2 (Ref. TASK 38-31-19-000-
001).

(b) Open the sanitary-cabinet access door.

(c) Disconnect the electrical connector 7334VC-A (15).

(d) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(e) Remove the screws (17), the washers (18) and the bracket (16).

(f) Remove and discard the cable ties (21) from the electrical
harness (19) where necessary.

(g) Remove the electrical harness (19) from the lavatory wall
assembly (1).

(h) Temporarily attach the electrical harness (19) on the ceiling

panel of the wall assembly (2).

(i) Close the sanitary-cabinet access door.

(3) Remove the sub-assemblies:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-41-991-005)

(a) Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (11).

(b) Remove the screws (14) and (12) and the washers (13).

(c) Lift and remove the lavatory assembly from the floor panel
assembly (11).

(d) Remove the screws (8), (6) and (9) and the washers (5) and (10).

(e) Remove the screw (7).

(f) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(g) Remove the sub-assemblies (1), (2) and (11) from the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 410
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-43-41

Page 411
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Assembly
Figure 405/TASK 25-43-41-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 412
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Lavatory Assembly
Figure 405/TASK 25-43-41-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 413
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-43-41-400-001

Installation of the Lavatory D

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.67 to 13.50 m.daN
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific cable ties

Material No. 04-004A
INFORMATION TRANSFERRED TO 04-022 (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-005D USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II
CORROSION PREVENTIVE (OBSOLETE USE 15-007)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 414
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical
Power)
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
R 21-21-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Individual Air Outlet
21-23-00-720-002 Functional Test of an Air Extraction Point
23-73-00-710-005 Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
23-73-00-710-024 Operational test of the passenger call system
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-22-42-000-001 Removal of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-43-400-001 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-008 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
25-26-41-400-003 Installation of the Aft Curtain Rail
25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
25-45-19-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Door


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 415
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-45-22-400-001 Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat

26-17-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Smoke-Detection
System
33-24-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighting LQ
33-26-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighted Signs WJ
33-51-00-710-007 Operational Test of the Emergency Lighting in the
Cabin with the LIGHT EMER Pushbutton Switch
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
38-12-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Potable Water-Distribution
System (with a Ground Air-Supply Cart)
38-12-00-710-004 Operational Test of a Potable Water Heater
38-31-00-710-009 Operational Test of the Toilet Unit
38-31-19-400-001 Installation of the Toilet Flush Switch
38-31-41-000-001 Removal of a Toilet Assembly
38-31-41-400-001 Installation of a Toilet Assembly
38-32-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Waste/Water Drain System
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-43-41-991-002-A Fig. 401
25-43-41-991-022-A Fig. 402
25-43-41-991-015-B Fig. 403
25-43-41-991-004-A Fig. 404
25-43-41-991-005 Fig. 405
25-43-41-991-023 Fig. 406
25-43-41-991-021 Fig. 407
25-43-41-991-020 Fig. 408

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-43-41-860-051-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).

(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons:
- Not to do the servicing of the potable water system.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 416
Config-2 May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (4) Make sure that the free-standing cabin-attendant seat is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-22-42-000-001).

(5) Make sure that the cove light panel 251CX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-48-000-001).

(6) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 251BX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-43-000-001).

(7) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 251AX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).

(8) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002) in the aft utility area are removed.

(9) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
41-000-001).

(10) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 261DW, 261FW, 261HW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).

(11) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).

(12) In the lavatory:

(a) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container is removed

(Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).

(b) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-
41-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 417
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-43-41-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-D 2MB B02
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01

Subtask 25-43-41-210-050

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 418
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (a) Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel
attach components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and if necessary
R with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(4) Make sure that the placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(a) If necessary install new placards.

- (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
- (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-43-41-420-055

A. Assembly of the Lavatory Module

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-41-991-005)

(1) Install the sub-assemblies:

(a) Put the wall assemblies (1) and (2) in position the aft utility
area.

(b) Install the washers (5) and (10) and the screws (8), (6) and (9).

(c) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).

(d) Install the screw (7).

(e) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor panel assembly
(11).

(f) Install the washers (13) and the screws (12) and (14).

(g) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the floor
panel assembly (11) inside of the lavatory assembly.

(2) Connect the lavatory internal electrical connections:

(a) Put the electrical harness (19) in position on the wall assembly
(1) and attach it with cable ties as necessary.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 419
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (b) Install the toilet flush switch 51MG2 (Ref. TASK 38-31-19-400-
001).

(c) Open the sanitary-cabinet access door.

(d) Put the bracket (16) in position and install the washers (18) and
the screws (17).

(e) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(f) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(g) Connect the electrical connector 7334VC-A (15).

(h) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

(i) Close the sanitary-cabinet access door.

Subtask 25-43-41-420-056

B. Installation of the Upper Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-41-991-004-A)

(1) Put the tie-rod(s) (77) in position and install the quick release
pin(s) (76).

(2) If necessary adjust the tie-rod (77):

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts.

(b) Turn the tie-rod (77) until you can install the quick release pin
(76).

(c) Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.

(d) Tighten the locknuts and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 420
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
R Subtask 25-43-41-930-051

R C. Marking on the Ventilation, the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain

R Connections.
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-41-991-022-A)

R (1) When you connect/install the components, refer to the match marks
R made during the removal procedure.

Subtask 25-43-41-420-061-A

R D. Installation of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines

WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-41-991-015-B)

(1) Connect the potable-water lines:

(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(b) Put the potable-water tube (6) and the hose (10) in position and
connect the nuts (5) to the fittings (4).

(c) TORQUE all the nuts (5) to 5.9 m.daN (43.51 lbf.ft).

(d) Make sure that the hose (10) is not twisted.

(e) Put the bonding straps (7) in position and install the washer (9)
and the nut (8) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

(2) Connect the waste-water drain-line:

(a) When you connect/install the componets, refer to the match marks
made during the removal procedure.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-41-991-022-A)

(b) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(c) Put the sleeve (3) and the clamp (2) in position on the drain
tube (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 421
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (d) Make sure that the end of the sleeve (3) is aligned with the
painted mark on the drain tube (1).

(e) Tighten the clamp (2).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.

(f) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to
the ends of the sleeve (3).

Subtask 25-43-41-420-063

R E. Assembly of the Lavatory D

(1) Install the subassemblies.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-41-991-005)

(a) Put the lavatory subassemblies (128) and (131) in the center of
the aircraft aisle.

(b) Put the lavatory sub-assemblies together and install the washers
(129) and the screws (130).

(c) Install the screw (127) in the door side frame.

(d) Remove the temporary attachment from the ventilation hose (47)
and the ceiling panel (101).

(e) Install the screws (126), the screws (124) and the washers (125)
in the ceiling panel (101).

(f) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor pan (121).

(g) Install the screws (124), the screws (122) and the washers (123).

(2) Connect the electrical connections.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-43-41-991-023)

(a) Remove the temporary attachment from the cable assembly (110).

(b) Put the cable assembly in position on the mounts (108) and
install the new cable ties (109).

(c) Remove the blanking caps and connect the cable assembly (110) to
the flush switch (102).

(d) Open the sanitary cabinet door (61).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 422
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Electrical Connections
Figure 406/TASK 25-43-41-991-023


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 423
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (e) Put the bracket (107) in position and install the washers (104)
and the screws (103).

(f) Attach the bonding strap (113) to the cable assembly (105) with
the new cable ties . (114) where necessary.

(g) Put the cable assembly (105) in position on the mounts (111) and
install the new cable ties (112).

(h) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector
(106).

(3) Connect the air supply.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-41-991-002-A)

(a) Remove the blanking plugs and put the clamp (48) and the
ventilation hose (47) in position on the ventilation tube (44).

(b) Tighten the clamp (48).

(c) Put the clamp (52) in position on the ventilation tube (47) and
install the spacer (49), the washer (50) and the screw (51).

(d) Remove the blanking plugs and put the air extraction hose (41)
and the clamp (42) in position on the tube assembly (43).

NOTE : Make sure that the air extraction hose (41) and the tube
____
assembly (43) are clear and clean.

(e) Tighten the clamp (42).

(f) Remove the blanking plugs and put the clamp (45) and the
ventilation hose (46) in position on the ventilation tube (44).

(g) Tighten the clamp (45).

(4) Install the upper and lower attachments.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-41-991-004-A)

(a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004A) to the bolts (82)
and the new packing (83).

(b) Put the new packing (83) in position at the attachment point
locations.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 424
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (c) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bolts (82)
in the fittings (81).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(d) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005D) to the bolts
(82).

(e) Install the wall fitting cover (83).

(f) Put the brace assembly (86) in position.

(g) If necessary adjust the brace assembly (86).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknut.

2
_ Adjust the rod end until you can install the quick-release pin
(85).

3
_ Make sure that the rod end is in safety.

4
_ Tighten the locknut and safety it with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

Subtask 25-43-41-420-064

R F. Installation of the Door Sill and the Pelmet

(1) Install the door sill:

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-43-41-991-021)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the floor pan inside
the lavatory.

(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
(21).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 425
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Door Sill and Sealant
Figure 407/TASK 25-43-41-991-021


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 426
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (c) Put the doorsill (22) in position and install the screws (21).

(d) TORQUE the screws (21) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and
37.16 lbf.in).

(2) Apply the sealant:

(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (22) to the floor pan
and the floor panel at the lavatory door opening.

(b) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004)
(24) to the joint at the side wall (25) and the washbasin
surround (26).

(3) Install the pelmet:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-43-41-991-020)

(a) Put the pelmet (1) in position and install the screws (5).

NOTE : Make sure that the washers (3) are correctly positioned on
____
the pelmet before tightening the screws.

(b) Put the pelmet top (2) in position and install the washers (3)
and the screws (4).

Subtask 25-43-41-420-058

R G. Connection of the Electrical and Ventilation Connections

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-41-991-002-A)

(1) Connect the electrical connection:

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) On the lavatory ceiling, connect the electrical connector

7202VC-A (6).

(2) Connect the ventilation lines:

(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(b) Connect the hose (5) to the air-extraction line and install and
tighten the clamp (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 427
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Pelmet
Figure 408/TASK 25-43-41-991-020


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 428
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (c) Behind the lavatory, connect the sleeve (3) to the tube (1) and
tighten the clamp (2).

Subtask 25-43-41-410-072

R H. Installation of the Miscellaneous Lavatory Equipment

(1) Install the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-400-001).

NOTE : Do not install the toilet shroud at this time.

____

(2) Install the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-
001).

(3) Install the lavatory Door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001).

Subtask 25-43-41-865-052

R J. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-D 2MB B02
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01

Subtask 25-43-41-710-050-B

R K. Operational Test of the Lavatory Systems

(1) Do a test of these water/waste systems:

- The potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-002)
- The waste-water drain system (Ref. TASK 38-32-00-710-002)
- The toilet system (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-710-009).

(a) Make sure that there are no leaks.

NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____

(2) Do a functional test of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-

720-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 429
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) Do the operational test of the individual air outlet system
R (Ref. TASK 21-21-00-710-002) if necessary.

R (4) Do an operational test of these electrical systems:

- The lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-710-001)
- The lavatory emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-007)
- The lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-26-00-710-001)
- The potable water heater (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-004)
- The lavatory smoke detection (Ref. TASK 26-17-00-710-001)
- The passenger address system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-005)
- The lavatory call light (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-024)
- The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).

R (5) Make sure that the lavatory auxiliary light is on.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-43-41-410-071

A. Close Access

(1) Install the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001).

(2) Install the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).

(3) Install the ceiling panel 261BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-400-002).

(4) Install the door-frame lining panels 261TW, 261UW, 261VW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-008).

(5) Install the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).

(6) Install the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).

(7) Install the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

(8) Install the curtain rail and the curtain (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-
003).

(9) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 430
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-43-41-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-41

Page 431
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 LAVATORY E - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________

TASK 25-43-42-000-001

Removal of the Lavatory E

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical

Power)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-22-41-000-001 Removal of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats
25-22-43-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-26-41-000-003 Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail
25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 401
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

38-31-41-000-001 Removal of a Toilet Assembly

25-43-42-991-016 Fig. 401
25-43-42-991-014-C Fig. 402
25-43-42-991-017 Fig. 403
25-43-42-991-002-A Fig. 404
25-43-42-991-018-A Fig. 405
25-43-42-991-019 Fig. 406
25-43-42-991-020 Fig. 407

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-43-42-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-43-42-680-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Drain the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).

R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to do the
servicing of the potable water system.

Subtask 25-43-42-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-E 9MB B03


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 402
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01

Subtask 25-43-42-010-072

D. Get Access

(1) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).

(2) Remove the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-

001).

(3) Remove the cabin attendant swivel-seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-43-000-001).

(4) Remove the ceiling panel 262BC and the trim panel in the aft utility
area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).

(5) Remove the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).

(6) Remove the door frame lining-panels 262TW, 262UW, 262VW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-004).

(7) Remove the cove light panel 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).

(8) Remove the upper sidewall panel 252BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).

(9) Remove the lower sidewall panel 252AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).

(10) Remove the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001).

(11) In the lavatory:

(a) Remove the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-

001).

(b) Remove the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 403
Config-2 Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-43-42-930-050

R A. Marking of the Ventilation, the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain

R Connections
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-42-991-016)

R (1) Make match marks on the components that you disconnect/remove to

R record their connection/positions.

R NOTE : This is important for the subsequent installation.

____

R Subtask 25-43-42-020-058-A

R B. Disconnection of the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain Connections

R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-42-991-014-C)

R (1) Open the sanitary cabinet door (41).

R (2) Disconnect the potable water connections:

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
R CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).

R (3) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the water
R connections that you will disconnect.

R (a) Disconnect the nuts (43) and (44) and remove the potable water
R tube (42).

R (b) Loosen the nut and disconnect the potable water tube (49).

R (c) Remove the nut (47), the washer (46) and disconnect the bonding
R straps (45) and (48).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 404
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Waste Water and Air Connections
Figure 401/TASK 25-43-42-991-016


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 405
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections
R Figure 402/TASK 25-43-42-991-014-C


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 406
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (d) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(4) Disconnect the waste-water drain connection:

(a) Remove the clamp (51) and disconnect the sleeve (52) from the
tube (50).

(b) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

R CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARK ON THE WASTE WATER AND AIR OUTLET HOSES
_______
R AND ON THEIR RELATED CONNECTIONS.
R IF YOU CONNECT ONE OF THESE HOSES TO THE CONNECTION OF
R THE OTHER HOSE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(c) Remove the container.

Subtask 25-43-42-020-056-A

C. Removal of the Lavatory E

(1) Remove the pelmet:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-017)

(a) Remove the screws (3), the washers (4) and the pelmets (5 and
(6).

(2) Remove the door sill:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-017)

(a) Remove the screws (1), the door sill (2) and the old sealant.

(3) Disconnect the electrical connector:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)

(a) Above the lavatory ceiling, disconnect the electrical connector

7216VC-A (30).

(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(4) Disconnect the air supply line:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)

(a) Loosen the clamp (32) and disconnect the sleeve (31) from the
tube assembly (33).

(b) Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (35) and disconnect the
lavatory ventilation hose (34) from the tube assembly (36).

(c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 407
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Door Sill and Pelmet
R Figure 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-017


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 408
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Hose Connections - Component Location
R Figure 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 409
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (5) Remove the upper and the lower attachments:
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-42-991-018-A)

(a) Remove the covers (66) and the bolts (62).

(b) Remove the quick-release pins (64) and disconnect the tie-rod
(65) from the aircraft structure.

(c) Move the lavatory assembly to the center of the aft utility area.

(d) Remove and discard the packings (63).

Subtask 25-43-42-020-057-A

R D. Disassembly of the Lavatory E

(1) Disconnect the electrical connections:

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-43-42-991-019)

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (87).

R (b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(c) Remove and discard the cable ties (84) from the mounts (83).

(d) Remove the screws (89), the washers (90) and remove the bracket
(88).

(e) Remove and discard the cable ties (85) which attach the bonding
strap (81) to the electrical cable (82).

(f) Close the sanitary cabinet door (41).

(g) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the flush switch (80).

R (h) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(i) Remove and discard the cable ties (92) from the mounts (91)
behind the lavatory rearwall (94).

(j) Temporarily attach the cable assembly (93) to the top of the
lavatory ceiling panel (79).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 410
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Lower and Upper Attachments
R Figure 405/TASK 25-43-42-991-018-A


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 411
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Electrical Connections
R Figure 406/TASK 25-43-42-991-019


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 412
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (2) Disconnect the ventilation hose:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)

(a) Remove the screws (31), the washers (30), the clamps (29) and the
spacers (28).

(b) Loosen the clamp (32) and disconnect the ventilation hose (34)
from the ventilation tube (33).

(c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(3) Disassemble the lavatory:

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-43-42-991-020)

(a) Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (100) with a SCRAPER
- NON METALLIC.

(b) Remove the screws (103), the screws (101) and the washers (102).

(c) Remove the lavatory assembly from the floor pan (100).

(d) Temporarily attach the ventilation hose (34) to the lavatory

ceiling (79).

(e) Remove the screws (123), the screws (121) and the washers (122).

(f) Remove the screw (124).

(g) Remove the screws (126), the washers (127), the screws (129) and
the washers (130).

(h) Divide the lavatory subassemblies (125) and (128).

(i) Remove the lavatory subassemblies from the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 413
Config-2 May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Lavatory Subassemblies
R Figure 407/TASK 25-43-42-991-020- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 414
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Subassemblies
R Figure 407/TASK 25-43-42-991-020- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 415
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-43-42-400-001

Installation of the Lavatory E

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific packings NAS 1611-209

Material No. 04-022 USA MIL-PRF-81322
SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-005D USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II
CORROSION PREVENTIVE (OBSOLETE USE 15-007)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-036
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 416
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical
Power)
R 21-21-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Individual Air Outlet
21-23-00-720-002 Functional Test of an Air Extraction Point
23-73-00-710-005 Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
23-73-00-710-007 Operational test of the passenger call system
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-43-400-001 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-005 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
25-26-41-000-003 Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail
25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
25-45-19-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Door
25-45-22-400-001 Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
26-17-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Smoke-Detection
System
33-24-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighting LQ


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 417
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

33-26-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighted Signs WJ

33-51-00-710-007 Operational Test of the Emergency Lighting in the
Cabin with the LIGHT EMER Pushbutton Switch
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
38-12-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Potable Water-Distribution
System (with a Ground Air-Supply Cart)
38-12-00-710-004 Operational Test of a Potable Water Heater
38-31-00-710-009 Operational Test of the Toilet Unit
38-31-41-000-001 Removal of a Toilet Assembly
38-31-41-400-001 Installation of a Toilet Assembly
38-32-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Waste/Water Drain System
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-43-42-991-016 Fig. 401
25-43-42-991-017 Fig. 403
25-43-42-991-002-A Fig. 404
25-43-42-991-018-A Fig. 405
25-43-42-991-019 Fig. 406
25-43-42-991-020 Fig. 407

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-43-42-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).

(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons
not to do the servicing of the potable water system.

(4) Make sure that the ceiling panel 262BC and the trim panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002) in the aft utility area are removed.

(5) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
41-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 418
Config-2 May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (6) Make sure that the curtain and curtain rail are removed (Ref. TASK
25-26-41-000-003).

(7) Make sure that the cove light panel 252CX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-48-000-001).

(8) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 262VW, 262UW, 262TW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004).

(9) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 252BX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-43-000-001).

(10) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 252AX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).

(11) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).

(12) Make sure taht the emergency oxygen container is removed (Ref. TASK
35-21-41-000-001).

(13) Make sure taht the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-
000-001).

Subtask 25-43-42-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-E 9MB B03
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 419
Config-2 Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-43-42-210-050-A

C. Preparation for Installation

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(1) Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor attach
components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2) Clean the area with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010).

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(5) Make sure that the placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

(6) If necessary install new placards:

- (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)
- (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 420
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-43-42-930-051

R A. Marking on the Ventilation, the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain

R Connections.
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-42-991-016)

R (1) When you connect/install the components, refer to the match marks
R made during the removal procedure.

Subtask 25-43-42-420-059-A

R B. Assembly of the Lavatory E

(1) Assemble the lavatory:

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-43-42-991-020)

(a) Put the lavatory subassemblies (125) and (128) in position on the
floor pan (100).

(b) Install the washers (102) and the screws (101) and (103).

(c) Install the washers (122) and the screws (121) and (123).

(d) Install the screw (124).

(e) Install the washers (127), the screws (126) and the washers (130)
and the the screws (129).

(f) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the floor
panel assembly (100) inside of the lavatory assembly.

(2) Connect the ventilation hose:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)

(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(b) Connect the ventilation hose (34) to the ventilation tube (33)
and install and tighten the clamp (32).

(c) Install the screws (31), the washers (30), the clamps (29) and
the spacers (28).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 421
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (3) Connect the electrical connections:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-43-42-991-019)

(a) Put the bracket (88) in position and install the washers (90) and
the screws (89).

R (b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(d) Connect the electrical connector (87).

(e) Close the sanitary cabinet door (41).

(f) Connect the electrical connectors to the flush switch (80).

Subtask 25-43-42-420-061-A

R C. Installation of Lavatory E

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(1) Install the lower attachments:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-42-991-018-A)

(a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the new packings
NAS 1611-209 (63) and the bolts (62).

(b) Put the packings (63) in position at the lavatory lower

attach-points.


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 422
Config-2 May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (c) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bolts (62)
in the wall fitting (61).

(d) TORQUE the bolts (62) to to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).

(e) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005D) to the bolts
(62).

(2) Install the upper attachments:

(a) Connect the tie-rod (65) to the aircraft structure and install
the quick release pin (64).

(b) If necessary adjust the tie-rod:

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts.

2
_ Adjust the tie-rod until you can install the quick release pin
(64).

3
_ Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.

4
_ Tighten the locknuts and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

(3) Connect the lavatory ventilation:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)

(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(b) Put the sleeve (31) and the clamp (32) in position on the tube
assembly (33).

(c) Tighten the clamp (32).

(d) Put the lavatory ventilation hose (34) and the clamp (35) in
position on the tube assembly (36).

(e) Tighten the clamp (35).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 423
Config-2 May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (4) Connect the electrical connector:

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector
7216VC-A (30).

(5) Install the door sill:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-017)

(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-036) to the area of the door sill
as necessary.

(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
(1).

(c) Put the door sill (2) in position and install the screws (1).

(d) Torque the screws to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and 37.16
lbf.in).

(e) Remove the unwanted sealant with a lint-free cotton cloth

MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(6) Install the pelmet:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-017)

(a) Put the pelmets (6) and (5) in position and install the washers
(4) and the screws (3).
R

Subtask 25-43-42-410-072

R D. Install the Miscellaneous Lavatory Equipment

(1) Install the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-400-001).

NOTE : Do not install the toilet shroud at this time.

____

(2) Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001).

(3) Install the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 424
Config-2 Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-43-42-865-052

E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-E 9MB B03
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01

Subtask 25-43-42-710-050-A

F. Operational Test of the Lavatory Systems

(1) Do an operational test of these water/waste systems:

- The potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-002)
- The waste-water drain system (Ref. TASK 38-32-00-710-002)
- The toilet unit (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-710-009).

(2) Make sure that there are no leaks.

NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____

(3) Do a functional of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-720-

002).

R (4) Do the operational test of the individual air outlet system

R (Ref. TASK 21-21-00-710-002) if necessary.

R (5) Do an operational test of these electrical systems:

- The lavatory water heater (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-004)
- The passenger address system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-005)
- The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001)
- The lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-710-001)
- The lavatory emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-007)
- The lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-26-00-710-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 425
Config-2 May 01/11
 
SYR 
 - The lavatory smoke detection system (Ref. TASK 26-17-00-710-001)
- The lavatory call light (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-007).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-43-42-410-071

A. Close Access

(1) Install the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001).

(2) Install the lower sidewall panel 252AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).

(3) Install the upper sidewall panel 252BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).

(4) Install the cove light panel 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

(5) Install the ceiling panel 262BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-400-002).

(6) Install the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).

(7) Install the door frame lining-panels 262VW, 262UW, 262TW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-005).

Subtask 25-43-42-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-43-42

Page 426
Config-2 May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 RAZOR SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________

1. _______
General
An electrical razor socket is installed in each lavatory.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2MT STATIC INVERTER 263 831 25-44-41
3MT1 SOCKET-RAZOR LAV A 2036VU 221 831
3MT2 SOCKET-RAZOR LAV D 2036VU 261 831
3MT3 SOCKET-RAZOR LAV F 2036VU 261 831

3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The razor supply system has:
- a circuit breaker,
- a static inverter,
- a razor socket in each lavatory (US/European type).
The circuit breaker (1MT) is installed on the panel 2001 VU and protects the
system.
The static inverter (2MT) is installed near the panel 2001 VU in the AFT
cabin overhead-compartment in Zone 263.
The razor sockets (3MT) are installed in the service cabinets of each
lavatory.

4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The service bus 212XP supplies 115V AC/400Hz through the circuit breakers
(1MT) to a contact in the razor outlet sockets. When a plug is put into a
socket, the contact closes and the power is supplied to the static inverter
(2MT). The static inverter (2MT) supplies 110V/60Hz to the razor
power-outlet socket.

R 5. _____________________
Component Description

R A. Static Inverter
R (Ref. Fig. 003)


EFF :

ALL  25-44-00

Page 1
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
R Razor Supply System - Component Location.
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-44-00

Page 2
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Electrical - Schematic
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-44-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R Static Inverter
R Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-44-00

Page 4
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 RAZOR SUPPLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________

TASK 25-44-00-710-001

Operational Test of the Razor Supply System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 MULTIMETER - STANDARD

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-44-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-44-00-865-050

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01


EFF :

ALL  25-44-00

Page 501
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-44-00-710-050

A. Operational Test of the Razor Supply System

(1) Do the test of the razor supply system:

NOTE : The test is the same for all lavatories

____

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R In the related lavatory: At the razor outlets:

R - connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD to - the multimeter shows 110/220+15-5
R the razor outlets. VAC, 60Hz

R (2) Disconnect the multimeter from the razor outlets.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-44-00-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-44-00

Page 502
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 STATIC INVERTER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________

TASK 25-44-41-000-001

Removal af the Static Inverter - Razor Supply

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-44-41-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-44-41-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-44-41-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-44-41

Page 401
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-44-41-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-44-41-020-050

A. Removal of the Static Inverter 2MT

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-44-41-991-001)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (4)

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) Remove the screws (2), the washers (1) and the static inverter (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-44-41

Page 402
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 Static Inverter - Razor Supply
Figure 401/TASK 25-44-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-44-41

Page 403
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-44-41-400-001

Installation af the Static Inverter - Razor Supply

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive

Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-44-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Razor Supply System
25-44-41-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-44-41

Page 404
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-44-41-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261CC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
42-000-002).

Subtask 25-44-41-865-052

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-44-41-420-050

A. Installation of the Static Inverter 2MT

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-44-41-991-001)

(1) Put the static inverter (3) in position and install the washers (1)
and the screws (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

(2) TORQUE the screws (2) to between 0.37 and 0.48 m.daN (32.74 and 42.47
lbf.in).

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Connect the electrical connector (4)


EFF :

ALL  25-44-41

Page 405
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-44-41-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1LQ, 1MT

Subtask 25-44-41-710-050

C. Test of the Razor Supply System

(1) Do the test of the razor supply system (Ref. TASK 25-44-00-710-001)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-44-41-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the ceiling panel 261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002)

Subtask 25-44-41-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-44-41

Page 406
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 LAVATORY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________

1. _______
General
The lavatory equipment is installed for the comfort of the passengers and
the crew.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

3. __________________
System Description

A. Lavatory Interior Equipment

The lavatory has as standard:
R - A toilet shroud
R - A mirror
R - A washbasin cabinet
R - A liquid soap dispenser.
R - An auxiliary light
R - A light unit
R - A handgrip
R - A coat hook
R - Two ashtrays
R
R - A service cabinet.
and as an option:
R - A baby nursing table
R - A toilet seat cover dispenser
R - Stretcher access
R - A water cup dispenser
R - A perfume holder.
R

4. Power
____________
Supply
The only electrical system which is specially installed in the lavatories is
the razor supply system (Ref. 25-44-00).

5. _________
Interface
The lavatory equipment has interfaces with:
- the cabin air distribution and recirculation system (Ref. 21-21-00),
- the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00),
- the passenger address and entertainment system (Ref. 23-30-00),
- the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00),
- the electrical power system (Ref. 24-00-00),
- the lavatory smoke-detection system (Ref. 26-17-00),
- the lavatory fire-extinguishing system (Ref. 26-25-00),
- the lavatory lighting system (Ref. 33-24-00),
- the lavatory lighted signs system (Ref. 33-26-00),


EFF :

ALL  25-45-00

Page 1
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Lavatory Equipment - Component Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-00

Page 2
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 - the passenger oxygen system (Ref. 35-20-00),
- the potable water system (Ref. 38-10-00),
- the waste disposal system (Ref. 38-30-00).

6. _____________________
Component Description

A. Toilet Unit Shroud

A decorative shroud is installed over the toilet unit (Ref. 38-31-41) and
includes the toilet seat and the seat cover.

B. Mirror
The mirror is attached above the washbasin.

C. Washbasin Cabinet
The washbasin Cabinet has:
- two toilet paper roll holders,
- a hot/cold water faucet (Ref. 38-12-41),
- a waste chute with a spring loaded flap.
The washbasin cabinet has a door that gives access to:
- the washbasin drain lines (Ref. 38-31-00),
- the potable water faucet supply lines (Ref. 38-12-00),
- the potable water heater (Ref. 38-12-16),
- the waste container,
- the waste container fire extinguisher (Ref. 26-25-00).
The waste container is connected to the waste chute.

D. Auxiliary Light Unit.

The auxiliary light unit (Ref. 33-51-14) is installed in each lavatory.
The light is on all the time the aircraft is supplied with electrical
power (Ref. 33-51-00).

E. Light Unit.
The light unit/units (Ref. 33-24-00) are installed in each lavatory. They
are controlled by the lavatory door-lock microswitch (Ref. 33-24-00).

F. Handgrip
handgrip/s are installed in each lavatory to give the lavatory user help,
if necessary.

G. Coat Hook
The coat hook is installed on the inside of each lavatory door. When it
is not in use the coat hook folds up.

H. Ashtrays
The ashtrays are installed internally and externally on each lavatory.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-00

Page 3
May 01/05
R  
SYR 
 J. Service Cabinet
The service cabinet has:
R - an individual air outlet (Ref. 21-23-00),
R - a loudspeaker (passenger address system) (Ref. 23-73-51),
- a dispenser for towels, sickbags, etc,
R - a razor socket (Ref. 25-44-00),
R - a lighted sign RETURN TO SEAT and/or NO SMOKING (Ref. 23-73-62),
R - a call button (Ref. 23-73-00).

K. Baby Nursing Table

A baby nursing table is installed in each lavatory. The nursing table is
attached to a lavatory wallpanel above the toilet unit shroud. For use,
unlock and fold down the nursing table on to its support, which is
attached to a lavatory wallpanel.

R L. Lavatory Doors

R (1) Single Blade Door

R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R A single blade door that opens outwards is installed on the lavatory
R unit. The lavatory door is made from a sandwich panel. Extrusions are
R bonded and/or attached with screws to the door panel.
R Lavatories located near an exit will have the lavatory door installed
R so it will not hinder evacuation of the passengers.
R To let the door open without obstruction, a minimum of 21 in. (0.53
R m) is required.
R Installed in the door are:
R - a lock with a vacant/occupied indicator. The lock operates a
R microswitch,
R - a latch,
R - an ashtray,
R - a coat hook,
R - air inlet grills,
R - a kick strip.

R (2) Bi-folding Door

R (Ref. Fig. 003)
R A bi-folding door that opens inwards and closes automatically can be
R installed on specific lavatories, as an option.
R The lavatory doors are made from sandwich panels. Extrusions are
R bonded and/or attached with screws to the door panel.
R Installed in the door are:
R - a lock with a vacant/occupied indicator. The lock operates a
R microswitch,
R - a handle,
R - an ashtray,
R - a coat hook,


EFF :

ALL  25-45-00

Page 4
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Single Blade Door
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-45-00

Page 5
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Bi-folding Door
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-45-00

Page 6
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R - air inlet grills,
R - kick strips.

R 7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

R A. Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening (from the outside of the lavatory)

R Single-blade door
R (Ref. Fig. 004)
R - lift up the spring loaded cover,
R - slide the knob to the side until the VACANT indicator is shown,
R - operate the door latch and pull the door open.
R Bi-folding doors (if installed)
R (Ref. Fig. 005)
R - lift up the spring loaded cover,
R - slide the knob to the side until the VACANT indicator is showm,
R - push the door open and disengage the latches,
R - fold the door to the fully open position


EFF :

ALL  25-45-00

Page 7
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Lavatory Single Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
R Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-45-00

Page 8
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Lavatory Bi-folding Door - Emergency Opening from the outside
R Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  25-45-00

Page 9
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 CABINET - SERVICE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________

TASK 25-45-12-000-001

R Removal of the Door of the Service Cabinet

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-45-12-991-002 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-12-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-12

Page 401
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-12-020-050-A

R A. Removal of the Service Cabinet Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-12-991-002)

R (1) Open the service cabinet door (1) and remove the dispenser (2).

R (2) Remove the screws (3), the washers (4) and the nuts (5) from the
R upper and lower door stops (6).
R

R (3) Remove the screws (7), the washers (8), the hinge (9) and the service
R cabinet door (1).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-45-12

Page 402
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Service Cabinet Door
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-12-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-45-12

Page 403
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-12-400-001

R Installation of the Door of the Service Cabinet

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SPRING BALANCE 10 DAN (24 LBF)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R
25-45-12-991-002 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-12-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the aircaft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-12

Page 404
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-12-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 25-45-12-420-050-A

R B. Installation of the Service Cabinet Door

R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-12-991-002)
R

R (1) Put the hinge (9) together with the service cabinet door (1) on the
R lavatory wall and install the screws (7) and the washers (8).

R (2) Put the upper and lower door stops (6) in position on the cabinet
R door (1) and install the screws (3), the washers (4) and the nuts
R (5).
R

R (3) Put the dispenser (2) into the service cabinet.

R (4) Put the SPRING BALANCE 10 DAN (24 LBF) in position and close the
R service cabinet door (1).

R (5) Pull the spring balance to open the cabinet door (1). The force
R necessary to open the door must not be more than to 2.5 m.daN (18.43
lbf.ft).

R (6) If necessary, adjust the screws (9) until you get the correct force
R to open the cabinet door (1).

R (7) Close the cabinet door (1).

R


EFF :

ALL  25-45-12

Page 405
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-12-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-12

Page 406
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 MIRROR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________

TASK 25-45-13-000-001

Removal of the Lavatory Mirror

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-13-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-13-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-13-020-050

A. Removal of the Lavatory Mirror

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-13-991-001)

(1) Remove the screws (5) and if necessary the angle (4) from the
lavatory wall.

(2) Lift the lavatory mirror (1) and remove it from the screws (2).

(3) Remove the screws (6) and the mirror attachment brackets (7) from the
lavatory mirror (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-13

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Mirror
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-13-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-13

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-13-400-001

Installation of the Lavatory Mirror

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-13-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-13-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-13-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-13

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-13-420-050

B. Installation of the Lavatory Mirror

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-13-991-001)

(1) Position the mirror attachment brackets (7) on the Lavatory mirror
(1) and install the screws (6).

(2) Install the lavatory mirror (1) with the attachment brackets (7) on
the screws (2) and the foam plates (3).

(3) Install the screw (5) and if necessary the angle (4).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-13-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-13

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 DISPENSER - SOAP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________

TASK 25-45-14-000-001

Removal of the Soap Dispenser

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-14-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-14-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-14-020-050

A. Removal of the Soap Dispenser

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-14-991-001-A)

(1) Open the access door (1).

(2) Remove the soap container (9) from the shank (3).

R (3) Remove the lock-nut (8) the rubber washer (7) and the lock-nut (6).

(4) Remove the spout (2), together with the shank (3), the washer (4) and
the rubber washer (5) from the wash basin assembly (10).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-14

Page 401
Feb 01/00
 
SYR 
R Liquid Soap Dispenser
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-14-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-45-14

Page 402
Feb 01/00
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-14-400-001

Installation of the Soap Dispenser

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific liquid soap

R No specific liquid soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie
R Frankfurt GmbH.

R B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-14-991-001-A Fig. 401
25-45-14-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-14-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-14

Page 403
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-14-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 25-45-14-420-050

B. Installation of the Soap Dispenser

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-14-991-001-A)

(1) Install the spout (2) together with the shank (3), the washer (4) and
the rubber washer (5) on the wash basin assembly (10).

(2) Install the lock-washer (6), the rubber washer (7) and the lock-nut
(8).

(3) Install the soap container (9).

(4) Close the access door (1).

Subtask 25-45-14-613-050

C. Fill the Soap Dispenser

R CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
R AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION
R OF DISINFECTANT.
R THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE
R QUICKLY.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-14-991-002)

(1) Turn the cover (2) counterclockwise to release it from the shank (3)
(refer to Step 1).

(2) Carefully lift and remove the cover (2) together with the spout (1)
and the tube (4) from the shank (3) (refer to Step 2).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-14

Page 404
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Fill Soap Dispenser
R Figure 402/TASK 25-45-14-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-45-14

Page 405
Nov 01/98
 
SYR 
R (3) Fill the soap dispenser with liquid soap through the shank (3) (refer
to Step 3).

R NOTE : For maximum performance of the liquid soap dispenser use the
____
R liquid soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie Frankfurt GmbH..
If you use an equivalent liquid soap, it must have the
viscosity of <30mPa/S.

(4) Carefully put the cover (2) together with the spout (1) and the tube
(4) on the shank (3).

(5) Turn the cover (2) clockwise until it is locked in position on the
shank (3).

Subtask 25-45-14-710-050

D. Do an Operational Test of the Soap Dispenser

(1) Press the spout on the soap dispenser and make sure that the
dispenser operates correctly.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-14-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-14

Page 406
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 FLAP - WASTE CHUTE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________

TASK 25-45-15-000-001

Removal of the Waste Chute Flap

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R
R 25-45-15-991-001-A Fig. 401
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-15-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-15-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-15-991-001-A)

(1) Open the access door (2) and remove the waste container (3).

(2) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (5).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-15

Page 401
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-15-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-45-15

Page 402
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 (3) Remove the waste chute flap (1) from the hinge (4).

NOTE : The waste chute flap must be removed from under the wash
____
basin.

R

EFF :

ALL  25-45-15

Page 403
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-15-400-001

Installation of the Waste Chute Flap

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Feeler Gauges

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-15-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-15-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-15

Page 404
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-15-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 25-45-15-420-050-A

B. Installation of the Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-15-991-001-A)

(1) Get access from under the wash basin and put the waste chute flap (1)
in position on the hinge (4).

(2) Install the screws (6) and the washers (5). TORQUE the screws to
between 0.22 and 0.38 m.daN (19.46 and 33.62 lbf.in).

(3) Use the Feeler Gauges and measure the dimension B between the waste
R chute flap (1) and the wash basin, this must be 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
If necessary, adjust as follows:

(a) Loosen the screws (6) and adjust the waste chute flap (1) until
you get dimension B.

(b) TORQUE tighten the screws (6) to between 0.22 and 0.38 m.daN
(19.46 and 33.62 lbf.in).

(4) Install the waste container (3) and close the access door (2).

(5) Push the waste chute flap (1) and make sure it operates correctly.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-15-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-15

Page 405
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 ASH TRAY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________

TASK 25-45-16-000-001

Removal of the Ash Tray

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-16-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-16-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-16-020-050

A. Removal of the Ash Tray

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-16-991-001)

(1) Remove the ash tray (1) from the ash tray shell (2).

(2) Remove the screws (3) and the ash tray shell (2) from the Lavatory
wall.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-16

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R Ash Tray
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-16-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-16

Page 402
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-16-400-001

Installation of the Ash Tray

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-16-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-16-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-16-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-16

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-16-420-050

B. Installation of the Ash Tray

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-16-991-001)

(1) Put the ash tray shell (2) in position on the lavatory wall.

(2) Install the screws (3).

(3) Install the ash tray (1) on the ash tray shell (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-16-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-16

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 WASTE BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________

TASK 25-45-17-000-001

Removal of the Waste Box

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-18-000-002 Removal of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory
R 26-25-41-000-001 Removal of the Fire Extinguisher Bottle
25-45-17-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-17-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-17-020-050

A. Removal of the Waste Box

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-17-991-001)

(1) If necessary, open the access door (2) on the lavatory front wall.

(2) Open the access door (1) inside the lavatory and if necessary remove
it (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-000-002).

(3) Remove the waste container (7).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-17

Page 401
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 Waste Box
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-17-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-17

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R (4) Remove the fire extinguisher (11) (Ref. TASK 26-25-41-000-001).

(5) Remove the screws (4), the washers (5), the nuts (6) and the waste
chute (3).

(6) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the waste container
console (10).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-17

Page 403
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-17-400-001

Installation of the Waste Box

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-18-400-002 Installation of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory
R 26-25-41-400-001 Installation of the Fire Extinguisher Bottle
25-45-17-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-17-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-17-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-17

Page 404
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-17-420-050

B. Installation of the Waste Box

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-17-991-001)

(1) Put the waste container console (10) in position and install the
screws (8) and the washers (9).

(2) Put the waste chute (3) on the waste container console (10) and
install the screws (4), the washers (5) and the nuts (6).

R (3) Install the fire extinguisher (11) (Ref. TASK 26-25-41-400-001).

(4) Install the waste container (7).

(5) If necessary, close the access door (2) on the lavatory front wall.

(6) Install the access door (1) inside the lavatory if removed (Ref. TASK
25-45-18-400-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-17-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-17

Page 405
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 ACCESS DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 25-45-18-000-001

Removal of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-18-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-18-020-050

A. Removal of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-18-991-001)

(1) Release the latch (4) and open the access door (1).

(2) Remove the screws (2), the access door (1) and the section (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-18

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-18-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-18

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-18-400-001

Installation of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-18-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-18-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-18

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-18-420-050

B. Installation of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-18-991-001)

(1) Put the section (3) and the access door (1) in position on the
lavatory front wall.

(2) Install the screws (2).

(3) Close the access door (1).

Subtask 25-45-18-710-050

C. Operational Test of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-18-991-001)

(1) Open and close the access door (1) and make sure the door locks
correctly in the closed position, if necessary adjust as follows;

(a) Open the access door (1), loosen the screws (2) and adjust the
door until it locks correctly.

(b) Tighten the screws (2).

(c) Close the access door (1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-18-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-18

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-18-000-002

Removal of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-18-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-18-861-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-18-020-051

A. Removal of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-18-991-002)

(1) Release the latch (5) and open the access door (4).

(2) Remove the screws (8) and the washers (7).

(3) Remove the access door (4) together with the support (1).

(4) Remove the support (1).

(5) Remove the door bolts (2) and the bushes (3) from the access door
(4).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-18

Page 405
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Access Door Inside the Lavatory
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-18-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-45-18

Page 406
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-18-400-002

Installation of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-18-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-18-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-18-210-051

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-18

Page 407
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-18-420-051

B. Installation of the Access door Inside the Lavatory

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-18-991-002)

(1) Install the bushes (3) and the door bolts (2) on the access door (4).

(2) Put the support (1) on the upper door bolt (2).

(3) Put the access door (4) in position and install the lower door bolt
(2) on the angle (6).

(4) Position the support (1) and install the screws (8) and the washers
(7).

(5) Close the access door (4).

Subtask 25-45-18-710-051

C. Operational Test of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-18-991-002)

(1) Open and close the access door (4) and make sure that the door locks
correctly, if necessary adjust as follows;

(a) Turn the door bolts (2) to adjust the position of the access door
(4) until the door locks correctly.

(b) Close the access door (4).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-18-862-051

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-18

Page 408
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 DOOR - LAVATORY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________

TASK 25-45-19-000-001

Removal of the Lavatory Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-45-19-991-002 Fig. 401
R 25-45-19-991-001 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-19-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-19-020-051

R A. Removal of the Lavatory Single Blade Door

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-19-991-002)

(1) Open the lavatory single blade door (1).

(2) Remove the screw (2) and the washer (6) and disconnect the door stop
(3).

(3) Remove the screws (4) and the lavatory single blade door (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 401
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R Lavatory Single-Blade Door
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-19-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 402
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-45-19-020-050

R B. Removal of the Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-19-991-001)

R (1) Release the door latches (5) and open the lavatory bi-folding door
R (1).

R (2) Release the damper (2) from the lavatory wall bracket (3).

R (3) Loosen the screw (4) until you can slide down and disengage the upper
R pivot pin of the bi-folding door (1) from the door frame.

R (4) Remove the bi-folding door (1).

R (5) Remove the screws (10) and (11) and the fitting (9).

R (6) Remove the screws (13) and the guide (12).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 403
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R Lavatory Bi-folding Door
R Figure 402/TASK 25-45-19-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 404
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-19-400-001

Installation of the Lavatory Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II

R THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-19-991-002 Fig. 401
25-45-19-991-001 Fig. 402
25-45-19-991-005 Fig. 403
25-45-19-991-003 Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-19-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 405
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-19-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 25-45-19-420-051

B. Installation of the Lavatory Single Blade Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-19-991-002)

(1) Put the lavatory single blade door (1) in position and install the
screws (4).

(2) Put the door stop (3) in position and install the washer (6) and the
screw (2).

(3) Measure the dimension C clearance between the lavatory door (1) and
the door frame. This must be 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) minimum. If necessary,
adjust the door (1) as follows:

(a) Open the lavatory door (1).

(b) Loosen the screws (4).

(c) Adjust the hinge (5) to get dimension C upper and lower clearance
between the lavatory door (1) and the door frame.

(d) Tighten the screws (4).

(e) Close the Lavatory door (1).

Subtask 25-45-19-420-050

C. Installation of the Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-19-991-001)

(1) Put the guide (12) in position and install the screws (13).

(2) Put the fitting (9) in position and install the screws (10) and (11).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 406
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 (3) Put the lavatory bi-folding door (1) in position and make sure that
the lower door pivot pin (8) inserts correctly into the fitting (9).

(4) Slide the screw (4) upwards to engage the upper pivot pin of the door
(1) to the door frame and tighten the screw (4).

(5) Connect the damper (2) to the lavatory wall bracket (3).

(6) Close the lavatory bi-folding door (1).

(7) Lock the upper and the lower door latches (5).

(8) Measure the dimension E clearance between the lavatory door (1) and
the door frame. This must be 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) minimum.

(9) If necessary, adjust the door as follows:

(a) Loosen the grubscrew (6).

(b) Adjust the nut (7) to set the dimension E clearance between the
lavatory door (1) and the door frame.

(c) Tighten the grubscrew (6).

(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) to the
grubscrew (6).

Subtask 25-45-19-710-050

D. Operational Test of the Emergency Opening (from outside of the lavatory)

of the Lavatory Door(s).

NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the inside.
____

(1) Do the test of the single bladed door:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-45-19-991-005)

(a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1).

(b) Slide the Knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
VACANT.

(c) Operate the door latch and pull the lavatory door (3) open.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 407
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
R Lavatory Single-Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
R Figure 403/TASK 25-45-19-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 408
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 (2) Do the test of the bi-folding door (standard option):
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-45-19-991-003)

(a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1).

(b) Slide the knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
VACANT.

(c) Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches
(5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open outwards.

(d) Close the lavatory door (3) and lock the door latches (5).

(e) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door
operation is correct.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-19-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 409
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
R Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option) - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 404/TASK 25-45-19-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 410
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-19-960-001

Replacement of a Lavatory Door Damper

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-45-19-991-004 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-19-861-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-19-960-050

A. Replace the Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-45-19-991-004)

(1) Remove the lavatory door damper (6) as follows:

(a) Open the Lavatory door (1).

(b) Remove the pin (4), the washer (3), the bolt (2) and disconnect
the door damper (6) from the door backet (5).

(c) If fitted, remove the pin (7), the washer (8) and the bolt (9).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 411
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted
R Figure 405/TASK 25-45-19-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 412
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 (d) Disconnect the door damper (6) from the sidewall bracket (10) and
remove the door damper (6).

(2) Install the lavatory door damper (6) as follows:

(a) Put the door damper (6) in position on the door bracket (5) and
install the bolt (2), the washer (3) and the pin (7).

(b) Put the door damper (6) in position on the sidewall bracket (10)
and install the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the pin (7) if
removed.

(c) Close the lavatory door (1).

Subtask 25-45-19-710-051

B. Do the Operational Test of the Lavatory Door and Lavatory Door Damper

(1) Open and close the lavatory door and make sure that:
- the door damper operates smoothly and correctly,
- the lavatory door when closed is aligned with the lavatory contour.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-19-862-051

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-19

Page 413
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 LOCK - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 25-45-21-000-001

Removal of the Door Lock

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-21-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-45-21-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-21-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-21-020-050

R A. Removal of the Door Lock

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-21-991-001, 402/TASK 25-45-21-991-002)

R (1) Open the lavatory door (9).

R (2) Remove the screws (3) and the section (5).

R (3) Remove the screws (4) and the knob (2).

R (4) Lift the spring loaded cover (8) and remove the knurled pin (7) and
R the screws (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 401
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Door Lock - Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-21-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 402
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R Door Lock - Single Blade Door
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-21-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 403
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R (5) Remove the door lock (1) and the spring loaded cover (8) from the
R lavatory door (9).

R (6) Close the lavatory door (9).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 404
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-21-400-001

Installation of the Door Lock

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-21-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-45-21-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-21-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-21-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 405
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-21-420-050

R B. Installation of the Door Lock

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-21-991-001, 402/TASK 25-45-21-991-002)

R (1) Open the lavatory door (9).

R (2) Put the spring loaded cover (8) and the door lock (1) in position in
R the lavatory door (9).

R (3) Lift the spring loaded cover (8) and install the screws (6) and the
R knurled pin (7).

R (4) Install the screws (4) and the knob (2).

R (5) Put the section (5) in position and install the screws (3).

R (6) Operate the door lock (1) and make sure it operates correctly.

R (7) Close the lavatory door (9).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-21-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 406
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-45-21-000-002

R Removal of the Door Latch

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 25-45-21-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-45-21-991-004 Fig. 404

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-45-21-861-051

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-45-21-020-051

R A. Removal of the Door Latch with Knob

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-45-21-991-003)

R (1) Remove the retaining ring (1) and the plate (2).

R (2) Remove the screw (3) and the washer (4).

R (3) Remove the knob (5), the spindle assy (10), the trim nut (9) and the
R decorative plate (8).

R (4) Remove the screws (6) and the decorative plate (7).

R (5) Remove the screws (13) and the section (14).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 407
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Door Latch - Knob Type
R Figure 403/TASK 25-45-21-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 408
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R (6) Remove the screws (11) and the door latch (12).

R Subtask 25-45-21-020-052

R B. Removal of the Door Latch with Handle

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-45-21-991-004)

R (1) Remove the plugs (1) and the screws (2).

R (2) Remove the handles (3) and (4) and the spacers (9).

R (3) Remove the screws (6) and the plates (5).

R (4) Remove the spacer (7) and the shaft (8).

R (5) Remove the screws (13) and the section (10).

R (6) Remove the screws (11) and the door latch (12).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 409
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Door Latch - Lever Type
R Figure 404/TASK 25-45-21-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 410
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-45-21-400-002

R Installation of the Door Latch

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-45-21-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-45-21-991-004 Fig. 404

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-45-21-860-051

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-45-21-210-051

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.

R (3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 411
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-45-21-420-051

R B. Installation of the Door Latch with Knob

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-45-21-991-003)

R (1) Put the door latch (12) in position and install the screws (11).

R (2) Put the decorative plate (7) in position and install the screws (6).

R (3) Put the spindle assy (10), the trim nut (9), the decorative plate (8)
R and the knob (5) in position and install washer (4) and the Screw
R (3).

R (4) Close and open the lavatory door and make sure that the door latch
R (12) operates correctly.

R (5) Put the plate (2) in position and install the retaining ring (1).

R (6) Put the section (14) in position and install the screws (13).

R (7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (8) Close the lavatory door.

R Subtask 25-45-21-420-052

R C. Installation of the Door Latch with Lever

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-45-21-991-004)

R (1) Put the door latch (12) in position and install the screws (11).

R (2) Install the spacer (7) and the shaft (8).

R (3) Put the plates (5) in position and install the screws (6).

R (4) Install the spacers (9), the handles (3) and (4) and the screws (2).

R (5) Close and open the lavatory door and make sure that the door latch
R (12) operates correctly.

R (6) Close and open the lavatory door and make sure that the door latch
R (12) operates correctly.

R (7) Install the plugs (1).

R (8) Put the section (10) in position and install the screws (13).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 412
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R (9) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (10) Close the lavatory door.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-45-21-862-051

R A. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-21

Page 413
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 SHROUD - TOILET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________

TASK 25-45-22-000-001

Removal of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 GLOVES - RUBBER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 14-006B USA AMS 1452

DISINFECTANT LIQUID AIRCRAFT GENERAL PURPOSE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 14-006C USA AMS 1453
R DISINFECTANT LIQUID GNAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-22-991-001-A Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-45-22

Page 401
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-22-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

R WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN YOU
_______
R DO THIS TASK.

Subtask 25-45-22-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Toilet Shroud for the Vacuum Toilet

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001-A)
R

R (1) Put on GLOVES - RUBBER.

R (2) Clean the toilet seat and the shroud with DISINFECTANTS (Material No.
R 14-006B) or DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006C) and a lint-free
R cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (3) Remove the screws (2) and the toilet shroud (1).
R

Subtask 25-45-22-020-052

B. Removal of the Toilet Seat and the Seat Cover

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001-A)

(1) Remove the nuts (6) and the washers (5) and remove the seat (4) and
the seat cover (3) from the shroud (1).

(2) If nesessary remove the pivot fittings (7) and disengage the seat
cover (3) from the seat (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-22

Page 402
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R Toilet Shroud and Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-45-22

Page 403
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-22-400-001

Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 14-006B USA AMS 1452

DISINFECTANT LIQUID AIRCRAFT GENERAL PURPOSE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 14-006C USA AMS 1453
R DISINFECTANT LIQUID GNAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
25-45-22-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-22-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-22

Page 404
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-22-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES

_______
WHEN YOU DO THIS TASK.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS
_______
FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED
AREA.

R (a) Clean the areas with DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) or

R DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006C) and a lint-free cotton cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

NOTE : Replace cadmium treated screws NAS1102-08-12 with corrosion

____
resistant steel screws MS24693C52.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 25-45-22-420-052

B. Installation of the Toilet Seat and the Seat Cover

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001-A)

(1) Engage the seat cover (3) and the seat (4) and install the pivot
fittings (7).

(2) Put the seat (4) and the seat cover (3) in position on the shroud (1)
and install the washers (5) and nuts (6).

Subtask 25-45-22-420-050-A

C. Installation of the Toilet Shroud for the Vacuum Toilet

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001-A)

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-22

Page 405
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R (2) Put the toilet shroud (1) in position and install the screws (2).
R

NOTE : Make sure you install corrosion resistant steel screws

____
MS24693C52.

R (3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.

(a) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007)

and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-22-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-22

Page 406
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 HAND GRIP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________

TASK 25-45-23-000-001

Removal of the Hand Grip

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-23-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-23-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-23-020-050

A. Removal of the Hand Grip

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-23-991-001)

(1) Support the hand grip (1) and remove the pins (2).

(2) Remove the hand grip (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-23

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Hand Grip
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-23-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-23

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-23-400-001

Installation of the Hand Grip

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-23-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-23-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-23-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-23

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-23-420-050

B. Installation of the Hand Grip

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-23-991-001)

(1) Put the hand grip (1) on the special screws (3).

(2) Install the pins (2). If the pin holes are not aligned, do the
following;

(a) Remove the grip handle (1).

(b) Adjust the special screws (3).

(c) Do para B. (2) again.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-23-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-23

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 DISPENSER - SEAT COVER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________

TASK 25-45-24-000-001

Removal of the Seat Cover Dispenser

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-24-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-24-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-24-020-050

A. Removal of the Seat Cover Dispenser

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-24-991-001)

(1) Push the seat cover dispenser (1) up and remove the dispenser from
the holder (2).

(2) Remove the screws (3) and the holder (2) from the lavatory wall.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-24

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Seat Cover Dispenser
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-24-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-24

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-24-400-001

Installation of the Seat Cover Dispenser

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-24-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-24-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-24-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-24

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-24-420-050

B. Installation of the Seat Cover Dispenser

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-24-991-001)

(1) Put the holder (2) in position on the lavatory wall and install the
screws (3).

(2) Push the seat cover dispenser (1) into the holder (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-24-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-24

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TABLE - BABY NURSING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________

TASK 25-45-25-000-001

Removal of the Baby Nursing Table

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power

**ON A/C 001-002,

25-45-25-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 25-1214 For A/C 001-002,

25-45-25-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

25-45-25-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-25-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 401
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-002,

Subtask 25-45-25-020-050

A. Removal of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001)

(1) Release the latch (6) and open the baby nursing table (1).

(2) Remove the screws (3) and the washers (2).

(3) Carefully remove the baby nursing table (1).

(4) Remove the screw (7), the latch (6), the spacers (5) and the tube
(4).

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 25-1214 For A/C 001-002,

Subtask 25-45-25-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-45-25-991-001-A)

(1) Release the latch (2) and open the baby nursing table (4).

(2) Remove the screws (8).

(3) Carefully remove the baby nursing table (4).

(4) Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and the support (7).

(5) Remove the screws (3), the latch (2) and the tape (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 402
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Baby Nursing Table (Lavatory A)
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001

R

EFF :

001-002,  25-45-25

Page 403
May 01/00
 
SYR 
 Baby Nursing Table (Lavatory A)
Figure 401A/TASK 25-45-25-991-001-A

R

EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 404
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R **ON A/C ALL

R Subtask 25-45-25-020-051

R B. Removal of the Baby Nursing Table

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-25-991-002)

R (1) Release the latch (1) and open the baby nursing table (4).

R (2) Remove the screws (3).

R (3) Carefully remove the baby nursing table (4).

R (4) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the support (8)

R (5) Remove the screws (2) and the latch (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 405
May 01/00
 
SYR 
R Baby Nursing Table
R Figure 402/TASK 25-45-25-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 406
May 01/00
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-25-400-001

Installation of the Baby Nursing Table

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

**ON A/C 001-002,

25-45-25-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 25-1214 For A/C 001-002,

25-45-25-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

25-45-25-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-25-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 407
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-25-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

**ON A/C 001-002,

Subtask 25-45-25-420-050

B. Installation of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001)

(1) Put the tube (4) with the spacers (5) in position and install the
latch (6) with the screw (7).

(2) Put the baby nursing table (1) in position and install the screws (3)
and the washers (2) to secure the hinge to the lavatory L/H side
wall.

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 25-1214 For A/C 001-002,

Subtask 25-45-25-420-050-A

B. Installation of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-45-25-991-001-A)

(1) Put the tape (1) in position and install the latch (2) with the
screws (3).

(2) Put the support (7) in position and install the screws (5) with the
washers (6).

(3) Put the baby nursing table (4) in position and install the screws (8)
to secure the hinge to the lavatory rear wall.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 408
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R **ON A/C ALL

R Subtask 25-45-25-420-051

R C. Installation of the Baby Nursing Table

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-25-991-002)

R (1) Put the latch (1) in position and install the screws (2).

R (2) Put the support (8) in position and install the screws (6) with the
R washers (7).

R (3) Put the baby nursing table (4) in position and install the screws (3)
R to secure the hinge to the lavatory rear wall.

R **ON A/C 001-002,

Subtask 25-45-25-710-050

R D. Operational Test of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

R (1) Baby nursing table installed on the lavatory L/H side wall.
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001)

R (a) Open and close the baby nursing table (1) and make sure that the
R table locks correctly in the closed position, if necessary adjust
as follows;

R (b) Loosen the screws (7).

R (c) Adjust the lacht (6) until the baby nursing table (1) locks
R correctly.

R (d) Tigten the screws (7).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 409
May 01/00
 
SYR 
R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 25-1214 For A/C 001-002,

Subtask 25-45-25-710-050-A

D. Operational Test of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(1) Baby nursing table installed on the lavatory rear wall

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-45-25-991-001-A)

(a) Open and close the baby nursing table (4) and make sure that the
table locks correctly in the closed position, if necessary adjust
as follows;

(b) Loosen the screws (3).

(c) Adjust the latch (2) until the baby nursing table (4) locks
correctly.

(d) Tigten the screws (3).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 25-45-25-710-051

E. Operational Test of the Baby Nursing Table

(1) Baby nursing table installed on the lavatory rear wall

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-25-991-002)

(a) Open and close the baby nursing table (4) and make sure that the
table with the hook (5) locks correctly in the closed position,
if necessary adjust as follows;

(b) Loosen the screws (2).

(c) Adjust the latch (1) until the baby nursing table (4) locks
correctly.

(d) Tigten the screws (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 410
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-25-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-25

Page 411
May 01/00
 
SYR 
 LINING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________

TASK 25-45-26-000-001

Removal of the Lining

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-38-000-001 Removal of the Wash Basin
R 25-45-26-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-26-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-45-26-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Remove the wash basin assembly (Ref. TASK 25-45-38-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-26

Page 401
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-45-26-020-050-A

R A. Remove the Lining

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-26-991-001-A)

R (1) Remove the rollers (6), the screws (5) and the roller bracket (4).

R (2) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and the lining (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-26

Page 402
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Wash Basin Lining
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-26-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-45-26

Page 403
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-26-400-001

Installation of the Lining

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-38-000-001 Removal of the Wash Basin
25-45-38-400-001 Installation of the Wash Basin
R 25-45-26-991-001-A Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-26-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the wash basin assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-
38-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-26-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-26

Page 404
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 (3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R Subtask 25-45-26-420-050-A

R B. Installation of the Lining

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-26-991-001-A)

R (1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Put the lining (1) in position and install the washers (3) and the
R screws (2).

R (3) Put the roller bracket (4) in position and install the screws (5).

R (4) Install the rollers (6) on the roller bracket (4).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-26-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the wash basin assembly (Ref. TASK 25-45-38-400-001).

Subtask 25-45-26-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-26

Page 405
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 MICROSWITCH - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________

TASK 25-45-33-000-001

Removal of the Door Microswitch

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific M15. 570-22

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-33-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-33-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-33

Page 401
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-33-865-050-A

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU LAV FWD-OCCUPIED 1WJ F01
R 2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-33-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Microswitch

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-33-991-001)

(1) Open the lavatory door (1) to gain access to the door microswitch
(4).

(2) Remove the screws (2).

(3) Disconnect the Electrical Connector

(a) Carefully release the door microswitch (4) from the door frame.

(b) Disconnect the electrical connector (3).

NOTE : Use the Insertion/Extraction tool M15. 570-22 to

____
disconnect the electrical connector (3) type B.

(4) Remove the door microswitch (4).

(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.


EFF :

ALL  25-45-33

Page 402
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 Door Microswitch
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-33-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-33

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-33-400-001

Installation of the Door Microswitch

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific M15. 570-22

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-24-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighting LQ
33-26-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighted Signs WJ
25-45-33-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-33-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-33

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-33-865-051-A

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU LAV FWD-OCCUPIED 1WJ F01
R 2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-33-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 25-45-33-420-050

B. Installation of the Door Microswitch

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-33-991-001)

(1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(3) Connect the Electrical Connector

(a) Connect the electrical connector (3).

NOTE : Use the Insertion/Extraction tool M15. 570-22 to connect

____
the electical connector (3) type B.

(b) Carefully position the door microswitch (4) on the door frame.

(4) Install the screws (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-33

Page 405
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 (5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(6) Close the lavatory door (1).

Subtask 25-45-33-865-052

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1LQ, 1WJ, 11WJ

Subtask 25-45-33-710-050

D. Operational of the Door Microswitch

(1) Do an operational test of the lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-

710-001).

(2) Do an operational test of the lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-
26-00-710-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-33-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-33

Page 406
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 WASH BASIN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________

TASK 25-45-38-000-001

Removal of the Wash Basin

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs

No specific non-metallic scraper

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-45-13-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Mirror
25-45-14-000-001 Removal of the Soap Dispenser
25-45-25-000-001 Removal of the Baby Nursing Table
38-12-41-000-001 Removal of the Water Faucet
25-45-38-991-001 Fig. 401
25-45-38-991-003 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-38-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 401
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-45-38-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Remove the lavatory mirror (Ref. TASK 25-45-13-000-001).

(2) Remove the water faucet (Ref. TASK 38-12-41-000-001).

(3) If fitted, remove the baby nursing table (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-000-
001).

(4) Remove the soap dispenser (Ref. TASK 25-45-14-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-38-020-050

A. Removal of the Wash Basin

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-38-991-001, 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)

(1) Open the access door (1) and push the clips (3) to release the toilet
roll holder (4) from the lining (2).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)

(2) Remove the waste box from under the waste chute (6).

(3) Remove the spring clips (9), the spacers (7), the pin (8) and
disconnect the damper (4).

(4) Remove the screws (5) and the waste chute (6).

(5) Remove the clamp (13), the clamp (10) and disconnect the hoses (12)
and (11).

(6) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(7) Remove the screws (3).

(8) Remove the screw (14).

(9) Remove the screws (15).

(10) Remove the screws (16).

(11) Use the non-metallic scraper to remove the sealant from the wash
basin (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 402
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 Wash Basin
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-38-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 403
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 Toilet Roll Holder
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 404
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 (12) Remove the wash basin (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 405
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-45-38-400-001

Installation of the Wash Basin

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003

ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-45-13-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Mirror
25-45-13-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Mirror
25-45-14-000-001 Removal of the Soap Dispenser
25-45-14-400-001 Installation of the Soap Dispenser
25-45-25-000-001 Removal of the Baby Nursing Table
25-45-25-400-001 Installation of the Baby Nursing Table
38-12-41-000-001 Removal of the Water Faucet
38-12-41-400-001 Installation of the Water Faucet
25-45-38-991-001 Fig. 401
25-45-38-991-003 Fig. 402
25-45-38-991-002 Fig. 403


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 406
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-45-38-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Make sure that the:

- lavatory mirror is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-13-000-001),
- water faucet is removed (Ref. TASK 38-12-41-000-001),
- baby nursing table is removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-000-
001),
- soap dispenser is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-14-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-45-38-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 25-45-38-560-050

B. Preparation of a Replacement Component

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-45-38-991-002)

(1) Remove the drain-valve control assembly (2) as follows:

(a) Open the access door (1).

(b) Loosen the locknut (5) and the screw (6).

(c) Loosen the locknut (3) and remove the stud (4).

(d) Remove the nut (9) and the washer (10) from the valve body (8).

(e) Remove the drain-valve control assembly (2) from the wash basin.

(f) Remove the seal (11).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 407
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 Drain Valve Control Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 25-45-38-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 408
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 (2) Install the drain-valve control assembly (2) as follows:

NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK
____
20-21-11-911-001).

(a) Install the seal (11) on the valve body (8).

(b) Put the drain-valve control assembly (2) in position on the wash
basin and install the washer (10) and the nut (9).

NOTE : Make sure that the drain-valve (2) connects with the
____
control arm (7).

(c) Install the stud (4) and tighten the locknut (3).

(d) Tighten the screw (6) and the locknut (5).

(e) Operate the drain-valve control assembly (2) and make sure it
functions correctly.

Subtask 25-45-38-420-050

C. Installation of the Wash Basin

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-38-991-001, 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)

NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).

(1) Put the wash basin (2) in position and install the screws (16).

(2) Install the screws (15).

(3) Install the screw (14).

(4) Put the waste chute (6) in position and install the screws (5).

(5) Put the damper (4) in position on the waste chute (6) and install the
pin (8), the spacers (7) and the spring clips (9).

(6) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(7) Make sure that the hoses (11) and (12) are clean and clear of
blockage.

(8) Connect the hoses (11) and (12) to the wash basin (2) and install the
clamps (10) and (13).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 409
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 (9) Install the screws (3).

(10) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) in the
distance between the lavatory wall and the wash basin (2).

(11) Put the toilet roll holder (4) in position on the lining (2) and push
the holder (4) until the clips (3) lock in the lining (2).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)

(12) Close the access door (1).

(13) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-45-38-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the soap dispenser (Ref. TASK 25-45-14-400-001).

(2) Install the baby nursing table if removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-400-
001).

(3) Install the water faucet (Ref. TASK 38-12-41-400-001).

(4) Install the lavatory mirror (Ref. TASK 25-45-13-400-001).

Subtask 25-45-38-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-45-38

Page 410
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 CARGO COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)

In the lower deck of the aircraft, there are two lower holds (FWD hold and
AFT hold) which are divided into three underfloor cargo compartments. The
FWD hold is referred to as the FWD cargo compartment. A divider net divides
the AFT hold into two cargo compartments. They are referred to as the AFT
cargo compartment and the Bulk cargo compartment. The Bulk cargo compartment
has tiedown/attachment points for the Bulk door nets and for the nets and
straps which keep the bulk cargo in place.

R 2. System
__________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004)

R A. FWD and AFT Lower Holds

R
R The FWD lower hold (FWD cargo compartment) is in Zone 130 between
R STA977(FR24A) and STA1483(FR34). A hydraulically operated cargo door
R which opens to the outside is installed on the right side of the aircraft
R between STA977(FR24A) and STA1163(FR28). The cargo door gives access to
R the FWD cargo compartment.
R
R The AFT lower hold (AFT cargo compartment and Bulk cargo compartment) is
R in Zones 150/160 between STA2136(FR47) and STA3101(FR65). The AFT cargo
R compartment is between STA2136(FR47) and STA2776(FR59). A hydraulically
R operated cargo compartment door (AFT cargo door) which opens to the
R outside, is installed on the lower right side of the aircraft. The AFT
R cargo door is between STA2430(FR52A) and STA2616(FR56) and gives access
R to the AFT cargo compartment.
R The Bulk cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between STA2776(FR59) and
R STA3101(FR65). A divider net with a screen is installed at STA2776(FR59)
R and isolates the Bulk cargo compartment from the AFT cargo compartment. A
R manually operated door (Bulk door) which opens to the inside, is
R installed on the lower right side of the aircraft. The Bulk door is
R between STA2830(FR60) and STA2936(FR62) and gives access to the Bulk
R cargo compartment.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 FWD and AFT Lower Holds
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 4
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Bulk Cargo Compartment
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 5
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R B. Cargo Compartments
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006, 007, 008, 009)
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have floor panels and linings. The
linings keep smoke in the compartments and prevent damage to the lines
and electrical wires. Each cargo compartment has items which make a
restraint system. The restraint system permits the loading of loose
baggage and bulk cargo in the FWD and AFT cargo compartments. The divider
nets give each cargo compartment loading sections. The FWD cargo
compartment has three sections, the AFT cargo compartment has four
sections. This permits to load only a part of each cargo compartment.

C. Bulk Loading
(Ref. Fig. 008, 009)

The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have items installed which permit to
load bulk cargo. The items which permit bulk loading are:
- tie down/attachment points,
- multiple attachment points,
- divider nets/door nets,
- load placards,
- protection devices for the rapid decompression panels.

Each cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the attachment of
the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of bulk cargo. It
is always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or
small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points are also for the
attachment of the divider nets.
There are two types of divider nets, A1 and A2. The divider net A1 has a
screen and is installed in the AFT cargo compartment at FR59. The divider
net A2 is installed in the FWD cargo Compartment at FR31. The divider
nets divide the cargo compartments into sections.

The door nets are installed near the FWD, AFT and BULK cargo-compartment
doors. The door nets prevent damage to the cargo compartment doors and
keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have
stanchions which give them a strong contour. The door nets must always be
installed after cargo is loaded or unloaded. The multiple attachment
points are for the attachment of the door nets to the cargo compartment
floor. The attachment points are for the connection of the stanchions to
the cargo compartment ceiling.

The tie down/attachment items permit an easy and quick removal and
installation of the nets and straps. For the load/unload procedure, the
nets are removed/installed as necessary.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 6
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Loading Capacity of the Cargo Compartments
Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 7
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Loading Sections of FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 006


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 8
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Loading Sections of AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 007


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 9
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Nets and Attachment Elements - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 008


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 10
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Nets and Attachment Elements - AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 009


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 11
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 D. Bulk Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 010)

A divider net isolates the Bulk cargo compartment from the AFT cargo
compartment.
The Bulk cargo compartment is for passenger luggage and bulk cargo. The
Bulk cargo compartment has tie-down points and attachment points. The
tie-down points are for the nets and straps which keep bulk loads and
luggage in place. It is alwyas necessary to use the nets and straps to
safety all large or small items of bulk cargo. The attachment points are
for the installation of the divider and door nets. The door nets have
stanchions which give the door nets a solid contour. The door nets
prevent damage to the Bulk door and keep the door area clear of any
luggage or cargo. The tie-down points and attachment points permit an
easy and quick installation and removal of the straps and nets. The door
nets must always be installed after loading/unloading.

E. Linings and Floor Panels

The linings and floor panels in the FWD and AFT lower holds prevent
damage to the aircraft structure. The linings are made of flame-resistant
synthetic material. The floor panels are of sandwich construction and
have non-slip surfaces.

F. Cargo Compartment Lighting

Each lower hold has a lighting system which fluorescent lamps which are
installed in the center of the cargo compartment ceiling. Toggle switches
installed at the doors of the cargo compartments control the lighting
system.

G. Loading Area Lights

The loading area lights are spotlights installed in the ceiling panels at
the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors. The intensity of the lights of
the loading area permits you to read labels on loading equipment near a
cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 12
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 nets and attachment Elements - Bulk Cargo Compartment
Figure 010


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 13
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 CARGO COMPARTMENTS - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________

TASK 25-50-00-200-001

Visual Inspection of the Cargo Compartment and the Components of the Cargo
Loading System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that all components of the cargo loading system are in the
correct condition.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-001 USA MIL-D-16791 TYPE I

NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
ASRM 51-74-00-001 (for corrective action)
25-50-00-300-001 Repair of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets (for
corrective action)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 601
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-060

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door(s) and install the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
R FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door(s).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-210-050

A. Visual Inspection of the Components of the Cargo Compartment

(1) Door Nets and Divider Nets

(a) Examine the webbing of the door nets and the divider nets
(refered to as the nets) for:
- cuts, twists, fraying, chafing, wear and broken stitches
- damaged stitch patterns at the web intersections
- areas where the web fibers are broken
- dirt and contamination.

1
_ If you find dirt and/or contamination, clean the webbing with
a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM, warm water and the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-001).

(b) Examine the fittings and the metal parts of the nets for:
- missing and damaged fittings
- corrosion of the metal parts
- broken stitches or damaged stitch patterns where the parts
attach to the web
- correct operation.

1
_ If you find corrosion, you must remove it (Ref. ASRM 51-74-00-
001).

(c) Examine the stanchions of the nets (if installed) for:

- dents and damage to the tube
- corrosion of the metal parts
- loose, missing and damaged metal loops and connectors


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 602
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R - correct operation of the telescopic section and the end
R fittings.

R 1
_ If you find corrosion, you must remove it (Ref. ASRM 51-74-00-
R 001).

R (d) Examine the identification labels of the nets:

R - look for loose, missing and damaged identification labels
R - make sure that you can read the data on the identification
R labels.

R (e) Examine the rubber coated fabric and/or mesh screen of the nets
R (if installed):
R - look for cuts, missing areas and other damage
R - make sure that the screen is correctly attached to the webbing.

R (f) If you find damage to the nets, you must refer to the AMM (Ref.
R TASK 25-50-00-300-001) for the class of the damage and the
R necessary corrective action.

R NOTE : If the damage you find is classed as allowable damage:

____
R - the strength of the net is not decreased
R - it is permitted for the net to stay installed in the
R aircraft
R - it can be used without limits to the weight and position
R of the installed cargo
R - repair of the net is recommended, but not mandatory
R - you must make marks on the damage that you do not repair
R to help with subsequent inspections.

(2) Net Attachment Points

(a) Examine all the net attachment points and the adjacent areas for
R cracks, corrosion and other damage.

(b) Make sure that the net attachment points are correctly attached.

(3) Floor Panels

(a) Examine the floor panels for corrosion and other damage.

R (b) Make sure that the floor panels are correctly attached to the
R structure.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 603
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-860-050

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-50-00-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the access platform(s).

(2) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 604
Nov 01/04
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-200-002

R General Visual Inspection of Cargo Compartment Decompression, Lining, Floor

R Panels and Pressure Compensation Valve

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSPECT THE SEALING OF THE CARGO COMPARTMENT
_______
LININGS, SIDEWALL PANELS, CEILING PANELS, BALL MATS, PARTITION WALLS,
FLOOR PANELS AND COVER PLATES.
MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENTS ARE CORRECTLY SEALED. PRESSURE
LEAKS THROUGH THE CARGO COMPARTMENT CAN CAUSE A DECREASE IN THE
PERFORMANCE OF THE FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM, IF A FIRE OCCURS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 255000-01

To make sure that the cargo compartment is airtight.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
25-54-12-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the FWD
Cargo Compartment
25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
R
52-30-00-080-001 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 605
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
ASRM 530200 (for corrective action)
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information (for corrective
R action)
R 25-50-00-340-002 Repair of the Flanges of the Cargo-Compartment
R Decompression Panels (for corrective action)
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing (for corrective action)
53-22-14-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
(for corrective action)
53-22-14-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment
Floor-Panels (for corrective action)
53-42-14-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
Zone 150 (for corrective action)
53-42-14-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Floor-Panels Zone 150 (for corrective action)
25-50-00-991-006 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-061

A. Get Access

(1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).

(3) Install the safety lock on the actuator on the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 606
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-210-057-A

R A. General Visual Inspection of the Decompression, Lining and Floor Panels

(1) Decompression panels:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-50-00-991-006)

(a) Examine each decompression panel for cracks and other damage.

R (b) If a decompression panel is damaged, refer to (Ref. TASK 25-50-

R 00-200-024) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-002).
R

(c) Make sure that each decompression panel has a seal installed,
missing seals are not permitted.

(d) Make sure that the seal of each decompression panel is in the
correct condition.

(e) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

position.

(2) Lining panels:

(a) Examine each lining panel for cracks and other damage.

R (b) If a lining panel is damaged, refer to (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-

R 024).

R (c) Make sure that each lining panel has a seal installed, missing
R seals are not permitted.

R (d) Make sure that the seal of each lining panel are in the correct
R condition.

R (e) Make sure that each lining panel is in the correct position.
R

R (f) Make sure that the linings panels are correctly attached:

1
_ Tighten the loose fasteners to the correct torque value
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).

2
_ If necessary, replace the fasteners.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 607
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Decompression Panel
Figure 601/TASK 25-50-00-991-006


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 608
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
R 3
_ Missing fasteners are permitted for the ceiling, sidewall and
R partition lining panels if:
R - There are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the
R lining panels.
R - Not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of
R the lining panel.

R 4
_ Install the fastener if it is missing (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-300-
001).

(3) Floor panels:

(a) Examine each floor panel for:

- Impact damage
- Deep scratches
- Cracks
- Deformation
- Delamination.

(b) If a floor panel is damaged, do a repair (Ref. ASRM 530200) or

replace the panel (Ref. TASK 53-22-14-000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-42-
14-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 53-22-14-400-001) (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-
400-001).

(c) Make sure that the floor panels are correctly installed.

(d) Make sure that the sealant at the floor panel joints is in the
correct condition.

(e) If the sealant is damaged, repair it (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-

001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-860-051

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-50-00-410-060

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the access platform(s).

(2) Remove the safety lock on the actuator of the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001).

(3) Close the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 609
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-200-025

R Detailed Inspection of Divider Nets, Door Nets and Net Attachment Points

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 255000-16

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
25-50-00-200-001 Visual Inspection of the Cargo Compartment and the
Components of the Cargo Loading System
52-30-00-080-001 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-50-00-860-078

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 610
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-50-00-010-112

R B. Get Access
R

R (1) Open the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).

R (2) Install the safety locks on the actuator(s) of the forward and/or aft
R cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
R opening of the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s).

R (4) Set the light switch of the forward and/or aft cargo compartment to
R the
ON
position.

R (5) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the control panel(s) of the cargo
loading system to tell persons not to use it.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-210-110

A. Visual Inspection of the Cargo Compartment Components

WARNING : WEAR GLOVES TO AVOID INJURY TO HANDS.

_______

R (1) Examine each door and divider net for deterioration and other damage
R (broken webbing, cuts and broken stitching) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-
001).

(2) Make sure that the nets are correctly attached to the net attachment
points.

(3) Examine each net attachment point and the adjacent area for cracks,
corrosion and other damage.

(4) Examine all single stud fittings of the nets for broken or damaged
springs and for correct function.

(5) Make sure that the net assembly is serviceable for flight.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 611
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-105

R A. Close Access
R

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R

R (2) Remove the safety lock(s) from the actuator of the forward and/or aft
R cargo-compartment door(s). (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001).

R (3) Close the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002).

R (4) De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 612
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 CARGO COMPARTMENTS - CLEANING/PAINTING
______________________________________

TASK 25-50-00-370-001

Refurbishment of Cargo Compartment Linings

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 3 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)

No specific 3 GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
No specific 3 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 701
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A

ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-046 D DAN 1278
PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047A F ABS5650B
TOPCOAT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047B AIB AIMS 04-08-002
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047C AIB AIMS 04-08-002
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-54-12-000-001 Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR34
25-54-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
25-54-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
25-54-12-400-001 Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment
Partition FR34
25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
25-54-12-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward
Cargo- Compartment


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 702
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-55-12-000-001 Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

25-55-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-001 Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR65
25-55-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-860-080

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 25-50-00-910-051

B. General

CAUTION : MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE

_______
SURE THAT THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS.
IF THIS DATA IS MISSING, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT
REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE HEAT RELEASE
REQUIREMENTS.

(1) If necessary, make sure that all damaged areas are repaired before
painting (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-370-050

A. Painting of the Cargo Compartment Sidewall-Panels

NOTE : It is important to prevent a mixed application with water-based

____
and solvent-based products during:
- Refurbishment
- Drying time.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 703
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (1) Remove the sidewall panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-
003) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panel(s):

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) See if a paint layer is applied or not.

(b) If a paint layer is applied:

- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
or equivalent.

(c) If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:

- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE
320 - 400) to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.

(3) Prepare for paint application:

(a) Carefully sand the surfaces with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

(4) If necessary apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) to make
the surface smooth:

(a) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) several times to
optimize the surface.

(b) Let the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) time to cure.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 704
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (c) Make the painted surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 -
400).

(d) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

(5) Apply the new paint layer:

(a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
- with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

(6) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
- Dust dry: 5-20 min.
- Transport dry: 5-8 h
- Installation dry: 10-14 h.

(7) Install the sidewall panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-003) (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-400-003).

(8) Make sure that the paint layer can fully dry during 10 days at room
temperature.

(a) Do not sand or paint the paint layer during this time.

Subtask 25-50-00-370-051

B. Painting of the Ceiling Panel(s)

NOTE : It is important to prevent a mixed application with water-based

____
and solvent-based products during:
- Refurbishment
- Drying time.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 705
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (1) Remove the ceiling panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the ceiling panel(s):

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) See if a paint layer is applied or not.

(b) If a paint layer is applied:

- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
or equivalent.

(c) If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:

- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE
320 - 400) to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.

(3) Prepare for paint application:

(a) Carefully sand the surfaces with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

(4) If necessary apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) to make
the surface smooth:

(a) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) several times to
optimize the surface.

(b) Let the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) time to cure.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 706
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (c) Make the painted surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 -
400).

(d) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

(5) Apply the new paint layer:

(a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
- with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

(6) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
- Dust dry: 5-20 min.
- Transport dry: 5-8 h
- Installation dry: 10-14 h.

(7) Install the ceiling panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002) (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-400-002).

(8) Make sure that the paint layer can fully dry during 10 days at room
temperature.

(a) Do not sand or paint the paint layer during this time.

Subtask 25-50-00-370-052

C. Painting of the Partition Wall Panel(s)

NOTE : It is important to prevent a mixed application with water-based

____
and solvent-based products during:
- Refurbishment
- Drying time.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 707
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (1) Remove the partition wall panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-
000-001) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the partition wall panel:

CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.

(a) See if a paint layer is applied or not.

(b) If a paint layer is applied:

- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
or equivalent.

(c) If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:

- Carefully remove the unwanted paint with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE
320 - 400) to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.

(3) Prepare for paint application:

(a) Carefully sand the surfaces with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

(4) If necessary apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) to make
the surface smooth:

(a) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) several times to
optimize the surface.

(b) Let the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) time to cure.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 708
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (c) Make the painted surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 -
400).

(d) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

(5) Apply the new paint layer:

(a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
or
- STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
- with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.

(6) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
- Dust dry: 5-20 min.
- Transport dry: 5-8 h
- Installation dry: 10-14 h.

(7) Install the partition wall panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001)

(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001).

(8) Make sure that the paint layer can fully dry during 10 days at room
temperature.

(a) Do not sand or paint the paint layer during this time.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-860-081

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 709
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 CARGO COMPARTMENTS - REPAIRS
____________________________

TASK 25-50-00-300-001

Repair of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific permanent marker pen
R
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
CMMV 255228
25-50-00-991-015 Fig. 801
25-50-00-991-016 Fig. 802
25-50-00-991-017 Fig. 803
25-50-00-991-018 Fig. 804


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 801
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-861-051

A. Energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-50-00-010-092

B. Get Access

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
R opening of the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s).

R (2) Open the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s) and install the
R actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (3) If a cargo loading system (CLS) is installed in the cargo

R compartments:
R - put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the control panel of each CLS to tell
persons not to use it.

Subtask 25-50-00-020-058

C. Removal of the Door Net and/or Divider Net (Referred to as the net)

(1) Remove the defective net from its cargo compartment and send it to
the overhaul or repair shop.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-210-098

A. Inspection and Classes of Damage of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-50-00-991-015, 802/TASK 25-50-00-991-016)

(1) Do an inspection of the defective net:

(a) Examine the webbing for:

R - Cuts, twists, fraying, chafing, wear and broken stitches
R - Damaged stitch patterns at the web intersections
R - Areas where the web fibers are damaged
R - Dirt and contamination.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 802
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Example of a Door Net
Figure 801/TASK 25-50-00-991-015


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 803
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 Example of a Divider Net
Figure 802/TASK 25-50-00-991-016


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 804
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 (b) Examine the fittings and the metal parts for:
R - Missing and damaged fittings
R - Corrosion of the metal parts
R - Damaged stitches or stitch patterns where the fittings attach
R to the webbing
R - Correct operation.

(c) Examine the stanchions (if installed) for:

R - Dents and damage to the tube
R - Corrosion of the metal parts
R - Loose, missing and damaged metal loops and connectors
R - Correct operation of the telescopic section and the end
R fittings.

(d) Examine the identification label(s):

R - Look for loose, missing and damaged identification label(s)
R - Make sure that you can read the data on the identification
R label(s).

(e) Examine the rubber coated fabric and/or the mesh screen (if
installed):
R - Look for cuts, missing areas and other damage
R - Make sure that the screen is correctly attached to the webbing.

(2) Find the class of the damage to the net

R (a) Refer to the table below for the class of the damage:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Component | Damage | Class of Damage |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Webbing | - Dirt and contamination | - Allowable |
| | that you can remove. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
R | | - Small areas where the | - Minor |
| | web fibers are damaged | |
| | from wear or chafing. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Damaged stitches or | - Minor |
| | stitch patterns at the | |
| | web intersections. Not | |
| | more than two damaged | |
| | flag stitch patterns | |
| | at the intersections | |
| | are permitted. | |
|---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Damaged stitches at the | - Major |


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 805
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Component | Damage | Class of Damage |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | flag stitch patterns | |
| | that attach the | |
| | fittings. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - All cuts | - Major |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Net Fittings and Metal | - Dirt and corrosion that | - Allowable |
| Parts | you can remove, and | |
| | does not have an effect | |
| | on the function of the | |
| | component. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Damage to the adjusters | - Minor |
| | that stops you from | |
| | correct adjustment of | |
| | the net. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Missing or damaged | - Major |
| | fittings that stop the | |
| | connection of the net | |
| | to the aircraft or to | |
| | another net. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Stanchions | - Small areas of | - Allowable |
| (If Installed) | corrosion on the tube | |
| | that you can remove. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - One metal loop or | - Allowable |
| | connector missing. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - More than one metal | - Minor |
| | loop or connector | |
| | missing. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Dents in the tube less | - Allowable |
| | than 2.0mm (0.08 in.) | |
| | deep. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Dents in the tube more | - Minor |
| | than 2.0mm (0.08 in.) | |
| | deep. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Placards/Labels | - Damaged material, but | - Allowable |
| | you can read the data. | |


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 806
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Component | Damage | Class of Damage |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Label missing, or you | - Major |
| | cannot read the data. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Rubber Coated Fabric | - Small areas of chafing | - Allowable |
| (If Installed) | or cuts in the fabric, | |
| | less than 250.0mm | |
| | (10.0 in.) long. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Cuts in the fabric more | - Minor |
| | than 250.0mm (10.0 in.) | |
| | long. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Mesh Screen | - Cuts in the screen less | - Allowable |
| (If Installed) | than 100.0mm (4.0 in.) | |
| | long. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Cuts in the screen more | - Minor |
| | than 100.0mm (4.0 in.) | |
| | long. | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Screen not attached to | - Allowable |
| | the net for less than | |
| | a total of 250.0mm | |
| | (10.0 in.). | |
| |---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - Screen not attached to | - Minor |
| | the net for more than | |
| | a total of 250.0mm | |
| | (10.0 in.). | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) If you find damage that is classed as allowable damage:

R - The strength of the net is not decreased
R - It is permitted to install the net in the aircraft
R - It can be used without limits to the weight and position of the
R installed cargo
R - Repair or replacement of the net is recommended, but not mandatory
R - You must make marks on the damage that you do not repair
R immediately, for subsequent inspection and repair.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 807
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) If you find damage that is classed as minor damage:
- The strength of the net can be decreased
- A net or stanchion (if installed) can only be used in the aircraft
with limits to the weight and position of the installed cargo
- You must refer to the Aircraft Weight and Balance Manual for the
limits to be used for each type of damage
- Repair or replacement of the net is recommended, but not mandatory
- You must make marks on the damage that you do not repair
immediately, for subsequent inspection and repair
- You must attach a tag to the net to tell personnel the limits of
the net.

(5) If you find damage that is classed as major damage:

- The net is unservicable
- You must attach a tag to the net to tell personnel that the net is
unservicable
- The net can only be repaired at the net manufacturers or at a
workshop that is approved for these repairs by the local Aviation
Authority.

Subtask 25-50-00-350-050

B. Repair of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-50-00-991-017, 804/TASK 25-50-00-991-018)

NOTE : The nets can only be repaired at the net manufacturers or at a

____
workshop that is approved for these repairs by the local Aviation
Authority.

(1) Repair materials

(a) You must only use materials approved by the net manufacturer for
the repair of the nets. These materials are (Ref. CMMV 255228):
R - Sewing thread, part number ST10-0800402 or ST20-0801201
R - Webbing, part number TW20-0512701
R - Fabric, part number TF60-0524122

(2) General repair data

(a) You can connect double flag-stitch patterns with a loose thread,
to give a continuous pattern. The distance between stitch
patterns must not be more than 20.0mm (0.8 in.).

(b) If the thread breaks, you must cut the ends of the thread and
start to stitch again. Make sure that you overlap the cut
stitches by more than 25.0mm (1.0 in.).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 808
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Repair of the Webbing
Figure 803/TASK 25-50-00-991-017


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 809
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 Repair of the Rubber Coated Fabric
Figure 804/TASK 25-50-00-991-018


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 810
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 (c) All cut ends of the webbing must be heat-sealed to stop fraying.

(3) Repair of worn or broken stitching

(a) Remove the damaged stitches and the remaining stitches of the
stitch pattern.

(b) Replace the stitches with stitches of the initial thread type and
stitch pattern.

R (4) Replacement of the metal fittings:

(a) Remove the stitches necessary to free the component.

(b) Put the replacement component in its correct installation

position.

(c) Attach the component with stitches of the initial thread type and
stitch pattern.

R (5) Repair of the webbing:

(a) Cut and remove the damaged area of the webbing, plus 15.0mm (0.6
in.) at each side.

(b) Make a repair section from webbing of the initial type and
dimensions.

(c) Make sure that the repair section overlaps the removed area
sufficiently for a double flag stitch-pattern at each side.

(d) Make sure that the ends of the repair section are not less than
15.0mm (0.6 in.) from the adjacent webbing intersections.

(e) Attach the repair section with stitches of the correct thread
type and stitch pattern.

R (6) Repair of the rubber coated fabric (referred to as the fabric):

(a) Cut and remove the damaged area of the fabric, plus 25.0mm (1.0
in.) around the damage.

(b) Make a repair patch from fabric of the initial type and
thickness.

(c) Make sure that the repair patch overlaps the removed area by a
minimum of 16.0mm (0.636 in.).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 811
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (d) Attach the repair patch with two rows of stitches (6-8 stitches
for each 25.0mm (1.0 in.)). The inner row of stitches must be
approximately 3.0mm (0.118 in.) from the edges of the removed
area of damage. The outer row of stitches must be approximately
3.0mm (0.118 in.) from the edges of the repair patch.

(7) Repair of a damaged or missing identification label (referred to as

R the label):

(a) A missing label must be replaced with a label with the initial
data.

(b) If you cannot read the data on the label easily, you must write
over the initial data with a permanent marker pen.

R (8) Repair of a damaged stanchion:

(a) The only repairs that you can do to the stanchions are to replace
the plunger, the locking base and the metal loops or connectors.
Refer to the CMM (Ref. CMMV 255228) for more data.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-420-059

A. Installation of the Door Net and/or Divider Net

(1) Install the door net and/or divider net in the applicable cargo
compartment.

Subtask 25-50-00-410-086

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R (3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the forward and/or aft
R cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 25-50-00-862-051

C. De-energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 812
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-200-024

Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core - General Repair/Protection

Information

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives general information for the repairs/protection of the

cargo-compartment lining and guidelines to select the appropriate method, in
relation to the damage type and dimensions.
It is applicable to:
- Sidewall panels
- Ceiling panels
- Partition panels
- Decompression panels (but not flange repair)
- Frame 24 decompression panels
- Frame 24A protection panels.

NOTE : The cargo door linings are not made of honeycomb and the repairs
____
included in this chapter are not applicable for these linings.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R
25-50-00-340-001 Protection of Cargo Compartment Linings with S-Glass
Patch - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 813
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-50-00-340-002 Repair of the Flanges of the Cargo-Compartment

Decompression Panels
25-50-00-340-003 Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-004 Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-005 Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage
Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-006 Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage
Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
25-50-00-340-007 Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side
Wall Panel and Partition Panel
25-50-00-340-008 Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Inings with Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-009 Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-010 Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage
Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core, but Not Ceiling Panels
25-50-00-340-011 Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage
Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-012 Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage
Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-013 Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage Not
Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-014 Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method
(Damage Not Through from the Edge) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-54-11-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
25-54-11-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR24
25-54-12-000-001 Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR34
25-54-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
25-54-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 814
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-54-12-400-001 Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment

Partition FR34
25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
25-54-12-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward
Cargo- Compartment
25-55-11-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR47
25-55-11-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59
25-55-11-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59
25-55-11-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition
FR47
25-55-11-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment -FR47/FR59
25-55-11-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59
25-55-12-000-001 Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65
25-55-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-001 Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR65
25-55-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
53-43-11-000-001 Removal of the Support Struts
53-43-11-400-001 Installation of the Support Struts
ASRM 53-02-00-201
ASRM 532300
ASRM 534300
AMM 11-35-25 P.Block 001 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
AMM 11-36-25 P.Block 001 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
25-50-00-991-023 Fig. 805
25-50-00-991-019 Fig. 806
25-50-00-991-020 Fig. 807
25-50-00-991-022 Fig. 808


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 815
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-50-00-991-021 Fig. 809

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-50-00-010-096

B. Get Access

(1) Open the related cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-910-050

A. General Information
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 25-50-00-991-023)

R NOTE : The repair of decompression panel flanges and floor panel are not
____
R included in this procedure.

(1) For the repair of the decompression panel flange:

- (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-002)

(2) For the protection procedure of the cargo compartment linings

(S-glass protection patch on the view side):
- (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-001).

(3) For the repair of floor panel:

- (Ref. ASRM 53-02-00-201).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 816
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch - General Information
R Figure 805/TASK 25-50-00-991-023


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 817
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-50-00-210-106

B. General Procedure

R NOTE : Dents in the skin of the lining panel that have compressed
____
R honeycomb and delamination but no cracks are not damage. But if
R these dents are in the area of the panel edge filler, they are
R damage to the edge.

R (1) Find the damage type

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 25-50-00-991-019)
R :

R (a) Damage to the edge(s)

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 25-50-00-991-020)
R .

R (b) Damage through the panel

(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 25-50-00-991-022)
R .

R (c) Damage not through the panel

(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 25-50-00-991-021)
R .

R (2) Measure the damaged area:

R L: Length of the damage
W: Width of the damage
D: Diameter of the damage

R NOTE : L is the larger dimension for damage through the lining and
____
R damage not through the lining. For damage to the edge
R (Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 25-50-00-991-020)
R :
R - W is the damage length perpendicularly to the edge.
R - L is the damage length along the edge.

R (3) Find the applicable repair method:

R
(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 25-50-00-991-019)

R (a) Do the repair in less than 100 flight hours if the damage not
R through has:
R - A maximum diameter of 30 mm (1.18 in.)
or
R - A maximum length of 200 mm (7.87 in.) and a maximum width of 25
R mm (0.98 in.).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 818
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Procedure Identification Chart
Figure 806/TASK 25-50-00-991-019


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 819
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage to the Edge
R Figure 807/TASK 25-50-00-991-020


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 820
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Through
R Figure 808/TASK 25-50-00-991-022


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 821
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Not Through
R Figure 809/TASK 25-50-00-991-021


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 822
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R

(b) Do the repair immediately if:

R - The damage goes through the panel.
R - The edge(s) is damaged.
R - The dimension(s) are more than the limits for the repair in
R less than 100 flight hours.

R NOTE : A repair of the dents (without cracks) in the skin of the

____
R outer side of the lining panel is necessary if the dents
R are in the area of the edge filler.
R If the area of the edge filler is damaged, this is a
R damage to the edge.
R

(c) The total damaged area of a lining panel must be less than 25% of
its surface.

(d) If the damage is more than the permitted limits, replace the
R panel (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-007).

Subtask 25-50-00-020-060

C. Removal of the Damaged Lining(s)

(1) Remove the damaged linings if necessary for the selected repair
procedure.

(a) Forward cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-003)

(b) Aft cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-003)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 823
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-50-00-210-107

D. Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(1) Examine the support struts behind the removed linings and replace
them if necessary:

(a) Forward cargo compartment

- (Ref. ASRM 532300)

(b) Aft cargo compartment

- (Ref. TASK 53-43-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 53-43-11-400-001)
- (Ref. ASRM 534300)

(2) Make sure that all the equipment components are not damaged and in
correct condition.

Subtask 25-50-00-340-050

E. Repair of the Damaged Lining(s)

(1) Do the repair of the damaged lining(s) as described in the tasks that
follow:

- Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment

Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-003)

- Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-004)

- Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-005)

- Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling
Panels
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-006)

- Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and

Partition Panel
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-007)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 824
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 - Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartmentnt Inings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-008)

- Speed Patches Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo

Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-009)

- Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-010)

R - Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage Through) - All

R Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-011)

- Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-012)
R - Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All
R Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-013)
- Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not
Through from the Edge) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-014)

Subtask 25-50-00-420-061

F. Installation of the Repaired Lining(s) if they are removed to do the

Repair Procedure.

(1) Install the repaired linings

(a) Forward cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-003)

(b) Aft cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-003)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-003)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 825
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-50-00-918-050

G. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) If necessary, install new placards on the repaired linings.

(a) Procedure: (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007).

(b) Location:
- Forward cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-35-25 P.Block 001)
- Aft cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-36-25 P.Block 001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-089

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Close the cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

Subtask 25-50-00-862-053

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 826
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-001

Protection of Cargo Compartment Linings with S-Glass Patch - All Cargo

Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 2 ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific REINFORCE S-GLASS LAMINAT D2557651900000

No specific REINFORCE S-GLASS LAMINAT D2557651900200
Material No. 08-001 D DAN 1284-01
EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-060 USA MIL-T-4053
TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE,GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 827
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

R 25-50-00-340-003 Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo
R Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-54-11-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
25-54-11-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR24
25-54-12-000-001 Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR34
25-54-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
25-54-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
25-54-12-400-001 Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment
Partition FR34
25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
25-54-12-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward
Cargo- Compartment
25-55-11-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR47
25-55-11-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59
25-55-11-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59
25-55-11-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition
FR47
25-55-11-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment -FR47/FR59
25-55-11-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59
25-55-12-000-001 Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65
25-55-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-001 Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR65
25-55-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 828
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
AMM 11-35-25 P.Block 001 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
AMM 11-36-25 P.Block 001 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
25-50-00-991-023 Fig. 805
25-50-00-991-027 Fig. 810
25-50-00-991-028 Fig. 811

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-111

A. Get Access

(1) Open the related cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.

Subtask 25-50-00-020-062

B. Removal of the Related Lining(s)

NOTE : This is only necessary if you will do the procedure given in para
____
4. in the workshop.

(1) Remove the lining(s) as necessary to install a protection patch.

(a) Forward cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-003)

(b) Aft cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-003)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 829
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-50-00-210-108

C. General Information

(1) Make sure the linings are clean and in the correct condition.

R (a) If necessary do the repair (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-003).

(2) For material information (Ref. SIL 25-097).

(3) Select the related procedure
A
or
B
, see para. 4. of this task.
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 25-50-00-991-027)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-340-067

A. Procedure
A

- Installation of a Protection Patch (Reinforce S-Glass Laminat
D2557651900200 with Adhesive).

(Ref. Fig. 811/TASK 25-50-00-991-028)

NOTE : The weight of the lining will increase by 790 g (27.86 oz)
____
per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2).

NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another protection patch.

____

(1) Cut a protection patch of the REINFORCE S-GLASS LAMINAT

D2557651900200 to the applicable dimensions.

(2) Transfer/drill all holes from the lining before you install the
protection patch.

(3) Clean the mating surface.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 830
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Repair Procedure Identification Chart
R Figure 810/TASK 25-50-00-991-027


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 831
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch
R Figure 811/TASK 25-50-00-991-028


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 832
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (a) Clean the mating surface of the lining with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

(4) Install the protection patch:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION PATCH DOES NOT TOUCH:
_______
- THE FASTENERS AND THE WASHERS
- THE FLANGES AND H-PROFILES
OF THE DECOMPRESSION PANEL.
IF THE PATCH TOUCHES THESE ITEMS, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

(a) At a corner of the protection patch, lift a small piece of the

protective backing.

(b) Carefully put the protection patch in position on the view side
of the lining.

(c) Make sure that all holes are aligned and that there is a
sufficient clearance to the adjacent components (e.g.
decompression panel).

NOTE : A later adjustment is not possible.

____

(d) Carefully hold the protection patch, remove the remaining

protective backing and put the the protection patch onto the
lining.

(e) Push the protection patch onto lining with a ROLLER - RUBBER.

NOTE : Move the roller from the center to the edges to avoid or
____
remove air bubbles.

(f) Make sure that all interface holes and cutouts are in the correct
position so that you can install the panel and/or the related
equipment.

Subtask 25-50-00-340-068

B. Procedure
B

- Installation of a Protection Patch (Reinforce S-Glass Laminat
D2557651900000) with 2 Component Adhesive.

R (Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 25-50-00-991-023)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 833
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 NOTE : The weight of the lining will increase by 690 g (24.33 oz) per 1
____
m2 (10.76 ft.2).

NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another protection patch.

____

(1) Cut a protection patch of REINFORCE S-GLASS LAMINAT D2557651900000 to

the applicable dimensions.

(2) Transfer/drill all holes from the lining before you install the
protection patch.

(3) Clean the mating surfaces:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the lining and the protection patch
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Apply the adhesive:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.

(a) Apply 200 g (7.05 oz) (fluid weight) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2) to the
mating surface of the protection patch with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.

(5) Install the protection patch:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION PATCH DOES NOT TOUCH:
_______
- THE FASTENERS AND THE WASHERS
- THE FLANGES AND H-PROFILES
OF THE DECOMPRESSION PANEL.
IF THE PATCH TOUCHES THESE ITEMS, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 834
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (a) Carefully put the protection patch in position on the view side
of the lining.

(b) Make sure that all holes are aligned and that there is a
sufficient clearance to the adjacent components (e.g.
decompression panel).

(c) If necessary move the protection patch to the correct position.

(d) Carefully push the protection patch onto lining with a ROLLER -
RUBBER.

NOTE : Move the roller from the center to the edges to avoid or
____
remove air bubbles.

(e) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(f) Make sure that all interface holes and cutouts are in the correct
position so that you can install the panel and/or the related
equipment.

(g) Attach the protection patch in position with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) for 3 hours.

(h) Remove the tape after the adhesive has cured.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-420-063

A. Installation of the Lining(s) if Removed to do the Procedure

(1) Install the linings.

(a) Forward cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-003)

(b) Aft cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-003)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-003)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 835
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-50-00-918-051

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) If necessary install new placards to the protected linings.

(a) Procedure (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007).

(b) Location:
- Forward cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-35-25 P.Block 001)
- Aft cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-36-25 P.Block 001).

Subtask 25-50-00-410-104

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Close the cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 836
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-002

R Repair of the Flanges of the Cargo-Compartment Decompression Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
R No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific 1 PLATE - PRESSURE
No specific 1 VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI)
R No specific 2 WARNING NOTICE(S)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific prefabricated molding block

No specific waxed paper
R No specific BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (DAN 1199-01)
R No specific CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 80-120)
R No specific FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 4B/4D)
R No specific FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 6A)
R No specific H-PROFILE
R No specific TAPE (DAN 328-H12)
Material No. 05-007 USA MIL-C-9084 TYPE VIII B CLASS 2,
GLASSCLOTH, EPOXY LAMINATES (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-001 D DAN 1284-01
EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-060 USA MIL-T-4053
TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE,GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 837
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740

METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-54-11-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
25-54-11-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR24
R 25-54-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
R Cargo-Compartment
R 25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
R Cargo-Compartment
25-55-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-68-41-960-001 Replacement of the Decompression Panels
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-50-00-991-026 Fig. 812
25-50-00-991-051 Fig. 813
25-50-00-991-052 Fig. 814

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-861-053

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 838
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-50-00-010-097

B. Get Access

(1) Open the applicable cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
R forward/aft cargo-compartment door.

R (3) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the control panel of the forward/aft
R cargo loading system to tell persons not to use it.

Subtask 25-50-00-020-061

C. Removal of the Damaged Panels

(1) Remove the forward cargo-compartment partition at FR24 (Ref. TASK 25-
54-11-000-001).

(2) Remove the ceiling panels in the forward cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-000-002).

(3) Remove the ceiling panels in the aft cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-
55-12-000-002).

(4) Remove the decompression panels (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001).

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-50-00-350-051-A

R A. Repair of the Flanges of the Decompression Panels

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 839
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R (1) Repair Solution 1 - Repair of the Flange with Glasscloth

R (Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 25-50-00-991-026)

R (a) Remove the sealing tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-005) from the rear side of the flange that is damaged.

R (b) Remove the unwanted material from the flange that is damaged.

R (c) Chamfer the edges of the damage with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE
R 120-180).

R (d) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010).

R (e) Cut 3 layers of the glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.

R 05-007) to the correct size.

R (f) Put a prefabricated molding block in position to support the

R repair.

R (g) Prepare the epoxy adhesive BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-001).

R NOTE : The manufacturers instructions will give you the correct

____
R procedure.

R (h) Put a sheet of waxed paper on the molding block.

R (i) Do the repair:

R 1
_ Put the first layer of glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
R No. 05-007) on the repair area.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 840
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Decompression Panel
R Figure 812/TASK 25-50-00-991-026


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 841
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R 2
_ Apply epoxy adhesive BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-001) to the glasscloth.

R 3
_ Put the second layer of glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
R No. 05-007) onto the first layer of glasscloth.

R 4
_ Apply epoxy adhesive BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-001) to the glasscloth.

R 5
_ Put the third layer of glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
R No. 05-007) onto the second layer of glasscloth.

R 6
_ Apply epoxy adhesive BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-001) to the glasscloth.

R 7
_ Put a sheet of waxed paper onto the repair area.

R 8
_ Put a PLATE - PRESSURE or a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15
R PSI) on the repair area.

R 9
_ Remove the unwanted adhesive.

R NOTE : The curing times are given in the manufacturers

____
R instructions.

R (j) Make sure that the thickness of the repair is not more than 0.8
R mm (0.0314 in.).

R (k) If necessary, correct the thickness with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE

R (GRADE 120-180).

R (l) If necessary, cut the repair to the correct shape (ref. detail
R A).

R (m) Apply the tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 060) to the rear side of the repair.

R (n) Apply the tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 005) to the rear side of the repair.

R (o) Clean the inner surface of the repaired flange with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (p) Apply a FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 4B/4D) along the inner surface of the
R repaired flange. Make sure that it is flush with the outer edge.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 842
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (2) Repair Solution 2 - Repair of the Flange with H-Profiles
R (Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 25-50-00-991-051)

R (a) Remove the attached hardware from the decompression panel and
R retain it for reference and reinstallation.

R (b) Cut the flange of the decompression panel to give space for the
R replacement flanges made from the H-PROFILE.

R (c) Make a drilling template of all the holes on the decompression

R panel and retain it for reference.

R (d) Cut the replacement H-PROFILE to the necessary length.

R (e) Cut the corner joint of the replacement H-PROFILE to 45 degrees.

R (f) Smooth and deburr all cut edges of the H-PROFILE with a CLOTH -
R ABRASIVE (GRADE 80-120).

R (g) Clean the mating surface of the decompression panel and the inner
R side of the replacement H-PROFILE. Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material
R No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
R No. 19-003).

R (h) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (DAN 1199-01) to:

R - The inner side of the replacement H-PROFILE
R - The prepared mating surfaces on the decompression panel.

R NOTE : The manufacturers instructions will give you the correct

____
R procedure.

R (i) Push the replacement H-PROFILE into position on the compression

R panel. Do a check of the alignment and the joint.

R (j) Remove the unwanted adhesive with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).

R (k) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

R (l) Put the drilling template in position and drill the holes for the
R attachment hardware into the decompression panel.

R NOTE : The manufacturers instructions will give you the correct

____
R procedure and the correct drill diameter.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 843
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Decompression Panel - Flanges - Preparation of the Decompression Panel and the
R H-Profile
R Figure 813/TASK 25-50-00-991-051


EFF :

ALL 

25-50-00 Page 844
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (m) Smooth and deburr all the drilled holes with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE
R (GRADE 80-120).

R (n) Clean the inner surface of the replacement H-PROFILE with

R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton
R cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (o) Apply FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 6A) along the inner surface of the
R replacement H-PROFILE. Make sure that the foam tape is flush with
R the outer edge.

R (p) Install all the retained hardware on the decompression panel.

R (q) Apply TAPE (DAN 328-H12) to all the corner slots.

R (3) Repair Solution 3 - Replacement of H-Profiles

R (Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 25-50-00-991-052)

R (a) Remove the attached hardware and retain it for reference and
R reinstallation.

R (b) Disconnect the H-Profile with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE and remove it
R from the decompression panel.

R NOTE : The manufacturers instructions will give you the correct

____
R procedure.

R (c) Make a drilling template of all the holes on the decompression

R panel and retain it for reference.

R (d) Cut the replacement H-PROFILE to the necessary length.

R (e) Cut the corner joint of the replacement H-PROFILE to 45 degrees.

R (f) Smooth and deburr all the cut edges of the H-PROFILE with a CLOTH
R - ABRASIVE (GRADE 80-120).

R (g) Clean the mating surface of the decompression panel and the inner
R side of the replacement H-PROFILE. Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material
R No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
R No. 19-003).

R (h) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (DAN 1199-01) to:

R - The inner side of the replacement H-PROFILE
R - The prepared mating surfaces on the decompression panel.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 845
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Decompression Panel - Flanges - General Configuration of the H-Profile and the
R attached Hardware
R Figure 814/TASK 25-50-00-991-052


EFF :

ALL 

25-50-00 Page 846
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R NOTE : The manufacturers instructions will give you the correct
____
R procedure.

R (i) Push the replacement H-PROFILE into position on the decompression

R panel. Do a check of the alignment and the joint.

R (j) Remove the unwanted adhesive with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).

R (k) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

R (l) Put the drilling template in position and drill the holes for the
R attachment hardware into the decompression panel.

R NOTE : The manufacturers instructions will give you the correct

____
R procedure and the correct drill diameter.

R (m) Smooth and deburr all the drilled holes with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE
R (GRADE 80-120).

R (n) Clean the inner surface of the replacement H-PROFILE with

R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton
R cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (o) Apply FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 6A) along the inner surface of the
R replacement H-PROFILE. Make sure that it is flush with the outer
R edge.

R (p) Install all the retained hardware on the panel.

R (q) Apply TAPE (DAN 328-H12) to all the corner slots.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-420-062

A. Installation of the Panels

(1) Install the decompression panels (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001).

(2) Install the forward cargo-compartment partition at FR24 (Ref. TASK

25-54-11-400-001).

(3) Install the ceiling panels in the forward cargo compartment

(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 847
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Install the ceiling panels in the aft cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-400-002).

Subtask 25-50-00-410-090

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R

R (2) Close the applicable cargo compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-002).
R

R (3) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from the control panel of the
R forward/aft cargo loading system.

R (4) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 25-50-00-862-052

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 848
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-003

Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001

CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115C D DAN 1282-01
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 849
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-036 Fig. 815

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-106

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-057

R A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) If the length of a damaged area is more than 25 mm (0.98 in.):

- The minimum distance to another damaged area or repaired area in
the same panel is 50 mm (1.97 in.)
- If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97
in.), both damaged areas should be considered as a single damage.

Subtask 25-50-00-340-062

B. Repair of the Core and/or Edge of the Cargo Compartment Lining with
Filler
(Ref. Fig. 815/TASK 25-50-00-991-036)

(1) Remove the damaged material from the lining panel.

(2) Deburr the edges with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 850
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler - Damage Not Through
R Figure 815/TASK 25-50-00-991-036


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 851
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(3) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Fill the

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
into the prepared area.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(5) Make the cured repaired area smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE
120-180).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-099

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 852
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-004

Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-075 D WA-10016

QUICK SETTING EPOXY ADHESIVE KIT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-076 D WA-10016
QUICK SETTING EPOXY ADHESIVE KIT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-077 D WA-10016
QUICK SETTING EPOXY ADHESIVE KIT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115C D DAN 1282-01
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 853
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-029 Fig. 816

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-098

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-050

R A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) If the length of a damaged area is more than 25 mm (0.98 in.):

- the minimum distance to another damaged area or repaired area in
the same panel is 50 mm (1.97 in.)
- If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97
in.), both damaged areas should be considered as a single damage.

(2) Select the appropriate repair kit.

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-075)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-076)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-077)
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
| Mat.-No.: | Damage length: | Damage width: |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-075(Akro Fireguard Patch, small) | 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) | 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-076(Akro Fireguard Patch, medium)| 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-077(Akro Fireguard Patch, large) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 854
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 NOTE : The repair patch must overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00
____
in.) minimum in all directions

Subtask 25-50-00-340-051

B. Repair of Cargo Compartment Lining(s) with Patch and Filler.

R (Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 25-50-00-991-029)
Use
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-075)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-076)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-077).

NOTE : If the damage exceeds the dimension of the biggest repair patch,
____
it is allowed to overlap patches in one direction only.
Make sure that the minimum overlap width is 6.4 mm (0.25 in.).

(1) Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining panel.

(2) If necessary remove a portion of the layers of TELDAR film from the
repair area at least as large as the used patch(es).

NOTE : The lining panel has a TELDAR film if the resin below the
____
white film is of a different color.

(3) Make the repair smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180) and
make sure that all the gloss finish is
removed.

(4) Remove the grit and dust from the repair area with the towel supplied
in the repair kit(s).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 855
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches (AKRO 300) - Damage Not Through
R Figure 816/TASK 25-50-00-991-029


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 856
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(5) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(6) Fill the

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
it into the prepared area.

(7) Perform the further work-steps necessary to complete the repair

according to the manufacturers instructions delivered with the
repair kit(s).

(8) Make sure that:

- The repair patch(es) overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.)
minimum in all directions (dimension A)
- The reinforcement scrim(s) overlap the repair patch(es) 25.4 mm
(1.00 in.) minimum in all directions (dimension A).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-091

A. Close Access
R (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 857
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-005

Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific GILLPATCH III

Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-037 Fig. 817


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 858
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-099

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-051

R A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) Type of repair patch:

- GILLPATCH III

Subtask 25-50-00-340-054

B. Repair of the Lining

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 25-50-00-991-037)

(1) Remove the damaged material from the lining.

(2) Rework the contour of the damaged area in order to get a regular
shape.

NOTE : This will let you to cut and install the inlay patch
____
correctly.

(3) Remove the rough edges with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).

(4) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint
free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 859
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, 3 Patches - Damage Through
Figure 817/TASK 25-50-00-991-037


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 860
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (5) Cut two repair patches (1) and (3) to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patches must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.

____

NOTE : If the lining panel has a aluminium or titanium cover sheet

____
installed, the repair patch on the view side of the panel
should not overlap the cover sheet.

(6) Deburr the edges of the two repair patches with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE
(GRADE 120-180).

(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (1).

(8) Put the patch (1) over the damaged area on the rear side of the panel
and push it in position.

(9) Cut an inlay patch (2) to the dimension of the damaged area.

(10) Remove the protective backing from the inlay patch (2).

(11) From the view (cargo compartment) side of the panel:

(a) Bond the inlay patch (2) onto the adhesive side of the rear side
patch (1)

(b) Make sure that patch (2) fully covers the adhesive side of the
rear side patch (1).

(12) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (3).

(13) Put the repair patch (3) over the damaged area on the view side of
the panel and push it in position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-092

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 861
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-006

Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
No specific 1 GUN - RIVET

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-114 AIB AIMS 08-07-001

REPAIR PATCH INTURNESCENT SELF ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-114A AIB AIMS 08-07-001
REPAIR PATCH INTURNESCENT SELF ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 862
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-041 Fig. 818

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-101

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024).

Subtask 25-50-00-220-052

R B. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) Type of repair patch:

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-114A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-114) (AKRO
FIREGUARD AF 800 SERIES)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-340-056

A. Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-114A)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(Ref. Fig. 818/TASK 25-50-00-991-041)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 863
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, 2 Patches - Damage Through
R Figure 818/TASK 25-50-00-991-041


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 864
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (1) Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining.

(2) Remove the rough edges with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).

(3) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint
free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

NOTE : Make sure that all components behind the lining you will
____
repair are not damaged.

(5) Cut two repair patches to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch (1) must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

NOTE : The repair patch (2) must be 50 mm (2.0 in.) larger than
____
repair patch (1) in all directions.

NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.

____

(6) Deburr the edges of the two repair patches with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE
(GRADE 120-180).

(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (1).

(8) Put the patch (1) over the damaged area and push it in position.

(9) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (2).

(10) Put the repair patch (2) over the patch (1) and push it in position.

Subtask 25-50-00-340-057

B. Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-114)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 865
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.
____

(1) Remove the unwanted material from the panel.

(2) Make the repair area smooth and deburr it with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE
(GRADE 120-180).

(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)

(4) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(5) Cut a patch to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions. It is not allowed to overlap
patches.

(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).

(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch if necessary.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(8) Put the patch over the damaged area and push it into position.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

(9) Transfer/drill the holes from the repair patch to the top layer of
the panel.

(10) Install the steel blind rivets (part of the repair kit) with a GUN -
RIVET.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-094

A. Close Access
R (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 866
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-007

Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and Partition
Panel

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific 1 KNIFE - SHARP

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A

ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-053 D DAN 1282-01
FILLER FOR CORE AND EDGE (2 PARTS) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -

General Repair/Protection Information


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 867
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-100

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-340-055

A. Replacement of a Panel

(1) Remove all anchor-nuts, clip-nuts and other items from the damaged
panel.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE THICKNESS OF THE NEW PANEL IS THE SAME
_______
AS THE THICKNESS OF THE REMOVED PANEL. IF IT IS NOT THE
SAME, THERE WILL NOT BE SUFFICIENT FIRE-PROTECTION IN THE
CARGO COMPARTMENT.

(2) Cut the semi-finished replacement material (according to the SIL

25-097) with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE or a KNIFE - SHARP to the
necessary dimension.

(3) Ddeburr the edges and make them smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE
120-180).

(4) Use the removed panel as a template and transfer all the holes from
the removed panel to the replacement panel.

(5) Drill and deburr the holes.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 868
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (6) Remove the honeycomb-core to a minimum depth of 6 mm (0.24 in.) from
along the edges you have cut.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(7) Clean the replacement panel with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(8) Apply the filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-053) into the
edges and let the filler harden.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 869
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (9) Deburr the edges and make them smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE
120-180).

(10) Install all the removed anchor-nuts, clip-nuts and other items to the
replacement panel.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-093

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 870
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-008

Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Inings with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-075 D WA-10016

QUICK SETTING EPOXY ADHESIVE KIT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-076 D WA-10016
QUICK SETTING EPOXY ADHESIVE KIT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-077 D WA-10016
QUICK SETTING EPOXY ADHESIVE KIT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115C D DAN 1282-01
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 871
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-107

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-058

R A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) Select the appropriate repair kit.

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-075)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-076)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-077)
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
| Mat.-No.: | Damage length: | Damage width: |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-075(Akro Fireguard Patch, small) | 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) | 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-076(Akro Fireguard Patch, medium)| 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-077(Akro Fireguard Patch, large) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|

NOTE : The repair patch must overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00
____
in.) minimum in all directions


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 872
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-50-00-340-063

B. Repair of the Lining(s) with Patches and Filler

R

NOTE : It is not allowed to overlap patches.

____

NOTE : If the lining panel has a aluminium or titanium cover sheet

____
installed, the repair patch on the view side of the panel should
not overlap the cover sheet.

(1) Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining panel.

(2) If necessary remove a portion of the layers of TELDAR film from the
repair area at least as large as the used patches.

NOTE : The lining panel has a TELDAR film if the resin below the
____
white film is of a different color.

(3) Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
and make sure that all the gloss finish is removed.

(4) Remove the grit and dust from the repair area with the towel supplied
in the repair kit(s).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(5) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 873
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (6) Install the repair patch
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-075)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-076)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-077).

(a) Install the repair patch on one side of the damaged panel.

(b) Perform the further work-steps necessary to complete the repair

according to the manufacturers instructions delivered with the
repair kit.

(c) Make sure that:

- The repair patch overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.)
minimum in all directions
- The reinforcement scrim overlap the repair patch 25.4 mm (1.00
in.) minimum in all directions.

(d) Fill the

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
into the prepared area.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(e) Install the repair patch on the other side of the damaged panel.

(f) Perform the further work-steps necessary to complete the repair

according to the manufacturers instructions delivered with the
repair kit.

(g) Make sure that:

- The repair patch overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.)
minimum in all directions
- The reinforcement scrim overlap the repair patch 25.4 mm (1.00
in.) minimum in all directions.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 874
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-100

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 875
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-009

Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings
with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BLANKET - HEAT

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
No specific 1 GUN - RIVET

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
Material No. 08-066 D DAN 319, DAN 1202
ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-083
RAPID HOT-MELT PATCH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-113 AIB AIMS 08-07-002
REPAIR PATCH SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-113A AIB AIMS 08-07-002
REPAIR PATCH SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-114 AIB AIMS 08-07-001
REPAIR PATCH INTURNESCENT SELF ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-114A AIB AIMS 08-07-001
REPAIR PATCH INTURNESCENT SELF ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 876
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-039 Fig. 819

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-102

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-053

R A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) If the length of a damaged area is more than 25 mm (0.98 in.):

- The minimum distance to another damaged area or repaired area in
the same panel is 50 mm (1.97 in.)
- If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97
in.), both damaged areas should be considered as a single damage.

(2) Types of repair patch

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-083)
- AKRO FIREGUARD (800 Series) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-114)
- GILLFAB 1367A-013 and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-066)
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-113)
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-113A)
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-114A)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 877
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-50-00-340-058

B. Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-114A)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (Ref. Fig. 819/TASK 25-50-00-991-039)

NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.

____

(1) Remove the damaged area from the panel.

(2) Make the repair smooth and deburr it with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE
120-180).

(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(5) Cut a patch to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions. It is not allowed to overlap
patches.

(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180).

(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch if necessary.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 878
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch - Damage Not Through
R Figure 819/TASK 25-50-00-991-039


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 879
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (8) Put the patch over the damaged area and push it into position.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

(9) For ISOVOLTA RHM patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-083) only:

(a) Use a BLANKET - HEAT between 100 DEG.C (212 DEG.F) and 110 DEG.C
(230 DEG.F)
with a soft force to bond the repair patch to the panel.

(10) For AKRO FIREGUARD patch (AF 800 SERIES) BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-114) only:

(a) Transfer/drill the holes from the repair patch to top layer of
the panel.

(b) Install the steel blind rivets (part of the repair Kit) with a
GUN - RIVET.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-095

A. Close Access
R (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 880
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-010

Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core, but Not Ceiling Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific GILLFAB 1367A-013

No specific GILLFAB 1367P-013
Material No. 08-066 D DAN 319, DAN 1202
ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-114A AIB AIMS 08-07-001
REPAIR PATCH INTURNESCENT SELF ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115C D DAN 1282-01
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 881
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-038 Fig. 820

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-108

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-059

R A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) Types of repair patch

- GILLFAB 1367P-013
- GILLFAB 1367P-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)
- GILLFAB 1367A-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-114A)

Subtask 25-50-00-340-064

B. Repair of the Panel

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 882
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (Ref. Fig. 820/TASK 25-50-00-991-038)

NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.

____

(1) Remove the damaged area from the panel.

(2) Smooth and deburr the repair with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).

(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)

(4) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(5) Cut a patch to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

NOTE : The overlap of patches is not allowed.

____

(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180).

(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(8) Put the patch over the damaged area on the rear side and push it into
position.

(9) Fill the

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
or


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 883
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches - Damage Through
R Figure 820/TASK 25-50-00-991-038


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 884
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
it into the prepared area.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(10) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(11) Cut another patch to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

NOTE : The overlap of patches is not allowed.

____

(12) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180).

(13) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(14) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and
push it into position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-101

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 885
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-011

Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BLANKET - HEAT

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
No specific 1 GUN - FASTENER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 06 U)

No specific CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 07 U)
No specific Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 06 U)
No specific Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 07 U)
No specific 3.3 mm (0.128 in.) to 3.5 mm (0.137 in.) drill.
Material No. 08-083
RAPID HOT-MELT PATCH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115C D DAN 1282-01
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 886
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-045 Fig. 821

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-105

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-056

R A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) Type of repair patch:

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-083)

Subtask 25-50-00-340-061

B. Repair of the Panel

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(Ref. Fig. 821/TASK 25-50-00-991-045)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 887
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch/Rivets - Damage Through
R Figure 821/TASK 25-50-00-991-045


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 888
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (1) Remove the damaged material from the panel.

(2) Make the repair area smooth and deburr it with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE
(GRADE 120-180).

(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)

(4) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(5) Cut two patches BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-083)
to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patches must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

NOTE : The overlap of patches is not allowed.

____

NOTE : If the lining panel has a aluminium or titanium cover sheet

____
installed, the repair patch on the view side of the panel
should not overlap the cover sheet.

(6) Deburr the edges of the patches with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180).

(7) Use a BLANKET - HEAT between 100 DEG.C (212.00 DEG. F) and 110 DEG.C
(230.00 DEG.F) with a soft force to bond the first repair patch to
the rear side of the panel.

(8) Fill the

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
into the prepared area.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(9) Use a BLANKET - HEAT between 100 DEG.C (212 DEG.F) and 110 DEG.C (230
DEG.F) with a soft force to bond the second repair patch to the view
(cargo compartment) side of the panel.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 889
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (10) From the view (cargo compartment) side of the panel:

(a) Drill holes along the edges of the patch, through the entire
patch/panel/patch assembly, regularly spaced with a 3.3 mm (0.128
in.) to 3.5 mm (0.137 in.) drill..

NOTE : The distance to the edges should not be less than 15 mm

____
(0.5 in.).

NOTE : The distance between the holes should not be more than 100
____
mm (3.8 in.).

(11) Install the rivets from the view (cargo compartment) side of the
panel with the necessary rivet length.

NOTE : In order to select the correct length for the rivets refer to
____
the thickness of the panel with the patches.

(a) Install the rivets:

- Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 06 U)
or
- Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 07 U)
or
- CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 06 U)
or
- CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 07 U)
with the GUN - FASTENER

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-098

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 890
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-012

Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific GILLFAB 1367A-013

No specific GILLFAB 1367P-013
Material No. 08-066 D DAN 319, DAN 1202
ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-114A AIB AIMS 08-07-001
REPAIR PATCH INTURNESCENT SELF ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115C D DAN 1282-01
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 891
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-038 Fig. 820

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-103

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-054

R A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) Types of repair patch:

- GILLFAB 1367P-013
- GILLFAB 1367P-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)
- GILLFAB 1367A-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-114A)

Subtask 25-50-00-340-059

B. Repair of the Panel

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 892
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (Ref. Fig. 820/TASK 25-50-00-991-038)

NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.

____

(1) Remove the damaged area from the panel.

(2) Make the repair area smooth and deburr it with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE
(GRADE 120-180).

(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(5) Cut a patch to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

NOTE : The overlap of patches is not allowed.

____

(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180).

(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(8) Put the patch over the damaged area on the rear side and push it into
position.

(9) Fill the

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 893
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
it into the prepared area.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(10) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(11) Cut another patch to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

NOTE : The overlap of patches is not allowed.

____

(12) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180).

(13) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(14) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and
push it into position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-096

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 894
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-013

Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo

Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific sheet of Stainless Steel 0.6 mm (0.024 in.) to 2 mm

(0.08 in.)
Material No. 08-001 D DAN 1284-01
EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-010A D DAN 1199-01
EPOXY RESIN AND HARDENER ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-066 D DAN 319, DAN 1202
ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -

General Repair/Protection Information
R 25-50-00-991-042 Fig. 822


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 895
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-104

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-055

A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) If the length of a damaged area is more than 25 mm (0.98 in.):

- The minimum distance to another damaged area or repaired area in
the same panel is 50 mm (1.97 in.)
- If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97
in.), both damaged areas must be considered as a single damage.

(2) Types of repair patch:

(a) You can use the subsequent repair patches to do the repair.
- A sheet of Stainless Steel 0.6 mm (0.024 in.) to 2 mm (0.08
in.)
with
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)

Subtask 25-50-00-340-060

B. Repair of the Panel

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 896
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (Ref. Fig. 822/TASK 25-50-00-991-042)

NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.

____

(1) Remove the damaged area from the panel.

(2) Make the repair area smooth and deburr it with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE
(GRADE 120-180).

(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(5) Cut a patch to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

NOTE : The overlap of patches is not permitted.

____

(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180).

(7) Apply:
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A)
- or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
- or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)
on one side of the repair patch.

(8) Put the repair patch over the damaged area and push it into position.

(9) Let the repair dry.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(10) Follow the curing recommendations of the selected adhesive.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 897
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, Stainless Steel Patch - Damage Not Through
R Figure 822/TASK 25-50-00-991-042


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 898
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-097

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page 899
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-014

Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not Through from the
Edge) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific GILLPATCH III

Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115C D DAN 1282-01
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A800
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-046 Fig. 823

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-110

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-061

R A. Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) If the length of a damaged area is more than 25 mm (0.98 in.):

- The minimum distance to another damaged area or repaired area in
the same panel is 50 mm (1.97 in.)
- If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97
in.), both damaged areas must be considered as a single damage.

(2) Type of repair patch:

- GILLPATCH III

Subtask 25-50-00-340-066

B. Repair of the Panel

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A801
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (Ref. Fig. 823/TASK 25-50-00-991-046)

NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.

____

(1) Remove the damaged material from the core and the edge of the lining
panel.

(2) Make smooth and deburr the edges of the repair with a CLOTH -
ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).

(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Cut a patch to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.

(5) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-
180).

(6) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(7) Remove the protective foil from the patch.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(8) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and
push it into position.

(9) Fill the material:

- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
or


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A802
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, Damage Not Through from the Edge
R Figure 823/TASK 25-50-00-991-046


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A803
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
into the prepared area.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

NOTE : The quantity of filler used must ensure a minimum width of 10

____
mm (0.4 in) from the edge.

(10) Make the edge of the cured repaired area smooth with a CLOTH -
ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-103

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A804
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-50-00-340-015

Repair of the Flame Retardant Strip - All Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel with
Honeycomb Core

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-50-00-340-003 Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo

Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core

3. __________
Job Set-up

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-340-065

A. Repair of the edge(s) of the Cargo Compartment Lining with Filler

(1) Do the repair of the lining panel edge(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-
50-00-340-003).

5. Close-up
________


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A805
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R TASK 25-50-00-340-016

R Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo
R Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific emery cloth grade 80-120

R No specific emery cloth grade 80-120.
R No specific GILLFAB 1367P-013
R No specific GILLPATCH III
R Material No. 08-066 D DAN 319, DAN 1202
R ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-113 AIB AIMS 08-07-002
R REPAIR PATCH SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-113A AIB AIMS 08-07-002
R REPAIR PATCH SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001
R CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
R CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
R CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-115C D DAN 1282-01
R CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A806
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -

R General Repair/Protection Information
25-50-00-991-044 Fig. 824

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-50-00-010-113

A. Get Access
R (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-50-00-220-063

R A. Identify the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)

(1) If the length of a damaged area is more than 25 mm (0.98 in.):

- The minimum distance to another damaged area or repaired area in
the same panel is 50 mm (1.97 in.)
- If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97
in.), both damaged areas should be considered as a single damage.

(2) Types of repair patch:

- GILLFAB 1367P-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066).
- GILLFAB 1367P-013
- GILLPATCH III

Subtask 25-50-00-340-071

B. Repair with Speed Patches and Filler

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A807
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (Ref. Fig. 824/TASK 25-50-00-991-044)

R NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.

____

R (1) Remove the damaged area from the panel.

R (2) Make the repair area smooth and deburr it with an emery cloth grade
R 80-120.

R (3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (4) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

R (5) Cut a patch to the applicable dimensions.

R NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
R damaged area in all directions.

R (6) Deburr the edges of the patch with an emery cloth grade 80-120..

R (7) Fill the

R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
R into the prepared area.

R NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

R (8) Install the patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 113) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-113A):

R (a) Make sure that the repair area is dry.


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A808
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler/Patch - Damage Not Through
Figure 824/TASK 25-50-00-991-044


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A809
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (b) Remove the protective backing from the patch.

NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____

(c) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel
and push it into position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-50-00-410-106

A. Close Access
R (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024)


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A810
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R **ON A/C 004-099,

R TASK 25-50-00-340-019

R Repair of the Protection Panel with Honeycomb Core at FR24A

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR. OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH. DO NOT
R SMOKE. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS,
R FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT. GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES
R BECOME IRRITATED.

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-010A D DAN 1199-01

R EPOXY RESIN AND HARDENER ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 20-003 USA AMS 3711
R ARAMID PHENOLIC HONEYCOMB CORES 1/8-3.0
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

004-099,  25-50-00

Page A811
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
R 25-50-00-340-004 Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) -
R All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
R 25-50-00-340-018 Temporary Rebond of the Delaminated Decompression
R Protection Panels of the Forward Cargo Compartment
R Partition Wall FR24
R 25-54-11-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
R 25-54-11-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition
R FR24
R 52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
R Yellow Electric Pump
R 52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
R Yellow Electric Pump

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-50-00-861-057

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R Subtask 25-50-00-010-116

R B. Get Access

R (1) Open the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
R forward cargo-compartment door.

R (3) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the control panel of the forward
R cargo-loading system to tell persons not to use it.


EFF :

004-099,  25-50-00

Page A812
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-50-00-020-064

R C. Removal of the Delaminated Protection Panels

R (1) Remove the forward cargo-compartment partition at FR24A (Ref. TASK

R 25-54-11-000-001).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-50-00-350-054

R A. Repair of the Protection Panel with Honeycomb Core at FR24A

R (1) If there is only delamination, repair the protection panels

R (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-018).

R (2) If there is a missing core, the damaged area can be repaired:

R (a) Refer to (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-004). You must obey the damage
R limits included in (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024).
R - or

R (b) Do the steps that follow if the damaged area is no more than 50%
R of the panel:

R 1
_ Carefully remove the damaged material from the protection
R panel.

R 2
_ Remove the damaged honey comb (core) from the panel.

R 3
_ Deburr the edges.

R 4
_ Make sure that the rear layer is not damaged.

R 5
_ Smooth the damaged area with emery cloth grade 80-120.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 6
_ Clean the repair area with cleaning agent CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.


EFF :

004-099,  25-50-00

Page A813
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R 7
_ Cut a block of honey comb REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE
R STRUCTURES (Material No. 20-003) in the size of missing core,
R height 8,8 mm.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 8
_ Bond the block of honey comb on the backside layer of the
R panel with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 010A).

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 9
_ Bond the top layer on the top side of the block of honey comb
R with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A).

R 10
__ Fill the panel edge with filler (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-004).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 25-50-00-420-065

R A. Installation of the Protection Panels

R (1) Install the forward cargo-compartment partition at FR24A (Ref. TASK

R 25-54-11-400-001).

R Subtask 25-50-00-410-109

R B. Close Access

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Close the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-

R 002).

R (3) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from the control panel of the forward
R cargo-loading system.

R (4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

004-099,  25-50-00

Page A814
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R Subtask 25-50-00-862-057

R C. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

004-099,  25-50-00

Page A815
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Flame Retardant Strip - Solutions/Locations
Figure 825/TASK 25-50-00-991-024


EFF :

ALL  25-50-00

Page A816
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 CARGO LOADING/RESTRAINT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________

1. __________________
Component Location

R A. FWD Cargo Compartment

B. AFT Cargo Compartment

C. BULK Cargo Compartment

(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOOR NET TYPE D 160 827
DOOR NET TYPE E 160 827
STANCHIONS 160 827
DIVIDER NET TYPE A1, FR59 160 827
TIE DOWN POINTS 160 827 25-55-41

2. _____________________
Component Description

A. Description of the Components of the Bulk Restraint System in the BULK

Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 002)

(1) The BULK cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between a divider net at
FR59 and a fixed partition at FR65. The BULK cargo compartment is
also specified as cargo compartment No.5. The BULK cargo compartment
door which is found between FR60 and FR62 gives access to the cargo
compartment No.5.
The BULK cargo compartment has sidewall linings, ceiling panels and
furnishings as follows:

(a) Divider Net

A divider net is installed at FR59 to divide the cargo
compartments No.4 and No.5. The divider net is of a mesh type,
with a mesh size not more than 180 mm (7.09 in.). The divider net
is attached to net attachment points installed on the cargo
compartment ceiling and floor at designated positions. When the
divider net is installed, it is possible to transport loose
baggage and bulk cargo. The divider net, when installed, restrict
any movement of the bulk cargo. No special tools are required to
remove or install the divider net.


EFF :

004-099,  25-52-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
R BULK Compartment - Component Location
Figure 001

R

EFF :

004-099,  25-52-00

Page 2
May 01/04
 
SYR 
R BULK Compartment
R Figure 002


EFF :

004-099,  25-52-00

Page 3
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 (b) Door Nets
The door nets are installed to prevent damage to the cargo door
and to permit a correct cargo door operation. Stanchions are
installed with the door nets to give the nets a firm contour and
hold.
The door nets are attached at the lateral compartment linings to
the related net attachment points. The door nets are then passed
around the door stanchion to connect with another door net in the
middle of the cargo door area.
The nets are connected to each other by ring connections and snap
latches.

(c) Door Net Stanchions

The stanchions are a part of the door nets.
The stanchions have latch mechanism at the bottom and the top to
comply with the related attachment points.
The stanchions are attached to the cargo compartment ceiling and
floor.
The stanchions must be installed to help the door nets deflect
and resist bulk cargo from preventing door operating procedures.

(d) Tiedown and Attachment Points

The net tiedown and attachment points are installed in a
designated and prearranged position on the aircraft structure and
anchor plates.
The tiedown and attachment points permit an easy and quick
removal/installation of the nets without special tools.

(e) Air Conditioning Outlets

The fixed partition at FR65 has cutouts (outlets) for the air
conditioning system of the AFT cargo compartment.


EFF :

004-099,  25-52-00

Page 4
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

R The FWD cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 130 between
R the fixed partitions FR24A and FR34. The total volume of the FWD cargo
R compartment is 547 ft.3 (15.489 m3).
R The FWD cargo compartment door, between FR24A and FR28, gives access to the
R FWD cargo compartment.
R
R The FWD cargo compartment has:
R - Left sidewall lining
R - Ceiling panel
R - Right sidewall lining
R
R - Loading area light
R - Smoke detector panels
R - Air conditioning inlets
R - Rapid decompression panels
R - Cargo compartment lighting
R - Door net and the divider net
R - Tie-down/net attachment points.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR24A 131/ 825
132
FIXED PARTITION FR34 131/ 825
132
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 131PW 131 825
LOADING AREA LIGHT 131AC 131 825 33-31-11
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 131BC 131 825 26-16-00
CEILING PANEL 131 825
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 131AC/ 131 825
131BC
RH SIDEWALL LINING 132 825
DIVIDER NET 130 825
LH SIDEWALL LINING 131 825
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 131 825
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT 131 825


EFF :

ALL  25-54-00

Page 1
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 132LW ACCESS PANEL 132KW 132 825
R AIR CONDITIONING INLETS 131GW/ 131 825
R 131HW/
R 131MW
R AIR CONDITIONING OUTLET 132KW 132 825

R 3. __________________
System Description

R A. Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels

R
R The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment
R prevent damage to the aircraft structure. They are made of
R flame-resistant synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The
R sidewall linings and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release
R fasteners to:
R
R - the support struts
R - the cross beams
R - the cargo compartment brackets.
R
R The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They
R are made of honeycomb core, which is bonded between prepreg layers.

B. Bulk Loading Placards

Placards for bulk loading instructions are located on the ceiling in the
FWD cargo compartment. The placards tell the minimum clearance allowed
between the bulk cargo and the cargo compartment ceiling. The clearance
between the bulk cargo and the compartment ceiling must be kept to
prevent an inadvertent operation of the :
- smoke detectors,
- discharge nozzles of the fire extingnisher system.
Also to enable a correct function of the rapid decompression panels.
The clearance must be 51.0 mm (2.0078 in.) minimum.

C. Smoke Detector Panel

The FWD cargo compartment is completed with the smoke detection system.
The ceiling panel has therefore a cutout for the smoke detector panel.
The smoke detector panel is installed at the center of the ceiling panel
between FR29 and FR30.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-00

Page 4
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 D. Air Conditioning Inlets and Outlet

The left and right sidewall linings have cutouts (inlets and outlet) for
the air conditioning of the FWD cargo compartment. The air conditioning
system moves air into the FWD cargo compartment and keeps it at specified
temperatures. The access panel between FR29 and FR30 give access to the
extraction components of the air conditioning system.

E. Rapid Decompression Panels

Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in the cutouts of the ceiling
panels and the lateral right sidewall lining at FR28.

Catch assemblies hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels
are sealed to the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive
tape, (Material No.05-066) .

NOTE : When it is necessary to repair a decompression panel refer to

____
Chp.250000.

F. Divider Net and Door Net

There are two types of nets installed in the FWD cargo compartment. The
divider net divides the cargo compartments into sections. The door net
prevents damage to the cargo compartment door. The door net and the
divider net are attached to the tie-down and net attachment points.

G. Tie-Down and Net Attachment Points

Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:

- the attachment of the door and divider net

- the attachment of the straps which hold large or small items of bulk
cargo.

H. Loading Area Light

The loading area light is a spotlight and is installed in the ceiling

panel at the FWD cargo compartment door. The intensity of the loading
area light permits to read labels on equipment near the cargo compartment
door.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-00

Page 5
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 J. Cargo Compartment Lighting

The FWD cargo compartment has a lighting system with neon tubes and is
installed in the center of the ceiling panel. Toggle switches installed
at the FWD cargo compartment door control the lighting system.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-00

Page 6
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-54-11-000-001

Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 2.1 m (6 ft. 11 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-11-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-11-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD
cargo-compartment door.

(3) Put a warning notice in position on the control panel of the FWD
cargo-compartment loading-system to tell persons not to use it.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-11

Page 401
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-11-991-001)

Subtask 25-54-11-020-050

A. Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24

(1) Loosen the studs (1) of the cover assies (2) and remove them.

(2) Loosen the studs (3) of the cover strip assies (4) and remove them.

(3) Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (6), (7), (8).

(4) Remove the partition panels (6), (7), (8).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-11

Page 402
May 01/07
R  
SYR 
 FWD Cargo Compartment Partition FR24
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-11-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-54-11

Page 403
Nov 01/99
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-54-11-400-001

Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
R REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
R EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 2.1 m (6 ft. 11 in.)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-11

Page 404
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-11-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-11-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo-compartment door.

(3) Make sure that the warning notice is in position on the control panel
of the FWD cargo-compartment loading system to tell persons not to
use it.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-11

Page 405
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-54-11-910-050-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-11-991-001)

R (1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) If necessary, remove the damaged seal (9) from the partition panels
R (6), (7) and (8).

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (4) Replace the damaged seal (9) on the partition panels (6), (7) and
R (8).

Subtask 25-54-11-420-050

B. Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-11-991-001)

(1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
seals around each partition panel.

(2) Install the partition panels (6), (7), (8).

(3) Install the cover strip assies (4).

(4) Install the cover assies (2).

(5) Attach the partition panels (6), (7), (8) with the studs (1), (3),
(5).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-11

Page 406
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-54-11-410-050

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-54-11-942-050

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-11

Page 407
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-54-12-000-001

R Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-12-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-12-010-050-A

A. Get Access

R (1) Open the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Install the safety lock on the actuator of the forward

R cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
R forward cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-12-991-001)

Subtask 25-54-12-020-050

R A. Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

NOTE : The removal of each partition panel is the same.

____

R (1) Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3).

R (2) Remove the partition panels (1), (2) and (3).

(3) Loosen the studs (8) of the valve (4).

(4) Remove the valve (4) and the cover assembly (7).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 25-54-12

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-12-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-12-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 405
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-54-12-400-001

R Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
R REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
R EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-005B F ABS 5006

SEALING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
25-54-12-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the FWD
Cargo Compartment
52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-12-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-12-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the forward cargo-compartment door is opened

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Install the safety lock on the actuator of the forward

cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the forward cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 407
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the control
panel of the forward cargo-loading system to tell persons not to use
it.

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-54-12-910-050-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-12-991-001)

R (1) Do an inspection of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR34.

R (2) If necessary, repair the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) (Ref. TASK
R 25-50-00-200-024).

R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (6) and (9) on the partition
R panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR34 for damage.

R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (6) and (9) are correctly
R installed.

R (5) Replace the damaged sealing strips (6) and (9) on the partition
R panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR34.

R (6) If necessary, remove the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-005B) from the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR34.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (6) and (9) with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (6) and (9) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005B) in position.

R (9) Make sure that all the sealing strips (6) and (9) are installed
R without clearances.

R (10) Make sure that all the studs (5) and (8) are correctly installed in
R their retainer washers.

R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing, do the missing fastener

R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-300-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 408
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.

R (13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.

R (14) Make sure that the mating surfaces of the panels at the adjacent
R aircraft structure are flat.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 016) and make them flat.

R (16) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components
R are in the correct positions and in good condition.

R (17) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).

R (18) After installation of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3), make
R sure that:
R - All the fasteners are fully tightened.
R - There is no clearance between the partition panels and the aircraft
R structure.

R (19) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (20) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

Subtask 25-54-12-420-050

B. Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-12-991-001)

(1) Put the valve (4) and the cover assembly (7) with the studs (8) in
the correct position on the partition panel (3).

(2) Tighten the studs (8).

(3) Put the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) in position.

(4) Make sure that all other attachment holes align with the holes of the
structure.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 409
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (5) Put all studs (5) in the correct position in the holes of the
structure.

(6) Install the partition panels (1), (2), (3) with the studs (5).

(7) Tighten the studs (5).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechanism engages.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-54-12-410-050

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 410
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-54-12-000-002

R Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-12-991-004 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-12-010-051-A

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock on
the actuator of the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
FWD cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 411
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-54-12-991-004)

Subtask 25-54-12-020-051

A. Removal of the Ceiling Panels

NOTE : The removal of each ceiling panel is the same.

____

(1) Remove the joint strip (5) from the ceiling panels (2).

(2) Support the ceiling panels (2).

(3) Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) of the ceiling panels (2).

(4) Remove the ceiling panels (2) from the aircraft structure.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 412
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Ceiling Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 402/TASK 25-54-12-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 413
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-54-12-400-002

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
R REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
R EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 414
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
25-54-12-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the FWD
Cargo Compartment
52-30-00-080-001 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-12-991-004 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-12-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and the
safety lock is installed on the actuator of the FWD cargo compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 415
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the FWD cargo- compartment door.

(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the control
panel of the FWD cargo loading system to tell persons not to use it.

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-54-12-910-051-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-54-12-991-004)

R (1) Do an inspection of the ceiling panels (2).

R (2) If necessary, repair the ceiling panels (2) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-
R 024).

R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (1) of the ceiling panels (2).

R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (1) are not missing.

R (5) Replace the damaged sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2).

R (6) If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-005) from the sealing strips (1) of the related
R panels.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (1) with the CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (1) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) in position.

R (9) Make sure that all sealing strips (1) are installed without
R clearance.

R (10) Make sure that all the studs (3), (4) and (7) are correctly installed
R in their retainer washers.

R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing do the missing fastener

R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-300-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 416
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.

R (13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.

R (14) Make sure that the contact areas of the panels at the adjacent
R aircraft structure are flat.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 016) and make them flat.

R (16) Make sure that that the contact aircraft surfaces continue to be flat
R when the sealant is applied and dry. Make them flat, if necessary.

R (17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components
R are in the correct positions and in good condition.

R (18) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).

R (19) After installation of the ceiling panels (2) make sure that:
R - All the fasteners are fully tightened.
R - There is no clearance between the panels and the aircraft
R structure.

R (20) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (21) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (22) Examine each panel for cracks and other damage.

Subtask 25-54-12-420-051

R B. Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

NOTE : The installation of each ceiling panel is the same.

____

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-54-12-991-004)

(1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
seals around each ceiling panel (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 417
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (2) Put the ceiling panels (2) in the correct installation position on
the aircraft structure.

(3) Make sure that all other attachment holes align with the holes of the
structure.

(4) Put all stud (3), (4) and (7) in the correct position in the holes of
the structure.

(5) Install the ceiling panels (2) with the studs (3), (4) and (7).

(6) TORQUE the studs (3),(4) and (7) to between 0.055 and 0.060 m.daN
(4.86 and 5.30 lbf.in).

(7) Install the joint strips (5) on the ceiling panels (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-54-12-410-051

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-54-12-942-057

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001).

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 418
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-54-12-000-003

R Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-12-991-003 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-12-010-052-A

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock on
the actuator of the FWD cargo conpartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
FWD cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 419
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-54-12-991-003)

Subtask 25-54-12-020-052

A. Removal of the Sidewall Panels

NOTE : The removal of each sidewall panel is the same.

____

(1) Support the sidewall panels (41).

(2) Loosen the studs (47) of the sidewall panels (41).

(3) Remove the sidewall panels (41) from the aircraft structure.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 420
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Sidewall Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 403/TASK 25-54-12-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 421
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-54-12-400-003

Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward Cargo- Compartment

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
R REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
R EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 422
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
25-54-12-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the FWD
Cargo Compartment
52-30-00-080-001 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-12-991-003 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-12-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and the
safety lock is installed on the actuator of the FWD cargo compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 423
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the FWD cargo- compartment door.

(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the control
panel of the FWD cargo loading system to tell persons not to use it.

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-54-12-910-052-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-54-12-991-003)

R (1) Do an inspection of the sidewall panels (41) of the forward cargo

R compartment.

R (2) If necessary, repair the sidewall panels (41) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-
R 200-024).

R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels

R (41) for damage.

R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (48) are not missing.

R (5) Replace the damaged sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels (41).

R (6) If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-005) from the sealing strips (48) of the related
R panels.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips with the CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (1) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) in position.

R (9) Make sure that all the sealing strips are installed without
R clearance.

R (10) Make sure that all the studs (47) are correctly installed in their
R retainer washers.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 424
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing do the missing fastener
R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-300-001).

R (12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.

R (13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.

R (14) Make sure that the contact areas of the panels at the adjacent
R aircraft structure are flat.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 016) and make them flat.

R (16) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be flat when the
R sealant is applied and dry. Make them flat, if necessary.

R (17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components
R are in the correct positions and in good condition.

R (18) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).

R (19) After installation of the sidewall panels (41) make sure that:
R - All the fasteners are fully tightened.
R - There is no clearance between the panels and the aircraft
R structure.

R (20) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (21) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (22) Examine each panel for cracks and other damage.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 425
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-54-12-420-052

B. Installation of the Sidewall Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-54-12-991-003)

NOTE : The installation of each sidewall panel is the same.

____

(1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
seals around each sidewall panel (41).

(2) Put the sidewall panel (41) in position.

(3) Make sure that all other attachment holes align with the holes of the
structure.

(4) Put the studs (47) in the correct position in the holes of the
structure.

(5) Install the sidewall panel (41) with the studs (47).

(6) Tighten the studs (47).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechanism engages.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-54-12-410-052

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-54-12-942-058

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 426
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT - REPAIRS
________________________________________________________

TASK 25-54-12-300-001

Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the FWD Cargo Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-052 USA AMS-T-23397 AND/OR L-T-80B

R SELF ADHESIVEALUMINIUM TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-060 USA MIL-T-4053
TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE,GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-50-00-200-002 General Visual Inspection of Cargo Compartment

Decompression, Lining and Floor Panels
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-12-991-006 Fig. 801
25-54-12-991-007 Fig. 802


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 801
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-12-010-055

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
FWD cargo-compartment door.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-54-12-991-006, 802/TASK 25-54-12-991-007)

Subtask 25-54-12-210-051

A. Inspection

(1) Do an inspection of the lining panels of the FWD cargo-compartment

for missing fasteners (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-002).

(2) Missing fasteners are permitted on the ceiling, sidewall and the
partition lining panels if:
- there are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining
panels
- not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining
panel.

Subtask 25-54-12-350-050

B. Repair

(1) If a stud is missing, install a new fastener assembly (stud, washer

and lockwasher).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechnism engages.

(2) If it is not possible to install the fastener(s) in the time

necessary, seal the stud hole(s) (3) as follows:
- seal the stud hole (3) on the lining panel where the fastener is
R missing with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
060) (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 802
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 NOTE : The edge where the fastener is missing must be sealed.
____

(3) Seal the edge where the fastener is missing as follows:

(a) If there is sufficient clearance between the panel with the

missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the
secondary structure (5).
R - do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-060) (4)
- make sure that the tape (4) touches the fasteners adjacent to
the two sides of the sealed stud hole (3).

(b) If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the
missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the
adjacent panel.
R - do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-060) (4).
- make sure that the tape (4) touches the primary or secondary
structure (5) at two ends of the edge with the missing
fastener.

(c) If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the
missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the
adjacent panel across the cover strip (6).
R - do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-060) (4).
- make sure that the tape (4) touches the fasteners adjacent to
the two sides of the sealed stud hole (3).

NOTE : Up to 100 Flight Hours (10 days), a visual inspection of

____
the repair area is necessary once a week. From 100 Flight
Hours to 500 Flight Hours (50 days), it is necessary to do
a visual inspection of the repair area each day. A new
fastener assembly must be installed in a period of 500
R flight hours after the installation of the BONDING AND
R ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052) (4) or the
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 803
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Missing Fastener Inspection
R Figure 801/TASK 25-54-12-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 804
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Missing Fastener Inspection
R Figure 801/TASK 25-54-12-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 805
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Missing Fastener Repair
Figure 802/TASK 25-54-12-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 806
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Missing Fastener Repair
Figure 802/TASK 25-54-12-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 807
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-54-12-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the access platform(s).

(2) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-12

Page 808
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 STANCHION - DOOR NET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________

TASK 25-54-17-000-001

Removal of the Net Stanchions in the FWD Cargo Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-17-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-17-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
FWD cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-17

Page 401
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-54-17-020-050

A. Removal of the Net Stanchions

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-17-991-001)

(1) Disconnect the net fittings from the applicable net attachment
fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling areas.

(2) Remove the stanchions (2).

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the removal procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.

(a) Turn the locking base (3) counterclockwise to unlock the

stanchion from the tiedown point (4).

(b) Push the stanchion (2) up to release the stanchion locking base
(3) from the tiedown point (4).

(c) Move the lower part of the stanchion (2) away from the tiedown
point (4). Then move the stanchion (2) down to remove the
stanchion plunger from the upper ceiling fitting (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-17

Page 402
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 Stanchion - Door Net - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-17-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-54-17

Page 403
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-54-17-400-001

Installation of the Net Stanchions in the FWD Cargo Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-17-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-17-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the FWD cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-17

Page 404
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-54-17-910-050

A. Preparation for Installation:

(1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-54-17-420-050

B. Installation of the Net Stanchions.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-17-991-001)

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the installation procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.

(1) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the unlocked
position.

(2) Carefully insert the stanchion plunger (2) in the upper ceiling
fitting (1).

(3) Push the stanchion (2) up and align the stanchion locking base (3)
with the tiedown point (4).

(4) Carefully lower the stanchion (2).

(5) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the correct
position on the tiedown point (4).

(6) Turn the stanchion locking base (3) clockwise 90 degrees to attach
the stanchion (2) to the tiedown point (4).

(7) Make sure that the stanchion (2) is correctly attached.

(8) Connect the net fittings to the applicable net attachment fittings as
required.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-17

Page 405
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-54-17-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-17

Page 406
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - FWD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________

TASK 25-54-41-000-001

Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD Cargo-
Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-41-991-001 Fig. 401
25-54-41-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-41-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
FWD cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-54-41-020-050

A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-41-991-001)

(1) Remove the cargo net(s) (6), if installed:

(a) Disconnect the net fittings (7) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Remove the cargo net(s) (6).

(2) Remove the tie-down points (2):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(2) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (1) from the tie-down point (2).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).

(3) Remove the seat-track section (5):

(a) Remove the screws (4) from the seat-track section (5).

(b) Remove the seat-track section (5) from the structure (3).

(4) Remove the tie-down points (9):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (9) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(9) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (8) from the tie-down point (9).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (9) from the plug housing (10).

(c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (10) from the structure
(3).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 402
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 403
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (5) Remove the tie-down fittings (12):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (12) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (11) from the tie-down fitting (12).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (12) from the structure (3).

(6) Remove the tie-down fitting (14):

(a) Remove the screws (13) from the tie-down fitting (14).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (14) from the structure (3).

(7) Remove the tie-down fittings (16):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (16) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (16) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (15) from the tie-down fitting (16).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (16) from the structure (3).

Subtask 25-54-41-020-051

B. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-54-41-991-002)

(1) Remove the cargo net(s) (7), if installed:

(a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the tie-down and net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Remove the cargo net(s) (7).

(2) Remove the stanchion fitting (2):

(a) Remove the screws (3) from the stanchion fitting (2).

(b) Remove the stanchion fitting (2) from the structure (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 404
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
Figure 402/TASK 25-54-41-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 405
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (3) Remove the tie-down points (4):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(4) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (5) from the tie-down point (4).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (4) from the structure (1).

(4) Remove the tie-down points (9):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (9) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(9) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (10) from the tie-down point (9).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (9) from the spacer (8).

(c) If necessary, remove the spacer (8):

1
_ Remove the screws (11) from the spacer (8).

2
_ Remove the spacer (8) from the structure (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 406
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-54-41-400-001

Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD Cargo-
Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 407
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-54-41-991-001 Fig. 401
25-54-41-991-002 Fig. 402
25-54-41-991-003 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-54-41-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the FWD cargo-compartment door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-54-41-910-050

A. Preparation for Installation:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 408
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (2) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the old sealant from the
R component interface and the adjacent area.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to clean the component
interface and the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the screws which attach the tie-down and net attachment fittings.

Subtask 25-54-41-420-050

B. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor

Area
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-41-991-001)

(1) Install the tie-down points (2):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (2) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (1) in the tie-down point (2).

(2) Install the seat-track section (5):

(a) Put the seat-track section (5) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (4) in the seat-track section (5).

(3) Install the tie-down points (9):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (9) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (9) only is given here.

(a) If removed, put the plug housing (10) in position at the

structure (3).

(b) Put the tie-down point (9) in position at the plug housing (10).

(c) Install the screws (8) in the tie-down point (9).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 409
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) Install the tie-down fittings (12):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (12) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (12) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (11) in the tie-down fitting (12).

(5) Install the tie-down fitting (14):

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (14) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (13) in the tie-down fitting (14).

(6) Install the tie-down fittings (16):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (16)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (16) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (16) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (15) in the tie-down fitting (16).

(7) Install the cargo net(s) (6), if removed:

(a) Put the cargo net(s) (6) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Connect the net fittings (7) to the net attachment fittings.

Subtask 25-54-41-420-051

C. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Ceiling

Area
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-54-41-991-002)

(1) Install the stanchion fitting (2):

(a) Put the stanchion fitting (2) in position at the structure (1).

(b) Install the screws (3) in the stanchion fitting (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 410
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (2) Install the tie-down points (4):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (4) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down point (4) in position at the structure (1).

(b) Install the screws (5) in the tie-down point (4).

(3) Install the tie-down points (9):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (9) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (9) only is given here.

(a) Install the spacer (8), if removed:

1
_ Put the spacer (8) in position at the structure (1).

2
_ Install the screws (11) in the spacer (8).

(b) Put the tie-down point (9) in position at the spacer (8).

(c) Install the screws (10) in the tie-down point (9).

(4) Install the cargo net(s) (7), if removed:

(a) Put the cargo net(s) (7) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Connect the net fittings (6) to the net attachment fittings.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 411
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-54-41-390-050

D. Application of Sealants
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-54-41-991-003)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in a closed
cutout:

(a) Make sure that the gap between the plug housing (2) and the
cutout in the floor panel (1) is clean.

(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gap
between the plug housing (2) and the cutout in the floor panel
(1).

(2) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in an open
cutout:

(a) Make sure that the gaps between the tie-down fitting (4) and the
cutouts in the floor panels (1) are clean.

(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gaps
between the tie-down fitting (4) and the cutouts in the floor
panels (1).

(3) Use a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to remove the unwanted sealant
from the component interface and the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 412
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Application of Sealants
Figure 403/TASK 25-54-41-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 413
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-54-41-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-54-41

Page 414
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________

1. General
_______
R
R The AFT cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 150/160
R between the fixed partitions FR47 and FR65. A divider net divides the AFT
R cargo hold into seperate compartments. They are known as cargo compartments
R 3, 4 and 5. The cargo compartment 5 is also known as the BULK cargo
R compartment. The total volume of the aft/bulk cargo compartment is 989 ft.3
R (28.005 m3).
R The AFT cargo compartment door, between FR52A and FR56, gives access to the
R cargo compartments 3 and 4. The BULK cargo compartment door, between FR60
R and FR62, gives access to the cargo compartment 5.
R
R The aft/bulk cargo compartments have:
R
R - Left sidewall lining
R - Ceiling panel
R - Right sidewall lining
R - Loading area light
R - Rapid decompression panels
R - Cargo compartment lighting
R - Door net
R - BULK door net
R - Divider nets
R - Tie-down/net attachment points
R - Access panels.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR47 151/ 826/ 25-55-11
152 827
FIXED PARTITION FR65 161/ 826/ 25-55-12
162 827
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 161DW 161 827
LOADING AREA LIGHT 151CC 151 826 33-34-00
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 151BC/ 151/ 826/ 26-16-00
161BC 161 827


EFF :

ALL  25-55-00

Page 1
May 01/08
 
SYR 
R Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-00

Page 2
May 01/00
 
SYR 
R Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-00

Page 3
May 01/00
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R CEILING PANEL 151/ 826/
R 161 827
R CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 151BC/ 151/ 826/ 33-34-00
R 151CC/ 161 827
R 161AZ
R RH SIDEWALL LINING 152/ 826/
R 162 827
R 2607MM DOOR NET FR52A 150 826
R 2608MM DOOR NET FR56 150 826
R 2613MM DOOR NET FR62 160 827
R 2614MM DOOR NET FR60 160 827
R 2606MM DIVIDER NET FR50 150 826
R 2610MM DIVIDER NET FR59 150/ 826
R LH SIDEWALL LINING 151/ 826/
R 161 827
R RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 151/ 826/
R 161 827
R TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT POINTS 151/ 826/
R 161 827
R ACCESS PANELS 151CW/ 151/ 826
R 152CW 152

R 3. _________________________
Description and Operation

R A. Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels

R
R The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the AFT cargo hold prevent
R damage to the aircraft structure. They are made of flame-resistant
R synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The sidewall linings
R and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release fasteners to:
R
R - the support struts
R - the cross beams
R - the cargo compartment brackets.
R The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They
R are made of honeycomb core, which is bonded between prepreg layers.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-00

Page 4
Nov 01/04
 
SYR 
 B. Bulk Loading Placards

Placards for bulk loading instructions are located on the ceiling in the
AFT and BULK cargo compartment. The placards tell the minimum clearance
allowed between the bulk cargo and the cargo compartment ceiling. The
clearance between the bulk cargo and the compartment ceiling must be kept
to prevent an inadvertent operation of the :
- smoke detectors,
- discharge nozzles of the fire extingnisher system.
Also to enable a correct function of the rapid decompression panels.
The clearance must be 51.0 mm (2.0078 in.) minimum.

C. Smoke Detector Panels

The AFT and the BULK cargo compartments are completed with the smoke
detection system. The ceiling panels have therefore two cutouts for the
smoke detector panels. They are installed at the center of the ceiling
panels between FR52 and FR53 and between FR62 and FR63.

D. Access Panels

The sidewall linings installed on the left and right side of the cargo
compartment have cutouts. The cutouts are between the FR47 and FR48. The
cutouts are covered with access panels. The access panels are attached to
the sidewall linings with quick-release fasteners.
The access panels gives access to the compress air bottles and to the
pressure gauges of the escape slide system.

E. Rapid Decompression Panels

R Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo
R compartment linings. They are installed in cutouts of the ceiling panels
R and lateral right sidewall lining at FR52A and FR56. Catch assemblies
hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels are sealed to
R the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive tape
R (Material No.05-066).

R NOTE : If it is necessary to repair a decompression panel refer to

____
R Chp.250000.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-00

Page 5
May 01/00
 
SYR 
 F. Divider Net and Door Net

There are two types of nets installed in the AFT cargo hold. The divider
net at FR59 divides the cargo hold into the AFT and the BULK cargo
compartment. The divider net at FR50 divides the AFT cargo compartment in
two sections. The door net prevents damage to the cargo compartment door.
The door net and the divider net are attached to the tie-down and net
attachment points.

G. Tie-Down and Net Attachment Points

Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:

- the attachment of the door and divider nets

- the attachment of the straps which hold large or small items of bulk
cargo.

H. Loading Area Light

The loading area light is a spotlight and is installed in the ceiling

panel at the FWD cargo compartment door. The intensity of the loading
area light permit persons to read labels on equipment near the cargo
compartment door.

J. Cargo Compartment Lighting

The AFT cargo hold has a lighting system with neon tubes and is installed
in the center of the ceiling panels . Toggle switches installed at the
AFT and the BULK cargo compartment door control the lighting system.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-00

Page 6
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-55-11-000-001

Removal of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR47

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-55-11-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-11-010-050-A

A. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock on
the (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) actuator of the AFT cargo
compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
AFT cargo-compartment door. (3)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-11-991-001)

Subtask 25-55-11-020-050

A. Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Partition FR47

(1) Support the partion panels (1), (2) and (3).

(2) Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (1),(2),(3).

(3) Remove the partition panels (1),(2),(3).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 402
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 25-55-11

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-11-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-11-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 405
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-11-400-001

Installation of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR47

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
R REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
R EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 406
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
R 25-55-11-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT
R Cargo Compartment
52-30-00-080-001 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-55-11-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 407
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-11-860-050-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is opened (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Install the safety lock on the actuator of the aft cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the aft cargo-compartment door.

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-55-11-910-050-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-11-991-001)

R (1) Do an inspection of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR47.

R (2) If necessary, repair the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) (Ref. TASK
R 25-50-00-200-024).

R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (4) on the partition panels

R (1), (2) and (3) at FR47 for damage.

R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (4) are not missing.

R (5) Replace the damaged sealing strips (4) on the partition panels (1),
R (2) and (3) at FR47.

R (6) If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-005) from the sealing strips (4) of the related
R panels.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (4) with the CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 408
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (4) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) in position.

R (9) Make sure that all the sealing strips (4) are installed without
R clearance.

R (10) Make sure that all the studs (5) are correctly installed in their
R retainer washers.

R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing do the missing fastener

R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-300-001).

R (12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.

R (13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.

R (14) Make sure that the contact areas of the panels at the adjacent
R aircraft structure are flat.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 016) and make them flat.

R (16) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be flat when the
R sealant is applied and dry. Make them flat, if necessary.

R (17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components
R are in their correct positions and in the good condition.

R (18) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).

R (19) After installation of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) make sure
R that:
R - All the fasteners are fully tightened.
R - There is no clearance between the panels and the aircraft
R structure.

R (20) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (21) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 409
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (22) Examine each panel for cracks and other damage.

Subtask 25-55-11-420-050

B. Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Partition FR47

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-11-991-001)

(1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011)on the
seals around each partition panel (1), (2) and (3).

(2) Put the partion panels (1), (2), and (3) in position.

(3) Make sure that all other attachment holes align with the holes of the
structure.

(4) Put all studs (5) in the holes of the structure.

(5) Install the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) with the studs (5).

(6) Tighten the studs (5).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechanism engages.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-11-410-050

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-55-11-942-057

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 410
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-11-000-002

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment - FR47/FR59

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-55-11-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-11-010-051-A

A. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) on the actuator of the AFT cargo
compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
AFT cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 411
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-11-991-002)

Subtask 25-55-11-020-051

A. Removal of the Ceiling Panels

NOTE : The removal of each ceiling panel is the same.

____

(1) Remove the joint strip (5) from the ceiling panels (2).

(2) Support the ceiling panels.

(3) Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) from the ceiling panels (2).

(4) Remove the ceiling panels (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 412
Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
R Ceiling Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
Figure 402/TASK 25-55-11-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 413
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-11-400-002

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment -FR47/FR59

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
R REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
R EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.1 m (6 ft. 11 in.)

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 414
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
R 25-55-11-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT
R Cargo Compartment
25-68-41-960-001 Replacement of the Decompression Panels
52-30-00-080-001 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-55-11-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 415
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-11-860-051-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is opened and the
safety lock is installed on the actuator of the aft cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) access platform is in
position at the opening of the aft cargo-compartment door.

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-55-11-910-051-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-11-991-002)

R (1) Do an inspection of the ceiling panels (2).

R (2) If necessary, repair the ceiling panels (2) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-
R 024).

R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2)
R for damage.

R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (1) are not missing.

R (5) Replace the damaged sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2).

R (6) If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-005) from the sealing strips (1) of the related
R panels.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (1) with the CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (1) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) in position.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 416
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (9) Make sure that all the sealing strips (1) are installed without
R clearance.

R (10) Make sure that all the studs (3), (4) and (7) are correctly installed
R in their retainer washers.

R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing, do the missing fastener

R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-300-001).

R (12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.

R (13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.

R (14) Make sure that the contact areas of the panels at the adjacent
R aircraft structure are flat.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 016) and make them flat.

R (16) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be flat when the
R sealant is applied and dry. Make them flat, if necessary.

R (17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components
R are in their correct positions and in good condition.

R (18) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).

R (19) After installation of the ceiling panels (2) make sure that:
R - All the fasteners are fully tightened.
R - There is no clearance between the panels and the aircraft
R structure.

R (20) Examine the decompression panels as follows:

R (a) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

R position.

R (b) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

R condition.

R (c) Make sure the the seal of each decompression panel is in the
R correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 417
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (21) If necessary, replace the decompression panel(s) and/or the seal(s)
R (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001).

R (22) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (23) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (24) Examine each panel for cracks and other damage.

Subtask 25-55-11-420-051

B. Installation of the Ceiling Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-11-991-002)

NOTE : The installation of each ceiling panel is the same.

____

(1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
seals around each ceiling panel (2).

(2) Put the ceiling panel (2) in position.

(3) Make sure that all other attachment holes align with the holes of the
structure.

(4) Put all studs (3), (4) and (7) in the holes of the structure.

(5) Install the ceiling panel (2) with the studs (3), (4) and (7).

(6) Tighten the studs (3), (4) and (7).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechanism engages.

(7) Install the joint strips (5) on the ceiling panels (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 418
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-11-410-051

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-55-11-942-058

B. Close Access

R (1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo compartment
R door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 419
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-11-000-003

Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR47/FR59

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-55-11-991-003 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-11-010-052-A

A. Get Access

(1) Open the aft cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) on the actuator of the aft cargo
compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
aft cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 420
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-11-991-003)

Subtask 25-55-11-020-052

A. Removal of the Sidewall Panels

NOTE : The removal of each sidewall panel is the same.

____

(1) Loosen the studs (47) of the sidewall panels (41).

(2) Remove the sidewall panels (41).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 421
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R Sidewall Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
Figure 403/TASK 25-55-11-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 422
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-11-400-003

Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR47/FR59

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
- CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
- SIDEWALL PANELS
- CEILING PANELS
- PARTITION PANELS.
IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 423
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
R SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
R 25-55-11-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT
R Cargo Compartment
52-30-00-080-001 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-55-11-991-003 Fig. 403


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 424
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-11-860-052-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is opened and the
safety lock is installed on the actuator of the aft cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the aft cargo-compartment door.

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-55-11-910-052-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-11-991-003)

R (1) Do an inspection of the sidewall panels (41) of the aft cargo

R compartment.

R (2) If necessary, repair the sidewall panels (41) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-
R 200-024).

R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels

R (41) for damage.

R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (48) are installed correctly.

R (5) Replace the damaged sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels (41).

R (6) If necessary, remove the damaged sealing strips (48) from the related
R panels.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (48) with the CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).

R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (48) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) in position.

R (9) Make sure that all the sealing strips (48) are installed without
R clearance between their ends.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 425
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (10) Make sure that all the studs (47) are installed correctly in the
R related panels.

R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing, do the missing fastener

R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-300-001).

R (12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.

R (13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.

R (14) Make sure that the mating surfaces of the panels at the adjacent
R aircraft structure are flat.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 016) and make them flat.

R (16) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be flat when the
R sealant is applied and dry. If necessary, make them flat.

R (17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components
R are in their correct positions and in good condition.

R (18) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).

R (19) After installation of the sidewall panels (41), make sure that:
R - All the fasteners are fully tightened.
R - There is no clearance between the panels and the aircraft
R structure.

R (20) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (21) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and the MISCELLANEOUS (Material
R No. 19-003).

Subtask 25-55-11-420-052

B. Installation of the Sidewall Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-11-991-003)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

NOTE : The installation of each sidewall panel is the same.

____


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 426
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
seals around each sidewall panel (41).

(2) Put the sidewall panel (41) in position.

R (3) Make sure that all the attachment holes align with the holes of the
R structure.
R

R (4) Put the studs (47) in the correct position in the holes of the
R structure.

(5) Install the sidewall panel (41) with the studs (47).

(6) Tighten the studs (47).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechanism engages.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-11-410-052

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-55-11-942-059

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the aft cargo compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 427
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - REPAIRS
________________________________________________________

TASK 25-55-11-300-001

Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT Cargo Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-052 USA AMS-T-23397 AND/OR L-T-80B

R SELF ADHESIVEALUMINIUM TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-060 USA MIL-T-4053
TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE,GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-50-00-200-002 General Visual Inspection of Cargo Compartment

Decompression, Lining and Floor Panels
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-55-11-991-005 Fig. 801
25-55-11-991-006 Fig. 802


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 801
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-11-010-055

A. Get Access

R (1) Open the aft cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
R lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
R aft cargo-compartment door.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-55-11-991-005, 802/TASK 25-55-11-991-006)

Subtask 25-55-11-210-051

A. Inspection

(1) Do an inspection of the lining panels of the AFT cargo-compartment

for missing fasteners (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-002).

(2) Missing fasteners are permitted on the ceiling, sidewall and the
partition lining panels if:
- there are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining
panels
- not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining
panel.

Subtask 25-55-11-350-050

B. Repair

(1) If a stud is missing, install a new fastener assembly (stud, washer

and lockwasher)

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechanism engages.

(2) If it is not possible to install the fastener(s) in the time

necessary, seal the stud hole(s) (3) as follows:
- seal the stud hole (3) on the lining panel where the fastener is
R missing with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
060) (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 802
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Missing Fastener Inspection
R Figure 801/TASK 25-55-11-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 803
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Missing Fastener Repair
R Figure 802/TASK 25-55-11-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 804
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Missing Fastener Repair
R Figure 802/TASK 25-55-11-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 805
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 NOTE : The edge where the fastener is missing must be sealed.
____

(3) Seal the edge where the fastener is missing as follows:

(a) If there is sufficient clearance between the panel with the

missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the stud hole (3) of the
missing fastener to the secondary structure (5).
R - do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-060) (4).
- make sure that the tape (4) touches the fasteners adjacent to
the two sides of the sealed stud hole (3).

(b) If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the
missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the
next panel
R - do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-060) (4).
- make sure that the tape (4) touches the primary or secondary
structure (5) at the two ends of the edge with the missing
fastener.

(c) If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the
missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the
adjacent panel across the cover strip (6).
R - do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-060) (4).
- make sure that the tape (4) touches the fastener adjacent to
the two sides of the sealed stud hole (3).

NOTE : Up to 100 Flight Hours (10 days), a visual inspection of

____
the repair area is necessary once a week. From 100 Flight
Hours to 500 Flight Hours (50 days), it is necessary to do
a visual inspection of the repair area each day. A new
fastener assembly must be installed in a period of 500
R flight hours after the installation of the BONDING AND
R ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052) (4) or the
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 806
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-11-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-11

Page 807
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-55-12-000-001

R Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
25-55-12-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-55-12-860-057

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-55-12-010-051

R B. Get Access

R (1) Open the bulk cargo compartment door.

R (2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the bulk cargo
compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 401
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-12-991-001)

Subtask 25-55-12-020-051

R A. Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

(1) Loosen the studs (3) of the partition panels (1), (2).

(2) Remove the partition panels (1), (2).

(3) Loosen the studs (5) of the cover assemblies (6).

(4) Remove the cover assemblies (6) from the partition panels (1), (2).

(5) Loosen the studs (10) of the valve (8).

(6) Remove the valve (8) from the partition panels (1), (2).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 402
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 25-55-12

Page 403
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R Aft Cargo Compartment - Partition FR65
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-12-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 404
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Aft Cargo Compartment - Partition FR65
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-12-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 405
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-12-400-001

Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
R REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
R EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 406
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
R 25-55-11-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT
R Cargo Compartment
25-55-12-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-12-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Make sure that the bulk cargo compartment door is opened


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 407
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the
opened bulk cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-55-12-910-050-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-12-991-001)

R (1) Do an inspection of the partition panels (1) and (2) at FR65.

R (2) If necessary, repair the partition panels (1) and (2) (Ref. TASK 25-
R 50-00-200-024).

R (3) Do an inspection for damage of the sealing strips (4), (7) and (9)
R on:
R - The partition panels (1) and (2) at FR65
R - The valve (8)
R - The cover assemblies (6).

R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) are not missing.

R (5) Replace the damaged sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) with the BONDING
R AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) on:
R - The partition panels (1) and (2) at FR65
R - The valve (8)
R - The cover assemblies (6).

R (6) If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-005) from the sealing strips (4), (7) and (9).

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) with
R the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) with the BONDING AND
R ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005).

R (9) Make sure that all sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) are installed
R without clearance.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 408
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (10) Make sure that all the studs (3), (5) and (10) are correctly
R installed in their retainer washers.

R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing do the missing fastener

R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-300-001).

R (12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.

R (13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.

R (14) Make sure that the contact areas of the panels at the adjacent
R aircraft structure are flat.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 016) and make them flat.

R (16) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be flat when the
R sealant is applied and dry. Make them flat, if necessary.

R (17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components
R are in their correct positions and in good conditions.

R (18) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).

R (19) After installation of the partition panels (1) and (2) make sure
R that:
R - All the fasteners are fully tightened.
R - There is no clearance between the panels and the aircraft
R structure.

R (20) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (21) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (22) Examine each panel for cracks and other damage.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 409
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-55-12-420-050

B. Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65.

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-12-991-001)

(1) Install the valve (8) in the correct position on the partition panel
(2) with the studs (10).

(2) Put the grills/cover assemblies (6) in the correct position on the
partition panels (1) and (2) with the studs (5).

(3) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011)on the
seals around each partition panel (1) and (2).

(4) Put the partition panels (1) and (2) in position.

(5) Make sure that all other attachment holes align with the holes of the
structure.

(6) Put all studs (3) in the correct position in the holes of the
structure.

(7) Install the partition panels (1) and (2) with the studs (3).

(8) Tighten the studs (3).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the sef-locking mechanism engages.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-12-410-050-A

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-55-12-942-054

B. Close Access

(1) Close the bulk cargo-compartment door.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 410
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

Subtask 25-55-12-860-059

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 411
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-12-000-002

R Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

R B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
25-55-12-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-55-12-860-058

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-55-12-010-053-A

R B. Get Access

R (1) Open the bulk cargo-compartment door.

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the

R opening of the bulk cargo-compartment door.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 412
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-12-991-002)

Subtask 25-55-12-020-052

A. Removal of the Ceiling Panels

NOTE : The removal of each ceiling panel is the same.

____

(1) Remove the joint strip (5) from the ceiling panels (2).

(2) Support the ceiling panels (2).

(3) Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) of the ceiling panels (2).

(4) Remove the ceiling panels (2) from the aircraft structure.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 413
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
R Ceiling Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
Figure 402/TASK 25-55-12-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 414
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-12-400-002

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
R REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
R EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 415
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
R 25-55-11-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT
R Cargo Compartment
25-68-41-960-001 Replacement of the Decompression Panels
25-55-12-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-12-860-051-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the bulk cargo-compartment door is opened


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 416
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the
opened bulk cargo-compartment door.

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-55-12-910-051-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-12-991-002)

R (1) Do an inspection of the ceiling panels (2).

R (2) If necessary, repair the ceiling panels (2) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-
R 024).

R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2)
R for damage.

R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (1) are not missing.

R (5) Replace the damaged sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2).

R (6) If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-005) from the sealing strips (1) of the related
R panels.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (1) with the CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (1) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005).

R (9) Make sure that all the sealing strips (1) are installed without
R clearance.

R (10) Make sure that all the studs (3), (4) and (7) are correctly installed
R in their retainer washers.

R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing, do the missing fastener

R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-300-001).

R (12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 417
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.

R (14) Make sure that the contact areas of the panels at the adjacent
R aircraft structure are flat.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 016) and make them flat.

R (16) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be flat when the
R sealant is applied and dry. Make them flat, if necessary.

R (17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components
R are in their positions and in good condition.

R (18) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).

R (19) After installation of the ceiling panels (2) make sure that:
R - All the fasteners are fully tightened.
R - There is no clearance between the panels and the aircraft
R structure.

R (20) Examine the decompression panels as follows:

R (a) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

R position.

R (b) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

R condition.

R (c) Make sure the the seal of each decompression panel is in the
R correct condition.

R (21) If necessary, replace the decompression panel(s) and/or the seal(s)

R (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001).

R (22) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (23) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 418
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (24) Examine each panel for cracks and other damage.

Subtask 25-55-12-420-051

B. Installation of the Ceiling Panels at FR59 thru FR65

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-12-991-002)

NOTE : The installation of each ceiling panel is the same.

____

(1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
seals around each ceiling panel (2).

(2) Put the ceiling panel (2) in position.

(3) Make sure that all the other attachment holes align with the holes of
the structure.

(4) Put all studs (3), (4) and (7) in the correct position in the holes
of the structure.

(5) Install the ceiling panel (2) with the studs (3), (4) and (7).

(6) Tighten the studs (3), (4) and (7).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechanism engages.

(7) Install the joint strips (5) on the ceiling panels (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-12-410-051

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-55-12-942-056

B. Close Access

(1) Close the bulk cargo-compartment door.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 419
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

Subtask 25-55-12-860-060

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 420
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-12-000-003

R Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

R B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
25-55-12-991-003-A Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-55-12-860-061

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-55-12-010-054-A

R B. Get Access

R (1) Open the bulk cargo-compartment door.

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the

R opening of the bulk cargo-compartment door.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 421
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-12-991-003-A)

Subtask 25-55-12-020-053

A. Removal of the Sidewall Panels

NOTE : The removal of each sidewall panel is the same.

____

(1) Support the sidewall panels (41).

(2) Loosen the studs (47) of the sidewall panels (41).

(3) Remove the sidewall panels (41) from the aircraft structure.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 422
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
R Sidewall Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
Figure 403/TASK 25-55-12-991-003-A


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 423
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-12-400-003

Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU
_______
R REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE
R EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 424
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-50-00-200-024 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
R 25-55-11-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT
R Cargo Compartment
25-55-12-991-003-A Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-12-860-052-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the bulk cargo-compartment door is opened.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 425
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the
opened bulk cargo-compartment door.

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-55-12-910-052-A

R A. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-12-991-003-A)

R (1) Do an inspection of the sidewall panels (41) of the bulk cargo

R compartment.

R (2) If necessary, repair the sidewall panels (41) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-
R 200-024).

R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels

R (41) for damage.

R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (48) are not missing.

R (5) Replace the damaged sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels (41).

R (6) If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

R (Material No. 08-005) from the sealing strips (48) of the related
R panels.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (48) with the CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (48) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005).

R (9) Make sure that all the sealing strips (48) are installed without
R clearance.

R (10) Make sure that all the studs (47) are correctly installed in their
R retainer washers.

R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing do the missing fastener

R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-300-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 426
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.

R (13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.

R (14) Make sure that the contact areas of the panels at the adjacent
R aircraft structure are flat.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 016) and make them flat.

R (16) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be flat when the
R sealant is applied and dry. Make them flat, if necessary.

R (17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components
R are in their correct positions and in good condition.

R (18) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).

R (19) After installation of the sidewall panels (41) make sure that:
R - All the fasteners are fully tightened.
R - There is no clearance between the panels and the aircraft
R structure.

R (20) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

R (21) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (22) Examine each panel for cracks and other damage.

Subtask 25-55-12-420-052

B. Installation of the Sidewall Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-12-991-003-A)

NOTE : The installation of each sidewall panel is the same.

____

(1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
seals around each sidewall panel (41).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 427
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (2) Put the sidewall panel (41) in position.

(3) Make sure that all other attachment holes align with the holes of the
structure.

(4) Put the studs (47) in the holes of the structure.

(5) Install the sidewall panel (41) with the studs (47).

(6) Tighten the studs (47).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechanism engages.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-12-410-052

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-55-12-942-057

B. Close Access

(1) Close the bulk cargo-compartment door.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 25-55-12-860-062

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 428
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - REPAIRS
________________________________________________________

TASK 25-55-12-300-001

Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the BULK Cargo Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-052 USA AMS-T-23397 AND/OR L-T-80B

R SELF ADHESIVEALUMINIUM TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-060 USA MIL-T-4053
TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE,GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-50-00-200-002 General Visual Inspection of Cargo Compartment

Decompression, Lining and Floor Panels
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
25-55-12-991-005 Fig. 801
25-55-12-991-006 Fig. 802


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 801
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-12-010-056

A. Get Access

R (1) Open the bulk cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
R lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
R bulk cargo-compartment door.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-55-12-991-005, 802/TASK 25-55-12-991-006)

Subtask 25-55-12-210-052

A. Inspection

(1) Do an inspection of the lining panels of the BULK cargo-compartment

for missing fasteners (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-002).

(2) Missing fasteners are permitted on the ceiling, sidewall and the
partition lining panels if:
- there are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining
panels
- not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining
panel.

Subtask 25-55-12-350-050

B. Repair

(1) If a stud is missing, install a new fastener assembly (stud, washer

and lock washer).

NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
when the self-locking mechnism engages.

(2) If it is not possible to install the fastener(s) in the time

necessary, seal the stud hole(s) (3) as follows:
- seal the hole (3) on the lining panel where the fastener is missing
R with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052) (4)
R or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 802
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Missing Fastener Inspection
R Figure 801/TASK 25-55-12-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 803
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Missing Fastener Repair
R Figure 802/TASK 25-55-12-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 804
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Missing Fastener Repair
R Figure 802/TASK 25-55-12-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 805
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 NOTE : The edge where the fastener is missing must be sealed.
____

(3) Seal the edge where the fastener is missing as follows:

(a) If there is sufficient clearance between the panel with the

missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
the secondary structure (5)
R - do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-060) (4)
- the tape (4) must extend to the next fasteners adjacent to the
sealed hole (3).

(b) If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the
missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
the next panel
R - do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-060) (4)
- the tape length must extend to the primary or secondary
structure (5) at both ends of the edge with the missing
fastener (3).

(c) If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the
missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
the adjacent panel through the cover strip (6)
R - do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-060) (4)
- the tape (4) must extend to the next fasteners adjacent to the
sealed hole (3).

NOTE : Up to 100 Flight Hours (10 days), a visual inspection of

____
the repair area is necessary once a week. From 100 Flight
Hours to 500 Flight Hours (50 days), you must do a visual
inspection of the repair area every day. A new fastener
assembly must be installed within 500 flight hours after
R the installation of the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 806
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-12-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the BULK cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-12

Page 807
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 STANCHION - DOOR NET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________

TASK 25-55-17-000-001

Removal of the Net Stanchions in the AFT and/or BULK Cargo Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
R 25-55-17-991-002 Fig. 401
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-17-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
AFT cargo-compartment door.

(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
BULK cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-17

Page 401
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Open the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-55-17-020-050

A. Removal of the Net Stanchions

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-17-991-002)

(1) Disconnect the net fittings from the applicable net attachment
fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling areas.

(2) Remove the stanchions (2).

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the removal procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.

(a) Turn the locking base (3) counterclockwise to unlock the

stanchion from the tiedown point (4).

(b) Push the stanchion (2) up to release the stanchion locking base
(3) from the tiedown point (4).

(c) Move the lower part of the stanchion (2) away from the tiedown
point (4). Then move the stanchion (2) down to remove the
stanchion plunger from the upper ceiling fitting (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-17

Page 402
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Stanchion - Door Net - BULK Cargo Compartment
R Figure 401/TASK 25-55-17-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-55-17

Page 403
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-17-400-001

Installation of the Net Stanchions in the AFT and/or BULK Cargo Compartment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
R 25-55-17-991-002 Fig. 401
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-17-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the AFT cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-17

Page 404
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position at the BULK cargo-compartment door.

(4) Make sure that the BULK cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-006).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-55-17-910-050

A. Preparation for Installation:

(1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 25-55-17-420-050

B. Installation of the Net Stanchions.

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-17-991-002)

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the installation procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.

(1) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the unlocked
position.

(2) Carefully insert the stanchion plunger in the upper ceiling fitting
(1).

(3) Push the stanchion (2) up and align the stanchion locking base (3)
with the tiedown point (4).

(4) Carefully lower the stanchion (2).

(5) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the correct
position on the tiedown point (4).

(6) Turn the stanchion locking base (3) clockwise 90 degrees to attach
the stanchion (2) to the tiedown point (4).

(7) Make sure that the stanchion (2) is correctly attached.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-17

Page 405
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-55-17

Page 406
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (8) Connect the net fittings to the applicable net attachment fittings as
required.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-17-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).

(3) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-17

Page 407
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - AFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________

TASK 25-55-41-000-001

Removal of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the AFT and BULK Cargo-
Compartments

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
25-55-41-991-001 Fig. 401
25-55-41-991-002 Fig. 402
25-55-41-991-003 Fig. 403
25-55-41-991-004 Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-41-010-050

A. Get Access

R (1) Open the aft cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
R lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
R aft cargo-compartment door.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the bulk
R cargo-compartment door.

R (4) Open the bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-55-41-020-050

A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-41-991-001)

(1) Remove the cargo net(s) (5), if installed:

(a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Remove the cargo net(s) (5).

(2) Remove the tie-down points (2):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(2) only is given here.

(a) Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the tie-down
point (2).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).

(3) Remove the tie-down points (8):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(8) only is given here.

(a) Remove the nuts (10), and remove the screws (7) from the tie-down
point (8).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (8) from the plug housing (9).

(c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (9) from the structure (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) Remove the seat-track sections (12):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (12) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
section (12) only is given here.

(a) Remove the nuts (13), and remove the screws (11) from the
seat-track section (12).

(b) Remove the seat-track section (12) from the structure (3).

(5) Remove the tie-down fittings (15):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (15) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (15) only is given here.

(a) Remove the nuts (16), and remove the screws (14) from the
tie-down fitting (15).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (15) from the structure (3).

(6) Remove the tie-down fittings (18):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (18) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (18) only is given here.

(a) Remove the nuts (19), and remove the screws (17) from the
tie-down fitting (18).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (18) from the structure (3).

(7) Remove the tie-down fitting (21):

(a) Remove the nuts (22), and remove the screws (20) from the
tie-down fitting (21).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (21) from the structure (3).

(8) Remove the tie-down fittings (24):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (24) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (24) only is given here.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 403
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-41-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 404
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-41-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 405
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (a) Remove the nuts (25), and remove the screws (23) from the
tie-down fitting (24).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (24) from the structure (3).

(9) Remove the tie-down fitting (27):

(a) Remove the nuts (28), and remove the screws (26) from the
tie-down fitting (27).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (27) from the structure (3).

(10) Remove the tie-down fitting (30):

(a) Remove the nuts (31), and remove the screws (29) from the
tie-down fitting (30).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (30) from the structure (3).

Subtask 25-55-41-020-051

B. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-41-991-002)

(1) Remove the cargo net(s) (9), if installed:

(a) Disconnect the net fittings (8) from the tie-down and net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Remove the cargo net(s) (9).

(2) Remove the tie-down points (3):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(3) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (4) from the tie-down point (3).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (3) from the spacer (2).

(c) If necessary, remove the spacer (2):

1
_ Remove the screws (5) from the spacer (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 406
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
Figure 402/TASK 25-55-41-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 407
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 2
_ Remove the spacer (2) from the structure (1).

(3) Remove the tie-down points (6):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(6) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (7) from the tie-down point (6).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (6) from the structure (1).

(4) Remove the stanchion fittings (10).

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one stanchion
fitting (10) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (11) from the stanchion fitting (10).

(b) Remove the stanchion fitting (10) from the structure (1).

Subtask 25-55-41-020-052

C. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-41-991-003)

(1) Remove the cargo net(s) (5), if installed:

(a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Remove the cargo net(s) (5).

(2) Remove the tie-down points (2):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(2) only is given here.

(a) Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the tie-down
point (2).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 408
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (3) Remove the tie-down points (8):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(8) only is given here.

(a) Remove the nuts (10), and remove the screws (7) from the tie-down
point (8).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (8) from the plug housing (9).

(c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (9) from the structure (3).

(4) Remove the tie-down fittings (12):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (12) only is given here.

(a) Remove the nuts (13), and remove the screws (11) from the
tie-down fitting (12).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (12) from the structure (3).

(5) Remove the seat-track sections (15):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (15) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
section (15) only is given here.

(a) Remove the nuts (16), and remove the screws (14) from the
seat-track section (15).

(b) Remove the seat-track section (15) from the structure (3).

(6) Remove the tie-down fitting (18):

(a) Remove the nuts (19), and remove the screws (17) from the
tie-down fitting (18).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (18) from the structure (3).

(7) Remove the tie-down fittings (21):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (21) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (21) only is given here.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 409
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 403/TASK 25-55-41-991-003- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 410
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 403/TASK 25-55-41-991-003- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 411
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (a) Remove the nuts (22), and remove the screws (20) from the
tie-down fitting (21).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (21) from the structure (3).

(8) Remove the tie-down fitting (24):

(a) Remove the nuts (25), and remove the screws (23) from the
tie-down fitting (24).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (24) from the structure (3).

(9) Remove the tie-down fitting (27):

(a) Remove the nuts (28), and remove the screws (26) from the
tie-down fitting (27).

(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (27) from the structure (3).

Subtask 25-55-41-020-053

D. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-55-41-991-004)

(1) Remove the cargo net(s) (9), if installed:

(a) Disconnect the net fittings (8) from the tie-down and net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Remove the cargo net(s) (9).

(2) Remove the tie-down points (3):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(3) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (4) from the tie-down point (3).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (3) from the spacer (2).

(c) If necessary, remove the spacer (2):

1
_ Remove the screws (5) from the spacer (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 412
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
Figure 404/TASK 25-55-41-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 413
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 2
_ Remove the spacer (2) from the structure (1).

(3) Remove the tie-down points (6):

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(6) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (7) from the tie-down point (6).

(b) Remove the tie-down point (6) from the structure (1).

(4) Remove the stanchion fittings (10).

NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one stanchion
fitting (10) only is given here.

(a) Remove the screws (11) from the stanchion fitting (10).

(b) Remove the stanchion fitting (10) from the structure (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 414
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-55-41-400-001

Installation of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the AFT and BULK
Cargo-Compartments

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 415
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
25-55-41-991-001 Fig. 401
25-55-41-991-002 Fig. 402
25-55-41-991-003 Fig. 403
25-55-41-991-004 Fig. 404
25-55-41-991-005 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-55-41-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
R with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
R opening of the aft cargo-compartment door.

R (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
R bulk cargo-compartment door.

R (4) Make sure that the bulk cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-006).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 416
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-55-41-910-050

A. Preparation for Installation:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the old sealant from the
component interface and the adjacent area.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to clean the component
interface and the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the screws which attach the tie-down and net attachment fittings.

Subtask 25-55-41-420-050

B. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor

Area of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-41-991-001)

(1) Install the tie-down points (2):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (2) only is given here.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 417
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (1) and the nuts (4).

(2) Install the tie-down points (8):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (8) only is given here.

(a) Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if
removed.

(b) Put the tie-down point (8) in position at the plug housing (9).

(c) Install the screws (7) and the nuts (10).

(3) Install the seat-track sections (12):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the seat-track sections

____
(12) is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for
one seat-track section (12) only is given here.

(a) Put the seat-track section (12) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (11) and the nuts (13).

(4) Install the tie-down fittings (15):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (15)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (15) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (15) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (14) and the nuts (16).

(5) Install the tie-down fittings (18):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (18)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (18) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (18) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (17) and the nuts (19).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 418
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (6) Install the tie-down fitting (21):

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (21) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (20) and the nuts (22).

(7) Install the tie-down fittings (24):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (24)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (24) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (24) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (23) and the nuts (25).

(8) Install the tie-down fitting (27):

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (27) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (26) and the nuts (28).

(9) Install the tie-down fitting (30):

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (30) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (29) and the nuts (31).

(10) Install the cargo net(s) (5), if removed:

(a) Put the cargo net(s) (5) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Connect the net fittings (6) to the net attachment fittings.

Subtask 25-55-41-420-051

C. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Ceiling

Area of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-41-991-002)

(1) Install the tie-down points (3):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (3) only is given here.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 419
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (a) Install the spacer (2), if removed:

1
_ Put the spacer (2) in position at the structure (1).

2
_ Install the screws (5) in the spacer (2).

(b) Put the tie-down point (3) in position at the spacer (2).

(c) Install the screws (4) in the tie-down point (3).

(2) Install the tie-down points (6):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (6) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down point (6) in position at the structure (1).

(b) Install the screws (7) in the tie-down point (6).

(3) Install the stanchion fitting (10):

(a) Put the stanchion fitting (10) in position at the structure (1).

(b) Install the screws (11) in the stanchion fitting (10).

(4) Install the cargo net(s) (9), if removed:

(a) Put the cargo net(s) (9) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Connect the net fittings (8) to the net attachment fittings.

Subtask 25-55-41-420-052

D. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor

Area of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-41-991-003)

(1) Install the tie-down points (2):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (2) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 420
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (b) Install the screws (1) and the nuts (4).

(2) Install the tie-down points (8):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (8) only is given here.

(a) Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if
removed.

(b) Put the tie-down point (8) in position at the plug housing (9).

(c) Install the screws (7) and the nuts (10).

(3) Install the tie-down fittings (12):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (12) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (12) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (11) and the nuts (13).

(4) Install the seat-track sections (15):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the seat-track sections

____
(15) is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for
one seat-track section (15) only is given here.

(a) Put the seat-track section (15) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (14) and the nuts (16).

(5) Install the tie-down fitting (18):

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (18) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (17) and the nuts (19).

(6) Install the tie-down fittings (21):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (21)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (21) only is given here.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 421
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (a) Put the tie-down fitting (21) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (20) and the nuts (22).

(7) Install the tie-down fitting (24):

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (24) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (23) and the nuts (25).

(8) Install the tie-down fitting (27):

(a) Put the tie-down fitting (27) in position at the structure (3).

(b) Install the screws (26) and the nuts (28).

(9) Install the cargo net(s) (5), if removed:

(a) Put the cargo net(s) (5) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Connect the net fittings (6) to the net attachment fittings.

Subtask 25-55-41-420-053

E. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Ceiling

Area of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-55-41-991-004)

(1) Install the tie-down points (3):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (3) only is given here.

(a) Install the spacer (2), if removed:

1
_ Put the spacer (2) in position at the structure (1).

2
_ Install the screws (5) in the spacer (2).

(b) Put the tie-down point (3) in position at the spacer (2).

(c) Install the screws (4) in the tie-down point (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 422
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (2) Install the tie-down points (6):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (6) only is given here.

(a) Put the tie-down point (6) in position at the structure (1).

(b) Install the screws (7) in the tie-down point (6).

(3) Install the stanchion fittings (10):

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
stanchion fitting (10) only is given here.

(a) Put the stanchion fitting (10) in position at the structure (1).

(b) Install the screws (11) in the stanchion fitting (10).

(4) Install the cargo net(s) (9), if removed:

(a) Put the cargo net(s) (9) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.

(b) Connect the net fittings (8) to the net attachment fittings.

Subtask 25-55-41-390-050

F. Application of Sealants
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-55-41-991-005)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 423
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 Application of Sealants
Figure 405/TASK 25-55-41-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 424
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 (1) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in a closed
cutout:

(a) Make sure that the gap between the plug housing (2) and the
cutout in the floor panel (1) is clean.

(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gap
between the plug housing (2) and the cutout in the floor panel
(1).

(2) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in an open
cutout:

(a) Make sure that the gaps between the tie-down fitting (4) and the
cutouts in the floor panels (1) are clean.

(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gaps
between the tie-down fitting (4) and the cutouts in the floor
panels (1).

(3) Use a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to remove the unwanted sealant
from the component interface and the adjacent area.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-55-41-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).

(3) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-55-41

Page 425
May 01/01
 
SYR 
 EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________

1. _______
General
The emergency equipment is installed for the safety of the crew and the
passengers in an emergency.

For information about portable fire-extinguishers and portable

oxygen-equipment:
- Portable fire-extinguishers (Ref. 26-24-00).
- Portable oxygen-devices for flight crew (Ref. 35-31-00).
- Portable oxygen-devices for cabin attendants (Ref. 35-32-00).

2. __________________
System Description
R
The emergency equipment includes:

- Escape facilities - cockpit (Ref. 25-61-00)

- Escape facilities - cabin (Ref. 25-62-00)
- Evacuation signalling equipment - WP (Ref. 25-63-00)
- First aid equipment (Ref. 25-64-00)
- Miscellaneous emergency equipment (Ref. 25-65-00)
- Floatation and survival equipment (Ref. 25-66-00)
- Supplementary medical equipment (Ref. 25-67-00)
- A rapid-decompression safety system (Ref. 25-68-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-60-00

Page 1
May 01/04
 
SYR 
 ESCAPE FACILITIES - COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________

1. _______
General
In case of emergency evacuation,the occupants can evacuate the cockpit by
opening the sliding windows and using the escape ropes located above the
sliding windows.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1MM DESCENT DEVICE-EMERGENCY, CAPT 211 831 25-61-41
2MM DESCENT DEVICE-EMERGENCY, F/O 212 831 25-61-41

3. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R When the cabin is not pressurized, each sliding window can be opened using a
R continuous two-phase control. The control is located at the rear section of
R the windshield panel. The windshield panels are provided with an
R open-position locking system. The dimensions of the exit provided by the
R open windows enable crew evacuation after a crash.
R A 5.5m long knotted rope is located in a stowage above the sliding windows
R on either side of the overhead panel. The cover plate of each stowage is
R held closed by spring clips which enables quick opening. These stowages are
R identified by red labels.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-61-00

Page 1
Aug 01/98
 
SYR 
 Escape Rope - Component Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-61-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Cockpit Evacuation - Emergency Exit
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-61-00

Page 3/4
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY (1MM,2MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________

TASK 25-61-41-000-001

Removal of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-61-41-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-61-41-860-050

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-61-41-991-001)

Subtask 25-61-41-020-050

A. Removal of the Captain and F/O Emergency Descent Device

(1) Remove the cover (3).

(2) Loosen the screws (1).

(3) Remove the lining (2).

(4) Loosen the screws (4).

(5) Hold the attachment (5).

(6) Remove the emergency descent device (6).


EFF :

ALL  25-61-41

Page 401
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
Figure 401/TASK 25-61-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-61-41

Page 402
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-61-41-400-001

Installation of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-61-41-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-61-41-860-051

R A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-61-41-991-001)

Subtask 25-61-41-420-050

A. Installation of the Captain anf F/O Emergency Descent Device

(1) Engage the loop of the emergency descent device (6) in the attachment
(5).

(2) Put the attachment (5) and the screws (4) in the correct position and
then TORQUE the screws to between 0.35 and 0.40 m.daN (30.97 and
35.39 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  25-61-41

Page 403
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Install the emergency descent device (6) in its stowage compartment.

(4) Put the lining (2) in the correct position.

(5) Tighten the screws (1).

(6) Install the cover (3).

R 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-61-41-942-050

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-61-41

Page 404
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY (1MM,2MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________________

TASK 25-61-41-200-001

Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256141-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-61-41-991-002 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set Up

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-61-41-991-002)

Subtask 25-61-41-020-051

A. Removal of the Ceiling Panel on the Emergency Descent Device

(1) Remove the cover (3).

(2) Remove the screws (1).

(3) Remove the lining panel (2).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-61-41-210-050

A. Inspection/Check of the Captain and F/O Emergency Descent Device

(1) Make sure that the fitting (4) of the emergency descent device and
the 2 screws that attach it to the airframe (frame 11), shows no
signs of corrosion or damage.

(2) Make sure that the loop of the emergency descent device shows no
signs of wear.


EFF :

ALL  25-61-41

Page 601
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
Figure 601/TASK 25-61-41-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-61-41

Page 602
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (3) Remove the emergency descent device from its housing. Make sure that
it is in the correct condition.

5. ________
Close Up

Subtask 25-61-41-420-051

A. Installation of the Ceiling Panel of the Emergency Descent Device

(1) Install the emergency descent device in its housing.

(2) Put the lining (2) in position.

(3) Install the screws (1).

(4) Install the cover (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-61-41

Page 603
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________

1. General
_______

The cabin escape facilities are installed at all aircraft exits, and
function as dual-lane or single-lane escape-slides. They permit quick
evacuation for the passengers and the crew in an emergency.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7500MM ESCAPE SLIDE FWD L 831 831 25-62-44
7501MM ESCAPE SLIDE FWD R 841 841 25-62-44
7502MM ESCAPE SLIDE AFT L 832 832 25-62-44
7503MM ESCAPE SLIDE AFT R 842 842 25-62-44
7504MM ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING L 193 193AT 25-62-42
7505MM ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING R 194 194AT 25-62-42
7506MM RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L 151 862 25-62-46
7507MM RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R 152 862 25-62-46

3. __________________
System Description

A. Door Escape Facilities

Single lane escape slides are installed at all cabin doors.
Inflation is automatic if the door is opened with the Emergency Control
Handle (ECH) in the ARMED mode.
Manual inflation is possible after the door is opened.

B. Offwing Escape Facilities

Dual lane offwing escape slides are installed above the wings in the left
and right wing-to-fuselage fairings.
Inflation is automatic if the emergency exit hatch is opened in the ARMED
mode.
A mannual inflation handle is installed at each emergency exit. You get
access to the handle after the emergency exit hatch is removed.

C. Warning Systems
R A door warning system (Ref. 52-70-00) is installed at each cabin exit.
R Part of this system is the emergency-escape-slide warning-system (Ref.
R 52-73-00). This system has an indicator light and an optional buzzer,
R which show that the escape slide is in ARMED position. This gives a
R warning to the person who tries to open a passenger/crew door or an
R emergency exit.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 1
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Cabin Escape Facilities - Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 2
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 A warning light operates immediatly an exit is opened in the ARMED mode.
An audible warning sound operates in the cockpit.

D. Directional Guidance Lights

Directional guidance lights are installed on all escape facilities. They
are attached to the longitudinal supports and across the bottom of each
inflatable assembly.

E. Inflation Reservoir - Low Pressure Indication (Optional)

Pressure sensors are installed on all inflation reservoirs, and are

connected to the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS). Monitoring
of the pressure is an optional function (Ref. 23-73-00).

4. Interface
_________

The cabin escape facilities have interfaces with:

- The CIDS (optional) (Ref. 23-73-00).
- The cabin emergency lighting system (Ref. 33-51-00).
- The door warning system (Ref. 52-70-00).

5. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004, 005, 006)

A. Door Escape Facilities

Each escape facility has:
- a pack assembly,
- an inflatable assembly,
- an inflation system,
- a decorative cover.

(1) The inflatable assembly is made of urethane-coated nylon, which is

flame resistant. The material is cut into panels and bonded together
to make the pneumatic tube assemblies and slipway areas.
R

R (2) The inflation system has:

- an inflation reservoir (Nitrogen/Carbon Dioxide),
- a valve/regulator assembly,
- an aspirator.

R (a) The inflation reservoir is made of seamless aluminum. A gage

R shows the inflation reservoir pressure through a window in the
R decorative cover.

R (b) The valve/regulator assembly controls the gas flow from the
R inflation reservoir to the aspirator.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 3
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Escape Slide Assembly
Figure 002 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 4
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Escape Slide Assembly
Figure 002 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 5
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R Offwing Escape Slide System - Component Location/Description
Figure 003 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 6
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Offwing Escape Slide System - Component Location/Description
Figure 003 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 7
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Inflated Escape Slide - Component Location
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 8
May 01/07
 
SYR 
 Inflated Offwing Escape Slide - Component Location
Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 9
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Escape Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Pin Type)
Figure 006 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 10
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Escape Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Pin Type)
Figure 006 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 11
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R (c) The aspirator is made of fiber-reinforced plastic and has:
R - an inlet assembly,
R - a flexible hose assembly,
R - a flapper valve assembly.

R 1
_ The inflation reservoir supplies gas to the inflatable
R assembly through the aspirator inlet assembly when the
R inflation system is activated.

R 2
_ The flexible hose assembly connects the inflation reservoir to
R the inlet assembly.

R 3
_ Flapper valves installed in the aspirator operate as a one-way
R check valve for inlet air. The fast expansion of gas in the
R aspirator when the inflation system is activated causes the
R flapper valves to open. They open because of the induction
R effect from gas movement into the inflatable assembly and let
R ambient air into the aspirator. System inflation is faster
R when the air and gas mix and decreases the size (capacity)
R necessary for the reservoir.
R

(3) The pack assembly holds the inflatable assembly and the inflation
system in position on the door.

(4) The decorative cover protects the pack assembly when it is installed
on the door. It has a color scheme that agrees with the cabin
interior.

B. Offwing Escape Facilities

(1) The offwing escape slides are made of the the same materials as the
door escape-slides. The slide pack is held in a stowage compartment
and the stowage compartment attach-panel completes the
wing-to-fuselage fairing assembly, left and right. Access to the
offwing escape slides is through the emergency exits. Each assembly
has a ramp platform and a dual-lane slide. The ramp platform has an
inflatable ramp rail to guide the passengers and crew onto the slide.

(2) The inflation reservoirs are installed in the AFT cargo compartment,
behind the sidewall panels 151CW and 152CW. Each inflation reservoir
includes a pressure gage and valve/regulator assembly. The
valve/regulator assembly is connected to the release mechanism of an
emergency exit with release cables. The release mechanism is operated
when one of the emergency exits is opened.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 12
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) The inflation procedures for the offwing escape slides are similar to
the door escape-slides.

6. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

A. Door Escape Facilities

(1) When the emergency control handle (ECH) is set to ARMED the girt bar
connects the inflatable assembly to the floor attach fittings.
R As the door opens the outboard movement of the door pulls the
R inflatable assembly from the packboard assembly. As the inflatable
R assembly is released its starts to fall and a lanyard pulls the
R reservoir valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) to open. The
R reservoir gas supply starts to flow through the flexible hose and the
R aspirator inlet assembly.
R

(2) If the automatic inflation system does not operate, the reservoir
valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) can be opened with the manual
inflation handle.
The manual inflation handle is installed on the girt assembly, and is
identified with a RED label, with the word PULL.

(3) The directional guidance lights come on automatically during the

inflation procedure. Electrical power for the lights is supplied from
the cabin emergency-lighting system (Ref 33-51-00).

B. Offwing Escape Facilities

(1) The offwing escape slide inflates when you remove one of the
emergency exit hatches. As the exit hatch is removed the hatch
latch-pin engages a release lever installed in the exit fuselage
frame. Movement of the release lever causes a tension in the release
cable which opens the reservoir valve (of the valve/regulator
assembly). The initial gas supply releases the blow-out door
installed in the stowage compartment attach-panel. It then inflates
the offwing escape slide through the flexible hose and aspirator
inlet assembly. The inflation procedure takes approximately 5s.

(2) If the automatic inflation system does not operate the reservoir
valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) can be opened with the manual
inflation handle. The manual inflation handle is red in color and can
be seen when the emergency exit hatch is removed.

(3) The directional guidance lights come on automatically during the

inflation procedure. Electrical power for the lights is supplied from
the cabin emergency-lighting system (Ref 33-51-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 13
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________

TASK 25-62-00-481-001

Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Installation of the lockpin assembly in the inflation reservoir of the

R offwing escape-slide.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-62-00-820-001 Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lockpin in the
Regulator Valve Assembly of the Inflation Reservoir -
Offwing Escape-Slide
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-62-00-991-003 Fig. 201

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-861-053

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 201
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-62-00-010-063

B. Access to the Inflation Reservoir (2)

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)

(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT

cargo-compartment exit.

(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.

(4) FOR 7506MM

(a) Remove the access panel 151KW.

(5) FOR 7507MM

(a) Remove the access panel 152KW.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-481-050

R A. Installation of the Lockpin

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)

(1) Safety the inflation reservoir (2):

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED

_______
IN THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

R (a) Remove the lockpin (3) from the pocket (1).

R (b) Install the lockpin (3) in the regulator valve assembly (4).

R (c) If you cannot install the lockpin (3) in the regulator valve
R assembly (4) refer to (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-820-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 202
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Inflation Reservoir - Install/Remove Lockpin Assembly
Figure 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 203
Feb 01/99
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-00-081-001

Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Removal of the lockpin assembly from the inflation reservoir of the offwing
R escape-slide.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-62-00-991-003 Fig. 201

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)

(1) Make sure the ground service is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-
001).

(2) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 204
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) Make sure the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position adjacent to
the AFT cargo-compartment exit.

(4) Make sure the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON
position.

(5) FOR 7506MM

(a) Make sure the access panel 151KW is removed.

(6) FOR 7507MM

(a) Make sure the access panel 152KW is removed.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-081-050

A. Removal of the Lockpin Assembly (3)

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)

(1) Remove the lockpin assembly (3) from the valve/regulator assembly
(4).

(2) Put the lockpin assembly (3) in the pocket (1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-410-063

A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) FOR 7506MM

(a) Install the access panel 151KW.

(3) FOR 7507MM

(a) Install the access panel 152KW.

(4) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 205
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (6) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-62-00-862-053

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 206
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-00-820-001

R Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lockpin in the Regulator Valve Assembly of

the Inflation Reservoir - Offwing Escape-Slide

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific plastic sheet

No specific safety barriers
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN
No specific 3 WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000 2 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
FOR FIN 7507MM
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-069

TACKY TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-109 D DAN 493
LAMINATE, A/C INTERIOR (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 207
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

25-62-00-991-004 Fig. 202
FOR FIN 7507MM
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-941-059

A. Safety Precautions and Wing Protection

NOTE : During this adjustment procedure an unwanted deployment can occur.

____
The safety precautions are necessary to prevent injury to
R personnel and damage to equipment, if an unwanted deployment
R occurs.

NOTE : We recommend that only personnel who know the system do this
____
procedure.

(1) Wing Protection Procedure:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS IN POSITION ON THE UPPER

_______
SURFACE OF THE WING.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THIS AREA.

(a) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft wing.

NOTE : The protection is a laminate of fiberglass-reinforced

____
polyester SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109), which
has a minimum thickness of 1.2 mm (0.06 in.). It is thin,
impact resistant and applies the load equally to prevent
damage to the wing.

(b) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position

adjacent to the wing, to help you attach the protection.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 208
May 01/08
 
SYR 
 (c) Attach the protection in position:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS CORRECLTY ATTACHED

_______
WITH TAPE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
THIS PREVENTS THE SUCTION OF LOOSE MATERIAL INTO THE
ASPIRATOR DURING DEPLOYMENT.
LOOSE MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ASPIRATOR.

(d) Refer to the FIGURE for the approximate dimensions and position
of the protection.

(e) Use tacky tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) and attach
the protection on to the upper surface of the wing.

(2) Ground safety procedure:

WARNING : PUT SAFETY BARRIERS IN POSITION TO KEEP THE TRAVEL RANGE OF

_______
THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CLEAR. IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO
PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.

(a) Below the related offwing escape-slide, make sure that an area
with approximately 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) radius is clear of all
miscellaneous equipment.

(b) Put the safety barriers in position.

(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the offwing escape-slide hits
the ground.

R (d) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to go into

the area behind the safety barriers.

(3) Cockpit safety procedure:

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

(a) Set the slat/flap control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009).

(b) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) on the slat/flap control lever when working near
the slats/flaps.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 209
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (c) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the slat/flap control lever to tell
persons not to operate the flaps.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-820-050

A. Adjustment Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 25-62-00-991-004)

(1) FOR 7507MM

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR IS CLOSED
_______
BEFORE THE RIGHT OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE DEPLOYS.
IF THE DOOR IS NOT CLOSED, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO:
- THE INFLATABLE ASSEMBLY
- THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR.

(a) Remove the access platform(s).

(b) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-

002).

NOTE : You must close the AFT cargo-compartment door to prevent

____
damage to the offwing escape-slide if an accidental
inflation occurs.

(c) Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to let you see the pulley
stop-pin (6) on the right regulator valve assembly (5).

R (2) Remove the lockpin (3) from the pocket (1).

(3) Adjustment procedure of the regulator valve assembly:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN ONLY IN THE
_______
DIRECTION OF THE BLACK MARK (CLOSED POSITION).
IF YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION,
YOU WILL START AN UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT SEQUENCE.
THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(a) Put an ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN (8) into the hexagonal socket (9).

(b) Turn the Allen key (8) in the SAFE direction, to move the pulley
stop-pin (6) in the direction of the BLACK mark (7) (closed
position).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 210
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Inflation Reservoir - Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock Pin Assembly
Figure 202/TASK 25-62-00-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 211
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 NOTE : When the pulley stop-pin (6) is in the fully closed
____
position, the internal hole aligns with the installation
hole (4).

R (4) Install the lockpin (3) in the installation hole (4).

(5) FOR 7507MM

(a) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(b) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE back in position
adjacent to the AFT cargo-compartment exit.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-942-062

A. Removal of the Safety Precautions and Wing Protection

(1) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) from the slat/flap control lever.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the safety barriers.

(4) Remove the plastic sheet from the ground.

(5) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the upper surface of the
wing.

(6) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 212
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - SERVICING
_____________________________________

TASK 25-62-00-640-001

Lubrication of the Flexible Control Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CAN - OIL

No specific 1 VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-027

RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-018B USA AMS 3267
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 301
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
25-62-00-991-017 Fig. 301
FOR FIN 5001WM
25-23-47-000-002 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-47-400-002 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-62-00-081-001 Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-861-063

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-62-00-010-077

B. Get Access

(1) Do the special precautions before work on the offwing escape-slide

system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).

(2) In the aft cargo compartment:

(a) Do not close the access panel(s):

FOR 5000WM
151KW
FOR 5001WM
152KW


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 302
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (3) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Remove the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

(b) Remove the emergency exit-frame linings:

FOR 5000WM
remove 241CW, 241LW
FOR 5001WM
remove 242CW, 242LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-010-078

A. Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection of the Flexible Control

Assembly 5000WM (5001WM)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN

_______
THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 25-62-00-991-017)

(1) In the aft cargo compartment at FR47:

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut (16).

(b) Carefully loosen the knurled sleeve nut (16) and remove the
collets from the cable joint.

(c) Disconnect the flexible control assembly (8) from the release
cable assembly (14).

(2) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (13).

(b) Remove the pin (2) and the washers (3) and disconnect the
flexible control assembly (8) from the bellcrank (1).

(c) Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the conduit adjust
nuts (7) and (6).

(d) Remove the bolt (9), the washer (5) and the nut (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 303
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Flexible Control Assembly
Figure 301/TASK 25-62-00-991-017- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 304
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Flexible Control Assembly
Figure 301/TASK 25-62-00-991-017- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 305
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (e) Remove the bolt (10) and the nut (12) and the flange (11).

(f) Remove the old sealant from the flange (11), the bolts (9) and
(10) and the nuts (4) and (12).

Subtask 25-62-00-640-050

B. Lubrication of the Flexible Control Assembly

(1) In the aft cargo compartment:

(a) Connect a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI) to the lower end
of the flexible control assembly 5000WM (5001WM).

(2) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) into the upper end
of the flexible control assembly 5000WM (5001WM) with a CAN -
OIL.

(b) Operate the flexible control assembly 5000WM (5001WM) several

times with your hand to support the lubricant flow.

(c) If necessary add more lubricant.

(3) In the aft cargo compartment:

(a) Remove the vacuum equipment.

Subtask 25-62-00-410-071

C. Install the Connections of the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM (5001WM)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN

_______
THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 25-62-00-991-017)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 306
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (1) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Apply the new sealant.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
_______
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN
10 AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES
OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

- Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018B) to the flange attach

bolts (9) and (10) and the nuts (4) and (12).

(b) Put the flange (11) in position and install and tighten the bolt
(10) and the nut (12).

(c) Install and tighten the bolt (9), the washer (5) and the nut (4).

(d) Tighten the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (6).

(e) Connect the flexible control assembly (8) to the bellcrank (1)
and install the pin (2) and the washers (3) and safety with a new
cotter pin (3) (13).

(2) In the aft cargo compartment:

(a) Connect the flexible control assembly (8) to the release cable
assembly (14). Install the two collets and tighten the knurled
sleeve nut (16).

NOTE : When you install the collets, the slots in the collets
____
should point to you. This lets you do a visual check, that
the inner cable stays connected while you tighten the
knurled sleeve nut (16).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 307
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-410-072

A. Close Access

(1) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

(b) Install the emergency exit-frame linings:

FOR 5000WM
install 241CW, 241LW
FOR 5001WM
install 242CW, 242LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-002).

(2) Do the special Precautios after work on the offwing escape slide
system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).

Subtask 25-62-00-862-063

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 308
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_____________________________________________________

TASK 25-62-00-040-001

Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on PTP) - Pressure Check

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-62-07-A)

Emergency Exit SLIDE PRESS LOW
Message on Programming and Test Panel
(PTP) STATU
Emergency Exit CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE
Message on Flight Attendant Panel
(FAP)
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-60-05-A)-b))

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

FOR FIN 7506MM
No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-62-00-991-002 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-861-054

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-62-00-010-064

B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)

(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT

cargo compartment exit.

(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.

(4) FOR 7506MM

(a) Remove the access panel 151KW.

(5) FOR 7507MM

(a) Remove the access panel 152KW.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-210-063

A. Visual Check of the Pressure Gage

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)

(1) Make sure that the pressure gage (2) (referred to as gage) shows the
correct pressure.

NOTE : There are two different types of gage (2) (MODEL A and MODEL
____
B). MODEL A has a green cursor which is temperature sensitive.
MODEL B has a needle with an internal mechanism, which is
temperature sensitive. They can give temporary low pressure
indications when there are sudden temperature changes (from a
cold to a warm environment). The cursor/needle moves to
changes in temperature faster than the gas can expand in the
inflation reservoir.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (2) The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:
R - AREA A (green cursor width) shows a correct indication.
R - AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a permitted
R indication, because of sudden temperature changes.

R (3) The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:

R - The GREEN BAND shows a correct indication.
R - AREA B, which has a range equal to AREA A, shows a permitted
R indication, because of sudden temperature changes.

R (4) FOR 7506MM

- Use an MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to let you see the pressure
gage (2) on the left inflation reservoir (1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-410-059

A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) FOR 7506MM

(a) Install the access panel 151KW.

(3) FOR 7507MM

(a) Install the access panel 152KW.

(4) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

(6) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-62-00-862-054

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 403
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Pressure Gage - Location
R Figure 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 404
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Pressure Gage - Location
R Figure 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 405
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-00-040-008

Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on PTP) - Pressure Check

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-62-06-A)

Passenger Door SLIDE PRESS LOW
Message on Programming and Test Panel
(PTP) STATU
Passenger Door CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE
Message on Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-60-05-A)-a))

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-861-061

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-210-068

A. Visual Inspection

(1) At the escape-slides/escape-slide rafts at the passenger doors

examine the pressure gages.

NOTE : You can see the pressure gage through the inspection window in
____
the decorative cover.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (2) Make sure that the pressure gage (referred to as gage) shows the
R correct pressure.

R NOTE : There are two different types of gage (MODEL A and MODEL B).
____
R MODEL A has a green cursor which is temperature sensitive.
R MODEL B has a needle with an internal mechanism, which is
R temperature sensitive. They can give temporary low pressure
R indications when there are sudden temperature changes (from a
R cold to a warm environment). The cursor/needle moves to
R changes in temperature faster than the gas can expand in the
R inflation reservoir.

R (a) The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:

R - AREA A (green cursor width) shows a correct indication.
R - AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a permitted
R indication, because of sudden temperature changes.

R (b) The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:

R - The GREEN BAND shows a correct indication.
R - AREA B, which has a range equal to AREA A, shows a permitted
R indication, because of sudden temperature changes.

(c) If the pressure gage shows an incorrect indication:

1
_ Let the temperature conditions become stable, then examine the
gage (2) again.

2
_ If the pressure gage continues to show an incorrect
indication:
- Stop the operation of the applicable door.
- Refer to the associated MMEL item.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-862-061

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 407
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-00-040-006

Pre-Flight Installation of the Enclosure Door, when the Escape-Slide is Removed

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-62-02-B)

R Overwing Emergency Exit Slide
R or Slide Raft
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-60-02-B))

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS HEAD
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-00-00-480-002 Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking

Tool (98D27803000000)
25-62-00-991-014 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-860-064

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-00-991-014)

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 408
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Installation of the Enclosure Door
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-00-991-014


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 409
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
R NOTE : The lockpin (3) and the pressure blanking-plug (7) are kept in a
____
R pocket, which attaches to the inflation reservoir (1).

R (1) If the inflation reservoir (1) is charged, install the lockpin (3) in
R the regulator valve assembly (2).

(2) Safety the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002).

(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the slat/flap control lever to tell

persons not to operate the flaps, during the installation procedure.

(4) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent to

the related enclosure (4).

(5) Install the blanking plug (7) on the enclosure connection (8).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-040-052

A. Installation Procedure of the Enclosure Door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-00-991-014)

(1) Put the lower edge of the enclosure door (5) in the groove in the
bottom of the enclosure (4).

(2) Close the enclosure door (5) on the three ball-lock assemblies (6).

R (3) Push the head of the lockpin (10) with a SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS HEAD,
R then:
R - Apply force to the enclosure door (5) adjacent to the lockpin (9)
R - Remove the screwdriver
R - Continue to push the enclosure door (5) until the lockpin (9) moves
R quickly back to a flush position with the surface of the enclosure
door (5).

R (4) Do this procedure with each lockpin (9).

(5) Make an entry in the logbook to record the procedure.

Subtask 25-62-00-869-054

B. System Consequences

(1) The message SLIDE PRESSURE LOW shows on the programming and test
panel (PTP).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 410
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-860-065

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

R (98D27803000000) from the slat/flap control lever.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 411
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-00-440-005

Reactivation of the Enclosure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-62-02-B)

R Overwing Emergency Exit Slide
R or Slide Raft
R (Old MMEL ref: 25-60-02-B))

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-42-000-001 Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal

25-62-42-400-001 Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation
25-62-46-000-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
25-62-46-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide -
Installation

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-010-073

A. Get Access

(1) There is no special job set-up for this task.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-440-052

A. Reactivation Procedure

(1) Replace the related inflation reservoir, if discharged (Ref. TASK 25-
62-46-000-001) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001).

(2) Replace the related escape-slide enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-

001) (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-001).

(3) Make an entry in the logbook to record the reactivation.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 412
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________

TASK 25-62-00-710-001

Operational Test of the Escape-Slide Deployment, FWD/AFT Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256241-04

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific plastic sheet
No specific safety barriers
No specific video cameras (optional)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 STOPWATCH
R No specific 3 WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D52103500000 2 SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-069

TACKY TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-109 D DAN 493
LAMINATE, A/C INTERIOR (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 501
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
25-62-44-000-010 Removal of the Inflated Escape-Slide
25-62-44-000-011 Removal of the Inflated Escape-Slide Raft
25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-007 Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
R 33-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Emergency Lights
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-610-001 Replacement of the Diaphragm in the Percussion
Mechanism of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
52-10-00-614-001 Discharging/Charging of the Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
AMM 33-51-00 P.Block 001 CABIN EMERGENCY LIGHTING
25-62-00-991-010 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-62-00-991-010)

NOTE : We recommend that you do the operational test in a maintenance

____
hanger.

(1) Make sure that the aircraft is energized from external power
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the operational check of the emergency light via the MCDU with the
TEST EMER LIGHT SYS pushbutton (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001).

(3) Install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (8) in the
emergency control-handle (9).

(4) Make sure that the emergency control-handle is set to the

DISARMED/MANUAL position.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 502
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (5) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001)
from the passenger compartment.

(6) Prevent damage to the fuselage:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS IN POSITION ON THE

_______
FUSELAGE BELOW THE DOOR SILL.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THIS
AREA.

(a) The protection is a lamination of fiberglass-reinforced polyester

SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109), which has a minimum
thickness of 1.2 mm (0.06 in.). It is thin, resistant and applies
the load equally to prevent damage to the fuselage.

(b) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft fuselage.

(c) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position to help

you attach the protection.

(d) Attach the protection material in position:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS CORRECLTY ATTACHED

_______
WITH TAPE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
THIS PREVENTS THE SUCTION OF LOOSE MATERIAL INTO THE
ASPIRATOR DURING DEPLOYMENT.
LOOSE MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ASPIRATOR.

1
_ Refer to the FIGURE for the dimensions and position of the
protection.

2
_ Use adhesive tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) to
attach the protection on to the surface of the fuselage below
the door sill.

(e) If you do a deployment test on the right aft door:

- Make sure that you do not attach the protection on the outflow
valve.

(7) Ground safety procedure:

WARNING : PUT SAFETY BARRIERS IN POSITION TO KEEP THE TRAVEL RANGE OF

_______
THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CLEAR.
IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 503
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
R Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
R Figure 501/TASK 25-62-00-991-010- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 504
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
R Figure 501/TASK 25-62-00-991-010- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 505
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (a) Below the applicable door, make sure that an area with
approximately 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) radius is clear of all
miscellaneous equipment.

(b) Put the safety barriers in position.

(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the escape-slide hits the
ground.

R (d) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to go

into the area behind the safety barrier.

(8) Push the pushbutton (2), and pull the support arm (3) to get access
to the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder:

(a) Record the pressure value shown on the gage to control if the
correct pressure is shown. Refer to the values given in the
charging procedure (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001).

(b) Make sure that the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder

are armed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).

(9) Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).

(10) Do a visual check of the pressure gage (11) of the escape-slide:

(a) Make sure that the pressure gage (11) (referred to as gage) shows
the correct pressure.

NOTE : There are two different types of gage (11) (MODEL A and
____
MODEL B). MODEL A has a green cursor which is temperature
sensitive. MODEL B has a needle with an internal
mechanism, which is temperature sensitive. They can give
temporar pressure indications when there are sudden
temperature changes (from a col a warm environment). The
cursor/needle moves to changes in temperature fas than the
gas can expand in the inflation reservoir.

1
_ The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:
- AREA A (green cursor width) shows a correct indication.
- AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a
permitted indication, because of sudden temperature changes.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 506
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R 2
_ The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:
R - The GREEN BAND shows a correct indication.
R - AREA B, which has a range equal to AREA A, shows a permitted
R indication, because of sudden temperature changes.

(11) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), set the EMER EXIT
R LT switch (10) to the ARM position.

NOTE : The position of the swicht is important for a satisfactory

____
test of the escape slide. Refer also to the illustration
R
Cabin Emergency Lighting - Switching Table
(Ref. AMM 33-51-
R 00 P.Block 001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-710-051

A. Operational Test of the Escape-Slide Deployment

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-62-00-991-010)

NOTE : We recommend that you use 2 video cameras (optional) and a

____
STOPWATCH to record and measure the time of the deployment
sequence. The operators local authority can make it mandatory to
use video cameras to record the deployment sequence.

(1) Put the video cameras in position behind the safety barriers; one
opposite to the door and one parallel to the door.

R (2) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (8) and set the
R emergency control-handle (9) to the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position.

(3) Start the video cameras to record the deployment sequence.

NOTE : You must not use the auto-focus function.

____

(4) Measure the time of the deployment sequence as follows:

(a) Start the stopwatch while the door starts to move up in the door
cut-out.

(b) Stop the stopwatch when the escape-slide is fully extended and
hangs below the horizontal position. The escape-slide then
continues to lower to the ground.

NOTE : In usual test conditions (hanger) the complete sequence

____
must not be more than 10 seconds. This complies with JAA
25.809 (f) (1) (ii).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 507
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (5) Open the door:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU SET THE DOOR CONTROL HANDLE TO
OPEN
.
_______
THE DOOR OPENS WITH SUDDEN FORCE. YOU MUST RELEASE THE DOOR
CONTROL HANDLE TO PREVENT INJURY.

WARNING : IF THE ESCAPE SLIDE DOES NOT INFLATE AUTOMATICALLY, MAKE

_______
SURE THAT:
- NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT ARE IN THE SLIDE DEPLOYMENT AREA,
AND
- THE DOOR IS IN ITS FULLY OPEN AND LOCKED POSITION, AND
- THE SLIDE IS FULLY RELEASED OUTSIDE THE CABIN,
THEN PULL THE MANUAL HANDLE TO INFLATE THE SLIDE.

(a) Hold on to the assist handle (4) on the door-frame lining.

(b) Lift the door control-handle (5) and quickly release it.

NOTE : The door opens automatically and locks in the open

____
position. At the same time:
- The deployment (release, unfold and inflation) sequence
starts.
- The light harness on the escape-slide comes on
automatically.

(6) Put the safety barrier strap (1) in position across the exit.

(7) Stop the video cameras. If necessary, use the video tapes to make an
analysis of the deployment sequence.

(8) Disconnect the light harness from the cabin emergency lighting:

NOTE : This is to prevent unwanted discharge of the battery, which is

____
installed on the emergency-power supply-unit (EPSU).

(a) Carefully pull the electrical cable (7) to disconnect the

quick-release connector (6).

NOTE : The quick-release connector (6) is kept below the

____
burr-strip (Velcro).

(b) The light harness on the escape-slide goes off.

R (c) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(9) Record the time of the deployment sequence. Keep this information
with the deployed escape-slide after it is removed for restoration.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 508
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (10) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), set the EMER EXIT
R LT switch (10) to the OFF position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-860-057

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Remove the deployed escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-010) or

escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-011).

(2) Replace the diaphragm in the percussion mechanism of the door-damper

and emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-610-001).

(3) Install a serviceable escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or

escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(5) Remove the warning notice(s).

(6) Remove the safety barriers.

(7) Remove the plastic sheet from the ground.

(8) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the fuselage.

(9) Remove the access platform(s).

(10) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 509
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-00-710-002

Operational Test of the Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256242-03

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific plastic sheet

No specific safety barriers
No specific video cameras (optional)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 STOPWATCH
R No specific 3 WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000 2 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
FOR FIN 7506MM
No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-069

TACKY TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-109 D DAN 493
LAMINATE, A/C INTERIOR (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 510
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-62-42-000-002 Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal after Inflation
25-62-42-400-001 Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation
25-62-46-000-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
25-62-46-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide -
Installation
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
R 33-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Emergency Lights
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
AMM 33-51-00 P.Block 001 CABIN EMERGENCY LIGHTING
25-62-00-991-008 Fig. 502
25-62-00-991-009 Fig. 503
FOR FIN 7507MM
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-860-060

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-62-00-991-008)

NOTE : Airbus recommends that you do the operational test in a

____
maintenance hanger.

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Do the operational check of the emergency light via the MCDU with the
TEST EMER LIGHT SYS pushbutton (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001).

(3) Do a visual check of the inflation reservoir (3):

(a) Open the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(b) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below

the aft cargo-compartment exit.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 511
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
Figure 502/TASK 25-62-00-991-008


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 512
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 (c) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.

(d) FOR 7506MM

1
_ Remove the access panel 151KW.

2
_ Examine the pressure gage (6) of the inflation reservoir (3)
with a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE.

(e) FOR 7507MM

1
_ Remove the access panel 152KW.

(f) Record the pressure value shown on the gage (6) to control if the
value is correct.

(g) Make sure that the lock pin (4) is not installed in the regulator
valve assembly (5).

(4) Install the wing protection:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS IN POSITION ON THE UPPER

_______
SURFACE OF THE WING.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THIS AREA.

NOTE : The protection is a lamination of fiberglass-reinforced

____
polyester SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109), which has a
minimum thickness of 1.2 mm (0.06 in.). It is thin, impact
resistant and applies the load equally to prevent damage to
the wing.

(a) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft wing.

(b) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position

adjacent to the wing to attach the protection.

(c) Attach the protection material in position:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS CORRECLTY ATTACHED

_______
WITH TAPE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
THIS PREVENTS THE SUCTION OF LOOSE MATERIAL INTO THE
ASPIRATOR DURING DEPLOYMENT.
LOOSE MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ASPIRATOR.

1
_ Refer to the FIGURE for the approximate dimensions and
position of the protection.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 513
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 2
_ Use adhesive tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) to
attach the protection to the upper surface of the wing.

(5) Do the ground safety procedure:

WARNING : PUT SAFETY BARRIERS IN POSITION TO KEEP THE TRAVEL RANGE OF

_______
THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CLEAR. IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO
PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.

(a) Below the applicable offwing escape-slide, make sure that an area
with a radius of 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) is clear of all other
equipment.

(b) Put the safety barriers in position.

(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the offwing escape-slide hits
the ground.

R (d) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to go

into the area behind the safety barrier.

(e) FOR 7507MM

At the aft cargo-compartment door:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR IS CLOSED

_______
BEFORE THE RIGHT OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE DEPLOYS.
IF THE DOOR IS NOT CLOSED, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO:
- THE INFLATABLE ASSEMBLY
- THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR.

1
_ Close the aft cargo-compartment door, if you do a test of the
right offwing escape-slide (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(6) Do the cockpit safety procedure:

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

(a) Set the slat/flap control-lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 514
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (b) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) on the slat/flap control-lever when you work
near the slats/flaps.

R (c) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the slat/flap control-lever to tell

persons not to operate the flaps.

(d) On the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that the EMER EXIT
LT switch (1) is set to the ARM position.

NOTE : The position of the switch is important for a satisfactory

____
test of the offwing escape slide. Refer also to the
illustration
Cabin Emergency Lighting - Switching Table

(Ref. AMM 33-51-00 P.Block 001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-710-052

A. Operational Test of the Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 25-62-00-991-009)

NOTE : We recommend that you use 2 video cameras (optional) and a

____
STOPWATCH to record and measure the time of the deployment
sequence. The operators local authority can make it mandatory to
use video cameras to record the deployment sequence.

(1) Put the video cameras in position behind the safety barriers, one
opposite to the door and one parallel to the door.

(2) Start the video cameras to record the deployment sequence.

NOTE : You must not use the auto-focus function.

____

(3) Measure the time of the deployment sequence as follows:

(a) Start the stopwatch as the emergency exit-hatch (4) (referred to

as hatch) starts to move inboard.

(b) Stop the stopwatch when the offwing escape-slide is fully

extended and hangs below the horizontal position. The offwing
escape-slide then continues to lower to the ground.

NOTE : In usual test conditions (hanger) the complete sequence

____
must not be more than 10 seconds. This complies with JAA
25.807 (a) (7) (ix).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 515
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Offwing Escape-Slide - Operation
Figure 503/TASK 25-62-00-991-009


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 516
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 (4) Pull down the cover flap (2) from the hatch (4) and remove it.

WARNING : IF THE ESCAPE SLIDE DOES NOT INFLATE AUTOMATICALLY, MAKE

_______
SURE THAT:
- NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT ARE IN THE SLIDE DEPLOYMENT AREA,
AND
- THE ESCAPE HATCH IS REMOVED,
THEN PULL THE MANUAL HANDLE TO INFLATE THE SLIDE.

(5) Pull down the lever (1) and hold it in this position, then carefully
pull the top of the hatch (4) inboard.

NOTE : The deployment (release, unfold and inflation) sequence

____
starts, and the light harness on the escape-slide comes on
automatically.

(6) Stop the video cameras. If necessary, use the video tapes to make an
analysis of the deployment sequence.

(7) Hold the lower handle (3) with your other hand, and lift the hatch
(4) away from the opening.

(8) Keep the hatch (4) in the cabin.

(9) Stop the power supply to the light harness:

NOTE : This is to prevent unwanted discharge of the battery, which is

____
installed on the emergency power supply unit (EPSU).

(a) Use masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074) and attach a coin to the proximity switch (5).

(b) The light harness on the offwing escape-slide goes off.

(10) Record the time of the deployment sequence. Keep this information
with the deployed offwing escape-slide after it is removed for
restoration.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-860-061

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 25-62-00-991-009)

(1) Remove the deployed offwing escape-slide and enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-
62-42-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 517
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (2) Remove the discharged inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-
001).

(3) Make sure that you remove the coin from the proximity switch (5)
before you install the hatch.

(4) Install the hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

(5) Install a serviceable offwing escape-slide enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-

62-42-400-001).

(6) Install a serviceable inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-

001).

(7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(8) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) from the slat/flap control lever.

(9) Remove the warning notice(s).

(10) Remove the safety barriers.

(11) Remove the plastic sheet from the ground.

(12) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the upper surface of the
wing.

(13) Remove the access platform(s).

(14) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 518
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-00-780-001

Gage System Test

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-44-000-002 Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

25-62-44-000-012 Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-007 Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
R CMMV 256517

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-010-074

A. Remove the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002) or the

Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-780-050

R A. Do the pressure test of the gage system (Ref. CMMV 256517).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-410-068

A. Install the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or

the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 519
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________

TASK 25-62-00-210-001

Check Pressure at Door Escape-Slide/Slide Raft Pressure Gage (if not connected
to CIDS)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256241-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

FOR FIN 7506MM
No specific inspection mirror

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-62-00-991-001 Fig. 601
FOR FIN 7506MM
25-62-44-000-002 Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-000-012 Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-007 Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
25-62-46-000-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
25-62-46-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide -
Installation


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 601
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-861-056

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-62-00-010-061

B. Access to the Inflation Reservoir (2)

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001)

(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT

cargo-compartment exit.

(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.

(4) FOR 7506MM

(a) Remove the access panel 151KW.

(5) FOR 7507MM

(a) Remove the access panel 152KW.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-210-050

A. Visual Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001)

(1) Examine the pressure gages (3):

- At the door escape-slides/slide rafts

NOTE : You can see the pressure gage (3) through the inspection
____
window in the decorative-cover (1).

- In the aft cargo-compartment:

(a) FOR 7506MM

Use an inspection mirror to let you see the gage (3) on the LH
inflation reservoir (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 602
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (2) Make sure that the pressure gage (3) (referred to as gage) shows the
R correct pressure.

R NOTE : There are two different types of gage (3) (MODEL A and MODEL
____
R B). MODEL A has a green cursor which is temperature sensitive.
R MODEL B has a needle with an internal mechanism, which is
R temperature sensitive. They can give temporary low pressure
R indications when there are sudden temperature changes (from a
R cold to a warm environment). The cursor/needle moves to
R changes in temperature faster than the gas can expand in the
R inflation reservoir.

R (a) The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:

R - AREA A (green cursor width) shows a correct indication.
R - AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a permitted
R indication, because of sudden temperature changes.

R (b) The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:

R - The GREEN BAND shows a correct indication.
R - AREA B, which has a range equal to AREA A, shows a permitted
R indication, because of sudden temperature changes.

R (c) If the gage (3) shows an incorrect indication:

R 1
_ Let temperature conditions become stable, then examine the
R gage (3) again.

R 2
_ If the gage (3) continues to show an incorrect indication,
R replace the escape-slide/slide raft pack-assembly and/or
R inflation reservoir (2).

a
_ At the doors, replace the escape-slide/slide raft
pack-assembly:
- Remove the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-
44-000-002) or the escape-slide raft pack-assembly
(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
- Install a new escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-
62-44-400-006) or escape-slide raft pack-assembly
(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).

R b
_ In the aft cargo-compartment, replace the inflation
R reservoir (2):
R - Remove the inflation reservoir (2) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-
000-001).
R - Install a new inflation reservoir (2) (Ref. TASK 25-62-
46-400-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 603
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Inflation Reservoir (Pressure Gages) - Component Location
R Figure 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 604
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Inflation Reservoir (Pressure Gages) - Component Location
R Figure 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 605
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-410-050

A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001)

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) FOR 7506MM

(a) Install the access panel 151KW.

(3) FOR 7507MM

(a) Install the access panel 152KW.

(4) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

(6) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

Subtask 25-62-00-862-056

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 606
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-00-750-001

Hydrostatic Test of the Escape-Slide/Slide Raft Inflation-Reservoir

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256241-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-44-000-002 Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

25-62-44-000-012 Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-007 Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
CMM 256517

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-020-052

A. Remove the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002) or the

escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-750-050

A. Do the hydrostatic test of the inflation reservoir (Ref. CMM 256517).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-420-052

A. Install the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or

the escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 607
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-00-750-002

Hydrostatic Test of the Offwing Escape-Slide Inflation Reservoir

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256242-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-46-000-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal

25-62-46-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide -
Installation
CMM 256517

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-00-020-053

A. Remove the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-
62-46-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-00-750-051

A. Do the hydrostatic test of the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape

slide (Ref. CMM 256517).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-00-420-053

A. Install the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. TASK
25-62-46-400-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-00

Page 608
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING (7504MM,7505MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________

TASK 25-62-42-000-002

Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal after Inflation

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs
No specific warning notce
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-42-400-001 Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation

25-62-46-000-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
25-62-46-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide -
Installation
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
53-35-11-000-001 Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
53-35-11-400-001 Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
AIPC 533503
25-62-42-991-004 Fig. 401
25-62-42-991-005 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-42-481-051

A. Safety Precautions before Removal

(1) In the cockpit:

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

(a) set the the flap/slat control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009),

(b) install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) on the flap/slat control lever when you work
near the flaps,

(c) put a warning notce in position on the flap/slat control lever to

tell persons not to operate the flaps.

Subtask 25-62-42-941-054

B. Access to the Inflated Offwing Escape Slide

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position:

(a) FOR 7504MM

- at the escape slide enclosure 193AT,

(b) FOR 7505MM

- at the escape slide enclosure 194AT,

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-42-020-051

A. Removal of the Offwing Escape-Slide Assembly 7504MM (7505MM)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-42-991-004)

CAUTION : KEEP OFF THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE. IF YOU GO ON IT, YOU CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (1) Deflate the offwing escape slide (15):

(a) Push in the flapper valves (1) of the aspirator (2) and release
the pressure from the offwing escape slide (15).

(2) Disconnect the offwing escape slide (15):

(a) Disconnect the inflation hose (3) from the stowage compartment
assembly (4).

(b) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5) of the emergency

lighting supply-cable:

1
_ For each connector: hold the two ends of the connector with a
finger and a thumb each. Turn one end of the connector a
quarter turn 90 deg (90.0000 deg) and pull it away from the
other end.

(c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(d) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(e) Loosen the tie-off cord which holds the electrical light
cable-assembly on the grommet of the girt.

1
_ Make sure that you do not cut the tie-off cord.
If you cut it, replace the electrical light cable.

(3) Loosen the girt assemblies:

(a) Hold the slide and release the LOWER girt assembly (6).

(b) Open the girt flap (9) and find the girt release handle (10).

(c) Remove the girt release handle (10) from the attach velcro (11).

(d) Pull the girt release handle (10) to remove the release pin (12).

(e) Let the lace-up joint (13) open to release the offwing
escape-slide girt (14).

(f) Do step A.(3) again with the FORWAD girt assembly (7) and with
the TOP girt assembly (8).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 403
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Offwing Escape Slide - Inflated
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-42-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 404
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Offwing Escape Slide - Inflated
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-42-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 405
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 (4) Remove the deflated offwing escape slide:

NOTE : The ground area where you lower offwing escape slide (15) must
____
be clean and free from sharp objects.

(a) Carefully lower the offwing escape slide (15) to the ground.

(b) Remove the broken frangible links.

NOTE : The exposed wire of the frangible links can cause damage
____
to the inflatable material when you roll up the slide.

(c) Roll up the deflated offwing escape slide (15). Start from the
bottom end of the slide.

(5) Remove the escape slide enclosure 193AT (194AT):

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)

(a) Remove and keep the seal attach-plate screws (10) and the
countersunk washers (11).

(b) Remove and keep the seal attach-plate (12) and the seal strips
(9).

(c) Loosen the escape-slide-enclosure studs (17).

(d) Tilt the top of the escape-slide enclosure (7) outboard and hold
it.

(e) Disconnect the emergency-lighting electrical connector (14).

(f) Disconnect the inflation hose (16) from the fuselage (15) and
remove the escape slide enclosure (7) from the aircraft.

(g) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(h) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(i) Make sure that these components are kept together with the escape
slide enclosure (7) and the attached enclosure door (8):
- The seal attach plate (12)
- The seal strips (9)
- The screws (10)
- The countersunk washers (11).
These components are a complete assembly.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 406
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 NOTE : If components are damaged or you can not find them, an
____
order of the components as spare parts is possible
(Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001)
and (Ref. AIPC 533503).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-42-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Remove the discharged inflation reservoir/s, 7506MM (7507MM)

(Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-001).

(2) Install the charged inflation reservoir/s, 7506MM (7507MM) (Ref. TASK
25-62-46-400-001).

(3) Install the offwing escape slide/s, 7504MM (7505MM) (Ref. TASK 25-62-
42-400-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 407
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
R Offwing Escape-Slide Compartment 7504MM (7505MM)
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005- 13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 408
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Offwing Escape-Slide Compartment 7504MM (7505MM)
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005- 23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 409
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Offwing Escape-Slide Compartment 7504MM (7505MM)
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 410
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-42-000-001

Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
FOR FIN 7504MM
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
FOR FIN 7505MM
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
53-35-11-000-001 Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
53-35-11-400-001 Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
AIPC 533503
25-62-42-991-005 Fig. 402
FOR FIN 7505MM
R 25-62-00-820-001 Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lockpin in the
Regulator Valve Assembly of the Inflation Reservoir -
Offwing Escape-Slide
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 411
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-42-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-62-42-010-060

B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)

(1) Open the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT

cargo compartment exit.

(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.

(4) FOR 7504MM

- Remove the access panel 151KW.

(5) FOR 7505MM

- Remove the access panel 152KW.

(6) Safety the applicable inflation reservoir (2):

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED

_______
IN THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Remove the lockpin assembly (4) from the pocket (1).

(b) Install the lockpin assembly (4) in the valve/regulator assembly

(3).

NOTE : If you cannot install the lockpin assembly (4) in the

____
valve/regulator assembly (3) refer to (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-
820-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 412
Nov 01/04
R  
SYR 
 (7) Safety precautions in the cockpit:

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

(a) Set the the flap/slat control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009).

(b) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) on the flap/slat control lever when you work
near the flaps.

R (c) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the flap/slat control

lever to tell persons not to operate the flaps.

(8) FOR 7504MM

- Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
to the panel 193AT.

(9) FOR 7505MM

- Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
to the panel 194AT.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-42-020-050

A. Removal of the Offwing Escape Slide Enclosure

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)

(1) Remove and keep the seal attach plate screws (10) and the countersunk
washers (11).

(2) Remove and keep the seal attach plate (12) and the seal strips (9).

(3) Loosen the escape slide enclosure studs (17).

(4) Move the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard at an angle
and hold it.

(5) Disconnect the emergency lighting electrical connector (14).

(6) Disconnect the inflation hose (16) from the fuselage union (15).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 413
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (7) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(8) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(9) Remove the escape slide enclosure (7) from the aircraft.

(10) Make sure that all components are kept together which were removed
with the escape slide enclosure (7):
- Seal attach plate (12)
- Seal strips (9)
- Screws (10)
- Countersunk washers (11).
They are made to operate as a complete assembly.

NOTE : If parts are damaged or get lost, an order of the components

____
as spare parts is possible (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001),
R (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001) and (Ref. AIPC 533503).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 414
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-42-920-001

Offwing Escape-Slide - Remove for Restoration

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256242-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-42-000-001 Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal

25-62-42-400-001 Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation
R CMMV 256058
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-42-010-058

A. Get Access

R (1) Remove the offwing escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-001).

R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-42-920-051

R A. Workshop Procedure

R (1) Do the restoration of the offwing escape-slide and refer to the

R manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) for the correct
R procedure:
R - For the offwing escape-slide (Ref. CMMV 256058).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 415
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-42-410-057

A. Close Access

R (1) Install a serviceable or replacement offwing escape-slide (Ref. TASK

25-62-42-400-001).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 416
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-42-400-001

Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R
FOR FIN 7504MM
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
FOR FIN 7505MM
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
33-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Emergency Lights
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
53-35-11-000-001 Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
53-35-11-400-001 Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
AIPC 533503
NTM 511000
25-62-42-991-005 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 417
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 7505MM

25-62-46-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide -
Installation
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-42-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)

(1) Make sure that the ground service is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-
861-001).

R (2) Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).

R (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position adjacent
R to the aft cargo-compartment exit.

(4) Make sure that the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON
position.

R (5) FOR 7504MM

R - Make sure that the access panel 151KW is removed.

R (6) FOR 7505MM

R - Make sure that the access panel 152KW is removed.

(7) Make sure that the applicable inflation reservoir (2) is installed
(Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001) and safetied:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED

_______
IN THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Make sure that the lockpin assembly (4) is installed in the
valve/regulator assembly (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 418
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R (8) If the inflation reservoir (2) is removed:
R

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ON THE
_______
DISCONNECTED LINE ENDS. THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN DEPLOY IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED AND THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ARE NOT
INSTALLED.
UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Make sure that the pressure seal cap (5) is installed on the
bulkhead union (6).

R (9) In the cockpit:

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

R (a) Make sure that the flap/slat control lever is set to the 0
R position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).

R (b) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
R (98D27803000000) is installed on the flap/slat control lever.

R (c) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the

R flap/slat control lever to tell persons not to operate the flaps.

(10) FOR 7504MM

(a) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position adjacent to the panel 193AT.

(11) FOR 7505MM

(a) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position adjacent to the panel 194AT.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 419
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-42-210-055

A. Detailed Visual Inspection before Installation

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)

R (1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the enclosure door (8) and the
R ball lock mechanisms (13).

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PAINT THICKNESS ON EXTERNALLY INSTALLED

_______
R SLIDES IS NOT MORE THAN 0.33 MM. IF THE PAINT LAYER IS
R THICKER, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO THESE COMPONENTS IF A
R LIGHTNING STRIKE OCCURS.

R (2) If the enclosure is re-painted, make sure that the external paint
R thickness is not more than 0.33 mm (0.0129 in.) (Ref. NTM 511000).

R (3) Make sure that:

R - The enclosure door (8) is flush with the outer surface of the
R related escape slide enclosure (7).
R - All 3 ball lock pins (18) are flush with the outer surfaces of the
R ball lock mechanisms (13).
R - The slide-enclosure ball-lock-pins (18) are clean and free of
R paint.

R NOTE : If the enclosure door (8) and the ball lock pins (18) are not
____
R in the correct position, you must replace the escape slide
enclosure (7).

Subtask 25-62-42-420-052

B. Installation of the Escape Slide Enclosure

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)

NOTE : The enclosure doors for the offing escape-slides are delivered
____
with black conductive paint. They must be painted before
installation. For the paint in that area you can refer to the
customized external painting drawing. The SRM also specifies the
type of materials you must use for different fuselage sections.

(1) Put the escape slide enclosure (7) in position.

(2) Move the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard at an angle
and hold it.

(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 420
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (4) Connect the inflation hose (16) to the fuselage union (15) and torque
to between 3.0 and 3.2 m.daN (22.12 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
The elbow fitting of the inflation hose must have a specified
orientation for the correct installation: 5 degree angle to the top
side of the enclosure.

(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(6) Connect the emergency lighting electrical connector (14).

(7) Close the escape slide enclosure (7) and tighten the studs (17).

(8) Put the seal strips (9) and the seal attach plate (12) in position
and install the countersunk washers (11) and the screws (10).

NOTE : If parts are damaged or get lost, an order of the components

____
as spare parts is possible (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001),
(Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001) and (Ref. AIPC 533503).

Subtask 25-62-42-710-050

C. Do the operational test of the emergency lighting system (Ref. TASK 33-
51-00-710-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-42-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) In the cockpit:

R (a) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) from the flap/slat control lever.

(b) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) At the applicable inflation reservoir (2):

(a) Remove the lockpin assembly (4) from the valve/regulator assembly
(3).

(b) Put the lockpin assembly (4) in the pocket (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 421
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) FOR 7504MM

(a) Install the access panel 151KW.

(5) FOR 7505MM

(a) Install the access panel 152KW.

(6) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.

(7) Remove the access platform(s).

R (8) Close the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(9) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-62-42-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-42

Page 422
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 RELEASE MECHANISM - OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________

TASK 25-62-43-000-001

Removal of the Flexible Control Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-62-43-991-001-A Fig. 401
FOR FIN 5001WM, 5031WM
21-20-00-010-001 Removal of the Air-Conditioning Distribution Ducts
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-47-000-002 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-43-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 401
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-62-43-010-050

B. Get Access

R (1) In the aft cargo compartment:

R (a) Do the special precautions before work on the offwing

R escape-slide systems (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).

R (b) Do not close this/these access panel(s):

R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
151KW
R

R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 152KW.

(2) In the passenger compartment:

R (a) Remove the passenger seats in the area of the emergency exit(s)
R as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).

R (b) Remove the emergency exit hatch(es) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

R (c) Remove these cove light panels:

R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
R 241DW, 241MW, 241QW, 241TW, 241WW
R

R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 242DW, 242MW, 242QW, 242TW, 242WW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-
001).

R (d) Remove this/these upper sidewall panel(s):

R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
R 241VW
R

R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 242VW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 402
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (e) Remove this/these lower sidewall panel(s):
R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
R 241UW
R

R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 242UW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).

R (f) Remove these emergency exit-frame linings:

R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
R 241CW, 241LW
R

R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 242CW, 242LW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).

(g) Remove the air conditioning duct(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 21-
20-00-010-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-43-020-053

R A. Removal of the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM/5030WM (5001WM/5031WM)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN

_______
THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-43-991-001-A)

R (1) In the aft cargo compartment at FR47:

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut (2).

(b) Carefully loosen the knurled sleeve nut (2) and remove the
collets from the cable joint.

(c) Disconnect the flexible control assembly (1) from the release
cable assembly (21).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 403
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Flexible Control Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-43-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 404
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Flexible Control Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-43-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 405
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 (2) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (3).

(b) Remove the pin (4) and the washers (5) and disconnect the
flexible control assembly (1) from the bellcrank (6).

R (c) Remove and discard the related lockwire and loosen the conduit
R adjust nuts (7) and (8).

R (d) Remove the nut (11), the bolt (9) and the washer (10).

R (e) Remove the nut (13), the bolt (12) and the flange (14).

R (f) Remove the used sealant from the flange (14), the bolts (9) and
R (12) and the nuts (11) and (13).

R (g) Remove and discard the related lockwire and loosen the bracket
R attach nuts (15) and (16).

R (h) Remove the nuts (19), the screws (17), the washers (18) and the
R clamps (20).

(3) Remove the flexible control assembly (1) from the aircraft structure.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 406
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-43-400-001

Installation of the Flexible Control Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R TLW101 1 TEST TOOL-RELEASE CABLE,ESCAPE SLIDE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 09-018B USA AMS 3267

R LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 407
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-20-00-410-001 Installation of the Air-Conditioning Distribution

Ducts
25-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Seats
25-23-43-400-001 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
25-23-47-400-002 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
25-62-00-081-001 Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-62-43-991-001-A Fig. 401
FOR FIN 5001WM, 5031WM
21-20-00-010-001 Removal of the Air-Conditioning Distribution Ducts
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-47-000-002 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-43-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) In the aft cargo compartment:

R (a) Make sure that the offwing escape-slide system is safe (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-481-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 408
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (b) Make sure that this/these access panel(s) is/are removed:
R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
151KW
R

R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 152KW.

(2) In the passenger compartment:

R (a) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the emergency
R exit(s) are removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).

R (b) Make sure that the emergency exit hatch(es) is/are removed
R (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

R (c) Make sure that these cove light panels are removed:
R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
241DW, 241MW, 241QW, 241TW, 241WW
R

R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 242DW, 242MW, 242QW, 242TW, 242WW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-
001).

R (d) Make sure that this/these upper sidewall panel(s) is/are removed:
R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
241VW
R

R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 241VW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).

R (e) Make sure that this/these lower sidewall panel(s) is/are removed:
R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
241UW
R


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 409
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 242UW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).

R (f) Make sure that these emergency exit-frame linings are removed:
R

R 1
_ FOR 5000WM, 5030WM
241CW, 241LW
R

R 2
_ FOR 5001WM, 5031WM
R 242CW, 242LW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).

R (g) Make sure that the air conditioning duct(s) is/are removed as
R necessary (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-43-991-001-A)

Subtask 25-62-43-420-050

R A. Install the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM/5030WM (5001WM/5031WM)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN

_______
THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Put the flexible control assembly (1) in position.

R (2) Make sure that you can see the orientation mark on the flexible
R control assembly (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 410
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (3) Apply new sealant:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R (a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018B) to the flange attach bolts
(9) and (12) and the nuts (11) and (13).

(4) Put the flange (14) in position and install and tighten the bolt (12)
and the nut (13).

(5) Install and tighten the bolt (9), the washer (10) and the nut (11).

(6) Tighten the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (8).

(7) Connect the flexible control assembly (1) to the bellcrank (6) and
R install the washers (5) and the pin (4).

R (8) Safety the pin (4) with a new cotter pin (3) (3).

R (9) Tighten the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) with your fingers.

R (10) Put the clamps (20) in position and install and tighten the washers
R (18), the screws (17) and the nuts (19) with your fingers.

NOTE : Make sure that the conduit of the flexible control assembly at
____
R FR47 has a minimum bend radius of 180.0 mm (7.0866 in.).

R (11) At FR47, loosen the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) and adjust the
R conduit housing to get these distances:

R (a) Set the distance between the bottom end of the release cable and
R the bottom end of the conduit housing to 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
R (0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 411
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R (b) Set the distance between the bottom end of the conduit housing
R and the top end of the attach bracket to 67.0 +2.0 -2.0 mm
R (2.6377 +0.0787 -0.0787 in.).

R (12) Tighten the screws (17) with 2, 8-3, 7 Nm.

R (13) Tighten the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) and safety them with
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

Subtask 25-62-43-410-054

B. Preparation for Adjustment:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN

_______
THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Install the emergency exit hatches and put them in the
DISARMED/MANUAL position (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

(2) In the cargo compartment:

R (a) Remove the cap and connect the TEST TOOL-RELEASE CABLE,ESCAPE
R SLIDE (TLW101) adapter to the flexible control assembly.

(3) Set the test tool cursor to zero.

(4) Put the forward emergency exit hatch in the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position
and remove the hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

NOTE : During the removal of the hatch the flexible control assembly
____
is operated when the latch pin moves the release lever.

(5) Make sure that the test tool cursor has moved to show a minimum
indication of 50.0 mm (1.97 in.).

(6) If the test tool cursor shows less than the minimum indication,
adjust the flexible control assembly as follows:


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 412
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-62-43-820-050

R C. Adjustment

R (1) Make sure that the test tool cursor shows a minimum indication of
R 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.).
R

(2) If the test tool cursor shows less than the minimum indication,
adjust the flexible control assembly as follows:

R (a) Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

(b) Adjust the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (8) on the flexible
R control assembly to adjust the conduit length.

R (c) Do steps 4.B.(3) and (4) and 4.C.(1) again.

R (3) Do steps 4.B (3) and (4) and 4.C.(1) and (2) with the rear emergency
R exit hatch.

R (4) Safety the flange attach bolt (9) to the conduit adjust nut (7) with
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R

R (5) Safety the flange attach nut (11) to the conduit adjust nut (8) with
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R

(6) Remove the test tool from the flexible control assembly (1).

(7) Connect the flexible control assembly (1) to the release cable
assembly (21). Install the two collets and tighten the knurled sleeve
nut (2).

R NOTE : When you install the collets, the slots in the collets must
____
R point to you. This lets you do a visual check, that the inner
cable stays connected while you tighten the knurled sleeve nut
(2).

Subtask 25-62-43-710-050

D. Do this test:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN

_______
THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 413
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 (1) At the lower end of the release lever, try to lift the lever up with
one finger. A strong resistance to lever movement shows that the
joint between the flexible control assembly (1) and release cable
assembly (21) is satisfactory.

(2) A low resistance to lever movement shows that the cable joint is not
correct. Loosen the knurled sleeve nut (2), remove the two collets
and make the cable joint again. Do step A again.

(3) Safety the knurled sleeve nut (2) with lockwirwe MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-43-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the air conditioning duct (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-410-001).

(3) Install the emergency exit-frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-

002).

(4) Install the lower sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).

(5) Install the upper sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).

(6) Install the cove light panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

(7) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

(8) Install the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).

(9) Remove the lockpin assembly from the valve/regulator assembly of the
inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).

(10) FOR 7506MM

(a) Install the access panel 151KW

(11) FOR 7507MM

(a) Install the access panel 152KW.

(12) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.

(13) Remove the access platform(s).

(14) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 414
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-43-000-002

Removal of the Rigid Control Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 21-20-00-010-001 Removal of the Air-Conditioning Distribution Ducts

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-23-47-000-002 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
R
25-62-43-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-43-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-62-43-010-051

B. Get Access

R (1) Do the special precaution before work on the off-wing escape-slide

R system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
R

R (2) If necessary remove the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001)

R in the area of the emergency exits.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 415
May 01/02
 
SYR 
R (3) Remove the cove light panels 241KW (242KW) and 241GW (242GW)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).

R (4) Remove the emergency-exit frame linings 241JW (242JW) and 241FW
(242FW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).

R (5) Remove the air conditioning duct if necessary to get access to the
R rigid control assembly (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001).
R

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-43-991-002)

Subtask 25-62-43-020-054

A. Disconnect the rigid control assembly, as follows:

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1).

(2) Remove the pin (2), the spacers and space washers (3) and disconnect
the rigid control assembly (4) from the latch lever (5).

(3) Remove the bracket attach bolts (6) and the nuts (7).

(4) Remove and discard the cotter pins (8).

(5) Remove the pins (9), the washers (10) and the handles (11) from the
rigid control assembly (4).

(6) Remove the flange attach bolts (12) and the nuts (13).

(7) Remove the bolts (14), the nuts (15) and the clamps (16).

(8) Remove the rigid control assembly (4) from the aircraft structure.

(9) Remove the old sealant from the bolts (6) and (12) and the nuts (7)
and (13).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 416
May 01/02
 
SYR 
R Rigid Control Assembly
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-43-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 417
May 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-43-400-002

Installation of the Rigid Control Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3

R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A

8 cotter pins 25-62-43 01 -080

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-20-00-010-001 Removal of the Air-Conditioning Distribution Ducts

21-20-00-410-001 Installation of the Air-Conditioning Distribution
Ducts
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Seats
25-23-47-000-002 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-47-400-002 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 418
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels

25-62-00-081-001 Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-62-43-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-43-860-052

A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the off-wing escape-slide system is safetied

(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).

(2) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the emergency exits
are removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).

(3) Make sure that the cove light panels 241KW (242KW) and 241GW (242GW)
are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).

(4) Make sure that emergency-exit frame linings 241JW (242JW) and 241FW
(242FW) are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).

(5) Make sure that the air conditioning duct is removed as necessary
(Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 419
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-43-991-002)

Subtask 25-62-43-420-051

R A. Install the Rigid Control Assembly

(1) Put the rigid control assembly (4) in position.

R (2) Apply the new sealant:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R (a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the bolts (6) and (12),
R the nuts (7) and (13).
R

R (3) Install and tighten the bolts (6) and the nuts (7).

R (4) Install and tighten the bolts (12) and the nuts (13).

(5) Put the clamps (16) in position and install and tighten the bolts
(14) and the nuts (15).

R NOTE : It is
____ possible for the rigid control assembly (4) to move a
R small distance at its attachment points that follow:
R - The clamps (16)
R - The flanges
R - The brackets.

R (6) Put the handles (11) in position and install the pins (9) and the
R washers (10) and safety with new cotter pins (8) (8).

(7) Connect the rigid control assembly (4) to the latch lever (5) with
the pin (2), the spacers and space washers (3) and safety with a new
cotter pin (1) (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 420
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-62-43-820-051

R B. Adjust the Release Mechanism

R (1) Move the latch lever (5) to the rear until it touches the latch lever
R bracket (21) at point A.

R (2) Move the bellcrank (17) to the rear until it touches the latch lever
R stop-bolt at point B.

(3) Remove the lockwire from the spring strut adjust-nut (18).

(4) Adjust the over-center spring strut (19) until the full dimension
R between the flanges of both end bushes (26) is 53.00 +0.5 -0.5 (2.09
R +0.02 -0.02 in.).

R (5) Safety the spring strut adjust-nut (18) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).

(6) If necessary, adjust the rubber ice-protection bellows (25). Make

sure that the bellows are correctly installed over the end bushes
(26).

(7) Remove the lockwire and turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) until you
R get a clearance of 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) at point A. Measure the
R clearance between the lip of the latch lever (5) and the top of the
latch lever bracket (21).

(8) Turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) 5 full turns more in the direction
to loosen the linkage of the rigid control assembly (4).

R (9) Safety the sleeve adjust nuts (20) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).

(10) Remove the lockwire and turn the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod
(22) until the release levers (23) touch the stops (24).

(11) Measure the clearance between the latch lever stop-bolt and the
R bellcrank (17) at point B. You must have a clearance of 0.3 +0.1
R -0.1 mm (0.012 +0.004 -0.004 in.).

(12) If the clearance is not in these limits, do steps (10) and (11)
again.

R (13) Safety the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod (22) with lockwire
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 421
May 01/02
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-43-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R

R (2) Install the air conditioning duct (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-410-001).

R (3) Install the emergency exit-frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-

002).

R (4) Install the cove light panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

R (5) Install the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).

R (6) Do the special precautions after work on the offwing escape-slide

R system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 422
May 01/02
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-43-000-003

Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-23-47-000-002 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-80-00-000-001 Removal of the Insulation Blankets
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-73-11-000-003 Removal of the Proximity Switches (5WN1, 5WN2) of the
FWD Emergency Exits
52-73-11-000-004 Removal of the Proximity Switches (6WN1, 6WN2) of the
Aft Emergency Exits
25-62-43-991-009 Fig. 403
25-62-43-991-003 Fig. 404
25-62-43-991-004 Fig. 405
25-62-43-991-005 Fig. 406
25-62-43-991-006 Fig. 407
25-62-43-991-007 Fig. 408


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 423
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-43-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-62-43-010-058

B. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the AFT

cargo-compartment door.

(3) Put the warning notice on the AFT cargo-compartment door to tell
persons not to close the door.

(4) Do the special precautions before you work on the offwing

escape-slide system(s) (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).

(5) Remove the passenger seats in the area of the applicable emergency
exit hatches (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).

(6) Remove the applicable emergency exit hatches

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

(7) Remove the access panels:

NOTE : Access panel numbers for the RH emergency escape-slide

____
release-mechanism assembly are given in the brackets.

(a) Remove the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)
and 241MW (242MW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).

(b) Remove the emergency-exit door-frame linings 241LW (242LW),

214CW (242CW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).

(8) Remove the insulation blankets in the area that you are working
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001).

(9) Remove the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-003).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 424
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (10) Remove the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2
(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-004).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-43-020-056

A. Disconnection of the Release Cable-Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-62-43-991-009)

(1) Remove and discard the lockwire (4) from the knurled sleeve-nut (5).

(2) Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut (5) fully to get access to the two
collets (7).

(3) Remove and keep the two collets (7).

(4) Disconnect the release cable-assembly from the flexible

control-assembly:

R CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.

(a) Carefully remove the end of the release cable-assembly (2) from
the related slot of the flexible control-cable (1).

(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire into the
release cable-assembly (2).

(5) Remove the protective plug (6) from the pocket (3).

(6) Put the two collets (7) in their position on the end of the release
cable-assembly (2).

(7) Move the knurled sleeve-nut (5) up and install the protective plug
(6).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 425
May 01/03
 
SYR 
 Release-Cable Connection
Figure 403/TASK 25-62-43-991-009


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 426
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-62-43-020-055

B. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003, 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004, 406/TASK

25-62-43-991-005, 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006, 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007)

(1) Disconnect the flexible control-cable and the rigid control-cable(s):

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003)

(a) Remove the cotter pin (7) and the washer (8).

(b) Discard the cotter pin (7).

(c) Remove the clevis-pin (9) and the flexible control-cable (11)
together with the washers (10).

(d) Remove the cotter pin (6) and the washer (5).

(e) Discard the cotter pin (6).

(f) Record the position of the spacers (2) and (3).

(g) Remove the clevis-pin (4) and the rigid control-cable(s) (1)
together with the spacers (2) and (3).

(2) Remove the release-mechanism proximity-detector assembly(ies)

(referred to as the proximity-detector assembly):

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004)

(a) Remove the nut(s) (37) and the pin(s) (38).

(b) Remove the nuts (33), the bolts (35), the washers (34) and the
proximity-detector assembly (20).

(c) Disassemble the proximity-detector assembly:

1
_ Remove the nut (32) and the serrated-washer (31) from the
actuating-rod (22).

2
_ Remove the target assembly (30), the rod-guide (29) and the
washer (28).

3
_ Remove the nut (24) and the washer (23) from the bush (21).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 427
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 428
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Release-Mechanism Proximity-Detector Assembly
Figure 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004

R

EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 429
May 01/02
 
SYR 
 Release-Mechanism Tie-Rod Assembly
Figure 406/TASK 25-62-43-991-005


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 430
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-62-43

Page 431
May 01/02
 
SYR 
 Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly
Figure 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 432
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly
Figure 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 433
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly
Figure 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 434
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly
Figure 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 435
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 4
_ Remove the bush (21).

5
_ Carefully remove the actuating-rod (22) from the
switch-bracket (36).

6
_ Remove the spring (26), the bush (27), the nut (24) and the
washer (23) and (25) from the switch-bracket (36).

(3) Remove the release-mechanism tie-rod assemblies:

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-62-43-991-005)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (45).

(b) Remove the castellated nuts (46) and the washers (47).

(c) Record the location of the bushes (52) and (53).

(d) Hold the tie-rod assembly (54), and remove the bolt (50) and the
washer (48).

(e) Release the tie-rod assembly (54) from the lever assembly and
remove the bushes (52) and (53).

(f) Record the location of the bushes (61) and (62).

(g) Hold the over-center spring-rod assembly (63) (referred to as the

spring-rod assembly) and remove the bolt (51) and the washer
(49).

(h) Release the spring-rod assembly (63) from the lever assembly and
remove the bushes (61) and (62).

(i) Remove and discard the cotter pin (55).

(j) Remove the castellated nut (56) and the washer (57).

(k) Record the location of the bushes (59) and (60).

(l) Hold the tie-rod assembly (54) and remove the bolt (58).

(m) Release the tie-rod assembly (54) from the camshaft assembly and
remove the bushes (59) and (60).

(n) Remove and discard the cotter pin (64).

(o) Remove the castellated nut (65) and the washer (66)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 436
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 (p) Record the location of the bushes (69) and (70).

(q) Hold the spring-rod assembly (63) and remove the bolt (68) and
the washer (67).

(r) Release the spring-rod assembly (63) from the bracket (75) and
remove the bushes (69) and (70).

(s) Disassemble the spring-rod assembly:

1
_ Remove the eye-end fittings (42) and (44) from the bellows
(40).

2
_ Remove the bushes (41) and the spring (43) from the bellows
(40).

(t) Remove the nut (72) and the bolt (71).

(u) Remove the nuts (74) and the bolts (73), and the bracket (75)
from the frame structure.

(4) Remove the release-mechanism lever assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006)

(a) Remove the nuts (81), the bolts (80) and the release-mechanism
lever assembly (82).

(b) Remove the lever assembly from the lever bracket:

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (85).

2
_ Remove the castellated nut (86), the washer (87) and the bolt
(88).

3
_ Remove the lever assembly (83) together with the washers (84)
from the lever bracket (94).

4
_ Record the location of the bushes (89) and (90).

5
_ Remove the bushes (89) and (90).

(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the setscrew (93) and the
locking device (92).

(d) Remove the nut (91), the locking device (92) and the setscrew
(93).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 437
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 (e) Disassemble the lever assembly (83):

1
_ Carefully remove the double lever (105) together with the
bushes (104) and the washers (103).

2
_ Remove the bushes (104) from the double lever (105).

3
_ Remove the nuts (99).

4
_ Remove the lever (101), the bushes (98) and the washers (97).

5
_ Remove the bolts (95) and the washers (96) from the lever
(100).

6
_ Remove the bushes (102) from the levers (100) and (101).

(5) Remove the release-mechanism camshaft assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007)

(a) Remove the nut (120) and the bolt (119).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (110).

(c) Remove the castellated nut (111) and the washer (112).

(d) Remove the release lever (113) and the spacer (114).

(e) Remove the stop screw (115).

(f) Remove the nuts (117), the bolts (116) and the bearing flange
(118) from the frame structure.

(g) Remove and discard the lock-wire from the screws (125) and (128).

(h) Remove the screw (125), the washer (126) and the release lever
(127).

(i) Disassemble the release lever:

1
_ Remove the screw (128) and the washer (129).

2
_ Remove the lever (130) from the release lever (127).

(j) Remove the nuts (122), the bolts (123) and the bearing flange
(124) from the frame structure.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 438
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 (k) Remove the camshaft assembly (121) together with the bearing
flanges (118) and (124).

(l) Remove the bearing flanges (118) and (124) from the shaft ends of
the camshaft assembly (121).

(m) Disassemble the camshaft assembly:

1
_ Remove the bush (144).

2
_ Carefully pull the shaft (130) out of the camshaft (135).

3
_ Remove the nut (143) and the bolt (141).

4
_ Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE LEVER FROM THE

_______
CAMSHAFT.
THE LEVER IS CONNECTED TO THE TORSION-SPRING, AND
THE TENSION OF THE TORSION-SPRING WILL CAUSE SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE LEVER. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

a
_ Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft (135).

5
_ Remove the torsion spring (140) and the washers (139) from the
camshaft (135).

6
_ Remove the nut (138) and the bolt (131).

7
_ Remove the levers (132) and (137) together with the bush (134)
from the camshaft (135).

8
_ Remove the washers (133) and (136) from the camshaft (135).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 439
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-43-400-003

Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific feeler gage
R
No specific slide gage
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.1 m (6 ft. 11 in.)
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
TLW101 1 TEST TOOL-RELEASE CABLE,ESCAPE SLIDE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 440
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A

7 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A
45 cotter pins 25-62-04 13 -080
55 cotter pin 25-62-04 13 -170
64 cotter pin 25-62-04 13 -080
R
110 cotter pin 25-62-04 14 -080

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-11-11-911-001 WIRELOCKING
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Seats
25-23-47-000-002 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-47-400-002 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
25-62-00-081-001 Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-80-00-000-001 Removal of the Insulation Blankets
25-80-00-400-001 Installation of the Insulation Blankets


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 441
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch

52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-73-11-000-003 Removal of the Proximity Switches (5WN1, 5WN2) of the
FWD Emergency Exits
52-73-11-000-004 Removal of the Proximity Switches (6WN1, 6WN2) of the
Aft Emergency Exits
52-73-11-400-003 Installation of the Proximity Switches (5WN1, 5WN2)
of the FWD Emergency Exits
52-73-11-400-004 Installation of the Proximity Switches (6WN1, 6WN2)
of the Aft Emergency Exits
25-62-43-991-009 Fig. 403
25-62-43-991-003 Fig. 404
25-62-43-991-004 Fig. 405
25-62-43-991-005 Fig. 406
25-62-43-991-006 Fig. 407
25-62-43-991-007 Fig. 408
25-62-43-991-008 Fig. 409

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-43-860-055

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
R AFT cargo-compartment door.

(4) Make sure that the warning notice, to tell persons not to close the
door, is in position on the AFT cargo-compartment door.

(5) Make sure that the special precautions for the offwing escape-slide
system(s) have been obeyed (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 442
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (6) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the applicable
emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).

(7) Make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatches are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

(8) Make sure that the access panels are removed:

NOTE : Access panel numbers for the RH emergency escape-slide

____
release-mechanism assembly are given in the brackets.

(a) Make sure that the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)
and 241MW (242MW) are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).

(b) Make sure that the emergency-exit door-frame linings 241CW

(242CW) and 214LW (242LW) are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).

(9) Make sure that the insulation blankets, in the area that you are
working, are removed (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001).

(10) Make sure that the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2 are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-003).

(11) Make sure that the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2 are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-004).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 443
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-43-210-054

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 444
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-62-43-420-054

B. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003, 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004, 406/TASK

25-62-43-991-005, 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006, 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007,
409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)

(1) Install the release-mechanism camshaft assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007)

(a) Assemble the camshaft assembly:

NOTE : You will find punch marks on the camshaft (135), on the
____
shaft (130) and on the lever (142) to make the assembly
easier.

1
_ Put the washers (133) and (136) in position on the shaft
(135).

2
_ Put the lever (132) and (137) together with the bush (134) in
position on the shaft (135).

3
_ Install the bolt (131) and the nut (138).

4
_ Put the washers (139) in position on the shaft (135).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 445
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Adjustments
Figure 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008- 14 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 446
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Adjustments
Figure 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008- 24 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 447
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Adjustments
Figure 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008- 34 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 448
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Adjustments
Figure 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008- 44 (SHEET 4)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 449
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 5
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the torsion
spring (140).

6
_ Put the torsion spring (140) in position on the camshaft (135)

7
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140) is
engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (137).

8
_ Install the lever (142):

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE LEVER ON THE

_______
CAMSHAFT AND CONNECT IT TO THE TORSION-SPRING.
THE TENSION OF THE TORSION-SPRING CAN CAUSE SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE LEVER.
THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.

a
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the camshaft (135) and the lever (142).

b
_ Apply a force on the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
and adjust a pre-tension to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN
(77.43 and 92.83 lbf.in)

c
_ Install the lever (142) on the camshaft (135).

NOTE : The punch mark
G
on the lever (142) must align
____
with the punch mark
H
on the camshaft (135).

d
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
is engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (142).

e
_ If the pre-tension of the torsion spring (140) is not in
the limits to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN (77.43 and
92.83 lbf.in) you can adjust the pre-tension with the lever
(142).

NOTE : It is permitted to install the lever (142) one

____
spline next to the related punch marks
G
and
H
.

f
_ Install the bolt (141) and the nut (143).

9
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the inner splines
of the camshaft (135) and on the splines in the middle of the
shaft (130).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 450
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 10
__ Carefully push the shaft (130) through the opening of the
camshaft (135) until you can align the two punch marks
E
and

F
.

11
__ Align the two punch marks
E
and
F
and continue to push the
shaft (130) into the camshaft (135).

12
__ Install the bush (144).

(b) Install the camshaft assembly:

NOTE : You will find punch marks on the shaft-ends of the

____
camshaft assembly (121), and on the levers (113) and (127)
to make the assembly easier.

1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft-end
splines of the camshaft assembly (121).

2
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surfaces of
the bearing flanges (118) and (124).

3
_ Put the bearing flanges (118) and (124) in position on the
shaft-ends of the camshaft assembly (121).

4
_ Put the camshaft assembly (121) in position.

5
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads
of the bolts (116) and (123), and on the thread of the
stop-screw (115).

6
_ Put the bearing flange (124) in position on the frame
structure.

7
_ Install the bolts (123) and the nuts (122).

8
_ Put the bearing flange (118) in position on the frame
structure.

9
_ Install the bolts (116), the stop screw (115) and the nuts
(117).

10
__ Install the bolt (119) and the nut (120).

11
__ Install the release-lever (127):

a
_ Put the lever (130) in position on the release-lever (127).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 451
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 b
_ Install the screw (128) and the washer (129) but tighten
the screw by hand only.

NOTE : The adjustment of the release-lever (127) is done

____
after the complete installation of the emergency
escape-slide release-mechanism assembly.

c
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the release-lever (127).

d
_ Install the release-lever (127) on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).

NOTE : The punch mark
C
on the release-lever (127) must

____
align with the punch mark
D
on the shaft-end of
the camshaft assembly (121).

e
_ Install the bolt (125) and the washer (126).

12
__ Install the release-lever (113):

a
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the release-lever (113).

b
_ Put the spacer (114) in position on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).

c
_ Install the release-lever (113) on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).

NOTE : The punch mark
A
on the release-lever (113) must

____
align with the punch mark
B
on the shaft-end of
the camshaft assembly (121).

d
_ Install the washer (112) and the castellated nut (111).

e
_ Install the new cotter pin (110).

(2) Install the release-mechanism lever assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006)

(a) Assemble the lever assembly (83):

1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (102).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 452
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 2
_ Put the bushes (102) in position in the levers (100) and
(101).

3
_ Put the washers (96) and the bolts (95) together with the
washers (97) and the bushes (98) in position on the lever
(100).

4
_ Put the lever (101) in position and install the nuts (99), but
do not tighten the nuts at this time.

5
_ Make sure that the levers (100) and (101) are aligned and
tighten the nuts (99).

6
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (104).

7
_ Put the bushes (104) in position in the double lever (105).

8
_ Put the double lever (105) in its position between the levers
(100) and (101).

9
_ Adjust the lever assembly (83):

a
_ Measure the distance between the double lever (105) and the
levers (100) and (101) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL
B
).

b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).

c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance
adjust the distance with the washers (103).

(b) Assemble the release-mechanism lever assembly (82):

1
_ Install the setscrew (93), the locking device (92) and the nut
(91).

2
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (89)
and (90).

3
_ Put the bushes (89) and (90) in position in the lever bracket
(94) as recorded in the removal procedure.

4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt (88).

5
_ Put the lever assembly (83) in position in the lever bracket
(94) and install the bolt (88).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 453
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 6
_ Adjust the release-mechanism lever assembly (82):

a
_ Measure the distance between the lever assembly (83) and
the lever bracket (94) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL
B
).

b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).

c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance
adjust the distance with the washers (84).

d
_ Remove the bolt (88) and install the washers (84) as
necessary.

7
_ Install the bolt (88), the washer (87) and the castellated nut
(86).

8
_ TORQUE the castellated nut (86) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in) and install the new cotter pin (85).

(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
release-mechanism lever assembly (82).

(d) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of

the bolts (80).

(e) Put the release-mechanism lever assembly (82) in position and

install the bolts (80) and the nuts (81).

(3) Install the release-mechanism tie-rod assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-62-43-991-005)

(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
bracket (75).

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of

the bolts (71) and (73).

(c) Put the bracket (75) in position and install the bolts (71) and
(73), and the nuts (72) and (74).

(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (59) and
(60).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 454
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (e) Put the bushes (59) and (60), together with the tie-rod assembly
(54), in position on the camshaft-assembly as recorded in the
removal procedure.

(f) Install the bolt (58), the washer (57) and the castellated nut
(56).

(g) Install the new cotter pin (55).

(h) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (52) and
(53).

(i) Put the bushes (52) and (53), together with the other end of the
tie-rod assembly (54), in position on the lever-assembly as
recorded in the removal procedure.

(j) Install the bolt (50) and the washer (48) to hold the tie-rod
assembly (54) in position.

(k) Assemble the over-center spring-rod assembly (63)

(reffered to as the spring-rod assembly):

1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (43)
and on the inside surface of the bellows (40).

2
_ Put the spring (43) in position in the bellows (40).

3
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft of the
tie-rod end (44).

4
_ Put the tie-rod ends (42) and (44) together with the bushes
(41) in position.

5
_ Make sure that the tie-rod ends are correctly installed in the
spring (43).

(l) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (69) and
(70).

(m) Put the bushes (69) and (70), together with the spring-rod
assembly (63), in position on the bracket (75) as recorded in the
removal procedure.

(n) Install the bolt (68), the washers (67) and (66), and the
castellated nut (65).

(o) Install the new cotter pin (64).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 455
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (p) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (61) and
(62).

(q) Put the bushes (61) and (62), together with the other end of the
spring-rod assembly (63), in position on the lever assembly as
recorded in the removal procedure.

(r) Install the bolt (51) and the washer (49) to hold the spring-rod
assembly (63) in position.

(s) Install the washers (47) and the castellated nuts (46).

(t) Install the new cotter pins (45).

(4) Install the release-mechanism proximity-detector assemblies

(referred to as the proximity-detector assemblies):

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004)

(a) Assemble the proximity-detector assemblies:

1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the actuating rod
(22).

2
_ Put the actuating rod (22) a short distance in position in the
switch-bracket (36).

3
_ Put the washer (23), the nut (24) and the washer (25) in
position on the actuating rod (22).

4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (26).

5
_ Put the spring (26) and the bush (27) in position in the
switch-bracket (36) and push the actuating rod (22) in
position.

6
_ Put the bush (21) in position and install the washers (23) and
the nut (24).

7
_ Put the washer (28), the rod-guide (29) and the target
assembly (30) in position.

8
_ Put the serrated washer (31) in position and install the nut
(32).

(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surfaces of

the proximity-detector assemblies (20).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 456
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (c) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the bolts (35).

(d) Put the proximity-detector assemblies (20) in position on the

frame structure, and install the bolts (35), the washers (34) and
the nuts (33).

(e) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of

the pins (38).

(f) Put the pins (38) in position in the frame structure and install
the nuts (37).

(5) Adjust the over-center spring-rod assembly

(reffered to as the spring-rod assembly):

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)

(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (1) of
the eye-end fitting.

(b) Loosen the lock-nut (1) of the eye-end fitting.

(c) Move the latch lever rearward until it touches the lever bracket
at POINT
A
.

(d) Move the double lever rearward until it touches the latch lever
stop-bolt (2) at POINT
B
.

(e) Turn the adjusting-rod (3) and adjust the spring-rod assembly to
53.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (2.0866 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).

(f) Tighten the lock-nut (1) of the eye-end fitting.

(g) Safety the lock-nut (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).

(h) Make sure that the rubber bellows of the over-center spring rod
is in its correct position after you have done the adjustment.

(6) Install the rigid control-cables:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003)

(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the clevis-pin (4).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 457
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (b) Put the rigid control-cables (1) together with the spacers (2)
and (3), as recorded in the removal procedure, in position and
install the clevis-pin (4).

(c) Put the washer (5) in position and install the new cotter pin
(6).

(7) Adjust the distance between the latch lever and the lever bracket:

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)

(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (4) and
the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) of the rigid control-cables (5).

(b) Loosen the lock-nuts (4) of the rigid control-cables (5).

(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) and adjust the distance between
the latch lever and the lever bracket at POINT
A
to between 0.5
+0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0196 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).

NOTE : Measure the distance, between the top of the lever bracket
____
and the lip of the latch lever with a feeler gage.

(d) Loosen the sleeve adjust nuts (6) FIVE FULL TURNS.

(e) Tighten the lock-nuts (4) of the rigid control-cables (5).

(f) Safety the lock-nuts (4) and the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).

(8) Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever:

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)

(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (7) of
the tie-rod (8).

(b) Loosen the lock-nuts (7) of the tie-rod (8).

(c) Make sure that the release lever (14) touches the stop screw (15)
at POINT
D
(see DETAIL
C
)

(d) Turn the tie-rod (8) clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the

distance between the double lever and the latch lever at POINT

B
.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 458
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (e) Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever
at POINT
B
to 0.3 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0118 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).

NOTE : Measure the distance, between the double lever and the
____
latch lever stop-bolt (2) with a feeler gage.

(f) Make sure that the eye-ends of the tie-rod (8) are in safety.

NOTE : If you cannot push a needle or equivalent through the

____
inspection holes, the eye-ends are in safety.

(g) Tighten the lock-nuts (7) of the tie-rod (8).

(h) Safety the lock-nuts (7) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).

(9) Adjust the clearence between the release levers and the release pins
of the emergency-exit hatches:

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)

(a) Adjust the release lever of the AFT emergency-exit hatch:

1
_ Put the AFT emergency-exit hatch in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (10)
of the setscrew (9).

3
_ Loosen the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).

4
_ Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is
in the
ARMED
Position (see DETAIL
D
).

5
_ Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at
POINT
C
(see DETAIL
A
).

6
_ Move the emergency-exit hatch until you can measure the
distance between the release lever (14) and the release pin
(16).

7
_ Turn the setscrew (9) and adjust the distance between the
release lever (14) and the release pin (16) to 1.0 +0.5 -0.5
mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).

NOTE : Measure the distance with a feeler gage.

____


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 459
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 8
_ Tighten the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).

9
_ Safety the lock-nut (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).

10
__ Remove the AFT emergency-exit hatch.

(b) Adjust the release lever of the FWD emergency-exit hatch:

1
_ Put the FWD emergency-exit hatch in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

2
_ If necessary loosen the bolt (19).

3
_ Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is
in the
ARMED
Position (see DETAIL
D
).

4
_ Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at
POINT
C
(see DETAIL
A
).

5
_ Move the emergency hatch until you can measure the distance
between the release lever (17) and the release pin (21).

6
_ Move the lever (20) to adjust the distance between the lever
(17) and the release pin (21) with a feeler gage
to 1.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).

7
_ Tighten the bolt (19).

8
_ Safety the bolts (18) and (19) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).

9
_ Remove the FWD emergency-exit hatch.

(10) Connect the flexible control-cable:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003)

(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the clevis-pin (9).

(b) Put the flexible control-cable (11) together with the washers
(10) in position and install the clevis-pin (9).

(c) Put the washer (8) in position and install the new cotter pin
(7).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 460
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (11) Adjust the flexible control-cable:

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)

(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (11) and
the sleeve adjust-nuts (12) of the flexible control-cable (13).

(b) Loosen the lock-nuts (11) of the flexible control-cable (13).

(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nut (12) and adjust the distance at the
end of the flexible control-cable (13) to 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.).

NOTE : Measure the distance at the outer end of the flexible

____
control-cable (13) (see DETAIL
K
) with a slide gage.

(d) Do a check of the adjusted distance at the end of the flexible

control-cable (13):

1
_ Pull the end of the flexible control-assembly (13) three
times.

2
_ Measure the distance at the end of the flexible control-cable
(13) with a slide gage.

3
_ If the distance is not in the limits of 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.), do the steps (c) thru (e) again.

(e) Tighten the lock-nuts (11) of the flexible control-cable (13).

(f) Safety the lock-nuts (11) and the sleeve adjust-nut (12) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).

(12) Adjust the cable-travel of the flexible control-cable:

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)

(a) Put the emergency-exit hatches in the installed position

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

(b) Install the TEST TOOL-RELEASE CABLE,ESCAPE SLIDE (TLW101) on the

flexible control assembly (see DETAIL
L
):

1
_ Remove the protective plug and the two collets from the test
tool.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 461
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 2
_ Carefully engage the test tool into the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).

3
_ Put the two collets in position, on the connection of the test
tool and the flexible control-assembly.

4
_ Move the knurled sleeve-nut up and install it to the flexible
control-assembly.

(c) Set the test tool cursor to zero.

(d) Make sure that the release pin (16) of the FWD emergency-exit
hatch is in the
ARMED
position (see DETAIL
D
).

(e) Make sure that the release lever (14) is in the
INACTIVATED

position (see DETAIL
C
).

(f) Open and remove the FWD emergency-exit hatch.

NOTE : During the opening of the hatch, the release pin (16)
____
moves the release lever (14) and the flexible
control-cable (13) is operated.

(g) Make sure that the test-tool cursor has moved and shows a minimum
cable-travel of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.).

(h) If the test-tool cursor shows less than the minimum cable-travel
of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.), you must adjust the flexible
control-assembly.

(i) Adjust the flexible control-assembly:

1
_ Put the emergency-exit hatches back in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the adjust nuts
(22) and (23) of the flexible control-assembly.

3
_ Loosen the adjust nuts (22) and (23).

4
_ Turn the adjust nuts (22) and (23) to adjust the cable-travel.

5
_ Tighten the adjust nuts (22) and (23).

(j) Do a check of the adjusted cable-travel and do the steps (a) thru
(h) again


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 462
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (k) Safety the adjust nuts (22) and (23) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).

(l) Remove the test tool from the flexible control-assembly.

1
_ Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut fully and remove the two
collets.

2
_ Carefully remove the test tool from the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).

3
_ Put the two collets in position on the test tool, move the
knurled sleeve-nut up and install the plug.

Subtask 25-62-43-420-055

R C. Connection of the Release-Cable Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-62-43-991-009)

(1) Remove the protective plug:

CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.

R (a) Remove the protective plug (6) from the knurled sleeve nut (5) to
R get access to the two collets (7).

(b) Remove and keep the two collets (7).

R (c) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire into the
R release-cable assembly (2).

R (d) Put the protective plug (6) in the pocket (3).

R (2) Carefully engage the end of the release-cable assembly (2) in the
R related slot of the flexible control-assembly (1).

R (3) Put the two collets (7) in their positions, on the connection of the
R release- cable assembly (2) and the flexible control-assembly (1).

R NOTE : When you install the collets (7), one of the slots in the
____
R collets must point to you. Through the slot, you can do a
R visual check that the release-cable assembly (2) stays
R connected while you tighten the knurled sleeve nut (5).

R (4) Move the knurled sleeve nut (5) up and install it on the flexible
control-assembly (1).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 463
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (5) Safety the knurled sleeve nut (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-43-410-056

A. Close Access

(1) Install the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-400-003).

(2) Install the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-400-004).

(3) Do the special precautions after you have worked on the offwing
escape-slide system(s) (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).

(4) Remove the warning notice from the AFT cargo-compartment door.

(5) Remove the access platform from the AFT cargo-compartment door.

(6) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(7) Install the insulation blankets (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-400-001).

(8) Install the access panels:

NOTE : Access panel numbers for the RH emergency escape-slide

____
release-mechanism assembly are given in the brackets.

(a) Install the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)
and 241MW (242MW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

(b) Install the emergency-exit door-frame linings 241CW (242CW)

and 214LW (242LW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-002).

(9) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

(10) Install the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).

Subtask 25-62-43-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-43

Page 464
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 _________________________________________________________
SLIDE - ESCAPE, FWD AND AFT (7500MM,7501MM,7502MM,7503MM)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 25-62-44-000-002

Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

98D52103500000 2 SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
25-62-44-991-021 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-44-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021)

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 401
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
R Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021- 13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 402
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021- 23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 403
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 404
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that
the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is set to the OFF position.

(3) Make sure that the passenger/crew door (referred to as door) is

safetied:

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Make sure that the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder

is DISARMED (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

(b) Make sure that the emergency control-handle (3) is set to the
DISARMED/MANUAL position, with the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
(98D52103500000) (4) installed.

(4) Make sure that the applicable door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-44-020-075

A. Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021)

(1) Remove the decorative-cover (20) from the pack-assembly (9):

NOTE : There are three different types of decorative-cover (20)

____
attachment:
R - Type 1, burr strip (VELCRO)
R - Type 2, dual-lock reclosable fastener-strip
R - Type 3, spring-loaded latches.
The three different types are not interchangeable.
R It is necessary to use more force to pull apart dual-lock
R reclosable fastener-strip than to pull apart burr strip. You
R hear a continuous click sound when you pull apart the two
R halves.

(a) Types 1 and 2:

R 1
_ Pull the bottom edge of the decorative-cover (20) away from
R the pack-assembly (9) to disengage the spring clips.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 405
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 2
_ Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative-cover (20) from
R the attach-strips (16) and remove it the decorative cover
R (20).

(b) Type 3:

R 1
_ Pull the bottom edge of the decorative-cover (20) away from
R the pack-assembly (9) to disengage the spring clips.

R 2
_ Disengage the spring-loaded bolts (73) and remove the
R decorative-cover (20).

(c) Keep the decorative-cover (20) with the aircraft.

(2) Safety the inflation reservoir of the escape-slide:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED

_______
IN THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Install the lock pin (18) in the regulator valve assembly (19).

R NOTE : The lock pin (18) is in the pocket (75) on the soft-cover
____
R (12) of the pack-assembly (9).

(3) Get access to the girt bar (10) and the floor fittings (26):

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL
_______
START THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE
ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE PACK-ASSEMBLY.

R (a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and
R move the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED/AUTOMATIC
position.

(b) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).

R (c) Hold the door in this position and make sure that it does not
R open fully.

(d) Remove the girt bar (10):

CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN
_______
THE PACK ASSEMBLY.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 1
_ Push the spring pawls (29) to release the girt bar (10).

R 2
_ Pull the girt bar (10) inboard, away from the floor fittings
R (26).

3
_ Put the girt bar (10) on the cabin floor, inboard of the floor
fittings (26).

R (e) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
R (2).

R (f) Move the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED/MANUAL

R position and install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
(98D52103500000) (4).

(4) Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the door:

(a) Hold the pack-assembly (9).

R (b) Remove the bolts (24) and the washers (25) and keep them with the
R aircraft.

R (c) Let the pack-assembly (9) fall inboard on the supports (14) and
R continue to hold it.

R (d) Disconnect the electrical connector:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE ABRASIVES OR ABRASIVE TOOLS TO CLEAN,

_______
DISCONNECT OR CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR.
ABRASIVES OR ABRASIVE TOOLS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CORROSION PROTECTION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR.

1
_ Disconnect the electrical connector (15):

R a
_ FOR 7500MM
R 2871VC-A

R b
_ FOR 7501MM
R 2870VC-A

R c
_ FOR 7502MM
R 2873VC-A

d
_ FOR 7503MM
2872VC-A.

2
_ Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 407
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (e) Lift the pack-assembly (9) from the supports (14) and put it
R carefully on the cabin floor.

R NOTE : The pack-assembly (9) has a weight of approximately 25.0

____
R kg (55.1155 lb).

(5) Remove the girt bar (10) from the girt assembly (11):

CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN THE
_______
PACK ASSEMBLY.

(a) Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).

(b) Carefully pull the girt bar (10) out of the girt assembly (11).

(c) If you cannot pull the girt bar (10) out of the girt assembly
(11), do these steps:

R 1
_ Pull open the burr strips of the girt assembly (11).

R 2
_ Pull the HANDLE (31) and open the lace-up joint (34).

R 3
_ Remove the girt bar (10) from the open girt assembly (11).
R

R (d) Keep the girt bar (10) with the door.

(6) Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 408
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-44-400-006

Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D52103500000 2 SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
33-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Emergency Lights
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 409
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-610-001 Replacement of the Diaphragm in the Percussion

Mechanism of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
AMM 11-32-52 P.Block 001 DOORS
25-62-44-991-021 Fig. 401
R 25-62-44-991-003 Fig. 402
R 25-62-44-991-019 Fig. 403
R 25-62-44-991-017 Fig. 404
R 25-62-44-991-026 Fig. 405
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-44-860-062

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) In the cockpit on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS):

- Make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is in the OFF position.

(3) If you install the pack-assembly (9) at a passenger/crew door where

the escape-slide has fired during:
- An accident
- An operational test.

(a) Make sure that the diaphragm is replaced in the percussion

mechanism of the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-610-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 410
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) Make sure that the door is safetied:

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Make sure that the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder
is DISARMED (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

(b) Make sure that the emergency control-handle (3) is in the

DISARMED/MANUAL position with the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
(98D52103500000) (4) installed.

(5) Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-44-560-051

A. Inspection and Preparation of components for installation

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-003)

(1) Examine the pack assembly (9):

(a) Do a check of the general condition of the slide pack-assembly.

(b) Make sure that the inflation reservoir is safetied:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY

_______
INSTALLED IN THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE
INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(c) Make sure that the locking assembly (18) is installed in the
regulator valve assembly (19).

NOTE : The lockpin assembly is kept in a stowage pocket on the

____
soft-cover of the pack-assembly.

R

EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 411
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-003- 14 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 412
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-003- 24 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 413
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-003- 34 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 414
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-003- 44 (SHEET 4)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 415
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (d) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(e) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(f) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(g) Make sure that the connector (58) between the cable and loop
assembly (57) and the cover release-cable (59) is connected.
When you must disconnect the connector (58):

1
_ Carefully loosen the sleeve nut (58) until you can remove the
ball-end of the cable and loop assembly (57) from the body.

(h) Open the burr-strips (54), (55) and (56).

(i) Make sure that the connector (61) between the pull-handle cable
(62) and the inflation cable (60) is connected.

(j) Make sure that the girt assembly is correct assembled before
installing the slide.

(k) Make sure that the pressure gage (53) (referred to as gage) shows
the correct pressure.

NOTE : There are two different types of gage (53) (MODEL A and
____
MODEL B). MODEL A has a green cursor which is temperature
sensitive. MODEL B has a needle with an internal
mechanism, which is temperature sensitive. They can give
temporary low pressure indications when there are sudden
temperature changes (from a cold to a warm environment).
The cursor/needle moves to changes in temperature faster
than the gas can expand in the inflation reservoir.

1
_ The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:
- AREA A (green cursor width) shows a correct indication.
- AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a
permitted indication, because of sudden temperature changes.

2
_ The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:
- The GREEN BAND shows a correct indication.
- AREA B, which has a range equal to AREA A, shows a permitted
indication,
- because of sudden temperature changes.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 416
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (l) If the gage (53) shows an incorrect indication:
- Let temperature conditions become stable, then examine the gage
(53) again.
- If the gage needle continues to show an incorrect indication,
replace the pack-assembly (9).

(2) Install the electrical harness (22) on the correct side of the
pack-assembly (9):

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRIC HARNESS IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED

_______
ON THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF THE ELECTRICAL HARNESS IS NOT
CORRECTLY INSTALLED, IT CAN PREVENT THE CORRECT INFLATION
AND/OR DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE/SLIDE RAFT.

NOTE : The pack-assembly can be installed on a left or a right door.

____
The electrical harness must come out of the side of the girt
assembly in flight direction.

(a) Put the pack-assembly (9) in front of the related door.

NOTE : The pack assembly weighs approximately 25.0 kg (55.12 lb).

____

(b) Pull the electrical harness (22) out from between the
girt-assembly halves in the direction of the door support-arm.

NOTE : The electrical harness must come out of the side of the
____
girt assembly in flight direction.

(c) Discard the rubber band.

(d) Pull open the burr-strips (Velcro) (54), (55) and (56).

(e) Connect the quick-release connector (23).

(f) Install the electrical harness (22) as shown:

- See DETAIL C for the right door.
- See DETAIL E for the left door.

1
_ Refer to the instructions on the soft-cover of the
pack-assembly (9).
Make sure that the quick-release connector (23) is installed
next to the STOW PLUG HERE mark/placard.

(g) Close the burr-strips (54), (55) and (56).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 417
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-62-44-420-064

B. Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Install the girt bar (10) in the girt assembly (11):

CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN THE
_______
PACK ASSEMBLY.

R (a) Release the burr-strips of the girt assembly (11).

R

R (b) Pull the handle (31) and open the lace-up joint (34).
R

R (c) Put the girt bar (10) in position in the girt assembly (11).
R
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-62-44-991-019)
R

R (d) Safety the parachute pin with nylon cord.

R NOTE : The nylon cord must have a minimum breaking strain of 9.0
____
R lb (4.0823 kg). It must agree with specification V-T-295,
type II, class A, size E (p/n M11944-4 Vendor Air
Cruisers/Aerazur).

R (e) Make sure that the visual indicator (30) points inboard and is on
the forward side of the girt assembly (11).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 418
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (f) Attach the mooring line (32) to the girt bar (10):

1
_ Make an open loop adjacent to the loop at the end of the
mooring line (32).

2
_ Push the open loop through the loop at the end of the mooring
line (32).

3
_ Push the girt bar (10) through the new loop and pull the
mooring line (32) tight.

R (g) Make sure that the loop is on the left side of the girt bar (10).

(2) Install the pack-assembly (9) on the door:

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Apply materials:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

1
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads
of the bolts (24).

(d) Put the pack-assembly (9) in position on the supports (14).

NOTE : The pack-assembly weighs approximately 25.0 kg (55.12 lb).

____

(e) Tilt the pack-assembly (9) inboard and hold it in position on the
supports (14).

(f) Connect the electrical connectors (15):

CAUTION : DO NOT USE ABRASIVES OR ABRASIVE TOOLS TO CLEAN,

_______
DISCONNECT OR CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR.
ABRASIVES OR ABRASIVE TOOLS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CORROSION PROTECTION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR.

R 1
_ FOR 7500MM
R 2871VC-A


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 419
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar
R Figure 403/TASK 25-62-44-991-019- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 420
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar
R Figure 403/TASK 25-62-44-991-019- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 421
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 2
_ FOR 7501MM
R 2870VC-A

R 3
_ FOR 7502MM
R 2873VC-A

R 4
_ FOR 7503MM
R 2872VC-A.

(g) Put the washers (25) in position, install the bolts (24) and
torque the bolts (24) to between 1.6 and 1.8 m.daN (11.79 and
13.27 lbf.ft).

(h) Make sure that there is no play between the packboard (13) and
the door.

(3) Install the girt bar (10) in the floor fittings (26):

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL
_______
START THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE
ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE PACK-ASSEMBLY.

(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and
move the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.

(b) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).

(c) Hold the door and do not let it open fully.

(d) Install the girt bar (10):

CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN
_______
THE PACK ASSEMBLY.

1
_ Push the girt bar (10) into the floor fittings (26) until the
spring pawls (29) engage.

R 2
_ Make sure that the girt assembly (11) is folded correctly.
R Refer to section K-K.

(e) Carefully lower the door and lock it with the door control-handle
(2).

(f) Make sure that the control-shaft levers (28) engage correctly in
the holes of the girt bar (10).

(g) Move the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 422
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (h) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).

(i) Hold the door and do not let it open fully.

(j) Make sure that the girt bar (10) engages correctly with the
telescopic forks (27) of the door structure.

(k) Carefully lower the door and lock it with the door control-handle
(2).

(l) Move the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.

(m) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).

(n) Hold the door and do not let it open fully.

(o) Make sure that the girt bar (10) engages correctly with the floor
fittings (26).

(p) Carefully lower the door and lock it with the door control-handle
(2).

R (q) Make sure that the girt bar (10) can move freely:

1
_ Move the emergency control-handle (3) from the ARMED to the
DISARMED position four times.

(r) Move the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position

and install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).

(4) Remove the lockpin assembly (18) from the valve/regulator assembly
(19).

(5) Put the lockpin assembly (18) in the stowage pocket on the soft-cover
(12).

(6) Install the decorative cover (20) on the pack-assembly (9):

NOTE : There are three different procedures to attach the decorative

____
cover:
- Procedure 1: With burr-strips
- Procedure 2: With dual-lock recloseable fastener-strips
- Procedure 3: With spring-loaded latches.
The three different procedures are not interchangeable.
More force is necessary to attach the dual-lock recloseable
fastener-strips than to attach the burr-strips. You hear a
click when the two halves of the strips engage.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 423
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (a) For procedure 1 or 2:

1
_ Align the spring clips on the top edge of the decorative cover
(20) with the slots (17) in the packboard (13).

2
_ Push the top edge of the decorative cover (20) against the
attach-strips (16).

3
_ Push the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) against the
pack-assembly (9) until the spring clips engage.

(b) For procedure 3:

1
_ Engage the spring-loaded bolts (73).

2
_ Push the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) against the
pack-assembly (9) until the spring clips engage.

(c) Make sure that you can see the gage through the hole in the
decorative cover (20).

(7) Do a visual inspection of the visual indicator (30) and its ARMED
indication:
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-017)

(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and
move the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.

(b) If installed, make sure that the self-adhesive placards are in a

good condition.

1
_ If necessary, install new self-adhesive placards (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-400-007) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-52 P.Block 001).

2
_ Make sure that the point of the self-adhesive arrow (67)
aligns with the red mark.

3
_ If it does not, move the self-adhesive arrow (67) to the
correct position.

(c) If an ARMED placard (68) is installed on the cabin floor, it is

not necessary to make adjustments.

(d) If installed, make sure that you can see the red mark through the
hole in the bracket (80).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 424
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (e) Move the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position
and install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).

Subtask 25-62-44-710-059

C. Operational Test of the Escape-Facilities

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021, 405/TASK 25-62-44-991-026)

(1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK

23-73-00-861-001).

(2) Do the operational test of the emergency lights (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-
710-001).

(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on each door to tell persons not to open the
door during the CIDS test.

(4) Do the operational test of the inflation reservoir (slide-bottle)

monitoring through the CIDS.

NOTE : This test is applicable only if the Cabin Assignment Module

____
(CAM) is programmed to monitor the slide-bottles.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. At the PTP 110RH: At the PTP 110RH:

- Open the access door.

NOTE : It is not necessary to do

____
work on other maintenance
messages, if they are
shown.

- Push the DSPL ON pushbutton - The main menu page shows.

switch.

- Push the SYSTEM STATUS line - The SYSTEM STATUS page shows the
selection-key. message SLIDES PRESS OK.

NOTE : If the message SLIDES PRESS OK

____
does not show, it is necessary
to push the CONT line
selection-key until the message
shows.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 425
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Visual Indicator - Adjustment
R Figure 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-017- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 426
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Visual Indicator - Adjustment
R Figure 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-017- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 427
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Monitoring, through CIDS
R Figure 405/TASK 25-62-44-991-026


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 428
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the DSPL ON pushbutton - The main menu page shows.
switch.
NOTE : The screen sets to off
____
automatically after 10 minutes.

- Close the access door.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-44-410-071

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Put the door back to a serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-
002).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-62-44-862-052

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 429
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-44-000-010

Removal of the Inflated Escape-Slide

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-610-001 Replacement of the Diaphragm in the Percussion
Mechanism of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
CMM 256056
25-62-44-991-021 Fig. 401
R 25-62-44-991-020 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-44-860-060

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021)

(1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS):

- Make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is set to the OFF
position.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 430
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-44-020-081

A. Removal of the Inflated Escape-Slide

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-62-44-991-020)

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR. SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Safety the related open passenger/crew door with the safety barrier
strap (8).

(2) Remove the inflated escape-slide (7):

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE FALL TO THE GROUND. IF

_______
YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE:
- TO THE INFLATION RESERVOIR, WHICH IS KEPT BELOW THE
ESCAPE-SLIDE,
- OR TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.

(a) Carefully pull the electrical harness (22) to disconnect the

quick-release connector (23).

NOTE : The quick-release connector (23) is held below the

____
burr-strip (velcro) on the pack-assembly soft-cover (12).

(b) Release the inflated escape-slide (7) from the aircraft:

1
_ Make sure that the ground area where the escape-slide (7) is
lowered is clean and clear from sharp objects.

(c) Pull the mooring line (32) from the girt pocket (33).

(d) Hold the escape-slide (7) with the mooring line (32).

(e) Pull open the burr-strips of the girt-assembly (11).

(f) Pull the handle (31).

(g) Slowly release the mooring line (32):

- The girt lace-up joint (34) opens.
- The girt-assembly releases from the girt bar (10).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 431
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Escape-Slide - Inflated
R Figure 406/TASK 25-62-44-991-020- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 432
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Escape-Slide - Inflated
R Figure 406/TASK 25-62-44-991-020- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 433
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (h) Carefully lower the escape-slide (7) to the ground.

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to hold the escape-slide (7) and
____
lower it to the ground.

(3) Remove the girt-bar (10) from the floor fittings (26):

(a) Push the spring pawls (29) and pull the girt bar (10) inboard
from the floor fittings (26).

(b) Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).

(c) Keep the girt bar (10) with the door.

(4) Set the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED/MANUAL position.

(5) Release the safety barrier strap (8).

(6) Lift the empty pack-assembly soft-cover (12) and close the door with
the door control-handle (2) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

(7) Remove the decorative cover (20) from the pack-assembly (9):

NOTE : There are three different types of decorative cover (20)

____
attachment:
- Type 1: burr strip
- Type 2: dual-lock reclosable fastener-strip
- Type 3: spring loaded latches.
The three different types are not interchangeable.
More force is necessary to pull apart dual-lock reclosable
fastener-strips than for burr-strips. You hear a continual
click sound as the two halves are pulled apart.

(a) Types 1 and 2:

1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9) to disengage the spring clips.

2
_ Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative cover (20) from
the attach-strips (16) and remove it.

(b) Type 3:

1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9) to disengage the spring clips.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 434
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 2
_ Disengage the spring loaded bolts (73) and remove the
decorative cover (20).

(c) Keep the decorative cover (20) with the aircraft.

(8) Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the door:

(a) Hold the pack-assembly (9).

(b) Remove the bolts (24) and the washers (25) and keep them with the
aircraft.

(c) Let the pack-assembly (9) fall inboard on the supports (14) and
hold it.

(d) Disconnection of the electrical connectors:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE ABRASIVES OR ABRASIVE TOOLS TO CLEAN,

_______
DISCONNECT OR CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR.
ABRASIVES OR ABRASIVE TOOLS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CORROSION PROTECTION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR.

1
_ Disconnect the electrical connectors (15):
- For 7500MM disconnect 2871VC-A
- For 7501MM disconnect 2870VC-A
- For 7502MM disconnect 2873VC-A
- For 7503MM disconnect 2872VC-A

2
_ Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(e) Lift the pack-assembly (9) from the supports (14), and remove it
from the aircraft.

(9) Procedure out of the aircraft:

CAUTION : KEEP OFF THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE. IF YOU GO ON IT, YOU

_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.

(a) Push in the flapper valves (5) of the aspirator (6) to release
the pressure from the escape slide (7).

(b) Remove the broken frangible links.

NOTE : The exposed wire of the broken frangible link can cause
____
damage to the slide inflatable material when the slide is
packed.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 435
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (c) Roll up the deflated escape-slide (7).
- Start from the bottom end of the deflated escape-slide (7).

(d) Carefully put the escape-slide (7) and the pack-assembly (9) in a
clean box without sharp objects.

(e) Return them to one of the two locations for servicing:

- The workshop (Ref. CMM 256056).
- The manufacturer.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-44-860-061

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Replace the diaphragm in the percussion mechanism of the door-damper

and emergency-cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-610-001).

(2) Install a serviceable escape-slide on the door.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 436
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-44-920-001

Remove the Pack-Assembly for Restoration

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256241-03

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-44-000-002 Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-44-010-067

A. Get Access

(1) Remove the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-44-280-050

A. Workshop Procedure

(1) Do the restoration of the escape-slide pack-assembly, and refer to

the manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-44-410-069

A. Close Access

(1) Install a serviceable or replacement escape-slide pack-assembly

(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-44

Page 437
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 ___________________________________________________________
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE (7506MM,7507MM)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 25-62-46-000-001

Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R
R Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific 1 ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R 25-62-00-820-001 Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lockpin in the
Regulator Valve Assembly of the Inflation Reservoir -
Offwing Escape-Slide
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-62-46-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-46-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-62-46-010-050

B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)

(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT

cargo-compartment exit.

(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to ON.

(4) FOR 7506MM

(a) Remove the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX.

(5) FOR 7507MM

(a) Remove the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX.

(6) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Remove the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

Subtask 25-62-46-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-46-020-050

A. Removal of the Inflation Reservoir 7506MM (7507MM) - Charged

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)

(1) Safety the inflation reservoir (5):

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED

_______
IN THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Remove the lock pin (12) from the pocket (3).

(b) Install the lock pin (12) in the regulator valve assembly (6).

(c) If you cannot install the lock pin (12) in the regulator valve
assembly (6) refer to (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-820-001).

(2) Remove and discard the lockwire (19) from the sleeve nut (18).

(3) Loosen the sleeve nut (18) fully to get access to the two clips (31).

(4) Remove and keep the two clips (31).

(5) Disconnect the wire-control assembly (2) from the flexible

control-assembly (1):

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT WEIGHT ON THE FWD PULLEY WHEN YOU CONNECT THE
_______
WIRE- CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO THE FLEXIBLE CONTROL-ASSEMBLY.
WEIGHT ON THE PULLEY CAUSES TENSION IN THE WIRE, WHICH CAN
CAUSE THE END OF THE WIRE TO BREAK.

CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.

(a) Carefully pull the end of the wire (25) out of the slot of the
flexible control-assembly (1).

(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire (25) into the
wire-control assembly (2).

(6) Remove the protection plug (32) from the pocket (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 403
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
R Inflation Reservoir Assembly 7506MM (7507MM)
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 404
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Inflation Reservoir Assembly 7506MM (7507MM)
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 405
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Inflation Reservoir Assembly 7506MM (7507MM)
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 406
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (7) Put the two clips (31) into the sleeve nut (18) and install the
protection plug (32).

(8) Disconnect the electrical connector (21):

(a) FOR 7506MM

7555VC-A.

(b) FOR 7507MM

7556VC-A.

(9) Install the blanking cap (22) on the socket (24).

R (10) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(11) Disconnect the hose assembly (10) from the bulkhead connection (9).

(12) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(13) Safety the bulkhead connection (9):

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ON THE
_______
DISCONNECTED LINE ENDS. THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN DEPLOY IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED AND THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ARE NOT
INSTALLED.
UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the pocket (3).

(b) Install the pressure seal cap (20) on the bulkhead connection
(9).

(14) Remove the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16) and the spacer
(17).

(15) Remove the inflation reservoir (5):

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS.

_______
THE RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS
BONDED WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RESERVOIR, THERE IS A RISK OF
EXPLOSION.
NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED.

(a) Hold the inflation reservoir (5) and loosen the clamps (13).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 407
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (b) Remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).

Subtask 25-62-46-020-052

B. Removal of the Inflation Reservoir 7506MM (7507) - Discharged

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)

(1) Remove and discard the lockwire (19) from the sleeve nut (18).

(2) Loosen the sleeve nut (18) fully to get access to the two clips (31).

(3) Remove the two clips (31).

NOTE : Keep the clips (31), until you have removed the inflation
____
reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).

(4) Disconnect the wire-control assembly (2) from the flexible

control-assembly (1):

CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.

(a) Carefully pull the end of the wire (25) out of the slot of the
flexible control-assembly (1).

(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire (25) into the
wire-control assembly (2).

(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (21):

(a) FOR 7506MM

7555VC-A.

(b) FOR 7507MM

7556VC-A.

(6) Install the blanking cap (22) on the socket (24).

R (7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(8) Disconnect the hose assembly (10) from the bulkhead connection (9):

(a) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 408
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 (9) Safety the bulkhead connection (9):

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ON THE
_______
DISCONNECTED LINE ENDS. THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN DEPLOY IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED AND THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ARE NOT
INSTALLED.
UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the pocket (3).

(b) Install the pressure seal cap (20) on the bulkhead connection
(9).

(10) Remove the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16) and the spacer
(17).

(11) Remove the inflation reservoir (5):

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS.

_______
THE RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS
BONDED WITH EPOXY RESINS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BOTTLE OR TO THE EXTERNAL
MATERIAL, YOU MUST REPLACE THE RESERVOIR.

(a) Hold the inflation reservoir (5) and loosen the clamps (13).

(b) Remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).

(c) Put the inflation reservoir (5) on the cabin floor.

(12) Before you remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the aircraft do
these steps:

(a) Hold the sleeve nut (18) and do as follows:

NOTE : These steps prevent accidental damage to the end of the

____
wire (25).

- Use your thumb and carefully push the end of the wire (25) back
into the wire-control assembly (2) until it stops.
- Keep a light pressure on the end of the wire (25).
R - Put a punch (26) with a diameter of 3.175 mm (0.1250 in.)
R through the hole in the regulator valve assembly (6), to
R release the internal pulley.
- Put an ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN (29) into the hexagonal socket (27).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 409
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 - Slowly turn the Allen key (29) until the stop pin (28) is
adjacent to the BLACK mark (30) (closed position).

NOTE : When you turn the Allen key (29) the end of the wire (25)
____
is pulled back into the wire-control assembly (2).

(b) Remove the protection plug (32) from the pocket (3).

(c) Put the two clips (31) into the sleeve nut (18) and install the
protection plug (32).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 410
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-62-46-400-001

Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R 98D52207507000 1 PIN SET-EMERGENCY SLIDE,EMERGENCY EXITS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 20-11-11-911-001 WIRELOCKING
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-62-00-081-001 Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 411
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
25-62-46-991-001 Fig. 401
25-62-46-991-003 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-62-46-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)

(1) Make sure the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-
00-861-001).

(2) In the AFT cargo compartment:

(a) Make sure the AFT cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).

R (b) Make sure the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) access platform is in

position adjacent to the AFT

(c) Make sure the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON
position.

(d) Make sure that the offwing escape-slide system is safetied

(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).

(e) FOR 7506MM

- Make sure that the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX is
removed.

(f) FOR 7507MM

- Make sure that the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX is
removed.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 412
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (g) Make sure tha the related access panel is removed:

1
_ FOR 5000WM
151KW

2
_ FOR 5001WM
152KW

(3) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Make sure that the emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK
52-21-11-000-001)

Subtask 25-62-46-865-052

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-62-46-560-050

A. Preparation and Inspection of Component for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE
_______
RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED
WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RESERVOIR, THERE IS A RISK OF
EXPLOSION.
NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED.

(1) Make sure that the inflation reservoir (5) is safetied:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED

_______
IN THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 413
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (a) Make sure that the lock pin (12) is installed in the regulator
valve assembly (6).

(2) If you install a new inflation reservoir (5), do these steps:

(a) Loosen the nut (39) and turn the hose assembly (10) 180 deg.

(b) Torque the nut (39) to between 3.00 and 3.20 m.daN (22.12 and
23.59 lbf.ft).

(3) Make sure that the inflation reservoir (5), the hose assembly (10)
and the wire-control assembly (2) are in the correct condition.

(4) Make sure that the pressure gage (11) (referred to as gage) shows the
correct pressure.

NOTE : The gage (11) has a GREEN cursor which is temperature

____
sensitive. It can give temporary incorrect indications when
there are sudden temperature changes (from a cold to a warm
environment). The GREEN cursor moves to changes in temperature
faster than the gas can expand in the inflation reservoir (5).

(a) A correct indication is shown when the needle is in the GREEN

cursor, or to the right of the GREEN cursor.

(b) An incorrect indication is shown when the needle is to the left

of the GREEN cursor.

(c) If the gage (11) shows an incorrect indication:

- When the temperature conditions become stable, examine the gage
(11) again.
- If the gage (11) continues to show an incorrect indication,
replace the inflation reservoir (5).

(5) Pulley assembly (4) and (7) adjustment procedure:

NOTE : If there are no RED index-marks, pulley assembly adjustment is

____
not necessary.

(a) If you can see RED index-marks (38) on the pulley assemblies (4)
and (7), do these steps:

(b) Make sure that the RED index-marks (38) are opposite each other,
or in the permitted tolerance. A tolerance of 1.00 mm (0.039 in.)
is permitted between the center lines of each index-mark.


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 414
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 (c) If the RED index-marks (38) are not opposite each other, or in
the permitted tolerance, do these steps:

1
_ Loosen the bolt (36) and the nut (37).

2
_ Turn the two shells (35) until the RED index-marks (38) align,
or are in the permitted tolerance.

3
_ Tighten the bolt (36) and the nut (37) and torque the nut (37)
to between 0.95 and 1.05 m.daN (84.07 and 92.92 lbf.in).

Subtask 25-62-46-420-050

B. Installation of the Inflation Reservoir 7506MM (7507MM)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE
_______
RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED
WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RESERVOIR, THERE IS A RISK OF
EXPLOSION.
NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED.

(1) Install the inflation reservoir (5) in the support bracket (8). Make
R sure that inflation reservoir (5) touches the rear of the support
R bracket (8).

(2) Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the bulkhead connection (9).

(3) Put the pressure seal cap (20) in the pocket (3).

(4) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(5) Connect the hose assembly (10) to the bulkhead connection (9) and
torque it to between 3.0 and 3.2 m.daN (22.12 and 23.59 lbf.ft).

(6) Carefully put the hose assembly (10) adjacent to the support bracket
(8).

(7) Make sure that there are no kinks in the hose assembly (10).

R (8) Install the spacer (17), the clamp (16), the washer (3) and the bolt
R (14).
R

R (9) Tighten the bolt (14).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 415
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (10) Tighten the clamps (13).

R (11) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

R (12) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

R (13) Remove the blanking plug (22) from the socket (24) and connect the
R blanking plug (22) to the dummy socket (23).

R (14) Connect the electrical connector (21) to the socket (24):

(a) FOR 7506MM

7555VC-A

(b) FOR 7507MM

7556VC-A.

R (15) Connect the wire-control assembly (2) to the flexible

control-assembly (1):

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT WEIGHT ON THE FWD PULLEY WHEN YOU CONNECT THE
_______
WIRE- CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO THE FLEXIBLE CONTROL-ASSEMBLY.
WEIGHT ON THE PULLEY CAUSES TENSION IN THE WIRE, WHICH CAN
CAUSE THE END OF THE WIRE TO BREAK.

CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.

R NOTE : To prevent incorrect operation of the offwing slide, the

____
R wire-control assembly must be twisted. This prevents an
R unwanted movement of the twist to the wire-control assembly in
R the forward pulley.

NOTE : To prevent incorrect adjustment, the end of the wire and the
____
wire-control assembly must be clean and free of dirt.

(a) Remove the protection plug (32) from the sleeve nut (18) to get
access to the two clips (31).

(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire (25) into the
wire-control assembly (2).

(c) Remove and keep the two clips (31).

(d) Put the protection plug (32) in the pocket (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 416
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (e) Carefully engage the end of the wire (25) in the slot of the
R flexible control-assembly (1).

(f) Put the two clips (31) around the connection of the two control
assemblies and tighten the sleeve nut (18).

R NOTE : When you install the clips (31), one of the slots in the
____
R clips must point to you. Through the slot, you can do a
R visual check that the wire (25) stays connected while you
R tighten the sleeve nut (18).

R (g) Safety the sleeve nut (18) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001) (19).

R (16) Do these steps if there is tension and/or torsion in the wire-control

assembly (2):

(a) To release tension:

1
_ Loosen the nuts (40) and (41) to adjust the support bracket
(8).

R 2
_ Move the support bracket (8) in forward or aft direction until
R there is no tension.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (40) and (41).

(b) To release torsion:

R 1
_ At the pulley assembly (4), remove the lockwire (34) and
R loosen the nut (33).

NOTE : When you loosen the nut (33), the torsion is released
____
R automatically. The nut (33) is installed with loctite.

2
_ Torque the nut (33) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

R 3
_ Safety the nut (33) with (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001)
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (34).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 417
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-62-46-720-050

C. Functional Test:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN

_______
THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

R (1) Remove the PIN SET-EMERGENCY SLIDE,EMERGENCY EXITS from the release
lever.

(2) At the bottom end of the release lever, try to lift the lever with
one finger. If there is a strong resistance to lever movement, the
joint between the flexible control assembly (1) and the release
wire-control assembly (2) is satisfactory.

(3) If there is a low resistance to lever movement, the cable joint is

not correct. Loosen the knurled sleeve nut (18), remove the two
collets and make the cable joint again. Do step 2 again.

R (4) Install the PIN SET-EMERGENCY SLIDE,EMERGENCY EXITS on the release

lever to prevent an accidental operation of the escape-slide release
mechanism.

(5) Safety the knurled sleeve nut (18) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

Subtask 25-62-46-865-051

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
153RH, 162RH

Subtask 25-62-46-860-051

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) In the passenger compartment:

(a) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 418
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-62-46-710-052

F. Operational Test of the Inflation Reservoir (Slide-Bottle) monitoring,

through the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001, 402/TASK 25-62-46-991-003)

NOTE : This test is applicable only if the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
____
is programmed to monitor the slide-bottles.

(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to do the test.

____

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. At the FWD ATTND station:

- Open the access door to the

programming and test panel
(PTP), 110RH.

2. At the PTP, 110RH: On the PTP display screen:

NOTE : You can ignore other

____
maintenance messages, if
they are shown.

- Push the DSPL ON pushbutton - The main menu page shows.

switch.

- Push the SYSTEM STATUS line - The SYSTEM STATUS page shows the
selection-key. message SLIDES PRESS OK.

NOTE : If the message SLIDES PRESS OK

____
does not show, push the CONT
line selection-key until the
message shows.

3. At the inflation reservoir (5):

- Disconnect the connector (21): - After approximately 3 minutes the

R For 7506MM, disconnect 7555VC-A SYSTEM STATUS page shows the message
R SLIDES PRESS LOW.
R For 7507MM, disconnect 7556VC-A.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 419
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Pressure Indication Test through CIDS
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-46-991-003


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 420
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. At the PTP, 110RH:

- Push the line selection-key next - The message CHECK SLIDE PRESS shows
to the message SLIDES PRESS LOW. on the first line.

- The applicable emergency exit

location shows on the next line:
R For 7506MM, EMER L shows
R For 7507MM, EMER R shows.
R

5. At the inflation reservoir (5):

- Connect the connector (21): - After approximately 3 minutes the

R For 7506MM, connect 7555VC-A SYSTEM STATUS page shows the message
R For 7507MM, connect 7556VC-A. SLIDES PRESS OK.
R

6. At the PTP, 110RH:

- Push the DSPL ON pushbutton - The main menu page shows.

switch.
NOTE : The display screen switches off
____
automatically after 10 minutes.

- Close the access door.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-62-46-410-050

A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the lockpin assembly from the valve/regulator assembly of the
inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 421
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) FOR 7506MM

(a) Install the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX.

R (b) Install the access panel 151KW.

R (4) FOR 7507MM

(a) Install the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX.

(b) Install the access panel 152KW.

R (5) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.

R (6) Remove the access platform(s).

R (7) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

R (8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-62-46-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-62-46

Page 422
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The evacuation signaling equipment is operated by the captain or purser in
R an emergency (on the ground or on water) if the aircraft has to be
R evacuated. The system gives a signal to the cabin crew to start the
R evacuation of the passengers and crew. The essential busbar supplies
R electrical power to the system.

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004)

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2WP CAPT & PURS 21VU 211
R 3WP COMMAND 21VU 211
R 5WP WARNING HORN 48VU 210
R 7WP HORN SHUT OFF 21VU 211

3. __________________
System Description

R A. Evacuation Signaling Components - Cockpit

R (Ref. Fig. 001)

R (1) The evacuation signaling components and signal sources installed on

R the overhead panel in the cockpit include:
R - a warning horn 5WP on panel 48VU,
R - a COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP on panel 21VU, with EVAC and ON
R indicator lights included in the switch unit,
R - a CAPT & PURS and CAPT, two-position selector switch 2WP, installed
R on panel 21VU,
R - a HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton switch 7WP on panel 21VU.

R B. Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Utility Area

R (Ref. Fig. 002)

R (1) The evacuation signaling components, interfaces and signal sources

R installed in the FWD utility area include:
R - a COMD pushbutton switch with an internal indicator light,
R - a RESET pushbutton switch,
R - an EVAC indicator light is installed on the FWD ATTENDANT panel,
R - an EVAC ALERT indicator light (optional) is installed on the
R standard AREA CALL panel.


EFF :

ALL  25-63-00

Page 1
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Overhead Panel Evacuation Signaling Components
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-63-00

Page 2
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
R Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Cabin
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-63-00

Page 3
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
R Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Cabin
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-63-00

Page 4
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 Location of CIDS, Director - Avionics Compartment
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-63-00

Page 5
May 01/98
 
SYR 
R (2) The components of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
R (ref. 23-73-00) installed in the FWD utility area, that interface
R with the evacuation signaling system include:
R - Decoder/Encoder Units (DEU), types A and B located in the overhead
R compartmend. The type A DEU has two amplifiers that function
R independently,
R - a Programming and Test Panel (PTP) witch contains a cabin
R Assignment Modul (CAM), installed adjacent to the FWD ATTENDANT
R panel (behind an access cover), has the cabin configuration,
R - cabin loudspeakers.

R C. Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Utility Area

R (Ref. Fig. 003)

R (1) The evacuation signaling components, interfaces and signal sources

R installed in the AFT utility area include:
R - a TONE OFF pushbutton switch and EVAC indicator light installed on
R the left AFT ATTENDANT panel,
R - COMD and RESET pushbutton switches, EVAC and COMD indicator lights
R (optional) on the left and right AFT ATTENDANT panels,
R - EVAC ALERT indicator lights (optional) on the standart AREA CALL
R panels.

R (2) The components of the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) installed in the AFT
R utility area that interface with the evacuation signaling system
R include:
R - Decoder/Encoder Units type DEU A and DEU B, located in the overhead
R compartmend,
R - cabin loudspeakers.

R D. CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) Components - Avionics Compartment

R (Ref. Fig. 004)

R (1) The CIDS components that interface with the evacuation signaling
R system installed in the avionics compartment include:
R - two CIDS directors. No. 1 (Active) is installed on panel 87VU and
R No. 2 (Hot-standby) is installed on panel 88VU in equipment rack
R 137MCU. Each director contains an Onboard Reprogrammable-Memory
R (OBRM).

4. _________
Interface
R The evacuation and signaling equipment has interfaces with:
R - the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-63-00

Page 6
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 5. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
R (Ref. Fig. 005)

R A. Evacuation Signaling Equipment Control

R (1) Discrete input signals, supplied to the No. 1 CIDS director (active)
R from the cockpit, control the evacuation signaling equipment. If the
R No. 1 CIDS director becomes unserviceable, the No. 2 CIDS director
R (hot-standby) keeps the system in operation. Facilities to supply
R other input signals to the CIDS director from the AFT utility area or
R the FAP are optional.

R B. Cockpit Controls and Indications

R (1) The COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP supplies the electrical ground
R connection for the evacuation command signals of the system.
R Operation of the COMMAND pushbutton switch to the ON position causes:
R - The ON indicator light (part of the switch) to come on.
R - Transmission of a signal from the CIDS director to the warning horn
R 5WP.
R - The EVAC indicator light (part of the COMMAND switch) to come on.
R - A flashed indication for a general alert.

R (2) The CAPT & PURS and CAPT (only) selector switch 2WP, selects who is
R able to activate an EVAC ALERT.
R The selection sequence of the switch is:
R Switch set to CAPT & PURS position
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R I I COCKPIT COMMAND SWITCH I
R I I-------------------------------------------------
R I I OFF I ON I
R -----------------------------I------------------------I------------------------
R I PURSER I OFF I No alert I Alert I
R I CONTROL I--------------I------------------------I------------------------
R I SWITCH I ON I Alert I Alert I
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Switch set to CAPT position
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R I I COCKPIT COMMAND SWITCH I
R I I-------------------------------------------------
R I I OFF I ON I
R -----------------------------I------------------------I------------------------
R I PURSER I OFF I No alert I Alert I
R I CONTROL I--------------I------------------------I------------------------
R I SWITCH I ON I Alert I Alert I
R I I I cockpit only I I
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL  25-63-00

Page 7
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R Principle Diagram, Evacuation Signaling Equipment
R Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  25-63-00

Page 8
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
R (3) Operation of the HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton switch 7WP cancels the
R evacuation tone transmission to the warning horn 5WP in the cockpit.

R C. Controls and Indications in the Cabin

R (1) FAP:

R (a) Operation of the EVAC CMD pushbutton switch causes:

R - The CMD indicator light (part of the switch) to come on.
R - The transmission of evacuation tone from the CIDS director to
R specified loudspeakers in the cabin.
R - The EVAC indicator light on the FAP to come on.
R - A flashed indication for a general alert.

R (b) If the COMMAND switch 3WP (on the overhead panel in the cockpit)
R is selected ON, a visual EVAC ALERT indication comes on steady or
R flashes (optional).

R (c) Operation of the RESET pushbutton switch cancels the evacuation

R tone transmission to the respective loudspeakers in the cabin.

R (2) Left AFT ATTENDANT Panel:

R (a) A visual EVAC indication comes on steady or flashed.

R (b) Operation of the RESET pushbutton switch cancels the evacuation

R tone transmission to the respective loudspeakers.

R (c) Facilities for other EVAC CMD and EVAC indications (optional) are
R installed at the AFT ATTENDANT stations and AREA CALL panels (in
R the AFT utility area).


EFF :

ALL  25-63-00

Page 9
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The first aid equipment is installed in the aircraft at different
R locations/stowage compartments, near to an exit (utility areas). It is easy
R to get access to the equipment, which is kept prepared for immediate use, if
R an on-board emergency occurs.

2. __________________
Component Location

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 41MM KIT-FIRST AID 211 25-10-00
R 7588MM DEFIBRILLATOR 200 25-10-00
R 7589MM RESUSCITATOR KIT 200 25-64-00
R 7596MM ASPIRATOR 200 25-10-00
R 7600MM FIRST AID KIT 200 25-64-00
R 7603MM FIRST AID EQUIP 200 25-10-00
R 7610MM DOCTORS KIT 200 25-64-00
R 7732MM RESPIRATOR 200 25-64-00
R 7737MM BOTTLE, EYEWASH 200 25-10-00

3. _____________________
Component Description

A. First Aid Kit

First aid kits are kept at various locations in the aircraft. The kits
contain medication to give aid to passengers or crew members who become
ill, or suffer light injury. The contents of each kit is kept in a
hermetically-sealed waterproof container. An in service life, usually
of five years, is given to each first aid kit. The life expired date is
printed on the front of the waterproof container. To avoid damage to the
kit equipment, remove the first aid kit from the parked aircraft if the
cabin temperature is below -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F), or above 40 deg.C
(104.00 deg.F).
Keep the first aid kit in a place with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C
(33.80 deg.F) and 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F) max.

Pillows, blankets and thermal blankets are kept in the aircraft to give
to passengers who feel cold during low cabin temperatures. An
air-sickness bag is also kept in the seat pocket.


EFF :

ALL  25-64-00

Page 1
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________

TASK 25-64-00-200-001

R Visual Inspection of the First Aid Equipment (7600MM/7602MM)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-64-00-010-050

A. Get Access

R (1) Open the necessary stowage compartment(s).

R (2) Remove the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM from the stowage
R compartment(s).
R For the locations of the first aid kit(s) refer to the paragraph
R Component Location of the Description and Operation.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-64-00-210-050

A. Inspection
R

(1) Examine the hermetic seal of the first aid kits for condition.

(2) Read the label on the first aid kits to make sure that their use-life
has not expired.

R NOTE : Replace the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM with new items if
____
R the use-life has expired or the kit(s) are damaged/used.


EFF :

ALL  25-64-00

Page 601
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-64-00-410-050

A. Close Access

R (1) Install the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM in the stowage

R compartment(s).

R (2) Close the stowage compartment(s).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-64-00

Page 602
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The miscellaneous emergency equipment is installed in the aircraft at
different locations/stowage compartments, near to an exit (utility areas).
It is easy to get access to the equipment, which is kept prepared for
immediate use, if an on-board emergency occurs.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R

3. __________________
System Description

A. Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System

(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)

The ELT system transmits on 3 frequencies, 121.5 MHz (Civil) and 243 MHz
(Military) homing-signals and 406 MHz to the COSPAS-SARSAT satellite
system. The battery-pack, installed in the ELT housing, supplies the
power to operate the system.

The satellite system transmits the 406 MHz distress signal to a Local
User Terminal (LUT), when the LUT is in range. The LUT receiving range is
a radius of approximately 2.500 km (1367.00 NM). When the LUT is not in
receiving range, the satellite system stores the distress signal until
transmission is possible. The LUT automatically processes the distress
signal to identify and show the position of the aircraft to a radius of
approximately 1.8 km (5900.00 ft.). The processed data is transmitted to
a Mission Control Center (MCC). The MCC sends the data to an applicable
Rescue Coordination Center (RCC), where Search And Rescue (SAR)
operations are started. The 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz signals are used to
find the aircraft in the final stage of SAR operation.

The ELT system has:

- An ELT (110MX).
- A remote-control panel (RCP) (111MX).
- An antenna (112MX).

4. _________
Interface
(Ref. Fig. 003)

The ELT system has interfaces with:

- The cockpit to ground-crew call-system (WC) (Ground horn).
- The annunciator-light test and dimming system (LP).
- The instrument and panel integral-lighting system (LF).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 1
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R Miscellaneous Emergency Equipment - Component Location
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 2
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
R ELT System - Component Location
R Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 3
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R ELT System - Schematic Diagram
R Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 4
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R

5. _____________________
Component Description

A. Megaphone (7570MM)
(Ref. Fig. 004)

The megaphone is held in position in a bracket with a strap/clamp. It is

hand-operated, and used to amplify voice communication in an emergency.
The megaphone is powered by batteries, which are installed loosely in the
handle/housing, or in a cartridge. The polarity indication for the
batteries is shown on the housing/cartridge.

If available, installed on the handle/housing are:

- A volume control knob.
- A siren/fog horn function.
- A strap.

B. Flashlight (7640MM)

Hand-held flashlights are installed at different locations in the cabin,

for easy use by crew members. You use them if bad light occurs during an
on-board emergency. The flashlights are battery operated and you can
easily replace the batteries.
An automatic ON/OFF switch is installed on the flashlights.
The light will go on when you take it out of the support and the light
will go off when you put it in the support.

C. Crash Axe (Cockpit - 19MM), (Cabin - 7620MM)

The crash axe is used to cut through light structures, panels and windows
to get access or exit in an emergency. The insulated handle is resistant
to high voltages.

D. Emergency Locator Transmitter ELT (7559MM, 7560MM)

(Ref. Fig. 005)

The ELT is kept in a stowage compartment, held in position in a bracket

with straps/clamps. It is an automatic buoyant unit with an
aluminum-alloy cylindrical housing and includes these components:
- Placards attached to the housing (Nameplate - Operating instruction
plate).
- A transmitter (mercury switch - if installed).
- A water-activated battery.
- A self-erecting antenna.
- A lanyard assembly.
- A liquid container.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 5
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Megaphone - Component Description
R Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 6
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 ELT - Component Description
R Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 7
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 (1) Transmitter (Mercury Switch - if installed)

The transmitter and mercury switch are kept in one half of the
housing. This half of the housing is fluorescent RED or international
ORANGE, and water-tight. The mercury switch S1 controls the power
supply between the battery and the transmitter. The power is supplied
only when the ELT is held in a upright position (approx. 70 deg from
vertical).

In operation the transmitter sends:

- The ELT transmits on three frequencies, 121.5 MHz (Civil) and 243
MHz (Military) homing-signals, and 406 MHz to the COSPAS-SARSAT
satellite system.

The satellite system transmits the 406 MHz distress signal to a Local
User Terminal (LUT), when the LUT is in range. The LUT receiving
range is a radius of approximately 2,500 km (1367.00 NM). When the
LUT is not in receiving range, the satellite system keeps the
distress signal until transmission is possible. The LUT automatically
processes the signal to identify and show the position of the
aircraft to a radius of approximately 1.8 km (5900.00 ft.). The
processed data is transmitted to a Mission Control Center (MCC). The
MCC sends the data to an applicable Rescue Coordination Center (RCC),
where Search And Rescue (SAR) operations are started. The 121.5 MHz
and 243 MHz signals are used to find the aircraft in the final stage
of SAR operation.

(2) Water-Activated Battery

The battery is kept in the other half of the housing and supplies
power to the transmitter. The battery operates when fully put in
water (salt or fresh) or any other water based fluids (tea, coffee,
soup or urine). Holes in the end cover of the battery housing let the
water in. The displaced air is removed through vent holes in the top
of the battery housing. External test points (3) on the battery
housing let you check the battery condition and test the ELT.

(3) Self-Erecting Antenna

The antenna is attached to the top of the transmitter housing with a

flexible spring-loaded stainless-steel cable. It is stored in the
folded position along the length of the housing and held in position
with:
- Water-soluble tape.
- Or, an aluminum retaining clip held with water-soluble tape.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 8
Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
 The retaining clip lets you bring the antenna to the vertical
position to do thetest of the ELT without breaking the water-soluble
tape.

(4) Lanyard Assembly

The lanyard assembly has a 18.3 m (60.0 ft.) braided nylon cord
attached to a flexible stainless-steel yoke cable. The yoke cable is
attached with loops to the battery housing and the nylon cord is
wound on a holder card. They are wound around the battery housing and
held in position with water-soluble tape. The free end of the nylon
cord is held in position with a lanyard guide and the folded antenna
with approximately 1.4 m (4.0 ft.) to attach to a life raft.

(5) Liquid Container

The plastic liquid container is wound around the battery housing and
held in position with the lanyard assembly. The container is used to
operate the ELT on land.

E. Safety On Board Card

A safety on board card is put in the rear pocket of each passenger seat.
The card shows the passenger, with the aid of illustrations:
- Take-off and landing procedures.
- Emergency exit and escape-slide locations.
- Emergency landing procedures.
- How to use an oxygen mask.
- Floor-level escape-path markings.
- How to use a life vest.
R

F. ELT System
(Ref. Fig. 002)

(1) ELT (110MX)

(Ref. Fig. 006)

The ELT is installed in a bracket, held in position with two buckles

and straps, with the interface in flight direction. The bracket is
installed above a ceiling panel 261BC in the AFT utility area. The
bracket has three location holes, two straps and placards
(Identification and Flight direction). The ELT has an aluminum-alloy
casing which is orange-colored. The casing has two parts (base plate
and housing) that are attached together by screws, washers and an
O-ring, and includes these components:


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 9
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 ELT (Adapter Cable and Programming-Dongle - If Installed) - Component
Description
Figure 006


EFF :

ALL 

25-65-00 Page 10
Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
 - Placards attached to the casing (Identification, Strap,
Instruction, Type and Battery).
- An electronic board.
- A three cell battery-pack.
- A two cell battery-pack.
- An interface.
- An auxiliary-antenna (referred to as antenna).
- A tether.

The base plate is divided into two compartments by a partition, with

a hole for the electrical cable connection between the battery-packs
and the electronic board. The bottom face of the base plate has three
locking pins. The electronic board is installed in the front half
(flight direction) by screws and washers. The battery-packs are
installed in the rear half on a foam wedge, and covered by a
heat-shrink sheath.

The housing is divided into two compartments by a partition. The

front half (flight direction) has the electrical cables that connect
the interface to the electronic board. The rear half has a foam wedge
to prevent damage to the battery-packs. The interface, on the front
face of the housing includes
- A RCP connector.
- An ANT connector.
- A RED indicator.and
- An ON/OFF/ARMED switch.

The RCP connector is used to connect:

- A RCP.
- Programming and test equipment.
- An adapter cable (141MX) and programming-dongle connector (110MX-A)
(if installed).
- Maintenance-dongle.

The maintenance-dongle has a maintenance identification data (ID)

code programmed in its memory. When you replace the ELT, the removed
ELT keeps its ID, which is necessary in portable mode. To prevent two
ELTs with the same ID, you must program the removed ELT with the
maintenance-dongle. A RED
Remove before flight
streamer is attached
to the maintenance-dongle. If you accidentally operate an ELT with a
maintenance ID, the signal will be ignored by the satellite system,
and SAR operations are not started.

The antenna is folded back on itself and kept in loops on the straps,
when the ELT is installed in the aircraft. When you remove the
antenna it will spring quickly back to a straight position. The
antenna is attached to the housing by a stainless-steel cord. The


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 11
Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
 tether is attached to a strap, and together with the antenna is used
in portable mode.

(2) RCP (111MX)

(Ref. Fig. 007)

The RCP is installed on the cockpit overhead-panel and held in

position with two captive screws. It is an enclosed box with a
lighted front panel. The front panel has an ON/TEST indicator and an
ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET switch. The back panel has an identification
placard and a connector to connect the RCP to the RCP connector on
the ELT.

(3) Antenna (112MX)

(Ref. Fig. 008)

The antenna is installed on the upper external fuselage between FR64

and FR65 and held in position with six screws. It transmits
three-frequency omni-directional signals when the ELT operates. It
has a radiating element placed in a printed circuit which is enclosed
in a fiberglass radome on a aluminum-alloy base plate. The base plate
has a BNC connector on the lower side, which is sealed with an
O-ring. The BNC connector is connected by coaxial cable to the ANT
connection on the ELT. The coaxial cable is covered in a fire
resistant hose/tape.
R

6. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

A. ELT System
(Ref. Fig. 003)

(1) ELT (110MX)

(Ref. Fig. 006)

The ELT transmits distress signals, installed in the aircraft, or

used in portable mode. When the ELT is installed, it can be operated
automatically or manually. When you use the ELT in portable mode it
is operated manually. In portable mode you connect the antenna to the
ANT connection on the ELT. You must remove the antenna carefully from
the loops on the straps, because it is folded, and will spring
quickly back to a straight position. In an emergency over water you
remove the tether from the strap and attach it to a life raft.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 12
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R RCP - Component Description
R Figure 007


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 13
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R Antenna - Component Description
R Figure 008


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 14
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 The two battery-packs supply the power to operate the ELT, installed
in the aircraft, or used in portable mode. The 3 cell battery-pack
supplies power to the electronic board which includes the G-switch,
and the 2 cell battery-pack supplies power to the G-switch.

The 121,5/243 MHz transmitter transmits a
sweep
distress signal for

more than 48 hours at -20.0 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) in automatic or
manual operation. The distress signal transmits continuously with an
output power of 100 mW on each frequency. The transmission starts
immediately after the BITE test sequence is completed.

The 406 MHz transmitter transmits a digital signal for 24 hours at

-20.0 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) in automatic or manual operation. The
digital signal is a message of 122 bits (aircraft identification)
transmitted every 50 seconds for 440 msec. The first transmission
starts after 50 seconds.

(a) Operation Modes

Automatic operation occurs:

- When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft, and
the G-switch detects an impact sufficient to start
transmission.

Manual operation occurs:

- When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft and the
G-switch is not triggered, but a signal must be transmitted
(aircraft out of operation, injured passengers/crew members).
- When the ELT is conected to its system in the aircraft and you
do a self-test (BITE).
- When the ELT is disconnected from its system, removed from the
aircraft and used in portable mode.

Accidental operation occurs:

- When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft, and
the G-switch starts transmission without a real emergency (hard
landing).

(b) Controls and Indications

The RED indicator and buzzer operate when the ELT operates, or to
R indicate the BITE test result.
R
R When the ELT operates:
- The RED indicator flashes two times per second during 121,5 MHz
- 243 MHz transmission and one long flash during 406 MHz
transmission.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 15
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 - The buzzer sounds two beeps per second during 121,5 MHz - 243
MHz transmission and is silent during 406 MHz transmission.
R
R When the BITE test operates:
R - The RED indicator flashes one time and the buzzer operates for
R 5 seconds.
R - After 2 seconds the RED indicator shows a result.
R
R The results are:
R - One long flash (approximately 3 seconds) indicates that the
R test is successful.
R - A number of short flashes indicate that the test has failed.
R
R The number of flashes shows the type of failure:
R - 4 flashes is low battery voltage.
R - 5 flashes is low transmission power.
R - 6 flashes is faulty VCO locking.
R - 7 flashes is no identification (ID) number.
R - 8 flashes is low G-switch battery voltage.

The ON/OFF/ARM switch has these functions:

Set to the ON position for manual operation of the ELT. When

you set the ON/OFF/ARM switch to the ON position, the BITE test
operates automatically before transmission starts.

Set to the OFF position:

- When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft and
requires maintenance, or is parked for a long time.
- When the ELT is disconnected from its system and removed from
the aircraft.
- To stop transmission.

Set to the ARM position for automatic operation of the ELT. When
you set the ON/OFF/ARM switch to the ARM position from the OFF
position the BITE test operates automatically.

(2) RCP (111MX)

(Ref. Fig. 007)

The RCP operates the ELT from a different location in the aircraft,
and is connected to the RCP connector on the ELT. The RCP only
operates when the ELT ON/OFF/ARM switch is set to the ARM position.
The RCP controls and indication have these functions:

The ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET switch:

R

EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 16
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 - Is set to the ARMED position for automatic operation of the ELT.
The switch is kept in the ARMED position by a stop, which is part
of the switch assembly.
- Is set to the ON position for manual operation of the ELT. You must
pull the switch to clear the stop, and then set it to the ON
position.
- Is set to the TEST/RESET position to stop accidental operation, or
to do a BITE test. The switch goes back automatically to the ARMED
position after you have set it to the TEST/RESET position.

The ON/TEST indicator comes on when the ELT operates, or to indicate

the BITE test result. When the ELT operates the ON/TEST indicator:
- Flashes two times per second during 121.5 MHz - 243 MHz
transmission
- And, one long flash during 406 MHz transmission.
R
R When the BITE test operates:
R - The ON/TEST indicator flashes one time.
R - After 2 seconds the ON/TEST indicator shows a result.
R
R The results are:
R - One long flash (approximately 3 seconds) indicates that the test is
R successful.
R - A number of short flashes indicate that the test has failed.
R
R The number of flashes shows the type of failure:
R - 4 flashes is low battery voltage.
R - 5 flashes is low transmission power.
R - 6 flashes is faulty VCO locking.
R - 7 flashes is no identification (ID) number.
R - 8 flashes is low G-switch battery voltage.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 17
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________

TASK 25-65-00-840-001

Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration Number

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To program the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) after the aircraft has
changed its ICAO registration code.

NOTE : The procedure is also applicable for these items of equipment, if

____
they are installed:
- A Programming Box Assembly (PBA).
- An Aircraft Identification Module (AIM).
- A programming dongle.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-00-861-056

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-65-00-010-057

B. There is no special job set-up for this task.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 201
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-00-840-050

A. ICAO code change procedure

(1) Ask the local Flight Authorities if it is necessary to change the

programmed code.

NOTE : Some ELTs have been programmed e.g. with a serial code, that
____
is not dependant on the ICAO registration code.

(2) There are different codes used, make sure that the correct code is
programmed.

(3) If you need to program the ELT, do one of the steps that follow:

(a) Use the manufacturers programming tool and user handbook, if

available, to program the ELT.

(b) If the programming tool is not available contact the ELT

manufacturer for the correct procedure.
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-00-862-056

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 202
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_____________________________________________________________

TASK 25-65-00-040-001

Deactivation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) 110MX

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-61-01-2)

R EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
R Emergency Locator Transmitter Fixed ELTs
R (FAA only)
R

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-00-861-059

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-65-00-010-062

B. Get access to the ELT 110MX

(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 401
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-00-040-050

A. Deactivation of the ELT 110MX

(1) Set the toggle switch to the OFF position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-00-410-062

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).

(3) Make an applicable entry in the logbook.

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-65-00-862-060

B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 402
Aug 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-00-440-001

Reactivation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) 110MX

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-61-01-2)

R EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
R Emergency Locator Transmitter Fixed ELTs
R (FAA only)
R

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-00-861-060

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-65-00-010-063

B. Get access to the ELT 110MX

(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-00-440-050

A. Reactivation of the ELT 110MX

(1) Set the toggle switchto the AUTO position.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 403
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-00-410-063

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-65-00-862-059

B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 404
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________________

TASK 25-65-00-740-001

Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System - BITE Test

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
R
25-65-00-991-006 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-00-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-65-00-010-051

B. Get access to the ELT 110MX

(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 501
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-00-860-050

A. Preparation for the BITE Test

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006)

(1) In the cockpit prevent damage to the ELT electronics:

CAUTION : DO NOT DO AN ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT TEST DURING THE TEST OF THE

_______
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SYSTEM.
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO AN INTERNAL RELAY OF THE
ELT.

(a) Make sure that on the panel 25VU the ANN LT switch (1) is not set
to the TEST position during the BITE test.

(b) On the radio-management panel (RMP1) 1RG1, set the frequency to

121.5 MHz as follows:

1
_ Set the ON/OFF switch (3) to the ON position.

2
_ Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch (4). The green LED on the VHF1
pushbutton switch (4) comes on.

3
_ Turn the dual selector-knob (2) until you can see the number
121.5 on the STBY/CRS display (7).

4
_ Push the double-arrow pushbutton switch (6).

5
_ The number 121.5 moves to the ACTIVE display (5).

(c) On the audio-control panel (ACP) 2RN1, adjust the volume of the
cockpit loudspeaker as follows:

1
_ Push the VHF1 rotary-pushbutton switch (8).

2
_ Turn the VHF1 rotary-pushbutton switch (8) clockwise to its
maximum position.

(d) Make sure that there are no unwanted signals transmitted from the
ELT during the BITE test.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 502
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (e) On the remote-control panel (RCP) 111MX, make sure that the
ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET switch (19) is set to the ARMED position.

(2) In the cabin:

(a) On the ELT 110MX, make sure that:

- The ON/OFF/ARM switch (11) is set to the ARM positiion.
- The connector from the RCP 111MX, or the programming-dongle
connector (25) 110MX-A (if installed) is connected to the RCP
connector (14).
- The antenna connector is connected to the ANT connector (13),
and the connection is locked with adhesive (16) and identified
with paint (15).

Subtask 25-65-00-740-051

B. BITE Test
R
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006)

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to complete the BITE test.

____

R (1) Do the test during the first five minutes after the hour, between
R XX:00 hours and XX:05 hours.
R

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the RCP 111MX:

- Set the ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET On the RCP 111MX:

switch (19) to the TEST/RESET - The ON/TEST indicator flashes one
position. time.
- After 2 seconds the ON/TEST indicator
NOTE : The ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET
____ (18) comes on for approximately 3
switch (19) goes back seconds.
automatically to the ARMED
position, and a self-test
mode is set automatically
for 5 seconds.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 503
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
R BITE Test - Component Location
R Figure 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 504
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R BITE Test - Component Location
R Figure 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 505
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the ELT 110MX:
- The RED indicator flashes one time,
and the buzzer operates for 5
seconds.
R - After 2 seconds the RED indicator
R (12) comes on for approximately 3
R seconds.

On the panel 108VU:

- The ELT indicator 113MX comes on for
5 seconds.

In the nose-landing-gear well:

- The mechanic call-horn 15WC operates
for 5 seconds.

2. On the ELT 110MX:

- Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (11)

to the OFF position.

- Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (11) On the ELT 110MX:

to the ARM position. - The RED indicator flashes one time,
and the buzzer operates for 5
NOTE : A self-test mode is set
____ seconds.
R automatically for 5 - After 2 seconds the RED indicator
R seconds. (12) comes on for approximately 3
R seconds.

On the RCP 111MX:

- The ON/TEST indicator flashes one
time.
R - After 2 seconds the ON/TEST indicator
R (18) comes on for approximately 3
seconds.

On the panel 108VU:

- The ELT indicator 113MX comes on for
5 seconds.

In the nose-landing-gear well:

- The mechanic call-horn 15WC operates
for 5 seconds.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 506
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-00-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-65-00-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 507
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R

TASK 25-65-00-710-001

Operational Check of Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System by Manual

Activation

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256535-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R
25-65-00-991-009 Fig. 502

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-00-861-054

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 508
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-00-710-050

A. Operational Test
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-65-00-991-009)
R

(1) In the cockpit prevent damage to the ELT electronics:

CAUTION : DO NOT DO AN ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT TEST DURING THE TEST OF THE

_______
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SYSTEM.
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO AN INTERNAL RELAY OF THE
ELT.

(a) Make sure that on the panel 25VU the ANN LT switch (1) is not set
to the TEST position during the operational test.
R

R (2) Do the test during the first five minutes after the hour, between
R XX:00 hours and XX:05 hours.
R

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the remote-control panel (RCP) On the RCP 111MX:

111MX:

- Set the ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET - The ON/TEST indicator flashes one

switch (4) to the TEST/RESET time.
position. - After 3 seconds the ON/TEST indicator
(3) comes on for approximately 3
NOTE : The ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET
____ seconds.
switch (4) goes back
automatically to the ARMED NOTE : You can ignore the indications
____
position. A self-test mode and the sounds that occur at
is set automatically for 5 these other locations:
seconds. - At the ELT 110MX (RED
indicator and buzzer).
- On the panel 108VU (ELT
indicator 113MX).
- In the nose-landing-gear well
(mechanic call-horn 15WC).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 509
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 Operational Test - Component Location
Figure 502/TASK 25-65-00-991-009


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 510
Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-00-862-054

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 511
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-00-720-001

Remove the Emergency Locator Transmitter for Workshop Test (Battery Check and
Functional Check)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256532-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
CMMV 256509
25-65-00-991-007 Fig. 503

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-00-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-65-00-010-053

B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 25-65-00-991-007)

(1) Open the door/access panel of the stowage compartment(s).

NOTE : The location of the ELT(s) are shown with placards, which are
____
bonded on the outside of the stowage compartment(s).

(2) If necessary release/open the strap/clamp.

(3) Remove the ELT(s) from the stowage compartment(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 512
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 ELT - Component Location
Figure 503/TASK 25-65-00-991-007


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 513
Nov 01/09
R  
SYR 
 (4) Send the ELT to the shop for workshop test.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-00-720-050-B

A. Workshop Procedure
R

(1) Do a visual inspection, a battery check and a functional test of the

ELT. Refer to the Manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM)
(Ref. CMMV 256509) for the correct procedures.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-00-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Install a serviceable or replacement ELT(s).

(2) Attach/close the strap/clamp.

(3) Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment(s).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-65-00-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 514
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-00-720-004

Remove ELT for Battery Replacement and a subsequent BITE Test including
Automatic Activation in Shop then Reinstall ELT and do the BITE Test Again

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256535-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-65-00-840-001 Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration
Number
R 25-65-35-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
25-65-35-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter
R (ELT)
CMMV 256302

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-00-861-053

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-00-010-054

A. Aircraft Procedure

(1) Remove the ELT (Ref. TASK 25-65-35-000-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 515
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-65-00-960-050-A

B. Workshop Procedure

NOTE : If the aircraft is equipped with a programming dongle (141MX),

____
where the aircraft code is permanently stored, it is not necessary
to change that code.

(1) Refer to the Manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) (Ref.

CMMV 256302) for the correct procedures.

(2) If the aircraft registration code/number (ICAO) has changed, or the

programming equipment is not available, refer to (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-
840-001).

Subtask 25-65-00-410-055

C. Aircraft Procedure

(1) Install the ELT (Ref. TASK 25-65-35-400-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-00-862-053

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 516
Nov 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-00-720-006

Functional Test of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) Antenna (112MX)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

No specific 1 STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)
No specific 1 TEST UNIT-VSWR METER,FREQUENCY RANGE 25 TO 3300 MHZ
R

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 07-009 D DA-4-653-90

SEALING COAT (COLOR AS REQUIRED) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-020 AI TNA 007-10012
IDENTIFICATION PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 517
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-65-00-740-001 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System - BITE
Test
25-65-00-991-006 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-00-861-057

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-65-00-010-059

B. Get access to the ELT 110MX

(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).

(2) Put a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-00-010-060

A. Disconnection of the External Antenna Connection

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006)

(1) On the ELT, set the ARM/OFF/ON switch (11) to the OFF position.

(2) If necessary, remove the material from the antenna connector and the
ANT connector with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(3) Disconnect the antenna connector from the ANT connector (13).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 518
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 Subtask 25-65-00-720-052

B. Functional Test

(1) Connect the TEST UNIT-VSWR METER,FREQUENCY RANGE 25 TO 3300 MHZ with
an applicable adapter to the external antenna connector.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the Test Unit: On the Test Unit:

- Push the ON/OFF key. - The Test Unit is on.

- Push the RUN/HOLD key. - The display shows these frequencies:

- 121.50 MHz
- 243.00 MHz
- 406.00 MHz

- Push the ON/OFF key. - The Test Unit is off.

(2) Disconnect the Test Unit from the external antenna connector.

Subtask 25-65-00-410-059

C. Connection of the External Antenna Connection

CAUTION : DO NOT USE METHANOL OR ENGINE TITANIUM PARTS COULD BE DAMAGED.

_______

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

CAUTION : USE ONLY ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL AS AN ANTI-FREEZE MIXTURE.

_______
METHANOL CAN CAUSE CORROSION OF THE TITANIUM PARTS OF THE
ENGINE.

(a) Remove unwanted material from the antenna connector and the ANT
connector with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(b) Clean the antenna connector and the ANT connector with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the ON/OFF/AUTO switch is set to the OFF position.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 519
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Connect the antenna connector to the ANT connector.

(6) Safety the connection between the antenna connector and the ANT
connector:

CAUTION : SOME PLASTICS AND RUBBER-BASE MATERIALS ARE ATTACKED BY

_______
HYDROCARBON SOLVENTS.

(a) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-009) or as an alternative PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND
EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-020) to the connection.

(7) Set the ON/OFF/AUTO switch to the AUTO position.

Subtask 25-65-00-740-053

D. Do the BITE test of the ELT System (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-00-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-65-00-862-057

B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-65-00

Page 520
Aug 01/11
 
SYR 
 ANTENNA - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT (112MX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-65-14-000-001

Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Removal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific blanking caps

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
R
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
R No specific 1 STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area

R **ON A/C 001-003, 006-099,

25-65-14-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  25-65-14

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 25-65-14-861-051

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R **ON A/C 001-003, 006-099,

Subtask 25-65-14-941-050

R B. Get Access
R

R (1) In the cabin:

R (a) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).

R (b) Put a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT) in position below the antenna.

R (2) At the antenna 112MX:

R

R (a) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position below the antenna.

R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-003, 006-099,

Subtask 25-65-14-020-051

A. Removal of the Antenna 112MX

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001)

R (1) In the cabin:

R (a) Pull the heat protective webbing a short distance down from the
R antenna connector (3).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-65-14

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Antenna 112MX
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001

R

EFF :

001-003, 006-099,  25-65-14

Page 403
May 01/07
 
SYR 
R (b) Disconnect the antenna connector (3) from the antenna (2).

R (2) At the antenna 112MX:

R

R (a) Remove the sealants from the heads of the screws (1) with a
R SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
R

R (b) Remove the screws (1).

R

R (c) Carefully lift the antenna (2) away from the fuselage outer
R surface.
R

R (d) Remove the antenna (2).

R (e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

R

R (f) Remove and retain the O-ring seal (4).

R

EFF :

001-003, 006-099,  25-65-14

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 25-65-14-400-001

Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Installation

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 2 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)

R No specific 2 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
R No specific 2 STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)
R No specific 1 TAPE - MASKING
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001B
ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-021 F ASNB70720
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-65-14

Page 405
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
R 25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-65-00-720-006 Functional Test of the Emergency Locator Transmitter
(ELT) Antenna (112MX)
25-65-00-740-001 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System - BITE
Test

**ON A/C 001-003, 006-099,

25-65-14-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-003, 006-099,

Subtask 25-65-14-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R (2) In the cabin:

R (a) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-
R 002) is removed.

R (b) Make sure that a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT) is in position below
R the antenna.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-14

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (3) At the antenna 112MX:
R

R (a) Make sure that on ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position below
R the antenna.

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-003, 006-099,

Subtask 25-65-14-160-050

A. Cleaning Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R (1) Remove unwanted material from the interface between the antenna (2)
R and the outer surface of the fuselage (5) with a SCRAPER - NON
R METALLIC.

R (2) Clean the work area:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Clean the interface between the antenna (2) and the outer surface
R of the fuselage with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-65-14

Page 407
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (b) Make sure that the work area is dry before you continue.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (4) Make sure that there is no paint, corrosion or sealants in the screw
R holes for the antenna (2).

NOTE : This is necessary because the antenna electrical bonding is

____
made through the antenna screws (1).

R (5) Apply TAPE - MASKING to these areas:

R - On the outer surface of the fuselage (5), around the interface with
R the antenna (2).
R - On the holes for the antenna connector (3) and for the screws (2).
R - Around the contour of the antenna (2) where sealants are not
R necessary.

Subtask 25-65-14-420-051

B. Installation of the Antenna 112MX

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R (1) At the antenna 112MX:

R

R (a) Apply materials:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.

R

EFF :

001-003, 006-099,  25-65-14

Page 408
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 1
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) on the outer
R surface of the antenna (2) that will touch the fuselage (5).
R

R 2
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the outer surface of
R the fuselage (5) that will touch with the antenna (2).
R

R (b) Remove the masking tape from the holes for the antenna connector
R (3) and for the srews (2).
R

R (c) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

R

R (d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.

R (e) Make sure that the O-ring seal (4) (RAYAN P/N 2909) is in a
R correct and serviceable condition.
R

R (f) Install the O-ring seal (4).

R

R (g) Put the antenna (2) on the outer surface of the fuselage (5) and
R install the screws (1).
R

R (h) Tighten the screws (1) and TORQUE them to between 0.40 and 0.50
m.daN (35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in).
R

R (i) Remove unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

R

R (j) Remove unwanted masking tape.

R

R (k) Clean the work area:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.


EFF :

001-003, 006-099,  25-65-14

Page 409
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R 1
_ Clean the work area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
R 003), and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
R

R (l) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (2) and
R the surface of the fuselage (5) is not more than 5 milliohms
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).

R (2) In the cabin:

R (a) Connect the antenna connector (3) to the antenna (2).

R (b) Pull the heat protective webbing fully over the antenna connector
R (3) and make sure that it is flush with the fuselage ceiling.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 25-65-14-740-050

C. Do the BITE test (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001).

Subtask 25-65-14-720-050

R D. Do the functional test of the emergency-locator-transmitter antenna

R (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-720-006).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-14

Page 410
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 **ON A/C 001-003, 006-099,

Subtask 25-65-14-370-050

E. Application and Curing of Sealants

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Apply materials:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the bottom
edge of the antenna (2) and on the heads of the screws (1).

(b) Make a smooth contour of the sealant around the bottom edge of
the antenna (2) and the heads of the screws (1).

R (c) Let the sealants become hard.

(d) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) on the sealant

around the bottom edge of the antenna (2).

(e) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001B) on the sealant on the heads of the screws (1).


EFF :

001-003, 006-099,  25-65-14

Page 411
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-003, 006-099,

Subtask 25-65-14-942-050

A. Close Access

R (1) In the cabin:

R (a) Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).

R (b) Remove the STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT).

R (2) At the antenna 112MX:

R (a) Remove the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT).

R (3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R

R (4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

R **ON A/C ALL

R Subtask 25-65-14-862-051

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-14

Page 412
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 __________________________________________________________
CONTROL PANEL - REMOTE, AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY LOCATOR (111MX)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 25-65-18-000-001

Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Removal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
R
25-65-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-18-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-18

Page 401
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-18-020-050

A. Removal of the RCP 111MX

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-18-991-001)

(1) Hold the front face of the RCP (1) and loosen the captive screws (3).

(2) Carefully remove the RCP (1) until you can get access to the
electrical connector (4).

(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) and remove the RCP (1).

(4) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-18

Page 402
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 RCP 111MX
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-18-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-65-18

Page 403
May 01/05
 
SYR 
R

TASK 25-65-18-400-001

Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Installation

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-65-00-740-001 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System - BITE
Test
R
25-65-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-18-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-18

Page 404
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-18-420-050

A. Installation of the RCP 111MX

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-18-991-001)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Put the RCP (1) in position and connect the electrical connector (4).

(6) Carefully install the RCP (1) and tighten the captive screws (3).

Subtask 25-65-18-740-050

B. Do the BITE test (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001).

R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-18-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-65-18-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-18

Page 405
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 TRANSMITTER - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT (110MX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________________

TASK 25-65-35-000-001

R Removal of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-65-35-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-35-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-65-35-010-051

B. Get access to the ELT 110MX

(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-35-020-050

A. Removal of the ELT 110MX

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-35-991-001)

(1) Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (10) to the OFF position.

(2) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the material (14) from:
- The electrical connector (8), or the programming dongle (19) (if
installed).
- The RCP connector (12).

(3) Disconnect the antenna connector (9) from the ANT connector (11).

(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (8) or programming-dongle (19)

(if installed) from the RCP connector (12).

R (5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

R (6) Carefully remove the ELT (5) from the bracket (1).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 402
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 ELT 110MX
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-35-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 403
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-35-400-001

R Installation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 07-020 AI TNA 007-10012

IDENTIFICATION PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-65-00-740-001 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System - BITE
Test


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 404
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-65-00-840-001 Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration

Number
25-65-35-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-35-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-
00-861-001).

(2) Make sure the ceiling panel 261BC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-
002).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-35-560-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) If the aircraft registration code/number (ICAO) is changed refer to

(Ref. TASK 25-65-00-840-001).

Subtask 25-65-35-420-050

B. Installation of the ELT 110MX

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-35-991-001)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 405
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove unwanted material (14)

from:
- The electrical connector (8), or the progamming-dongle (19) (if
installed).
- The RCP connector (12).

(b) Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) with a MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and clean:
- The electrical connector (8), or the programming-dongle (19)
(if installed).
- The RCP connector (12).

(c) Make sure that they are dry before you continue.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the ON/OFF/ARM switch (10) is set to the OFF position.

(4) Install the ELT (5):

(a) Carefully hold the ELT (5) and the auxiliary-antenna (4) in
position on the bracket (1).

(b) Be careful with the auxiliary-antenna (4), it is attached to the

ELT (5) with the safety strap (17).

(c) Bend the auxiliary-antenna (4) back on itself, and push it

through the loops (25) on the straps (3).

(d) Push the straps (3) through the buckles (2).

(e) Pull the straps (3) tight and fasten the burr-strips.

R (5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(7) Connect the electrical connector (8), or the programming-dongle (19)

(if installed) to the RCP connector (12).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 406
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (8) Connect the antenna connector (9) to the ANT connection (11).

(9) Safety the connection between the electrical connector (8), or the
programming-dongle (19) (if installed), to the RCP connector (12).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(a) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-020) (14) to the connection.

(10) Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (10) to the ARM position.

Subtask 25-65-35-740-050

C. Do the BITE test (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-35-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-65-35-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 407
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-35-000-003

Removal of the Programming Dongle 141MX

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-65-35-991-004 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-35-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-65-35-010-053

B. Get access to the Programming Dongle 141MX

(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 408
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-35-020-052

A. Removal of the Programming Dongle 141MX

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-65-35-991-004)

(1) Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (6) to the OFF position.

(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) or programming-dongle (2)

from the connector (7) of the ELT (4).

(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the bracket (5).

R (4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

R


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 409
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 DONGLE (141 MX)
Figure 402/TASK 25-65-35-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 410
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-35-400-003

Installation of the Programming Dongle 141MX

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-65-00-740-001 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System - BITE
Test
25-65-00-840-001 Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration
Number
25-65-35-991-004 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-35-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
42-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 411
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-35-560-053

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) If the aircraft registration code/number (ICAO) is changed refer to

(Ref. TASK 25-65-00-840-001).

Subtask 25-65-35-420-053

B. Installation of the Programming Dongle 141MX

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-65-35-991-004)

(1) Make sure that the ON/OFF/ARM switch (6) is in the OFF position.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(6) Connect the electrical connector (1) with the bracket (5).

(7) Connect the electrical connector (3) or the programming-dongle (2) to

the connector (7) of the ELT (4).

(8) Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (6) to the ARM position.

Subtask 25-65-35-740-052

C. Do the BITE test (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-35-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 412
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 25-65-35-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-35

Page 413
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 STRAP - SAFETY BARRIER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________

TASK 25-65-41-000-001

Safety Barrier Strap - Removal

NOTE : The spring housing must be on top of the strap on the left side and
____
below the strap on the right side.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-80-00-000-001 Removal of the Insulation Blankets

52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
25-65-41-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-41-010-050

A. Get Access

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) adjacent to the passenger/crew
door you will work from.

(2) Open the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

(3) Remove the door frame linings as necessary.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-41

Page 401
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R (4) Loosen the thermal and acoustical insulation (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-
R 001) adajcent the drum unit (12).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-41-991-001)

Subtask 25-65-41-020-050

A. Removal:

R (1) Remove the attach screws (5) and the washers (6) from the strap guide
R support (7).

(2) Hold the loop end (4) and remove the strap guide support (7).

R (3) Let the safety barrier strap (10) slowly retract into the drum unit
R (12).

R (4) Support the drum unit (12) and remove the screws (14) and the washers
R (15).

R (5) Remove the drum unit (12).

R (6) If you replace the drum unit (12):

R (a) Remove the screws (11).

R (b) Remove and keep the base plate (16) from the drum unit (12).

(7) If you remove the latch hook (3):

(a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(b) Remove the latch hook (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-41

Page 402
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R Safety Barrier Strap
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-65-41

Page 403
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-41-400-001

Safety Barrier Strap - Installation

R NOTE : The spring housing must be on top of the strap on the LH side and below
____
R the strap on the RH side.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-80-00-400-001 Installation of the Insulation Blankets

52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-41-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-41-420-050

A. Installation:

(1) If you install a replacement drum unit:

R (a) Put the drum unit (12) in position on the base plate (16).

R (b) Install and tighten the screws (11).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-41

Page 404
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
R (2) Put the assembly of drum unit (12) and base plate (16) in position at
R the passenger/crew door.

R (a) For type-A safety-barrier straps:

R 1
_ Make sure that you install the assembly of drum unit (12) and
R base plate (16) correctly. The strap (10) must unwind across
R the front of the drum unit (12).

R (b) For type B safety barrier straps:

R 1
_ On the left side, make sure that the spring housing (13) is on
R top of the strap (10).

R 2
_ On the right side, make sure that the spring housing (13) is
R below the strap (10).

(3) Make sure that the loop end (4) points inboard.

R (4) Install and tighten the screws (14) and the washers (15).

R (5) Pull the loop end (4), but do not fully extend the safety barrier
R strap (10), and hold it.

R (6) Put the safety barrier strap (10) around the guide pin (9) and put
R the loop end (4) through the guide support bracket (8).

(7) Put the strap guide support (7) in position and release the loop end
(4).

R (8) Install and tighten the screws (5) and the washers (6).

(9) If you install the latch hook:

(a) Put the latch hook (3) in position.

(b) Install and tighten the screws (1) and the washers (2).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-41

Page 405
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-41-720-050

A. Do this test:

R (1) Pull the loop end (4) and fully extend the safety barrier strap (10)
R from its retracted position.

(2) Install the loop end (4) on the latch hook (3).

R (3) Do a visual check of the safety barrier strap (10), loop end (4) and
R latch hook (3). Make sure that they are clean and in a satisfactory
condition.

(4) Lift the loop end (4) off the latch hook (3) and let the safety
R barrier strap (10) slowly retract into the drum unit (12).

(5) Make sure that the loop end (4) retracts fully into its stowage and
is held in position (under spring tension from the drum unit) against
the guide support (7).

Subtask 25-65-41-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the thermal and acoustical insulation. (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-
400-001).

(3) Install the door frame linings.

(4) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-41

Page 406
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 MEGAPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________

TASK 25-65-51-920-001

Replacement of the Megaphone Batteries

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256551-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Expendable Parts

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 4 batteries 25-65-51 99 -001

R B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-65-51-710-002 Operational Test of the Megaphone
25-65-51-991-001-A Fig. 201

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-51-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-51

Page 201
Nov 01/01
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-65-51-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.

R NOTE : Placards on the stowage compartments show the megaphone

____
R locations.
R

(2) Release/open the strap/clamp.

(3) Remove the megaphone from the stowage compartment.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-51-960-050

A. Battery Replacement
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-65-51-991-001-A)

(1) Remove the batteries (4):

R (a) Push the bottom of the cartridge (3) and remove the screw (5).

(b) Remove the cartridge (3) from the handle (2).

(c) Remove and discard the batteries (4).

(2) Install the batteries (4):

(a) Put the batteries (4) in the cartridge (3).

R NOTE : The polarity indication is on the cartridge (3).

____

(b) Install the cartridge (3) in the handle (2).

R (c) Push the bottom of the cartridge (3) and install and tighten the
R screw (5).

Subtask 25-65-51-710-050

B. Do the operational test of the megaphone (Ref. TASK 25-65-51-710-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-51

Page 202
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
R Megaphone - Component Location
R Figure 201/TASK 25-65-51-991-001-A


EFF :

ALL  25-65-51

Page 203
Nov 01/98
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-51-410-050

A. Close Access

R (1) Install the megaphone in the stowage compartment.

(2) Attach/close the strap/clamp.

(3) Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-65-51-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-51

Page 204
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-51-710-002

Operational Test of the Megaphone

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256551-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-65-51-991-001-A Fig. 201

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-51-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-65-51-020-051

B. Get Access

(1) Open the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.

R NOTE : Placards on the stowage compartments show the megaphone

____
R locations.
R

(2) Release/open the strap/clamp.

(3) Remove the megaphone from the stowage compartment.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-51

Page 205
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-65-51-710-051

A. Operational Test

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE THE MEGAPHONE NEAR A PERSONS EARS. AMPLIFIED

_______
SOUND OR HOWLING CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INNER EAR.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-65-51-991-001-A)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. On the Megaphone: On the Megaphone:

R
R - Hold the handle (2) of the
R megaphone and put the
R microphone against your mouth.
R

R - Push the switch-button (6) and - You hear a click sound.

R speak into the microphone. - The volume of your voice increases.
R Make sure that your voice is clear
R (no feedback).

NOTE : If you operate the megaphone in

____
a small space, you can hear a
light ringing. Sound
reverberation causes this.

- Release the switch-button (6). - You hear a click sound.

R - The volume of your voice increases no
R longer.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-51-420-051

A. Close Access

R (1) Install the megaphone in the stowage compartment.

(2) Attach/close the strap/clamp.

(3) Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-51

Page 206
Nov 01/10
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-65-51-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-51

Page 207
Nov 01/01
R  
SYR 
 FLASHLIGHT - COCKPIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________

TASK 25-65-52-000-001

Removal of the Cockpit Flashlight

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-65-52-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-52-860-050

A. Not applicable.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-52-991-001)

Subtask 25-65-52-020-050

A. Removal of the Cockpit Flashlight

(1) Remove the screws (11).

(2) Remove the reinforcing strips (10) and the shield (9) from the
bracket (5).

(3) Remove the flashlight (8).

(4) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (6), the screws (7) and (12).

(5) Remove the bracket (5) from the support (3).

(6) Remove the screws (2), the washers (1) and the support (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-52

Page 401
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 Cockpit Flashlight
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-52-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-65-52

Page 402
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-65-52-400-001

Installation of the Cockpit Flashlight

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-65-52-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-65-52-860-051

A. Not applicable.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-52-991-001)

CAUTION : WHEN YOU INSTALL THE FLASHLIGHT IN THE BRACKET, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
FIN OF THE FLASHLIGHT IS ALIGNED WITH THE RECESS OF THE BRACKET.
IF NOT, THE FLASHLIGHT WILL STAY ON AND OVERHEAT CAN OCCUR. THIS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS.

Subtask 25-65-52-420-050

A. Installation of the Cockpit Flashlight

(1) Install the support (3) on the panel with the washers (1) and the
screws (2).

(2) Put the bracket (5) in position on its support (3).

(3) Install the screws (7) and (12), the washers (6) and the nuts (4).

(4) Install the flashlight (8) on the bracket (5).

(5) Install the shield (9) with the reinforcing strips (10).


EFF :

ALL  25-65-52

Page 403
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 (6) Install the screws (11).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-65-52-860-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-65-52

Page 404
Nov 01/09
 
SYR 
 FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The floatation and survival equipment is installed in the aircraft at
R different locations. It is easy to get access to the equipment, which is
R kept prepared for immediate use, if an on-board emergency occurs.

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7580MM LIFE VEST,PAX 200 25-66-52
7581MM LIFE VEST,INFANT 200 25-66-52
7582MM LIFE VEST,DEMO 200 25-65-55
7583MM LIFE VEST,FLIGHT CREW 200 25-66-52
7584MM LIFE VEST,CABIN CREW 200 25-66-52
7585MM LIFE VEST,SPARE 200 25-66-52

3. _____________________
Component Description

A. Life Vest
(Ref. Fig. 001)

NOTE : A small quantity of nonfunctional life vests are kept in the

____
aircraft for cabin crew to give visual instructions to passengers.
To prevent errors, the nonfunctional life vests are identified
with DEMO in large letters.

Each life vest has a buoyancy chamber with a waistbelt harness. The
harness has attach clips and adjustable buckles.

Life vest components include:

- a CO2 gas inflation system,
- an oral inflation tube,
- a lamp for survivor location in poor visibility or night conditions,
- a water activated cell (battery) to bring the lamp on,
- a whistle to attract attention.

The life vests are kept below the passenger seats, in the cabin
attendants seats and on the rear of each cockpit seat.


EFF :

ALL  25-66-00

Page 1
Nov 01/05
 
SYR 
 Life Vests - Component Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-66-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 4. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

A. Life Vests

The Instructions for Use are clearly printed on each life vest. When
you pull the JERK TO INFLATE handle, you release the gas in the CO2
cylinder and the bouyancy chamber inflates. If the primary system (CO2
gas cylinder) fails, you can inflate the bouyancy chamber with the oral
inflation tube (or if additional pressure in the life vest becomes
necessary).


EFF :

ALL  25-66-00

Page 3
Nov 01/05
R  
SYR 
 FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________

TASK 25-66-00-210-001

Inspection/Check of the Floatation and Survival Equipment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-66-00-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Remove the packs that contain the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM,
7584MM, 7585MM, 7586MM) from:
- below the passenger seats,
- the cabin attendant seats,
- the rear of the cockpit seats.

(2) Open the overhead stowage compartments and remove the DEMO life vests
(7582MM).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-66-00-210-051

A. Inspection:

(1) Visually examine the life-vest transparent packs. Make sure that they
are in a satisfactory condition.

NOTE : Do not remove the life vests from the packs.

____

R (2) Visually examine the SPARE life vests:

(a) Make sure that they are in a satisfactory condition.

NOTE : The servicing data is found on the life-vest or on a

____
service record card (both of which you can see through the
transparent pack) or printed on the pack.


EFF :

ALL  25-66-00

Page 601
Nov 01/07
 
SYR 
 (b) Replace life vests that are damaged, and those that are in an
unsatisfactory condition.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-66-00-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Install the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM, 7584MM, 7585MM,
7586MM). Make sure that life vests are installed in all the required
positions.

(2) Install the DEMO life vests (7582MM) in the overhead-stowage

compartments and close the doors.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-66-00

Page 602
Nov 01/07
R  
SYR 
 LIFE VEST - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________

TASK 25-66-52-920-001

Remove Life Vests for Restoration

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 256652-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-66-52-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-66-52-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Get access to all life vests found at these locations:

- Below the passenger seats.
- In the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
- Behind the flight crew seats.
- In stowage compartments identified with placards.

(2) Remove all life vests from the aircraft for restoration.


EFF :

ALL  25-66-52

Page 401
Nov 01/00
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-66-52-280-050

A. Workshop Procedure

(1) Do the restoration of the life vests. Refer to the applicable

Component Maintenance Manuals (CMM) for the correct procedure.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-66-52-410-050

A. Close Access

R (1) If necessary, remove the transport packages from the life vests.

R (2) Install serviceable/replacement life vests at these locations:

- Below the passenger seats.
R - In the CASs.
- Behind the flight crew seats.
- In stowage compartments identified with placards.

Subtask 25-66-52-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-66-52

Page 402
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

R A rapid-decompression safety-system is installed in the aircraft.

2. __________________
Component Location

(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004, 005)

3. __________________
System Description

The rapid-decompression safety-system prevents a pressure difference between

R different closed areas in the aircraft (for example; cockpit/cabin,
R cabin/cargo compartment) if a rapid decompression occurs. This prevents
R structural damage to the fuselage and damage to the equipment and
R furnishings, installed in these areas.

R The rapid-decompression safety-system has:

R - Rapid-decompression panels (cargo compartments).
R - Dado panels (cabin) (Ref. 25-23-00).
R - Air grills (stowages and lavatories).
R - Cockpit door (Ref. 52-51-00).

4. _____________________
Component Description

R A. Rapid-Decompression Panels
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)

R
R The rapid-decompression panel has these components:
R - Decompression panels.
R - Decompression frames.
R - Latch assemblies.
R - Fasteners.
R

R (1) Decompression Panel

R The panels have a composite structure made of a honeycomb-core and a

R flame-retardant laminated-skin. On one side of the panel the
R laminated-skin is extended and makes a border around the
R honeycomb-filling. This side of the panel completes the lining of the
R cargo compartment on the inner side.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 1
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
R Component Location
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 2
May 01/02
 
SYR 
R Component Details
R Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 3
May 01/02
 
SYR 
R Component Location and Component Details
R Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 4
May 01/02
 
SYR 
 Lower Sidewall Panels (Dado) - Location and Component Details
R Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 5
May 01/02
 
SYR 
 Air Grills - Location
R Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 6
May 01/02
 
SYR 
 The border is cut at each corner. The cut starts at the edge of the
border and continues diagonally to the corner of the
honeycomb-filling. Sealing tape is bonded to the side of the border
that touches the inner lining of the cargo compartment. The cuts in
the border are sealed with this tape.

(2) Frame

The frame is covered with flame-retardant material, attached with

adhesive tape. The frame is installed on the decompression panel, on
the side that faces out from the cargo compartment.

(3) Latch Assembly

The latch assembly has a housing, which includes a latch and a

spring. The latch has a shaped end and is always in the closed
position. To open the latch assembly you push the latch back into its
housing, against the spring tension. The latch assemblies are
installed on the decompression panel on the side that faces out from
the cargo compartment.

(4) Installation Description and Pressure Values

The rapid-decompression panels are installed in cut-outs in the

linings of the cargo compartments. The sealing tape on the border
makes a seal between the panel and the lining of the cargo
compartment. The flame-retardant material fits tightly in the
cut-outs of the linings and helps to seal the cargo compartment.

The rapid-decompression panels are installed from inside of the cargo

compartment into the cut-outs as follows:
- Push the panel into the cut-out.
- The shaped end of the latches adjust the position of the panel
automatically to the center of the cut-out.
- The latches are moved into their housings to the open position.
- The panel is continually pushed over the full surface until the
laminated-skin border is flush with the inner side of the linings.
- The latches snap back to the closed position and engage with the
outer edges of the cut-outs.

The rapid-decompression panels that are installed in the ceiling

panels of the cargo compartments are kept free. A maximum height to
load bulk cargo, is marked on the wall linings of the cargo
compartment 2 in. (50.80 mm) below the ceiling.

The rapid-decompression panels that are installed in the FWD wall

lining of the FWD cargo compartment are protected. A protection panel


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 7
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
 is installed on the inner side of the lining in front of the
rapid-decompression panels. The panel is attached with brackets, to
make a space between the two panels. When bulk cargo is transported,
the protection panel keeps the rapid-decompression panels free.

The pressure difference-values between the cabin and the cargo

compartment, necessary to release the decompression-panel from the
lining, are:
- 30 hPa (0.886 in.Hg) if a rapid decompression (BLOW-IN) in the
cargo compartment occurs.
- 90 hPa (2.658 in.Hg) if a rapid decompression (BLOW-OUT) in the
cabin occurs.

B. Dado Panels
(Ref. Fig. 004)

The dado panel has a decorative panel with a cover assembly, and a
support assembly. The decorative panel is seen from inboard and finishes
the interior lining of the cabin from the upper sidewall-panels to the
floor. It attaches the dado panel to the fuselage structure. The cover
assembly is installed on the outboard side of the decorative panel.

The support assembly is installed on the outboard side of the decorative

panel and attaches the dado panel to the floor. Decompression plates are
installed in cut-outs in the back wall of the support assembly. The top
edge of the plate is attached with half-hinges to the back wall and can
move inboard and outboard. The bottom edge of the plate is held in the
cut-out with stop-plates attached on both sides of the back wall.
Insulation material is bonded on to the inboard side of the back wall and
the inboard side of the decompression plates.

The pressure difference-value between the cabin and the cargo

compartment, necessary to release the decompression panel in the support
assembly, is 0.05 hPa (0.0014 in.Hg)

C. Air Grills
(Ref. Fig. 005)

The air grills are installed in some closed modules, for example stowages
and lavatories.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 8
May 01/05
 
SYR 
 D. Cockpit Door

The cockpit door is installed in the fixed partition between FR13 and
FR14. It has an electrically operated locking mechanism. The locking
mechanism is connected to a control unit, which is located on the
overhead panel. Pressure sensing channels are located on the control
unit, and measure sufficient fall in pressure to release the locking
mechanism (rapid decompression). The sensing channels are independent
from software and/or microprocessor failures.

5. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

A. Rapid-Decompression Panels
(Ref. Fig. 006)

In usual operation the rapid-decompression panels form part of the cargo

compartment linings.

If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cargo compartment, the higher air

pressure pushes on the rapid-decompression panels. The shaped end of the
latch pushes against the edge of the cut-out and causes the latch to move
into the open position. The released rapid-decompression panels are blown
rapidly into the cargo compartments (BLOW-IN). The higher air pressure
can flow from the cabin to the cargo compartment.

If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cabin, the higher air pressure

pushes on the rapid-decompression panels. The laminated-skin border folds
away at the place where the honeycomb filling starts. The cuts in the
corners help to accelerate this process. The panels are released and
blown rapidly out from the cargo compartments (BLOW-OUT). The higher air
pressure can flow from the cargo compartment to the cabin.

B. Dado Panels
(Ref. Fig. 007)

In usual operation the dado panels let the air flow between the Cargo
compartments and the cabin.

If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cargo compartment, the higher air

pressure flows under the decorative panels. The covers channel the flow
to the decompression plates and pushes them in the outboard direction.
The higher air pressure can flow rapidly from the cabin to the cargo
compartment.


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 9
May 01/05
R  
SYR 
 Rapid Decompression Panels - Operation
Figure 006 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 10
Nov 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Rapid Decompression Panels - Operation
Figure 006 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 11
Nov 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Dado Panels - Operation
Figure 007


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 12
May 01/04
R  
SYR 
 If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cabin, the higher air pressure
pushes the decompression plates in the inboard direction. The covers
channel the flow under the decorative panel. The higher air pressure can
flow rapidly from the cargo compartment to the cabin.

C. Air Grills

In usual operation the air grills let the air move freely to and from the
housings (stowages and lavatories).

If a rapid-decompression occurs, the air will flow rapidly through the

air grills into the cabin.

D. Cockpit Door

In usual operation the cockpit door permits access to and from the
cockpit to the cabin. During flight the cockpit door is closed and
locked.

If a rapid-decompression in the cabin occurs, the cockpit door stays

closed and locked. The higher air pressure in the cockpit flows through
various ventilation paths, into the cabin and avionics compartment. The
door frame, frame attachments and lavatory wall are strengthened to
resist the initial high pressure, until the higher air pressure has
decreased.

If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cockpit, the avionics compartment

or the FWD Cargo compartment, the sensing channel measures the rapid fall
in pressure. The control unit immediately releases (5 ms) the cockpit
door locking mechanism. The higher air pressure, pushes the cockpit door
open to the cockpit, and flows rapidly from the cabin into the cockpit.


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 13
May 01/05
R  
SYR 
 Cockpit Door - Operation
Figure 008 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 14
Nov 01/02
R  
SYR 
 Cockpit Door - Operation
Figure 008 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-68-00

Page 15
Nov 01/02
 
SYR 
 DECOMPRESSION PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________

TASK 25-68-41-960-001

Replacement of the Decompression Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 PLATE - BASE, RUBBER

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-066

X (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-017 GB S27-8006
R BONDING METAL/METAL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 401
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)

25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
25-54-11-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
25-54-11-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR24
25-54-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
25-55-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
R 25-68-41-991-009 Fig. 401
R 25-68-41-991-001 Fig. 402
R 25-68-41-991-002 Fig. 403
R 25-68-41-991-006 Fig. 404
R 25-68-41-991-007 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-68-41-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Remove the panels in the area where you want to replace the
decompression panels:
- in the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment at FR24
(Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
- in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 402
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 25-68-41-910-050

R A. Preperation for Replacement of the Decompression Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-68-41-991-009)

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.

R (1) Make sure, that the decompression panel (1) is in correct condition.

R (2) Make sure, that the drill holes (3) are with the correct diameter on
R the panel latch (2).

R (3) Cut the new h-profile (5) to the finished length.

R (4) Clean contact surfaces of linings and inside of chanel of the

R h-profile with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-010).

R (5) Put the panel latch (2) on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER.

R (6) Apply adhesive (4) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 017) to inside of channel of the h-profile (5) of the honeycomb panel
R (6).

R NOTE : Apply adhesive generously to the edges of the panel where

____
R honeycomb is explosed.

R (7) Install the honeycomb panel (6) let the advesive cure.

R (8) Install the panel laches (2).

R NOTE : If adhesive tape is detached at the corners of the

____
R decompression panel, clean areas and renew adhesive tape.

R (9) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 403
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
R Decompression Panels
R Figure 401/TASK 25-68-41-991-009


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 404
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-68-41-920-050

R B. Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Passenger Compartment

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-68-41-991-001)

(1) Remove the decompression-panel assembly:

(a) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3).

(b) Carefully remove the decompression-panel assembly (1) from the

dado panel (7).

(c) Remove the screws (4), the washers (5) and the covers (6) from
the dado panel (7).

(2) Install the decompression-panel assembly:

(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(b) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(c) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(d) Put the covers (6) in position on the dado panel (7), and install
the washers (5) and the screws (4).

(e) Put the decompression-panel assembly (1) in position on the dado

panel (7).

(f) Install the washers (3) and the screws (2).

Subtask 25-68-41-920-051

R C. Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment

Ceiling-Panels
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-68-41-991-002, 404/TASK 25-68-41-991-006)

(1) Remove the decompression panel:

(a) Push the latches (2) of the latch assemblies back into their
housings, against the spring-tension.

(b) Carefully remove the decompression-panel (1) from the

ceiling-panel (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 405
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Decompression Panel
R Figure 402/TASK 25-68-41-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 406
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments
R Figure 403/TASK 25-68-41-991-002


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 407
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
R Figure 404/TASK 25-68-41-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 408
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
R Figure 404/TASK 25-68-41-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 409
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (2) Disassemble the decompression panel:

(a) Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and the frame assembly
(4).

(b) Remove the screws (8) and the latch assemblies (7).

(3) Assemble the decompression panel:

(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(b) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(c) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(d) If necessary, install new foam-tape:

1
_ Remove the remaining foam-tape (9).

2
_ Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH

_______
THE WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN
YOUR MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR
BETWEEN 10 AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR
SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND
A MASK.

a
_ Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape (9) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003), a lint-free
cotton-cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 410
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 3
_ Cut the new foam-tape (9) SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
066) to the required shape and length.

4
_ Remove the protective foil from the foam-tape (9).

5
_ Measure a distance of 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) from the edge of the
panel-frame to the area where you install the foam tape (9)
and make a mark (see DETAIL
F-F
).

6
_ Carefully install the foam-tape (9) in the applicable areas of
the decompression-panel (1).

7
_ Make sure that the distance between the foam-tape (9) and the
edge of the panel-frame is 3.0 (0.12 in.) (see DETAIL
F-F
).

(e) Put the latch assemblies (7) in position on the

decompression-panel (1) and install the screws (8).

(f) TORQUE the screws (8) to 0.2 m.daN (17.69 lbf.in).

(g) Make sure that the latches of the latch assemblies (7) move
freely in their housings.

(h) Put the frame assembly (4) in position on the decompression-panel

(1) and make sure that the flame-retardant material is in the
correct position.

(i) Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).

(4) Install the decompression panel:

(a) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(b) Make sure that the decompression panel (1) is clean and in the
correct condition.

(c) Put the decompression-panel (1) in position on the ceiling-panel

(3) and install it.

NOTE : Use a stable force over the full surface of the

____
decompression panel (1) when you push the decompression
panel in the related opening of the ceiling panel (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 411
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 (d) Make sure that the flame-retardant material is in its correct
position between the decompression-panel (1) and the
ceiling-panel (3), and that:
- the flame-retardant material is not in position between the
foam tape (9) and the ceiling panel (3) (see DETAIL
C-C
).

- the flame-retardant material seals the ceiling panel (3)

tightly (see DETAIL
C-C
).

- the flame-retardant material does not cause a blockage of the

latches of the latch assemblies (see DETAIL
D-D
).

(e) Make sure that the position of the decompression panel (1) in the
ceiling panel (3) is symmetrical.

(f) Make sure that all latches (2) of the latch-assemblies are
locked.

Subtask 25-68-41-920-052

R D. Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-68-41-991-007)

(1) Remove the screws (2) and the protective panel (1) from the partition
(3).

(2) Remove the decompression panel:

(a) Push the latches (4) of the latch assemblies back into their
housings, against the spring-tension.

(b) Carefully remove the decompression-panel (5) together with the

seal (10) from the partition (3).

(3) Disassemble the decompression panel:

(a) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7).

(b) Remove the clamps (8) and the latch assemblies (9) from the
decompression panel (5).

(4) Assemble the decompression panel:

(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 412
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 (b) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(c) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(d) Put the latch assemblies (9) in position on the decompression

panel (5).

(e) Put the clamp (8) in position, and install the washers (7) and
the screws (6).

(5) Install the decompression-panel:

(a) Make sure that the decompression-panel (5) is clean and in the
correct condition.

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(c) Put the seal (10) in position on the decompression panel (5).

(d) Put the decompression-panel (5) in position in the partition (3)

and install it.

NOTE : Use a stable force over the full surface of the

____
decompression panel (1) when you push the decompression
panel in the related opening of the ceiling panel (6).

(6) Put the protective panel (1) in position on the partition (3) and
install the screws (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-68-41-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the panels in the area where you have replaced the
decompression panels:
- in the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment at FR24
(Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
- in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 413
Nov 01/08
R  
SYR 
 (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 414
May 01/02
R  
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 25-68-41

Page 415
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24
R Figure 405/TASK 25-68-41-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 416
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24
R Figure 405/TASK 25-68-41-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-68-41

Page 417
Nov 01/08
 
SYR 
 ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The accessory compartments are located on the inner or on the outer areas of
the pressurized fuselage. The avionics compartments are in the pressurized
area below the cockpit (above the nose landing-gear well). They are
identified as the FWD, the lateral and the AFT avionics compartments.
The compartments have:
- heat and sound insulation,
- maintenance lighting,
- air-cooled racks for the electrical and electronic equipment and their
related units.
The nose landing-gear well is below the avionics compartment and stair bay,
in the areas of Zones 123/124. The main landing-gear well is between the FWD
and AFT cargo compartments, in the areas of Zones 147/148.
Equipment compartments are located in the rear of the aircraft, between FR65
and FR80, in the areas of Zones 171/172, 311/312 and 313/314.

2. __________________
Component Location

A. Avionics Compartments

(1) Compartment Locations

(Ref. Fig. 002)

(a) The FWD avionics compartment is between FR1 and FR9, in the areas
of Zones 121/122. Access to the compartment is through the FWD
avionics compartment door 811 and through the floor access panels
in the cockpit.

(b) The lateral avionics compartment is between FR9 and FR20, in the
areas of Zones 125/126. Access to the lateral avionics
compartment is through:
- the left hand door 812 of the lateral avionics compartment,
- the right hand door 822 of the lateral avionics compartment,
- the floor access panels in the cockpit,
- the floor access panels in the FWD utility area.

(c) The AFT avionics compartment is between FR20 and FR24A, in the
areas of Zones 127/128. Access to the AFT avionics compartment is
through:
- the right hand door 824 of the AFT avionics compartment,
- the floor access panels in the FWD utility area,
- the floor access panels in the FWD cabin area.


EFF :

ALL  25-70-00

Page 1
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Accessory Compartments - Locations
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-70-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Avionics Compartments - Typical Layout
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-70-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 B. Landing Gear

(1) Landing Gear Wells

(a) The nose landing-gear well is between FR9 and FR20.

(b) The main landing-gear well is between FR42 and FR46.

C. Equipment Compartments
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)

(1) Compartment Locations

(a) The AFT cabin underfloor-compartment is between FR65 and FR70, in

the areas of Zones 171/172, (AFT of the bulk cargo compartment).
The compartment is in the pressurized area and has insulation
blankets. Access to the compartment is through the access panels
161DW and 162DW. A catwalk is installed in the compartment for
maintenance and access to the equipment rack.
The compartment contains:
- the air outflow valve 10HL (Ref. 21-31-00),
- system service lines for the air conditioning, lavatory, galley
ventilation, and waste water.
- fuel lines for the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU).

(b) The horizontal and vertical-stabilizer attachment area is between

FR70 and FR78, in the areas of Zones 311/312. It is external to
the pressurized area. Access to the compartment is through the
access panels 311AL and 312AR. A catwalk is installed in the
compartment for maintenance access. The compartment contains:
- attachments for the horizontal and vertical stabilizer (Ref.
53-56-00),
- components for the flight control trim system (Ref. 27-40-00),
- the Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR) and the underwater
locator beacon (attached to the DFDR) (Ref. 31-33-00),
- the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) (Ref. 23-71-00).

(c) The tail-cone APU air-intake area is between FR78 and FR80, in
the areas of Zones 313/314. It is external to the pressurized
area. Access to the compartment is through the access panel
314AR. The compartment contains the APU system components (Ref.
49-00-00).


EFF :

ALL  25-70-00

Page 4
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Equipment Compartment - Zones 171/172
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-70-00

Page 5
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Equipment Compartment - Zones 311/312 and 313/314
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-70-00

Page 6
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 AVIONICS COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The avionics compartment is located in the underfloor nose section between
Frames 1 and 24.
Its structure is as follows:
- Frames 1 to 9: the avionics compartment forward part, forward of the nose
landing gear well, under the cockpit.
- Frames 0 to 20, R side and L side: the avionics compartment lateral left
and lateral right parts, on each side of the nose gear well, under the
cockpit and the forward passenger compartment.
- Frames 20 to 24: the avionics compartment aft part, aft of the nose gear
well, under the forward passenger compartment.
The total capacity of the ventilated racks is 415 MCU.
Each part is fitted with a door allowing access from the outside.
An access panel in the aft part of the avionics compartment allows
communication with the passenger compartment.

2. ____________________________________
TITLE OF GENERATED PARAGRAPH MISSING


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 1
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 3. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70VU ANN LT TEST UNIT
80VU AFT ELECTRONICS RACK
90VU FWD ELECTRONICS RACK
103VU RELAY BOX
106VU POWER CENTER-AC/DC EMERGENCY
107VU CONTACTOR BOX
109VU SHELF-WEATHER RADAR

4. ____________________________________
TITLE OF GENERATED PARAGRAPH MISSING


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 2
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Avionics Compartment - Component Location.
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 3
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 5. Description
___________

A. Avionics Compartment - Forward Part

(Ref. Fig. 002)
This part contains the following items of equipment:
- Weather Radar Shelf 109VU
Between Frames 2 and 4, L side, there is a 16 MCU capacity rack for
Weather Radar installation.
- FWD Electronics Rack 90VU
Between Frames 7 and 8, there is a 95 MCU capacity transversal rack
fitted with five shelves.

Space is provided for installation of non-Arinc miscellaneous items

(window heat computers, probe heat computers, contactors, relays,
miscellaneous equipment, etc...).

There is also a ground power receptacle forward of the nose gear

between Frames 7 and 8.

All the rack shelves are removable. An underfuselage access door is

provided at Frame 4.

B. Avionics Compartment - Lateral Right Part

(Ref. Fig. 003)
This part contains the following items of equipment:
- Ann Lt Test Unit 70VU, between Frames 10 and 12.
- Relay Box 103VU, between Frames 9 and 10.
- Contactor Box 107VU, between Frames 15 and 16.
- It is also fitted with two batteries, 2 transformer rectifiers, 1
static inverter and 2 battery charge limiters.
An underfuselage off-centered door provides external access at Frame 13.

C. Avionics Compartment - Lateral Left Part.

(Ref. Fig. 004)
This part contains the following items of equipment:
- AC/DC Emergency Power Center 106VU, between Frames 13 and 15.
- the associated generator control unit, transformer rectifier and
transformer.

An underfuselage off-centered door provides external access at Frame

14.


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 4
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Fwd Electronics Rack 90VU & Weather Radar Shelf 109VU
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 5
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Ann Lt Test Unit 70VU, Relay Box 103VU & Contactor Box 107VU
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 6
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 AC/DC Emergency Power Center 106VU
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 7
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 D. Avionics Compartment - Aft Part.
(Ref. Fig. 005)
This part contains the following items of equipment:
- A 30 MCU capacity rack with an adjustable shelf for ADIRS installation,
located under the air cooling pack for the ventilated equipment,
between Frames 21 and 22.
- Aft Electronics Rack 80VU
Between Frames 23A and 24 there is a 274 MCU capacity transversal rack
heaving four levels.

An underfuselage off-centered door provides external access at Frame

22.

An access panel allows communication with the passenger compartment.


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 8
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 Aft Electronics Rack 80VU & Access Ladder
Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 9
May 01/98
 
SYR 
 AVIONICS COMPARTMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________

TASK 25-71-00-290-001

Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 257100-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 1 BORESCOPE SET

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-71-00-991-001 Fig. 601
25-71-00-991-002 Fig. 602

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-71-00-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824
in zone 128.

(2) Open the access door 824.


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 601
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-71-00-861-050

B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-71-00-020-050

C. Preparation for Inspection

(1) Make sure that the aircraft is electrically grounded (Ref. TASK 12-
34-24-869-002).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-71-00-991-001, 602/TASK 25-71-00-991-002)

Subtask 25-71-00-290-050

A. Inspection of Lower Lateral Fittings With a Borescope

(1) With a BORESCOPE SET do a detailed inspection of fasteners, brackets

and/or holes for lower lateral fittings
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-71-00-991-001)
(sheet 2).
- If you find cracks, replace the defective fasteners, brakets or
holes, before the next flight and send the inspection reports to
airbus
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 25-71-00-991-002)
(sheet1).

(2) With a BORESCOPE SET do a detailed inspection of bush migrated and/or

material burred for lower lateral fittings
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-71-00-991-001)
(sheet 3).
- If you find bush migrated and/or material burred, contact airbus
before the next flight and send the inspection reports to airbus
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 25-71-00-991-002)
(sheet2).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 602
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-71-00-210-050

A. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 824.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-71-00-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 603
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 25-71-00-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 604
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 25-71-00-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 605
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 25-71-00-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 606
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 25-71-00

Page 607
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 Inspection Report for Lower Lateral Fittings
Figure 602/TASK 25-71-00-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 608
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 Inspection Report for Lower Lateral Fittings
Figure 602/TASK 25-71-00-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 609
May 01/09
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-71-00-290-002

Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack Lower Central Fittings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 257100-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific 1 BORESCOPE SET

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-71-00-991-003 Fig. 603
25-71-00-991-004 Fig. 604

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-71-00-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824
in zone 128.

(2) Open the access door 824.

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 610
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Subtask 25-71-00-861-051

B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 25-71-00-020-051

C. Preparation for Inspection

(1) Make sure that the aircraft is electrically grounded (Ref. TASK 12-
34-24-869-002).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 25-71-00-991-003, 604/TASK 25-71-00-991-004)

Subtask 25-71-00-290-051

A. Inspection of Lower Central Fittings With a Borescope

(1) With a BORESCOPE SET do a detailed inspection of cracks, for lower

central fittings.
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 25-71-00-991-003)
- If you find cracks, send the inspection reports to airbus.
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 25-71-00-991-004)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-71-00-210-051

A. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 824.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 25-71-00-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 611
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 80VU Rack Center Lateral Fittings
Figure 603/TASK 25-71-00-991-003- 13 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 612
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 80VU Rack Center Lateral Fittings
Figure 603/TASK 25-71-00-991-003- 23 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 613
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 80VU Rack Center Lateral Fittings
Figure 603/TASK 25-71-00-991-003- 33 (SHEET 3)

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 614
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 Inspection Report for Center Lateral Fittings
Figure 604/TASK 25-71-00-991-004

R

EFF :

ALL  25-71-00

Page 615
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

The thermal insulation does the following:

- minimizes the loss of heat from the fuselage,
- stops the formation of condensation,
- reduces the noise level in the fuselage.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

The thermal insulation is a material and not a component. This material is

distributed through the pressurized fuselage, and is of different thickness,
and installed in different ways.

3. __________________
System Description
R
R The thermal and acoustical insulation is made of insulation blankets and
R insulation foam bonded to panels.
R The insulation blankets have ventilation holes on one side. Above the cabin
R floor level, the holes are on the inboard side of the insulation blankets.
R Below the cabin floor level, the holes are on the outboard side of the
R insulation blankets.
R In the cargo compartment, insulation foam is bonded to the bottom surfaces
R of the floor panels.
R
R The thermal and acoustical insulation is installed in the following areas:
R - Between the frames
R - Over the frames
R - Over the structure brackets
R - On the cargo-compartment floor panels.
R

R A. Types of Thermal and Acoustical Insulation

R (1) Between the Frames

R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R The sidewall blankets are installed between the frames. Pins and
R washers and/or polyamide brackets attach the sidewall blankets to the
R stringers. The sidewall blankets have cutouts for the structure
R brackets. The sidewall blankets are attached to the frames together
R with the frame blankets.
R


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 1
May 01/10
 
SYR 
R Area of Insulation - Example
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 2
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 25-80-00

Page 3
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
R Insulation Blanket Attachment - Example
R Figure 002 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 4
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
R Insulation Blanket Attachment - Example
R Figure 002 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 5
Nov 01/03
 
SYR 
R (2) Over the Frames
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R The frame blankets are installed over the frames and over the edges
R of the sidewall blankets. Pins and washers and/or cable brackets
R attach the sidewall blankets and the frame blankets to the frames.
R

R (3) Over the Structure Brackets

R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R Because of different cabin configurations, some structure brackets
R are not used. Small cover blankets are installed over these brackets
R and over the openings in the sidewall blankets.
R

R (4) On the Cargo-Compartment Floor Panels

R Insulation foam is bonded to the bottom surfaces of the
R cargo-compartment floor panels.


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 6
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________

TASK 25-80-00-000-001

Removal of the Insulation Blankets

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Removal for access to the fuselage structure (skin panels, frames, stringers
etc.).
Removal for the maintenance of the air conditioning ducts etc.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
No specific 1 GLOVES - RUBBER
No specific 1 GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels

25-23-42-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-24-41-000-001 Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
25-80-00-991-001 Fig. 201


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 201
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-80-00-010-050

A. Get Access

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the FWD
passenger/crew door.

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the FWD and/or AFT
cargo compartment door(s).

(3) Open the appropriate access door.

(4) Remove the parts given subsequently only where necessary to remove
the insulation blankets:
- the upper and lower sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001) (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001) (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)
(Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-001),
- the cargo compartment linings
- the circuit breaker panels,
- the air conditioning ducts
- the electrical cable fasteners,
- the bonding straps,
- the screwed brackets.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-80-00-991-001)

Subtask 25-80-00-020-050

A. Removal of the Insulation Blankets

WARNING : YOU MUST ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE.
_______

WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.

_______

(1) If you remove a damaged insulation blanket, put on GOGGLES -

PROTECTIVE and GLOVES - RUBBER.

(2) Record the position of the insulation blanket(s) or the insulation

foam sheet(s) for the installation procedure.


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 202
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Typical Removal/Installation of an Insulation Blanket
Figure 201/TASK 25-80-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 203
Nov 01/06
 
SYR 
R (3) Remove the frame insulation blanket(s):

R (a) Remove the brackets (2), the washers (5) and the studs (6).

R (b) Remove the insulation blanket(s) (1).

R (4) Remove the skin insulation (blanket(s) or foam sheet(s)):

R (a) Remove the washers (5) from the studs (4) and/or the supports
R (7).

R (b) Remove the insulation (3).


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 204
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-80-00-400-001

Installation of the Insulation Blankets

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2

CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-80-00-200-001 General Repair Information

25-80-00-210-001 Visual inspection of the Insulation Blankets or the
Insulation and the Junction Panel
R ESPM 203341
25-80-00-991-001 Fig. 201

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-80-00-210-052

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-210-001)

(3) If necessary, do a repair. (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 205
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (4) If necessary, apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
005A) to the fuselage components.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-80-00-991-001)

Subtask 25-80-00-420-050

A. Installation of the Insulation Blankets

(1) Install the skin insulation (blanket(s) or foam sheet(s)):

NOTE : Make an overlap with the insulation blankets to prevent the

____
flow of condensed moisture to the outer skin.

(a) Put the insulation (3) in position on the studs (4) and/or the
supports (7) as identified in the removal procedure and install
the washers (5).

(2) Install the frame insulation:

(a) Put the insulation blanket(s) (1) in position as recorded in the

removal procedure and install the studs (6) and the washers (5).

(b) Make sure that the clearance between the attachment studs (6) and
the adjacent electrical harness is a minimum of 10.0 mm (0.3937
in.).

(c) If the clearance is less than 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.), cut the studs
to the correct length.

R (d) Install the brackets (2) at the applicable positions (Ref. ESPM
R 203341).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-80-00-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the parts which you removed to replace the insulation
blankets.

(2) Close the appropriate access door.


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 206
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 (3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 207
May 01/11
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-80-00-210-001

Visual inspection of the Insulation Blankets or the Insulation and the Junction
Panel

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-80-00-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door and install the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door(s).

(3) Remove the equipment, the linings and the sidewall panels as
necessary.


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 208
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-80-00-210-051

A. Inspection of the Insulation Blankets

R

R (1) Make sure that the insulation blankets are clean, dry and not
R damaged.

R (2) Make sure that the VELCRO strips on the attachment fittings are
R installed correctly.

R (3) Make sure that the attachment studs are in the correct condition.

R (4) Make sure that the clearance between the attachment studs and the
R adjacent electrical harness is a minimum of 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.).

R (5) If the clearance is less than 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.), cut the studs to
R the correct length.

R (6) Make sure that the insulation blankets are in the correct condition.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-80-00-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (2) Install the parts which you removed to replace the insulation
R blankets.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 209
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________

TASK 25-80-00-200-001

General Repair Information

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 GLOVES - RUBBER

No specific 1 GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-80-00-000-001 Removal of the Insulation Blankets
25-80-00-350-001 Repair of the Wrapper
R
25-80-00-350-003 Replacement/Local Manufacturing
25-80-00-400-001 Installation of the Insulation Blankets
R SIL 25-135

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-80-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 801
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-80-00-010-056

R A. Removal of the Insulation Blanket

(1) If you must remove a contaminated blanket put on GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE

and GLOVES - RUBBER.

WARNING : YOU MUST ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO THIS
_______
PROCEDURE.

WARNING : AVOID BREATHING OF VAPORS.

_______

WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.

_______

(a) Remove the damaged insulation blanket if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-
80-00-000-001).

Subtask 25-80-00-350-050

R B. Repair of the Damaged Insulation

R (1) Refer to the (Ref. SIL 25-135).

(2) Do the repair of the damaged insulation blanket:

R - Repair the wrapper (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-350-001).
R

(3) Replace the damaged insulation blanket:

R - Make a new (replacement) insulation blanket (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-
350-003).
R
or
R - Replace the insulation blanket by a FAR25.856(a) compliant
R insulation blanket, (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 25-
80-00-400-001).
R


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 802
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-80-00-410-055

A. Installation of the Insulation Blanket

(1) Install the repaired insulation blanket if removed to do the repair

procedure (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-400-001).

Subtask 25-80-00-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 803
May 01/10
R  
SYR 
 TASK 25-80-00-350-001

Repair of the Wrapper

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific TERUL 18 foil (compliant with FAR25.856 (a))

R Material No. 08-073A F ABS5662A
R ADHESIVE TAPE (INSULATION BLANKET) (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-80-00-200-001 General Repair Information

R SIL 25-135
R 25-80-00-991-004 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-80-00-010-057

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 804
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-80-00-350-051

A. Repair of the Wrapper

R (Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-80-00-991-004)

R (1) Refer to the (Ref. SIL 25-135).

R (2) Repair of damage type 1 (tears):

R (a) Bond BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-073A) over
R the tear(s).

R NOTE : The adhesive tape must have an overlap of 25.4 mm (1.0000

____
R in.) with the edges of the tear(s) in all directions.

(3) Repair of damage type 2 (missing wrapper material):

R (a) Attach a patch of TERUL 18 foil (compliant with FAR25.856 (a))

R with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-073A) over
R the damaged area.
R

R NOTE : The adhesive tape must have an overlap of 25.4 mm (1.0000

____
R in.) with the edges of the patch in all directions.

(4) Repair of damage type 3 (tears or missing wrapper material at the

R edge of the blanket):

R NOTE : This repair is only applicable if the maximum available width

____
R of the adhesive tape is sufficient for this task.

R (a) Bond BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-073A) over
R the damage.

R NOTE : The adhesive tape must have an overlap of 25.4 mm (1.0000

____
R in.) with the edges of the damage. The length of the tape
R must cover the other side of the blanket as shown in
R section B-B.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-80-00-410-056

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 805
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 Repair of the Wrapper
R Figure 801/TASK 25-80-00-991-004


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 806
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-80-00-350-002

R Repair with Rework Patch

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-80-00-200-001 General Repair Information

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-80-00-010-058

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)

4. Procedure
_________

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-80-00-410-057

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 807
May 01/11
 
SYR 
 TASK 25-80-00-350-003

Replacement/Local Manufacturing

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-80-00-200-001 General Repair Information

R
SIL 25-135
25-80-00-991-006 Fig. 802

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 25-80-00-010-059

A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 25-80-00-350-053

A. Local Manufacturing of a Replacement Insulation Blanket

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 25-80-00-991-006)

(1) In the work shop:

R (a) Make a new insulation blanket (Ref. AIPS 03-07-004) compliant

R with FAR 25.856(a).

NOTE : You can show with a placard or a stamp that the locally
____
manufactured part is compliant to FAR 25.856(a) (Ref. SIL
25-135).


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 808
May 01/11
 
SYR 
R Insulation Blanket - General Information
R Figure 802/TASK 25-80-00-991-006


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 809
May 01/10
 
SYR 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 25-80-00-410-058

A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)


EFF :

ALL  25-80-00

Page 810
May 01/10
R  
SYR